| 1. Septuagint, 2 Esdras, 11.36-11.45, 14.9 (th cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •messiah, divine presence related to •divine presence, messiah related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 320 |
2. Hebrew Bible, Exodus, None (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Lorberbaum (2015), In God's Image: Myth, Theology, and Law in Classical Judaism, 260| 19.13. "לֹא־תִגַּע בּוֹ יָד כִּי־סָקוֹל יִסָּקֵל אוֹ־יָרֹה יִיָּרֶה אִם־בְּהֵמָה אִם־אִישׁ לֹא יִחְיֶה בִּמְשֹׁךְ הַיֹּבֵל הֵמָּה יַעֲלוּ בָהָר׃", | 19.13. "no hand shall touch him, but he shall surely be stoned, or shot through; whether it be beast or man, it shall not live; when the ram’s horn soundeth long, they shall come up to the mount.’", |
|
3. Hebrew Bible, Song of Songs, 1.13, 8.5-8.14 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •fire, of divine presence Found in books: Berglund Crostini and Kelhoffer (2022), Why We Sing: Music, Word, and Liturgy in Early Christianity, 522; Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 184| 1.13. "צְרוֹר הַמֹּר דּוֹדִי לִי בֵּין שָׁדַי יָלִין׃", 8.5. "מִי זֹאת עֹלָה מִן־הַמִּדְבָּר מִתְרַפֶּקֶת עַל־דּוֹדָהּ תַּחַת הַתַּפּוּחַ עוֹרַרְתִּיךָ שָׁמָּה חִבְּלַתְךָ אִמֶּךָ שָׁמָּה חִבְּלָה יְלָדַתְךָ׃", 8.6. "שִׂימֵנִי כַחוֹתָם עַל־לִבֶּךָ כַּחוֹתָם עַל־זְרוֹעֶךָ כִּי־עַזָּה כַמָּוֶת אַהֲבָה קָשָׁה כִשְׁאוֹל קִנְאָה רְשָׁפֶיהָ רִשְׁפֵּי אֵשׁ שַׁלְהֶבֶתְיָה׃", 8.7. "מַיִם רַבִּים לֹא יוּכְלוּ לְכַבּוֹת אֶת־הָאַהֲבָה וּנְהָרוֹת לֹא יִשְׁטְפוּהָ אִם־יִתֵּן אִישׁ אֶת־כָּל־הוֹן בֵּיתוֹ בָּאַהֲבָה בּוֹז יָבוּזוּ לוֹ׃", 8.8. "אָחוֹת לָנוּ קְטַנָּה וְשָׁדַיִם אֵין לָהּ מַה־נַּעֲשֶׂה לַאֲחֹתֵנוּ בַּיּוֹם שֶׁיְּדֻבַּר־בָּהּ׃", 8.9. "אִם־חוֹמָה הִיא נִבְנֶה עָלֶיהָ טִירַת כָּסֶף וְאִם־דֶּלֶת הִיא נָצוּר עָלֶיהָ לוּחַ אָרֶז׃", 8.11. "כֶּרֶם הָיָה לִשְׁלֹמֹה בְּבַעַל הָמוֹן נָתַן אֶת־הַכֶּרֶם לַנֹּטְרִים אִישׁ יָבִא בְּפִרְיוֹ אֶלֶף כָּסֶף׃", 8.12. "כָּרְמִי שֶׁלִּי לְפָנָי הָאֶלֶף לְךָ שְׁלֹמֹה וּמָאתַיִם לְנֹטְרִים אֶת־פִּרְיוֹ׃", 8.13. "הַיוֹשֶׁבֶת בַּגַּנִּים חֲבֵרִים מַקְשִׁיבִים לְקוֹלֵךְ הַשְׁמִיעִינִי׃", 8.14. "בְּרַח דּוֹדִי וּדְמֵה־לְךָ לִצְבִי אוֹ לְעֹפֶר הָאַיָּלִים עַל הָרֵי בְשָׂמִים׃", | 1.13. My beloved is unto me as a bag of myrrh, That lieth betwixt my breasts. 8.5. Who is this that cometh up from the wilderness, Leaning upon her beloved? Under the apple-tree I awakened thee; There thy mother was in travail with thee; There was she in travail and brought thee forth. 8.6. Set me as a seal upon thy heart, As a seal upon thine arm; For love is strong as death, Jealousy is cruel as the grave; The flashes thereof are flashes of fire, A very flame of the LORD. 8.7. Many waters cannot quench love, Neither can the floods drown it; If a man would give all the substance of his house for love, He would utterly be contemned. 8.8. We have a little sister, And she hath no breasts; What shall we do for our sister In the day when she shall be spoken for? 8.9. If she be a wall, We will build upon her a turret of silver; And if she be a door, We will enclose her with boards of cedar. 8.10. I am a wall, And my breasts like the towers thereof; Then was I in his eyes As one that found peace. 8.11. Solomon had a vineyard at Baal-hamon; He gave over the vineyard unto keepers; Every one for the fruit thereof Brought in a thousand pieces of silver. 8.12. My vineyard, which is mine, is before me; Thou, O Solomon, shalt have the thousand, And those that keep the fruit thereof two hundred. 8.13. Thou that dwellest in the gardens, The companions hearken for thy voice: ‘Cause me to hear it.’ 8.14. Make haste, my beloved, And be thou like to a gazelle or to a young hart Upon the mountains of spices. |
|
4. Hebrew Bible, Deuteronomy, 4.1-4.14, 6.1-6.15, 10.20, 12.5, 12.7, 12.11, 12.14, 13.5, 14.23-14.24, 16.2, 16.11, 24.1-24.4, 25.18, 26.2, 26.15, 27.7, 30.20, 31.3-31.8, 32.40 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •divine presence, in torah study •temple, place of divine glory/kingship/presence •messiah, divine presence related to •divine presence, messiah related to •divine presence, in ezekiel •ezekiel, divine presence in •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 126, 181; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 106, 107, 109, 286, 338; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 92, 93, 122; Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 114| 4.1. "יוֹם אֲשֶׁר עָמַדְתָּ לִפְנֵי יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ בְּחֹרֵב בֶּאֱמֹר יְהוָה אֵלַי הַקְהֶל־לִי אֶת־הָעָם וְאַשְׁמִעֵם אֶת־דְּבָרָי אֲשֶׁר יִלְמְדוּן לְיִרְאָה אֹתִי כָּל־הַיָּמִים אֲשֶׁר הֵם חַיִּים עַל־הָאֲדָמָה וְאֶת־בְּנֵיהֶם יְלַמֵּדוּן׃", 4.1. "וְעַתָּה יִשְׂרָאֵל שְׁמַע אֶל־הַחֻקִּים וְאֶל־הַמִּשְׁפָּטִים אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי מְלַמֵּד אֶתְכֶם לַעֲשׂוֹת לְמַעַן תִּחְיוּ וּבָאתֶם וִירִשְׁתֶּם אֶת־הָאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵי אֲבֹתֵיכֶם נֹתֵן לָכֶם׃", 4.2. "וְאֶתְכֶם לָקַח יְהוָה וַיּוֹצִא אֶתְכֶם מִכּוּר הַבַּרְזֶל מִמִּצְרָיִם לִהְיוֹת לוֹ לְעַם נַחֲלָה כַּיּוֹם הַזֶּה׃", 4.2. "לֹא תֹסִפוּ עַל־הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי מְצַוֶּה אֶתְכֶם וְלֹא תִגְרְעוּ מִמֶּנּוּ לִשְׁמֹר אֶת־מִצְוֺת יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי מְצַוֶּה אֶתְכֶם׃", 4.3. "בַּצַּר לְךָ וּמְצָאוּךָ כֹּל הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה בְּאַחֲרִית הַיָּמִים וְשַׁבְתָּ עַד־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ וְשָׁמַעְתָּ בְּקֹלוֹ׃", 4.3. "עֵינֵיכֶם הָרֹאֹת אֵת אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂה יְהוָה בְּבַעַל פְּעוֹר כִּי כָל־הָאִישׁ אֲשֶׁר הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי בַעַל־פְּעוֹר הִשְׁמִידוֹ יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ מִקִּרְבֶּךָ׃", 4.4. "וְאַתֶּם הַדְּבֵקִים בַּיהוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם חַיִּים כֻּלְּכֶם הַיּוֹם׃", 4.4. "וְשָׁמַרְתָּ אֶת־חֻקָּיו וְאֶת־מִצְוֺתָיו אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי מְצַוְּךָ הַיּוֹם אֲשֶׁר יִיטַב לְךָ וּלְבָנֶיךָ אַחֲרֶיךָ וּלְמַעַן תַּאֲרִיךְ יָמִים עַל־הַאֲדָמָה אֲשֶׁר יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ נֹתֵן לְךָ כָּל־הַיָּמִים׃", 4.5. "רְאֵה לִמַּדְתִּי אֶתְכֶם חֻקִּים וּמִשְׁפָּטִים כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוַּנִי יְהוָה אֱלֹהָי לַעֲשׂוֹת כֵּן בְּקֶרֶב הָאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר אַתֶּם בָּאִים שָׁמָּה לְרִשְׁתָּהּ׃", 4.6. "וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם וַעֲשִׂיתֶם כִּי הִוא חָכְמַתְכֶם וּבִינַתְכֶם לְעֵינֵי הָעַמִּים אֲשֶׁר יִשְׁמְעוּן אֵת כָּל־הַחֻקִּים הָאֵלֶּה וְאָמְרוּ רַק עַם־חָכָם וְנָבוֹן הַגּוֹי הַגָּדוֹל הַזֶּה׃", 4.7. "כִּי מִי־גוֹי גָּדוֹל אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ אֱלֹהִים קְרֹבִים אֵלָיו כַּיהוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ בְּכָּל־קָרְאֵנוּ אֵלָיו׃", 4.8. "וּמִי גּוֹי גָּדוֹל אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ חֻקִּים וּמִשְׁפָּטִים צַדִּיקִם כְּכֹל הַתּוֹרָה הַזֹּאת אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי נֹתֵן לִפְנֵיכֶם הַיּוֹם׃", 4.9. "רַק הִשָּׁמֶר לְךָ וּשְׁמֹר נַפְשְׁךָ מְאֹד פֶּן־תִּשְׁכַּח אֶת־הַדְּבָרִים אֲשֶׁר־רָאוּ עֵינֶיךָ וּפֶן־יָסוּרוּ מִלְּבָבְךָ כֹּל יְמֵי חַיֶּיךָ וְהוֹדַעְתָּם לְבָנֶיךָ וְלִבְנֵי בָנֶיךָ׃", 4.11. "וַתִּקְרְבוּן וַתַּעַמְדוּן תַּחַת הָהָר וְהָהָר בֹּעֵר בָּאֵשׁ עַד־לֵב הַשָּׁמַיִם חֹשֶׁךְ עָנָן וַעֲרָפֶל׃", 4.12. "וַיְדַבֵּר יְהוָה אֲלֵיכֶם מִתּוֹךְ הָאֵשׁ קוֹל דְּבָרִים אַתֶּם שֹׁמְעִים וּתְמוּנָה אֵינְכֶם רֹאִים זוּלָתִי קוֹל׃", 4.13. "וַיַּגֵּד לָכֶם אֶת־בְּרִיתוֹ אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה אֶתְכֶם לַעֲשׂוֹת עֲשֶׂרֶת הַדְּבָרִים וַיִּכְתְּבֵם עַל־שְׁנֵי לֻחוֹת אֲבָנִים׃", 4.14. "וְאֹתִי צִוָּה יְהוָה בָּעֵת הַהִוא לְלַמֵּד אֶתְכֶם חֻקִּים וּמִשְׁפָּטִים לַעֲשֹׂתְכֶם אֹתָם בָּאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר אַתֶּם עֹבְרִים שָׁמָּה לְרִשְׁתָּהּ׃", 6.1. "וְזֹאת הַמִּצְוָה הַחֻקִּים וְהַמִּשְׁפָּטִים אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם לְלַמֵּד אֶתְכֶם לַעֲשׂוֹת בָּאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר אַתֶּם עֹבְרִים שָׁמָּה לְרִשְׁתָּהּ׃", 6.1. "וְהָיָה כִּי יְבִיאֲךָ יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ אֶל־הָאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר נִשְׁבַּע לַאֲבֹתֶיךָ לְאַבְרָהָם לְיִצְחָק וּלְיַעֲקֹב לָתֶת לָךְ עָרִים גְּדֹלֹת וְטֹבֹת אֲשֶׁר לֹא־בָנִיתָ׃", 6.2. "לְמַעַן תִּירָא אֶת־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ לִשְׁמֹר אֶת־כָּל־חֻקֹּתָיו וּמִצְוֺתָיו אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי מְצַוֶּךָ אַתָּה וּבִנְךָ וּבֶן־בִּנְךָ כֹּל יְמֵי חַיֶּיךָ וּלְמַעַן יַאֲרִכֻן יָמֶיךָ׃", 6.2. "כִּי־יִשְׁאָלְךָ בִנְךָ מָחָר לֵאמֹר מָה הָעֵדֹת וְהַחֻקִּים וְהַמִּשְׁפָּטִים אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ אֶתְכֶם׃", 6.3. "וְשָׁמַעְתָּ יִשְׂרָאֵל וְשָׁמַרְתָּ לַעֲשׂוֹת אֲשֶׁר יִיטַב לְךָ וַאֲשֶׁר תִּרְבּוּן מְאֹד כַּאֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵי אֲבֹתֶיךָ לָךְ אֶרֶץ זָבַת חָלָב וּדְבָשׁ׃", 6.4. "שְׁמַע יִשְׂרָאֵל יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ יְהוָה אֶחָד׃", 6.5. "וְאָהַבְתָּ אֵת יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ בְּכָל־לְבָבְךָ וּבְכָל־נַפְשְׁךָ וּבְכָל־מְאֹדֶךָ׃", 6.6. "וְהָיוּ הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי מְצַוְּךָ הַיּוֹם עַל־לְבָבֶךָ׃", 6.7. "וְשִׁנַּנְתָּם לְבָנֶיךָ וְדִבַּרְתָּ בָּם בְּשִׁבְתְּךָ בְּבֵיתֶךָ וּבְלֶכְתְּךָ בַדֶּרֶךְ וּבְשָׁכְבְּךָ וּבְקוּמֶךָ׃", 6.8. "וּקְשַׁרְתָּם לְאוֹת עַל־יָדֶךָ וְהָיוּ לְטֹטָפֹת בֵּין עֵינֶיךָ׃", 6.9. "וּכְתַבְתָּם עַל־מְזוּזֹת בֵּיתֶךָ וּבִשְׁעָרֶיךָ׃", 6.11. "וּבָתִּים מְלֵאִים כָּל־טוּב אֲשֶׁר לֹא־מִלֵּאתָ וּבֹרֹת חֲצוּבִים אֲשֶׁר לֹא־חָצַבְתָּ כְּרָמִים וְזֵיתִים אֲשֶׁר לֹא־נָטָעְתָּ וְאָכַלְתָּ וְשָׂבָעְתָּ׃", 6.12. "הִשָּׁמֶר לְךָ פֶּן־תִּשְׁכַּח אֶת־יְהוָה אֲשֶׁר הוֹצִיאֲךָ מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם מִבֵּית עֲבָדִים׃", 6.13. "אֶת־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ תִּירָא וְאֹתוֹ תַעֲבֹד וּבִשְׁמוֹ תִּשָּׁבֵעַ׃", 6.14. "לֹא תֵלְכוּן אַחֲרֵי אֱלֹהִים אֲחֵרִים מֵאֱלֹהֵי הָעַמִּים אֲשֶׁר סְבִיבוֹתֵיכֶם׃", 6.15. "כִּי אֵל קַנָּא יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ בְּקִרְבֶּךָ פֶּן־יֶחֱרֶה אַף־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ בָּךְ וְהִשְׁמִידְךָ מֵעַל פְּנֵי הָאֲדָמָה׃", 12.5. "כִּי אִם־אֶל־הַמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַר יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם מִכָּל־שִׁבְטֵיכֶם לָשׂוּם אֶת־שְׁמוֹ שָׁם לְשִׁכְנוֹ תִדְרְשׁוּ וּבָאתָ שָׁמָּה׃", 12.7. "וַאֲכַלְתֶּם־שָׁם לִפְנֵי יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם וּשְׂמַחְתֶּם בְּכֹל מִשְׁלַח יֶדְכֶם אַתֶּם וּבָתֵּיכֶם אֲשֶׁר בֵּרַכְךָ יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ׃", 12.11. "וְהָיָה הַמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַר יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם בּוֹ לְשַׁכֵּן שְׁמוֹ שָׁם שָׁמָּה תָבִיאוּ אֵת כָּל־אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי מְצַוֶּה אֶתְכֶם עוֹלֹתֵיכֶם וְזִבְחֵיכֶם מַעְשְׂרֹתֵיכֶם וּתְרֻמַת יֶדְכֶם וְכֹל מִבְחַר נִדְרֵיכֶם אֲשֶׁר תִּדְּרוּ לַיהוָה׃", 12.14. "כִּי אִם־בַּמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַר יְהוָה בְּאַחַד שְׁבָטֶיךָ שָׁם תַּעֲלֶה עֹלֹתֶיךָ וְשָׁם תַּעֲשֶׂה כֹּל אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי מְצַוֶּךָּ׃", 13.5. "אַחֲרֵי יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם תֵּלֵכוּ וְאֹתוֹ תִירָאוּ וְאֶת־מִצְוֺתָיו תִּשְׁמֹרוּ וּבְקֹלוֹ תִשְׁמָעוּ וְאֹתוֹ תַעֲבֹדוּ וּבוֹ תִדְבָּקוּן׃", 14.23. "וְאָכַלְתָּ לִפְנֵי יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ בַּמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַר לְשַׁכֵּן שְׁמוֹ שָׁם מַעְשַׂר דְּגָנְךָ תִּירֹשְׁךָ וְיִצְהָרֶךָ וּבְכֹרֹת בְּקָרְךָ וְצֹאנֶךָ לְמַעַן תִּלְמַד לְיִרְאָה אֶת־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ כָּל־הַיָּמִים׃", 14.24. "וְכִי־יִרְבֶּה מִמְּךָ הַדֶּרֶךְ כִּי לֹא תוּכַל שְׂאֵתוֹ כִּי־יִרְחַק מִמְּךָ הַמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר יִבְחַר יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ לָשׂוּם שְׁמוֹ שָׁם כִּי יְבָרֶכְךָ יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ׃", 16.2. "וְזָבַחְתָּ פֶּסַח לַיהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ צֹאן וּבָקָר בַּמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַר יְהוָה לְשַׁכֵּן שְׁמוֹ שָׁם׃", 16.2. "צֶדֶק צֶדֶק תִּרְדֹּף לְמַעַן תִּחְיֶה וְיָרַשְׁתָּ אֶת־הָאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ נֹתֵן לָךְ׃", 16.11. "וְשָׂמַחְתָּ לִפְנֵי יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ אַתָּה וּבִנְךָ וּבִתֶּךָ וְעַבְדְּךָ וַאֲמָתֶךָ וְהַלֵּוִי אֲשֶׁר בִּשְׁעָרֶיךָ וְהַגֵּר וְהַיָּתוֹם וְהָאַלְמָנָה אֲשֶׁר בְּקִרְבֶּךָ בַּמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר יִבְחַר יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ לְשַׁכֵּן שְׁמוֹ שָׁם׃", 24.1. "כִּי־תַשֶּׁה בְרֵעֲךָ מַשַּׁאת מְאוּמָה לֹא־תָבֹא אֶל־בֵּיתוֹ לַעֲבֹט עֲבֹטוֹ׃", 24.1. "כִּי־יִקַּח אִישׁ אִשָּׁה וּבְעָלָהּ וְהָיָה אִם־לֹא תִמְצָא־חֵן בְּעֵינָיו כִּי־מָצָא בָהּ עֶרְוַת דָּבָר וְכָתַב לָהּ סֵפֶר כְּרִיתֻת וְנָתַן בְּיָדָהּ וְשִׁלְּחָהּ מִבֵּיתוֹ׃", 24.2. "וְיָצְאָה מִבֵּיתוֹ וְהָלְכָה וְהָיְתָה לְאִישׁ־אַחֵר׃", 24.2. "כִּי תַחְבֹּט זֵיתְךָ לֹא תְפָאֵר אַחֲרֶיךָ לַגֵּר לַיָּתוֹם וְלָאַלְמָנָה יִהְיֶה׃", 24.3. "וּשְׂנֵאָהּ הָאִישׁ הָאַחֲרוֹן וְכָתַב לָהּ סֵפֶר כְּרִיתֻת וְנָתַן בְּיָדָהּ וְשִׁלְּחָהּ מִבֵּיתוֹ אוֹ כִי יָמוּת הָאִישׁ הָאַחֲרוֹן אֲשֶׁר־לְקָחָהּ לוֹ לְאִשָּׁה׃", 24.4. "לֹא־יוּכַל בַּעְלָהּ הָרִאשׁוֹן אֲשֶׁר־שִׁלְּחָהּ לָשׁוּב לְקַחְתָּהּ לִהְיוֹת לוֹ לְאִשָּׁה אַחֲרֵי אֲשֶׁר הֻטַּמָּאָה כִּי־תוֹעֵבָה הִוא לִפְנֵי יְהוָה וְלֹא תַחֲטִיא אֶת־הָאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ נֹתֵן לְךָ נַחֲלָה׃", 25.18. "אֲשֶׁר קָרְךָ בַּדֶּרֶךְ וַיְזַנֵּב בְּךָ כָּל־הַנֶּחֱשָׁלִים אַחַרֶיךָ וְאַתָּה עָיֵף וְיָגֵעַ וְלֹא יָרֵא אֱלֹהִים׃", 26.2. "וְלָקַחְתָּ מֵרֵאשִׁית כָּל־פְּרִי הָאֲדָמָה אֲשֶׁר תָּבִיא מֵאַרְצְךָ אֲשֶׁר יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ נֹתֵן לָךְ וְשַׂמְתָּ בַטֶּנֶא וְהָלַכְתָּ אֶל־הַמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר יִבְחַר יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ לְשַׁכֵּן שְׁמוֹ שָׁם׃", 26.15. "הַשְׁקִיפָה מִמְּעוֹן קָדְשְׁךָ מִן־הַשָּׁמַיִם וּבָרֵךְ אֶת־עַמְּךָ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵל וְאֵת הָאֲדָמָה אֲשֶׁר נָתַתָּה לָנוּ כַּאֲשֶׁר נִשְׁבַּעְתָּ לַאֲבֹתֵינוּ אֶרֶץ זָבַת חָלָב וּדְבָשׁ׃", 27.7. "וְזָבַחְתָּ שְׁלָמִים וְאָכַלְתָּ שָּׁם וְשָׂמַחְתָּ לִפְנֵי יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ׃", 31.3. "יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ הוּא עֹבֵר לְפָנֶיךָ הוּא־יַשְׁמִיד אֶת־הַגּוֹיִם הָאֵלֶּה מִלְּפָנֶיךָ וִירִשְׁתָּם יְהוֹשֻׁעַ הוּא עֹבֵר לְפָנֶיךָ כַּאֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר יְהוָה׃", 31.3. "וַיְדַבֵּר מֹשֶׁה בְּאָזְנֵי כָּל־קְהַל יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת־דִּבְרֵי הַשִּׁירָה הַזֹּאת עַד תֻּמָּם׃", 31.4. "וְעָשָׂה יְהוָה לָהֶם כַּאֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה לְסִיחוֹן וּלְעוֹג מַלְכֵי הָאֱמֹרִי וּלְאַרְצָם אֲשֶׁר הִשְׁמִיד אֹתָם׃", 31.5. "וּנְתָנָם יְהוָה לִפְנֵיכֶם וַעֲשִׂיתֶם לָהֶם כְּכָל־הַמִּצְוָה אֲשֶׁר צִוִּיתִי אֶתְכֶם׃", 31.6. "חִזְקוּ וְאִמְצוּ אַל־תִּירְאוּ וְאַל־תַּעַרְצוּ מִפְּנֵיהֶם כִּי יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ הוּא הַהֹלֵךְ עִמָּךְ לֹא יַרְפְּךָ וְלֹא יַעַזְבֶךָּ׃", 31.7. "וַיִּקְרָא מֹשֶׁה לִיהוֹשֻׁעַ וַיֹּאמֶר אֵלָיו לְעֵינֵי כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵל חֲזַק וֶאֱמָץ כִּי אַתָּה תָּבוֹא אֶת־הָעָם הַזֶּה אֶל־הָאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר נִשְׁבַּע יְהוָה לַאֲבֹתָם לָתֵת לָהֶם וְאַתָּה תַּנְחִילֶנָּה אוֹתָם׃", 31.8. "וַיהוָה הוּא הַהֹלֵךְ לְפָנֶיךָ הוּא יִהְיֶה עִמָּךְ לֹא יַרְפְּךָ וְלֹא יַעַזְבֶךָּ לֹא תִירָא וְלֹא תֵחָת׃", | 4.1. "And now, O Israel, hearken unto the statutes and unto the ordices, which I teach you, to do them; that ye may live, and go in and possess the land which the LORD, the God of your fathers, giveth you.", 4.2. "Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the LORD your God which I command you.", 4.3. "Your eyes have seen what the LORD did in Baal-peor; for all the men that followed the Baal of Peor, the LORD thy God hath destroyed them from the midst of thee.", 4.4. "But ye that did cleave unto the LORD your God are alive every one of you this day.", 4.5. "Behold, I have taught you statutes and ordices, even as the LORD my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the midst of the land whither ye go in to possess it.", 4.6. "Observe therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the peoples, that, when they hear all these statutes, shall say: ‘Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people.’", 4.7. "For what great nation is there, that hath God so nigh unto them, as the LORD our God is whensoever we call upon Him?", 4.8. "And what great nation is there, that hath statutes and ordices so righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day?", 4.9. "Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes saw, and lest they depart from thy heart all the days of thy life; but make them known unto thy children and thy children’s children;", 4.10. "the day that thou stoodest before the LORD thy God in Horeb, when the LORD said unto me: ‘Assemble Me the people, and I will make them hear My words that they may learn to fear Me all the days that they live upon the earth, and that they may teach their children.’", 4.11. "And ye came near and stood under the mountain; and the mountain burned with fire unto the heart of heaven, with darkness, cloud, and thick darkness.", 4.12. "And the LORD spoke unto you out of the midst of the fire; ye heard the voice of words, but ye saw no form; only a voice.", 4.13. "And He declared unto you His covet, which He commanded you to perform, even the ten words; and He wrote them upon two tables of stone.", 4.14. "And the LORD commanded me at that time to teach you statutes and ordices, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go over to possess it.", 6.1. "Now this is the commandment, the statutes, and the ordices, which the LORD your God commanded to teach you, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go over to possess it—", 6.2. "that thou mightest fear the LORD thy God, to keep all His statutes and His commandments, which I command thee, thou, and thy son, and thy son’s son, all the days of thy life; and that thy days may be prolonged.", 6.3. "Hear therefore, O Israel, and observe to do it; that it may be well with thee, and that ye may increase mightily, as the LORD, the God of thy fathers, hath promised unto thee—a land flowing with milk and honey.", 6.4. "HEAR, O ISRAEL: THE LORD OUR GOD, THE LORD IS ONE.", 6.5. "And thou shalt love the LORD thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy might.", 6.6. "And these words, which I command thee this day, shall be upon thy heart;", 6.7. "and thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thy house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up.", 6.8. "And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thy hand, and they shall be for frontlets between thine eyes.", 6.9. "And thou shalt write them upon the door-posts of thy house, and upon thy gates.", 6.10. "And it shall be, when the LORD thy God shall bring thee into the land which He swore unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give thee—great and goodly cities, which thou didst not build,", 6.11. "and houses full of all good things, which thou didst not fill, and cisterns hewn out, which thou the didst not hew, vineyards and olive-trees, which thou didst not plant, and thou shalt eat and be satisfied—", 6.12. "then beware lest thou forget the LORD, who brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bondage.", 6.13. "Thou shalt fear the LORD thy God; and Him shalt thou serve, and by His name shalt thou swear.", 6.14. "Ye shall not go after other gods, of the gods of the peoples that are round about you;", 6.15. "for a jealous God, even the LORD thy God, is in the midst of thee; lest the anger of the LORD thy God be kindled against thee, and He destroy thee from off the face of the earth.", 10.20. "Thou shalt fear the LORD thy God; Him shalt thou serve; and to Him shalt thou cleave, and by His name shalt thou swear.", 12.5. "But unto the place which the LORD your God shall choose out of all your tribes to put His name there, even unto His habitation shall ye seek, and thither thou shalt come;", 12.7. "and there ye shall eat before the LORD your God, and ye shall rejoice in all that ye put your hand unto, ye and your households, wherein the LORD thy God hath blessed thee.", 12.11. "then it shall come to pass that the place which the LORD your God shall choose to cause His name to dwell there, thither shall ye bring all that I command you: your burnt-offerings, and your sacrifices, your tithes, and the offering of your hand, and all your choice vows which ye vow unto the LORD.", 12.14. "but in the place which the LORD shall choose in one of thy tribes, there thou shalt offer thy burnt-offerings, and there thou shalt do all that I command thee.", 13.5. "After the LORD your God shall ye walk, and Him shall ye fear, and His commandments shall ye keep, and unto His voice shall ye hearken, and Him shall ye serve, and unto Him shall ye cleave.", 14.23. "And thou shalt eat before the LORD thy God, in the place which He shall choose to cause His name to dwell there, the tithe of thy corn, of thy wine, and of thine oil, and the firstlings of thy herd and of thy flock; that thou mayest learn to fear the LORD thy God always.", 14.24. "And if the way be too long for thee, so that thou art not able to carry it, because the place is too far from thee, which the LORD thy God shall choose to set His name there, when the LORD thy God shall bless thee;", 16.2. "And thou shalt sacrifice the passover-offering unto the LORD thy God, of the flock and the herd, in the place which the LORD shall choose to cause His name to dwell there.", 16.11. "And thou shalt rejoice before the LORD thy God, thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, and thy man-servant, and thy maid-servant, and the Levite that is within they gates, and the stranger, and the fatherless, and the widow, that are in the midst of thee, in the place which the LORD thy God shall choose to cause His name to dwell there.", 24.1. "When a man taketh a wife, and marrieth her, then it cometh to pass, if she find no favour in his eyes, because he hath found some unseemly thing in her, that he writeth her a bill of divorcement, and giveth it in her hand, and sendeth her out of his house,", 24.2. "and she departeth out of his house, and goeth and becometh another man’s wife,", 24.3. "and the latter husband hateth her, and writeth her a bill of divorcement, and giveth it in her hand, and sendeth her out of his house; or if the latter husband die, who took her to be his wife;", 24.4. "her former husband, who sent her away, may not take her again to be his wife, after that she is defiled; for that is abomination before the LORD; and thou shalt not cause the land to sin, which the LORD thy God giveth thee for an inheritance.", 25.18. "how he met thee by the way, and smote the hindmost of thee, all that were enfeebled in thy rear, when thou wast faint and weary; and he feared not God.", 26.2. "that thou shalt take of the first of all the fruit of the ground, which thou shalt bring in from thy land that the LORD thy God giveth thee; and thou shalt put it in a basket and shalt go unto the place which the LORD thy God shall choose to cause His name to dwell there.", 26.15. "Look forth from Thy holy habitation, from heaven, and bless Thy people Israel, and the land which Thou hast given us, as Thou didst swear unto our fathers, a land flowing with milk and honey.’", 27.7. "And thou shalt sacrifice peace-offerings, and shalt eat there; and thou shalt rejoice before the LORD thy God.", 30.20. "to love the LORD thy God, to hearken to His voice, and to cleave unto Him; for that is thy life, and the length of thy days; that thou mayest dwell in the land which the LORD swore unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give them.", 31.3. "The LORD thy God, He will go over before thee; He will destroy these nations from before thee, and thou shalt dispossess them; and Joshua, he shall go over before thee, as the LORD hath spoken.", 31.4. "And the LORD will do unto them as He did to Sihon and to Og, the kings of the Amorites, and unto their land; whom He destroyed.", 31.5. "And the LORD will deliver them up before you, and ye shall do unto them according unto all the commandment which I have commanded you.", 31.6. "Be strong and of good courage, fear not, nor be affrighted at them; for the LORD thy God, He it is that doth go with thee; He will not fail thee, nor forsake thee.’", 31.7. "And Moses called unto Joshua, and said unto him in the sight of all Israel: ‘Be strong and of good courage; for thou shalt go with this people into the land which the LORD hath sworn unto their fathers to give them; and thou shalt cause them to inherit it.", 31.8. "And the LORD, He it is that doth go before thee; He will be with thee, He will not fail thee, neither forsake thee; fear not, neither be dismayed.’", 32.40. "For I lift up My hand to heaven, And say: As I live for ever,", |
|
5. Hebrew Bible, Esther, 2.9 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •sectarian, šeḵinah (heb. “divine presence”) Found in books: Zawanowska and Wilk (2022), The Character of David in Judaism, Christianity and Islam: Warrior, Poet, Prophet and King, 515| 2.9. "וַתִּיטַב הַנַּעֲרָה בְעֵינָיו וַתִּשָּׂא חֶסֶד לְפָנָיו וַיְבַהֵל אֶת־תַּמְרוּקֶיהָ וְאֶת־מָנוֹתֶהָ לָתֵת לָהּ וְאֵת שֶׁבַע הַנְּעָרוֹת הָרְאֻיוֹת לָתֶת־לָהּ מִבֵּית הַמֶּלֶךְ וַיְשַׁנֶּהָ וְאֶת־נַעֲרוֹתֶיהָ לְטוֹב בֵּית הַנָּשִׁים׃", | 2.9. "And the maiden pleased him, and she obtained kindness of him; and he speedily gave her her ointments, with her portions, and the seven maidens, who were meet to be given her out of the king’s house; and he advanced her and her maidens to the best place in the house of the women.", |
|
| 6. Hebrew Bible, Genesis, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.16, 1.17, 1.26, 1.27, 1.28, 2.2, 2.3, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.15, 2.24, 2.25, 3.8, 3.16, 3.23, 3.24, 4.1, 4.4, 4.7, 5.24, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.7, 9.27-10.12, 10.21, 10.22, 10.23, 10.24, 10.25, 10.26, 10.27, 10.28, 10.29, 10.30, 10.31, 12.15, 14.19, 15.12, 18.2, 20.2, 22, 24.13, 26, 26.28, 29.9 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Lorberbaum (2015), In God's Image: Myth, Theology, and Law in Classical Judaism, 182 |
7. Hebrew Bible, Hosea, 11.9 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 139| 11.9. "לֹא אֶעֱשֶׂה חֲרוֹן אַפִּי לֹא אָשׁוּב לְשַׁחֵת אֶפְרָיִם כִּי אֵל אָנֹכִי וְלֹא־אִישׁ בְּקִרְבְּךָ קָדוֹשׁ וְלֹא אָבוֹא בְּעִיר׃", | 11.9. "I will not execute the fierceness of Mine anger, I will not return to destroy Ephraim; For I am God, and not man, The Holy One in the midst of thee; And I will not come in fury.", |
|
8. Hebrew Bible, Job, 28.9, 33.8, 36.32, 39.27 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 99| 28.9. "בַּחַלָּמִישׁ שָׁלַח יָדוֹ הָפַךְ מִשֹּׁרֶשׁ הָרִים׃", 33.8. "אַךְ אָמַרְתָּ בְאָזְנָי וְקוֹל מִלִּין אֶשְׁמָע׃", 36.32. "עַל־כַּפַּיִם כִּסָּה־אוֹר וַיְצַו עָלֶיהָ בְמַפְגִּיעַ׃", 39.27. "אִם־עַל־פִּיךָ יַגְבִּיהַּ נָשֶׁר וְכִי יָרִים קִנּוֹ׃", | 28.9. "He putteth forth his hand upon the flinty rock; He overturneth the mountains by the roots.", 33.8. "Surely thou hast spoken in my hearing, And I have heard the voice of thy words;", 36.32. "He covereth His hands with the lightning, And giveth it a charge that it strike the mark.", 39.27. "Doth the vulture mount up at thy command, And make her nest on high?", |
|
| 9. Hebrew Bible, Joel, 3.17 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, as residing in jesus •divine presence, in ezekiel •ezekiel, divine presence in •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 184; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 106 |
| 10. Hebrew Bible, Malachi, 11.9 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Mokhtarian (2021), Rabbis, Sorcerers, Kings, and Priests: The Culture of the Talmud in Ancient Iran. 118 |
11. Hebrew Bible, Numbers, 3.4, 3.38, 6.22-6.27, 7.89, 8.1-8.4, 9.10-9.13, 9.15-9.23, 10.21, 11.16, 12.6, 12.8, 18.1, 19.10-19.13, 23.21, 28.1-28.8, 35.30-35.34 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 100, 105; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 107, 160, 286; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 70, 72, 93, 95, 183, 199; Lorberbaum (2015), In God's Image: Myth, Theology, and Law in Classical Judaism, 243| 3.4. "וַיָּמָת נָדָב וַאֲבִיהוּא לִפְנֵי יְהוָה בְּהַקְרִבָם אֵשׁ זָרָה לִפְנֵי יְהוָה בְּמִדְבַּר סִינַי וּבָנִים לֹא־הָיוּ לָהֶם וַיְכַהֵן אֶלְעָזָר וְאִיתָמָר עַל־פְּנֵי אַהֲרֹן אֲבִיהֶם׃", 3.4. "וַיֹּאמֶר יְהוָה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה פְּקֹד כָּל־בְּכֹר זָכָר לִבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מִבֶּן־חֹדֶשׁ וָמָעְלָה וְשָׂא אֵת מִסְפַּר שְׁמֹתָם׃", 3.38. "וְהַחֹנִים לִפְנֵי הַמִּשְׁכָּן קֵדְמָה לִפְנֵי אֹהֶל־מוֹעֵד מִזְרָחָה מֹשֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן וּבָנָיו שֹׁמְרִים מִשְׁמֶרֶת הַמִּקְדָּשׁ לְמִשְׁמֶרֶת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְהַזָּר הַקָּרֵב יוּמָת׃", 6.22. "וַיְדַבֵּר יְהוָה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה לֵּאמֹר׃", 6.23. "דַּבֵּר אֶל־אַהֲרֹן וְאֶל־בָּנָיו לֵאמֹר כֹּה תְבָרֲכוּ אֶת־בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אָמוֹר לָהֶם׃", 6.24. "יְבָרֶכְךָ יְהוָה וְיִשְׁמְרֶךָ׃", 6.25. "יָאֵר יְהוָה פָּנָיו אֵלֶיךָ וִיחֻנֶּךָּ׃", 6.26. "יִשָּׂא יְהוָה פָּנָיו אֵלֶיךָ וְיָשֵׂם לְךָ שָׁלוֹם׃", 6.27. "וְשָׂמוּ אֶת־שְׁמִי עַל־בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וַאֲנִי אֲבָרֲכֵם׃", 7.89. "וּבְבֹא מֹשֶׁה אֶל־אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד לְדַבֵּר אִתּוֹ וַיִּשְׁמַע אֶת־הַקּוֹל מִדַּבֵּר אֵלָיו מֵעַל הַכַּפֹּרֶת אֲשֶׁר עַל־אֲרֹן הָעֵדֻת מִבֵּין שְׁנֵי הַכְּרֻבִים וַיְדַבֵּר אֵלָיו׃", 8.1. "וְהִקְרַבְתָּ אֶת־הַלְוִיִּם לִפְנֵי יְהוָה וְסָמְכוּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת־יְדֵיהֶם עַל־הַלְוִיִּם׃", 8.1. "וַיְדַבֵּר יְהוָה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה לֵּאמֹר׃", 8.2. "וַיַּעַשׂ מֹשֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן וְכָל־עֲדַת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵל לַלְוִיִּם כְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּה יְהוָה אֶת־מֹשֶׁה לַלְוִיִּם כֵּן־עָשׂוּ לָהֶם בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 8.2. "דַּבֵּר אֶל־אַהֲרֹן וְאָמַרְתָּ אֵלָיו בְּהַעֲלֹתְךָ אֶת־הַנֵּרֹת אֶל־מוּל פְּנֵי הַמְּנוֹרָה יָאִירוּ שִׁבְעַת הַנֵּרוֹת׃", 8.3. "וַיַּעַשׂ כֵּן אַהֲרֹן אֶל־מוּל פְּנֵי הַמְּנוֹרָה הֶעֱלָה נֵרֹתֶיהָ כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהוָה אֶת־מֹשֶׁה׃", 8.4. "וְזֶה מַעֲשֵׂה הַמְּנֹרָה מִקְשָׁה זָהָב עַד־יְרֵכָהּ עַד־פִּרְחָהּ מִקְשָׁה הִוא כַּמַּרְאֶה אֲשֶׁר הֶרְאָה יְהוָה אֶת־מֹשֶׁה כֵּן עָשָׂה אֶת־הַמְּנֹרָה׃", 9.11. "בַּחֹדֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִי בְּאַרְבָּעָה עָשָׂר יוֹם בֵּין הָעַרְבַּיִם יַעֲשׂוּ אֹתוֹ עַל־מַצּוֹת וּמְרֹרִים יֹאכְלֻהוּ׃", 9.12. "לֹא־יַשְׁאִירוּ מִמֶּנּוּ עַד־בֹּקֶר וְעֶצֶם לֹא יִשְׁבְּרוּ־בוֹ כְּכָל־חֻקַּת הַפֶּסַח יַעֲשׂוּ אֹתוֹ׃", 9.13. "וְהָאִישׁ אֲשֶׁר־הוּא טָהוֹר וּבְדֶרֶךְ לֹא־הָיָה וְחָדַל לַעֲשׂוֹת הַפֶּסַח וְנִכְרְתָה הַנֶּפֶשׁ הַהִוא מֵעַמֶּיהָ כִּי קָרְבַּן יְהוָה לֹא הִקְרִיב בְּמֹעֲדוֹ חֶטְאוֹ יִשָּׂא הָאִישׁ הַהוּא׃", 9.15. "וּבְיוֹם הָקִים אֶת־הַמִּשְׁכָּן כִּסָּה הֶעָנָן אֶת־הַמִּשְׁכָּן לְאֹהֶל הָעֵדֻת וּבָעֶרֶב יִהְיֶה עַל־הַמִּשְׁכָּן כְּמַרְאֵה־אֵשׁ עַד־בֹּקֶר׃", 9.16. "כֵּן יִהְיֶה תָמִיד הֶעָנָן יְכַסֶּנּוּ וּמַרְאֵה־אֵשׁ לָיְלָה׃", 9.17. "וּלְפִי הֵעָלֹת הֶעָנָן מֵעַל הָאֹהֶל וְאַחֲרֵי־כֵן יִסְעוּ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וּבִמְקוֹם אֲשֶׁר יִשְׁכָּן־שָׁם הֶעָנָן שָׁם יַחֲנוּ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 9.18. "עַל־פִּי יְהוָה יִסְעוּ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְעַל־פִּי יְהוָה יַחֲנוּ כָּל־יְמֵי אֲשֶׁר יִשְׁכֹּן הֶעָנָן עַל־הַמִּשְׁכָּן יַחֲנוּ׃", 9.19. "וּבְהַאֲרִיךְ הֶעָנָן עַל־הַמִּשְׁכָּן יָמִים רַבִּים וְשָׁמְרוּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת־מִשְׁמֶרֶת יְהוָה וְלֹא יִסָּעוּ׃", 9.21. "וְיֵשׁ אֲשֶׁר־יִהְיֶה הֶעָנָן מֵעֶרֶב עַד־בֹּקֶר וְנַעֲלָה הֶעָנָן בַּבֹּקֶר וְנָסָעוּ אוֹ יוֹמָם וָלַיְלָה וְנַעֲלָה הֶעָנָן וְנָסָעוּ׃", 9.22. "אוֹ־יֹמַיִם אוֹ־חֹדֶשׁ אוֹ־יָמִים בְּהַאֲרִיךְ הֶעָנָן עַל־הַמִּשְׁכָּן לִשְׁכֹּן עָלָיו יַחֲנוּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵל וְלֹא יִסָּעוּ וּבְהֵעָלֹתוֹ יִסָּעוּ׃", 9.23. "עַל־פִּי יְהוָה יַחֲנוּ וְעַל־פִּי יְהוָה יִסָּעוּ אֶת־מִשְׁמֶרֶת יְהוָה שָׁמָרוּ עַל־פִּי יְהוָה בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁה׃", 10.21. "וְנָסְעוּ הַקְּהָתִים נֹשְׂאֵי הַמִּקְדָּשׁ וְהֵקִימוּ אֶת־הַמִּשְׁכָּן עַד־בֹּאָם׃", 11.16. "וַיֹּאמֶר יְהוָה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה אֶסְפָה־לִּי שִׁבְעִים אִישׁ מִזִּקְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֲשֶׁר יָדַעְתָּ כִּי־הֵם זִקְנֵי הָעָם וְשֹׁטְרָיו וְלָקַחְתָּ אֹתָם אֶל־אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְהִתְיַצְּבוּ שָׁם עִמָּךְ׃", 12.6. "וַיֹּאמֶר שִׁמְעוּ־נָא דְבָרָי אִם־יִהְיֶה נְבִיאֲכֶם יְהוָה בַּמַּרְאָה אֵלָיו אֶתְוַדָּע בַּחֲלוֹם אֲדַבֶּר־בּוֹ׃", 12.8. "פֶּה אֶל־פֶּה אֲדַבֶּר־בּוֹ וּמַרְאֶה וְלֹא בְחִידֹת וּתְמֻנַת יְהוָה יַבִּיט וּמַדּוּעַ לֹא יְרֵאתֶם לְדַבֵּר בְּעַבְדִּי בְמֹשֶׁה׃", 18.1. "וַיֹּאמֶר יְהוָה אֶל־אַהֲרֹן אַתָּה וּבָנֶיךָ וּבֵית־אָבִיךָ אִתָּךְ תִּשְׂאוּ אֶת־עֲוֺן הַמִּקְדָּשׁ וְאַתָּה וּבָנֶיךָ אִתָּךְ תִּשְׂאוּ אֶת־עֲוֺן כְּהֻנַּתְכֶם׃", 18.1. "בְּקֹדֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁים תֹּאכֲלֶנּוּ כָּל־זָכָר יֹאכַל אֹתוֹ קֹדֶשׁ יִהְיֶה־לָּךְ׃", 19.11. "הַנֹּגֵעַ בְּמֵת לְכָל־נֶפֶשׁ אָדָם וְטָמֵא שִׁבְעַת יָמִים׃", 19.12. "הוּא יִתְחַטָּא־בוֹ בַּיּוֹם הַשְּׁלִישִׁי וּבַיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי יִטְהָר וְאִם־לֹא יִתְחַטָּא בַּיּוֹם הַשְּׁלִישִׁי וּבַיּוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי לֹא יִטְהָר׃", 19.13. "כָּל־הַנֹּגֵעַ בְּמֵת בְּנֶפֶשׁ הָאָדָם אֲשֶׁר־יָמוּת וְלֹא יִתְחַטָּא אֶת־מִשְׁכַּן יְהוָה טִמֵּא וְנִכְרְתָה הַנֶּפֶשׁ הַהִוא מִיִּשְׂרָאֵל כִּי מֵי נִדָּה לֹא־זֹרַק עָלָיו טָמֵא יִהְיֶה עוֹד טֻמְאָתוֹ בוֹ׃", 23.21. "לֹא־הִבִּיט אָוֶן בְּיַעֲקֹב וְלֹא־רָאָה עָמָל בְּיִשְׂרָאֵל יְהוָה אֱלֹהָיו עִמּוֹ וּתְרוּעַת מֶלֶךְ בּוֹ׃", 28.1. "עֹלַת שַׁבַּת בְּשַׁבַּתּוֹ עַל־עֹלַת הַתָּמִיד וְנִסְכָּהּ׃", 28.1. "וַיְדַבֵּר יְהוָה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה לֵּאמֹר׃", 28.2. "וּמִנְחָתָם סֹלֶת בְּלוּלָה בַשָּׁמֶן שְׁלֹשָׁה עֶשְׂרֹנִים לַפָּר וּשְׁנֵי עֶשְׂרֹנִים לָאַיִל תַּעֲשׂוּ׃", 28.2. "צַו אֶת־בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְאָמַרְתָּ אֲלֵהֶם אֶת־קָרְבָּנִי לַחְמִי לְאִשַּׁי רֵיחַ נִיחֹחִי תִּשְׁמְרוּ לְהַקְרִיב לִי בְּמוֹעֲדוֹ׃", 28.3. "וְאָמַרְתָּ לָהֶם זֶה הָאִשֶּׁה אֲשֶׁר תַּקְרִיבוּ לַיהוָה כְּבָשִׂים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָה תְמִימִם שְׁנַיִם לַיּוֹם עֹלָה תָמִיד׃", 28.3. "שְׂעִיר עִזִּים אֶחָד לְכַפֵּר עֲלֵיכֶם׃", 28.4. "אֶת־הַכֶּבֶשׂ אֶחָד תַּעֲשֶׂה בַבֹּקֶר וְאֵת הַכֶּבֶשׂ הַשֵּׁנִי תַּעֲשֶׂה בֵּין הָעַרְבָּיִם׃", 28.5. "וַעֲשִׂירִית הָאֵיפָה סֹלֶת לְמִנְחָה בְּלוּלָה בְּשֶׁמֶן כָּתִית רְבִיעִת הַהִין׃", 28.6. "עֹלַת תָּמִיד הָעֲשֻׂיָה בְּהַר סִינַי לְרֵיחַ נִיחֹחַ אִשֶּׁה לַיהוָה׃", 28.7. "וְנִסְכּוֹ רְבִיעִת הַהִין לַכֶּבֶשׂ הָאֶחָד בַּקֹּדֶשׁ הַסֵּךְ נֶסֶךְ שֵׁכָר לַיהוָה׃", 28.8. "וְאֵת הַכֶּבֶשׂ הַשֵּׁנִי תַּעֲשֶׂה בֵּין הָעַרְבָּיִם כְּמִנְחַת הַבֹּקֶר וּכְנִסְכּוֹ תַּעֲשֶׂה אִשֵּׁה רֵיחַ נִיחֹחַ לַיהוָה׃", 35.31. "וְלֹא־תִקְחוּ כֹפֶר לְנֶפֶשׁ רֹצֵחַ אֲשֶׁר־הוּא רָשָׁע לָמוּת כִּי־מוֹת יוּמָת׃", 35.32. "וְלֹא־תִקְחוּ כֹפֶר לָנוּס אֶל־עִיר מִקְלָטוֹ לָשׁוּב לָשֶׁבֶת בָּאָרֶץ עַד־מוֹת הַכֹּהֵן׃", 35.33. "וְלֹא־תַחֲנִיפוּ אֶת־הָאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר אַתֶּם בָּהּ כִּי הַדָּם הוּא יַחֲנִיף אֶת־הָאָרֶץ וְלָאָרֶץ לֹא־יְכֻפַּר לַדָּם אֲשֶׁר שֻׁפַּךְ־בָּהּ כִּי־אִם בְּדַם שֹׁפְכוֹ׃", 35.34. "וְלֹא תְטַמֵּא אֶת־הָאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר אַתֶּם יֹשְׁבִים בָּהּ אֲשֶׁר אֲנִי שֹׁכֵן בְּתוֹכָהּ כִּי אֲנִי יְהוָה שֹׁכֵן בְּתוֹךְ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", | 3.4. "And Nadab and Abihu died before the LORD, when they offered strange fire before the LORD, in the wilderness of Sinai, and they had no children; and Eleazar and Ithamar ministered in the priest’s office in the presence of Aaron their father.", 3.38. "And those that were to pitch before the tabernacle eastward, before the tent of meeting toward the sunrising, were Moses, and Aaron and his sons, keeping the charge of the sanctuary, even the charge for the children of Israel; and the common man that drew nigh was to be put to death.", 6.22. "And the LORD spoke unto Moses, saying:", 6.23. "’Speak unto Aaron and unto his sons, saying: On this wise ye shall bless the children of Israel; ye shall say unto them:", 6.24. "The LORD bless thee, and keep thee;", 6.25. "The LORD make His face to shine upon thee, and be gracious unto thee;", 6.26. "The LORD lift up His countece upon thee, and give thee peace.", 6.27. "So shall they put My name upon the children of Israel, and I will bless them.’", 7.89. "And when Moses went into the tent of meeting that He might speak with him, then he heard the Voice speaking unto him from above the ark-cover that was upon the ark of the testimony, from between the two cherubim; and He spoke unto him.", 8.1. "And the LORD spoke unto Moses, saying:", 8.2. "’Speak unto Aaron, and say unto him: When thou lightest the lamps, the seven lamps shall give light in front of the candlestick.’", 8.3. "And Aaron did so: he lighted the lamps thereof so as to give light in front of the candlestick, as the LORD commanded Moses.", 8.4. "And this was the work of the candlestick, beaten work of gold; unto the base thereof, and unto the flowers thereof, it was beaten work; according unto the pattern which the LORD had shown Moses, so he made the candlestick.", 9.10. "’Speak unto the children of Israel, saying: If any man of you or of your generations shall be unclean by reason of a dead body, or be in a journey afar off, yet he shall keep the passover unto the LORD;", 9.11. "in the second month on the fourteenth day at dusk they shall keep it; they shall eat it with unleavened bread and bitter herbs;", 9.12. "they shall leave none of it unto the morning, nor break a bone thereof; according to all the statute of the passover they shall keep it.", 9.13. "But the man that is clean, and is not on a journey, and forbeareth to keep the passover, that soul shall be cut off from his people; because he brought not the offering of the LORD in its appointed season, that man shall bear his sin.", 9.15. "And on the day that the tabernacle was reared up the cloud covered the tabernacle, even the tent of the testimony; and at even there was upon the tabernacle as it were the appearance of fire, until morning.", 9.16. "So it was alway: the cloud covered it, and the appearance of fire by night.", 9.17. "And whenever the cloud was taken up from over the Tent, then after that the children of Israel journeyed; and in the place where the cloud abode, there the children of Israel encamped.", 9.18. "At the commandment of the LORD the children of Israel journeyed, and at the commandment of the LORD they encamped: as long as the cloud abode upon the tabernacle they remained encamped.", 9.19. "And when the cloud tarried upon the tabernacle many days, then the children of Israel kept the charge of the LORD, and journeyed not.", 9.20. "And sometimes the cloud was a few days upon the tabernacle; according to the commandment of the LORD they remained encamped, and according to the commandment of the LORD they journeyed.", 9.21. "And sometimes the cloud was from evening until morning; and when the cloud was taken up in the morning, they journeyed; or if it continued by day and by night, when the cloud was taken up, they journeyed.", 9.22. "Whether it were two days, or a month, or a year, that the cloud tarried upon the tabernacle, abiding thereon, the children of Israel remained encamped, and journeyed not; but when it was taken up, they journeyed.", 9.23. "At the commandment of the LORD they encamped, and at the commandment of the LORD they journeyed; they kept the charge of the LORD, at the commandment of the LORD by the hand of Moses.", 10.21. "And the Kohathites the bearers of the sanctuary set forward, that the tabernacle might be set up against their coming.", 11.16. "And the LORD said unto Moses: ‘Gather unto Me seventy men of the elders of Israel, whom thou knowest to be the elders of the people, and officers over them; and bring them unto the tent of meeting, that they may stand there with thee.", 12.6. "And He said: ‘Hear now My words: if there be a prophet among you, I the LORD do make Myself known unto him in a vision, I do speak with him in a dream.", 12.8. "with him do I speak mouth to mouth, even manifestly, and not in dark speeches; and the similitude of the LORD doth he behold; wherefore then were ye not afraid to speak against My servant, against Moses?’", 18.1. "And the LORD said unto Aaron: ‘Thou and thy sons and thy fathers’ house with thee shall bear the iniquity of the sanctuary; and thou and thy sons with thee shall bear the iniquity of your priesthood.", 19.10. "And he that gathereth the ashes of the heifer shall wash his clothes, and be unclean until the even; and it shall be unto the children of Israel, and unto the stranger that sojourneth among them, for a statute for ever.", 19.11. "He that toucheth the dead, even any man’s dead body, shall be unclean seven days;", 19.12. "the same shall purify himself therewith on the third day and on the seventh day, and he shall be clean; but if he purify not himself the third day and the seventh day, he shall not be clean.", 19.13. "Whosoever toucheth the dead, even the body of any man that is dead, and purifieth not himself—he hath defiled the tabernacle of the LORD—that soul shall be cut off from Israel; because the water of sprinkling was not dashed against him, he shall be unclean; his uncleanness is yet upon him.", 23.21. "None hath beheld iniquity in Jacob, Neither hath one seen perverseness in Israel; The LORD his God is with him, And the shouting for the King is among them.", 28.1. "And the LORD spoke unto Moses, saying:", 28.2. "Command the children of Israel, and say unto them: My food which is presented unto Me for offerings made by fire, of a sweet savour unto Me, shall ye observe to offer unto Me in its due season.", 28.3. "And thou shalt say unto them: This is the offering made by fire which ye shall bring unto the LORD: he-lambs of the first year without blemish, two day by day, for a continual burnt-offering.", 28.4. "The one lamb shalt thou offer in the morning, and the other lamb shalt thou offer at dusk;", 28.5. "and the tenth part of an ephah of fine flour for a meal-offering, mingled with the fourth part of a hin of beaten oil.", 28.6. "It is a continual burnt-offering, which was offered in mount Sinai, for a sweet savour, an offering made by fire unto the LORD.", 28.7. "And the drink-offering thereof shall be the fourth part of a hin for the one lamb; in the holy place shalt thou pour out a drink-offering of strong drink unto the LORD.", 28.8. "And the other lamb shalt thou present at dusk; as the meal-offering of the morning, and as the drink-offering thereof, thou shalt present it, an offering made by fire, of a sweet savour unto the LORD.", 35.30. "Whoso killeth any person, the murderer shall be slain at the mouth of witnesses; but one witness shall not testify against any person that he die.", 35.31. "Moreover ye shall take no ransom for the life of a murderer, that is guilty of death; but he shall surely be put to death.", 35.32. "And ye shall take no ransom for him that is fled to his city of refuge, that he should come again to dwell in the land, until the death of the priest.", 35.33. "So ye shall not pollute the land wherein ye are; for blood, it polluteth the land; and no expiation can be made for the land for the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it.", 35.34. "And thou shalt not defile the land which ye inhabit, in the midst of which I dwell; for I the LORD dwell in the midst of the children of Israel.’", |
|
12. Hebrew Bible, Proverbs, 3.18, 8.12, 15.8, 16.15, 21.27 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •temple, place of divine glory/kingship/presence •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 108, 300; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 152; Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 114| 3.18. "עֵץ־חַיִּים הִיא לַמַּחֲזִיקִים בָּהּ וְתֹמְכֶיהָ מְאֻשָּׁר׃", 8.12. "אֲנִי־חָכְמָה שָׁכַנְתִּי עָרְמָה וְדַעַת מְזִמּוֹת אֶמְצָא׃", 15.8. "זֶבַח רְשָׁעִים תּוֹעֲבַת יְהוָה וּתְפִלַּת יְשָׁרִים רְצוֹנוֹ׃", 16.15. "בְּאוֹר־פְּנֵי־מֶלֶךְ חַיִּים וּרְצוֹנוֹ כְּעָב מַלְקוֹשׁ׃", 21.27. "זֶבַח רְשָׁעִים תּוֹעֵבָה אַף כִּי־בְזִמָּה יְבִיאֶנּוּ׃", | 3.18. "She is a tree of life to them that lay hold upon her, And happy is every one that holdest her fast.", 8.12. "I wisdom dwell with prudence, And find out knowledge of devices.", 15.8. "The sacrifice of the wicked is an abomination to the LORD; But the prayer of the upright is His delight.", 16.15. "In the light of the king’s countece is life; And his favour is as a cloud of the latter rain.", 21.27. "The sacrifice of the wicked is an abomination; How much more, when he bringeth it with the proceeds of wickedness?", |
|
13. Hebrew Bible, Psalms, 24.7-24.10, 43.20, 68.16-68.18, 72.1, 78.56-78.72, 102.24-102.27, 122.17 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 133; Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 53; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 106, 320; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 92; Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 149; Zawanowska and Wilk (2022), The Character of David in Judaism, Christianity and Islam: Warrior, Poet, Prophet and King, 517| 24.7. "שְׂאוּ שְׁעָרִים רָאשֵׁיכֶם וְהִנָּשְׂאוּ פִּתְחֵי עוֹלָם וְיָבוֹא מֶלֶךְ הַכָּבוֹד׃", 24.8. "מִי זֶה מֶלֶךְ הַכָּבוֹד יְהוָה עִזּוּז וְגִבּוֹר יְהוָה גִּבּוֹר מִלְחָמָה׃", 24.9. "שְׂאוּ שְׁעָרִים רָאשֵׁיכֶם וּשְׂאוּ פִּתְחֵי עוֹלָם וְיָבֹא מֶלֶךְ הַכָּבוֹד׃", 68.16. "הַר־אֱלֹהִים הַר־בָּשָׁן הַר גַּבְנֻנִּים הַר־בָּשָׁן׃", 68.17. "לָמָּה תְּרַצְּדוּן הָרִים גַּבְנֻנִּים הָהָר חָמַד אֱלֹהִים לְשִׁבְתּוֹ אַף־יְהוָה יִשְׁכֹּן לָנֶצַח׃", 68.18. "רֶכֶב אֱלֹהִים רִבֹּתַיִם אַלְפֵי שִׁנְאָן אֲדֹנָי בָם סִינַי בַּקֹּדֶשׁ׃", 72.1. "מַלְכֵי תַרְשִׁישׁ וְאִיִּים מִנְחָה יָשִׁיבוּ מַלְכֵי שְׁבָא וּסְבָא אֶשְׁכָּר יַקְרִיבוּ׃", 72.1. "לִשְׁלֹמֹה אֱלֹהִים מִשְׁפָּטֶיךָ לְמֶלֶךְ תֵּן וְצִדְקָתְךָ לְבֶן־מֶלֶךְ׃", 78.56. "וַיְנַסּוּ וַיַּמְרוּ אֶת־אֱלֹהִים עֶלְיוֹן וְעֵדוֹתָיו לֹא שָׁמָרוּ׃", 78.57. "וַיִּסֹּגוּ וַיִּבְגְּדוּ כַּאֲבוֹתָם נֶהְפְּכוּ כְּקֶשֶׁת רְמִיָּה׃", 78.58. "וַיַּכְעִיסוּהוּ בְּבָמוֹתָם וּבִפְסִילֵיהֶם יַקְנִיאוּהוּ׃", 78.59. "שָׁמַע אֱלֹהִים וַיִּתְעַבָּר וַיִּמְאַס מְאֹד בְּיִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 78.61. "וַיִּתֵּן לַשְּׁבִי עֻזּוֹ וְתִפְאַרְתּוֹ בְיַד־צָר׃", 78.62. "וַיַּסְגֵּר לַחֶרֶב עַמּוֹ וּבְנַחֲלָתוֹ הִתְעַבָּר׃", 78.63. "בַּחוּרָיו אָכְלָה־אֵשׁ וּבְתוּלֹתָיו לֹא הוּלָּלוּ׃", 78.64. "כֹּהֲנָיו בַּחֶרֶב נָפָלוּ וְאַלְמְנֹתָיו לֹא תִבְכֶּינָה׃", 78.65. "וַיִּקַץ כְּיָשֵׁן אֲדֹנָי כְּגִבּוֹר מִתְרוֹנֵן מִיָּיִן׃", 78.66. "וַיַּךְ־צָרָיו אָחוֹר חֶרְפַּת עוֹלָם נָתַן לָמוֹ׃", 78.67. "וַיִּמְאַס בְּאֹהֶל יוֹסֵף וּבְשֵׁבֶט אֶפְרַיִם לֹא בָחָר׃", 78.68. "וַיִּבְחַר אֶת־שֵׁבֶט יְהוּדָה אֶת־הַר צִיּוֹן אֲשֶׁר אָהֵב׃", 78.69. "וַיִּבֶן כְּמוֹ־רָמִים מִקְדָּשׁוֹ כְּאֶרֶץ יְסָדָהּ לְעוֹלָם׃", 78.71. "מֵאַחַר עָלוֹת הֱבִיאוֹ לִרְעוֹת בְּיַעֲקֹב עַמּוֹ וּבְיִשְׂרָאֵל נַחֲלָתוֹ׃", 78.72. "וַיִּרְעֵם כְּתֹם לְבָבוֹ וּבִתְבוּנוֹת כַּפָּיו יַנְחֵם׃", 102.24. "עִנָּה בַדֶּרֶךְ כחו [כֹּחִי] קִצַּר יָמָי׃", 102.25. "אֹמַר אֵלִי אַל־תַּעֲלֵנִי בַּחֲצִי יָמָי בְּדוֹר דּוֹרִים שְׁנוֹתֶיךָ׃", 102.26. "לְפָנִים הָאָרֶץ יָסַדְתָּ וּמַעֲשֵׂה יָדֶיךָ שָׁמָיִם׃", 102.27. "הֵמָּה יֹאבֵדוּ וְאַתָּה תַעֲמֹד וְכֻלָּם כַּבֶּגֶד יִבְלוּ כַּלְּבוּשׁ תַּחֲלִיפֵם וְיַחֲלֹפוּ׃", | 24.7. "Lift up your heads, O ye gates, and be ye lifted up, ye everlasting doors; that the King of glory may come in.", 24.8. "'Who is the King of glory?' 'The LORD strong and mighty, The LORD mighty in battle.'", 24.9. "Lift up your heads, O ye gates, Yea, lift them up, ye everlasting doors; That the King of glory may come in.", 24.10. "'Who then is the King of glory?' 'The LORD of hosts; He is the King of glory.' Selah", 68.16. "A mountain of God is the mountain of Bashan; A mountain of peaks is the mountain of Bashan.", 68.17. "Why look ye askance, ye mountains of peaks, At the mountain which God hath desired for His abode? Yea, the LORD will dwell therein for ever.", 68.18. "The chariots of God are myriads, even thousands upon thousands; The Lord is among them, as in Sinai, in holiness.", 72.1. "[A Psalm] of Solomon. Give the king Thy judgments, O God, and Thy righteousness unto the king's son;", 78.56. "Yet they tried and provoked God, the Most High, And kept not His testimonies;", 78.57. "But turned back, and dealt treacherously like their fathers; They were turned aside like a deceitful bow.", 78.58. "For they provoked Him with their high places, And moved Him to jealousy with their graven images.", 78.59. "God heard, and was wroth, And He greatly abhorred Israel;", 78.60. "And He forsook the tabernacle of Shiloh, The tent which He had made to dwell among men;", 78.61. "And delivered His strength into captivity, And His glory into the adversary's hand.", 78.62. "He gave His people over also unto the sword; And was wroth with His inheritance.", 78.63. "Fire devoured their young men; And their virgins had no marriage-song.", 78.64. "Their priests fell by the sword; And their widows made no lamentation. .", 78.65. "Then the Lord awaked as one asleep, Like a mighty man recovering from wine.", 78.66. "And He smote His adversaries backward; He put upon them a perpetual reproach.", 78.67. "Moreover He abhorred the tent of Joseph, And chose not the tribe of Ephraim;", 78.68. "But chose the tribe of Judah, The mount Zion which He loved.", 78.69. "And He built His sanctuary like the heights, Like the earth which He hath founded for ever.", 78.70. "He chose David also His servant, And took him from the sheepfolds;", 78.71. "From following the ewes that give suck He brought him, To be shepherd over Jacob His people, and Israel His inheritance.", 78.72. "So he shepherded them according to the integrity of his heart; And lead them by the skilfulness of his hands.", 102.24. "He weakened my strength in the way; He shortened my days.", 102.25. "I say: 'O my God, take me not away in the midst of my days, Thou whose years endure throughout all generations.", 102.26. "of old Thou didst lay the foundation of the earth; And the heavens are the work of Thy hands.", 102.27. "They shall perish, but Thou shalt endure; Yea, all of them shall wax old like a garment; As a vesture shalt Thou change them, and they shall pass away;", |
|
14. Hebrew Bible, Zephaniah, 3.11-3.15 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Mokhtarian (2021), Rabbis, Sorcerers, Kings, and Priests: The Culture of the Talmud in Ancient Iran. 118, 119| 3.11. "בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא לֹא תֵבוֹשִׁי מִכֹּל עֲלִילֹתַיִךְ אֲשֶׁר פָּשַׁעַתְּ בִּי כִּי־אָז אָסִיר מִקִּרְבֵּךְ עַלִּיזֵי גַּאֲוָתֵךְ וְלֹא־תוֹסִפִי לְגָבְהָה עוֹד בְּהַר קָדְשִׁי׃", 3.12. "וְהִשְׁאַרְתִּי בְקִרְבֵּךְ עַם עָנִי וָדָל וְחָסוּ בְּשֵׁם יְהוָה׃", 3.13. "שְׁאֵרִית יִשְׂרָאֵל לֹא־יַעֲשׂוּ עַוְלָה וְלֹא־יְדַבְּרוּ כָזָב וְלֹא־יִמָּצֵא בְּפִיהֶם לְשׁוֹן תַּרְמִית כִּי־הֵמָּה יִרְעוּ וְרָבְצוּ וְאֵין מַחֲרִיד׃", 3.14. "רָנִּי בַּת־צִיּוֹן הָרִיעוּ יִשְׂרָאֵל שִׂמְחִי וְעָלְזִי בְּכָל־לֵב בַּת יְרוּשָׁלִָם׃", 3.15. "הֵסִיר יְהוָה מִשְׁפָּטַיִךְ פִּנָּה אֹיְבֵךְ מֶלֶךְ יִשְׂרָאֵל יְהוָה בְּקִרְבֵּךְ לֹא־תִירְאִי רָע עוֹד׃", | 3.11. "In that day shalt thou not be ashamed for all thy doings, Wherein thou hast transgressed against Me; For then I will take away out of the midst of thee Thy proudly exulting ones, And thou shalt no more be haughty In My holy mountain.", 3.12. "And I will leave in the midst of thee An afflicted and poor people, And they shall take refuge in the name of the LORD.", 3.13. "The remt of Israel shall not do iniquity, Nor speak lies, Neither shall a deceitful tongue be found in their mouth; For they shall feed and lie down, And none shall make them afraid.", 3.14. "Sing, O daughter of Zion, Shout, O Israel; Be glad and rejoice with all the heart, O daughter of Jerusalem.", 3.15. "The LORD hath taken away thy judgments, He hath cast out thine enemy; The King of Israel, even the LORD, is in the midst of thee; Thou shalt not fear evil any more.", |
|
15. Hebrew Bible, Leviticus, 1.1, 1.4, 4.1-4.35, 5.20-5.26, 9.22-9.24, 15.31, 16.1-16.34, 19.2, 19.30, 21.16-21.24, 22.17-22.25, 26.2, 26.11-26.12, 26.31, 27.1-27.22 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 98, 100, 105, 126, 175, 178; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 68, 69, 71, 123, 167| 1.1. "וְאִם־מִן־הַצֹּאן קָרְבָּנוֹ מִן־הַכְּשָׂבִים אוֹ מִן־הָעִזִּים לְעֹלָה זָכָר תָּמִים יַקְרִיבֶנּוּ׃", 1.1. "וַיִּקְרָא אֶל־מֹשֶׁה וַיְדַבֵּר יְהוָה אֵלָיו מֵאֹהֶל מוֹעֵד לֵאמֹר׃", 1.4. "וְסָמַךְ יָדוֹ עַל רֹאשׁ הָעֹלָה וְנִרְצָה לוֹ לְכַפֵּר עָלָיו׃", 4.1. "כַּאֲשֶׁר יוּרַם מִשּׁוֹר זֶבַח הַשְּׁלָמִים וְהִקְטִירָם הַכֹּהֵן עַל מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה׃", 4.1. "וַיְדַבֵּר יְהוָה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה לֵּאמֹר׃", 4.2. "וְעָשָׂה לַפָּר כַּאֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה לְפַר הַחַטָּאת כֵּן יַעֲשֶׂה־לּוֹ וְכִפֶּר עֲלֵהֶם הַכֹּהֵן וְנִסְלַח לָהֶם׃", 4.2. "דַּבֵּר אֶל־בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לֵאמֹר נֶפֶשׁ כִּי־תֶחֱטָא בִשְׁגָגָה מִכֹּל מִצְוֺת יְהוָה אֲשֶׁר לֹא תֵעָשֶׂינָה וְעָשָׂה מֵאַחַת מֵהֵנָּה׃", 4.3. "וְלָקַח הַכֹּהֵן מִדָּמָהּ בְּאֶצְבָּעוֹ וְנָתַן עַל־קַרְנֹת מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה וְאֶת־כָּל־דָּמָהּ יִשְׁפֹּךְ אֶל־יְסוֹד הַמִּזְבֵּחַ׃", 4.3. "אִם הַכֹּהֵן הַמָּשִׁיחַ יֶחֱטָא לְאַשְׁמַת הָעָם וְהִקְרִיב עַל חַטָּאתוֹ אֲשֶׁר חָטָא פַּר בֶּן־בָּקָר תָּמִים לַיהוָה לְחַטָּאת׃", 4.4. "וְהֵבִיא אֶת־הַפָּר אֶל־פֶּתַח אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד לִפְנֵי יְהוָה וְסָמַךְ אֶת־יָדוֹ עַל־רֹאשׁ הַפָּר וְשָׁחַט אֶת־הַפָּר לִפְנֵי יְהוָה׃", 4.5. "וְלָקַח הַכֹּהֵן הַמָּשִׁיחַ מִדַּם הַפָּר וְהֵבִיא אֹתוֹ אֶל־אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד׃", 4.6. "וְטָבַל הַכֹּהֵן אֶת־אֶצְבָּעוֹ בַּדָּם וְהִזָּה מִן־הַדָּם שֶׁבַע פְּעָמִים לִפְנֵי יְהוָה אֶת־פְּנֵי פָּרֹכֶת הַקֹּדֶשׁ׃", 4.7. "וְנָתַן הַכֹּהֵן מִן־הַדָּם עַל־קַרְנוֹת מִזְבַּח קְטֹרֶת הַסַּמִּים לִפְנֵי יְהוָה אֲשֶׁר בְּאֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְאֵת כָּל־דַּם הַפָּר יִשְׁפֹּךְ אֶל־יְסוֹד מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה אֲשֶׁר־פֶּתַח אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד׃", 4.8. "וְאֶת־כָּל־חֵלֶב פַּר הַחַטָּאת יָרִים מִמֶּנּוּ אֶת־הַחֵלֶב הַמְכַסֶּה עַל־הַקֶּרֶב וְאֵת כָּל־הַחֵלֶב אֲשֶׁר עַל־הַקֶּרֶב׃", 4.9. "וְאֵת שְׁתֵּי הַכְּלָיֹת וְאֶת־הַחֵלֶב אֲשֶׁר עֲלֵיהֶן אֲשֶׁר עַל־הַכְּסָלִים וְאֶת־הַיֹּתֶרֶת עַל־הַכָּבֵד עַל־הַכְּלָיוֹת יְסִירֶנָּה׃", 4.11. "וְאֶת־עוֹר הַפָּר וְאֶת־כָּל־בְּשָׂרוֹ עַל־רֹאשׁוֹ וְעַל־כְּרָעָיו וְקִרְבּוֹ וּפִרְשׁוֹ׃", 4.12. "וְהוֹצִיא אֶת־כָּל־הַפָּר אֶל־מִחוּץ לַמַּחֲנֶה אֶל־מָקוֹם טָהוֹר אֶל־שֶׁפֶךְ הַדֶּשֶׁן וְשָׂרַף אֹתוֹ עַל־עֵצִים בָּאֵשׁ עַל־שֶׁפֶךְ הַדֶּשֶׁן יִשָּׂרֵף׃", 4.13. "וְאִם כָּל־עֲדַת יִשְׂרָאֵל יִשְׁגּוּ וְנֶעְלַם דָּבָר מֵעֵינֵי הַקָּהָל וְעָשׂוּ אַחַת מִכָּל־מִצְוֺת יְהוָה אֲשֶׁר לֹא־תֵעָשֶׂינָה וְאָשֵׁמוּ׃", 4.14. "וְנוֹדְעָה הַחַטָּאת אֲשֶׁר חָטְאוּ עָלֶיהָ וְהִקְרִיבוּ הַקָּהָל פַּר בֶּן־בָּקָר לְחַטָּאת וְהֵבִיאוּ אֹתוֹ לִפְנֵי אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד׃", 4.15. "וְסָמְכוּ זִקְנֵי הָעֵדָה אֶת־יְדֵיהֶם עַל־רֹאשׁ הַפָּר לִפְנֵי יְהוָה וְשָׁחַט אֶת־הַפָּר לִפְנֵי יְהוָה׃", 4.16. "וְהֵבִיא הַכֹּהֵן הַמָּשִׁיחַ מִדַּם הַפָּר אֶל־אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד׃", 4.17. "וְטָבַל הַכֹּהֵן אֶצְבָּעוֹ מִן־הַדָּם וְהִזָּה שֶׁבַע פְּעָמִים לִפְנֵי יְהוָה אֵת פְּנֵי הַפָּרֹכֶת׃", 4.18. "וּמִן־הַדָּם יִתֵּן עַל־קַרְנֹת הַמִּזְבֵּחַ אֲשֶׁר לִפְנֵי יְהוָה אֲשֶׁר בְּאֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְאֵת כָּל־הַדָּם יִשְׁפֹּךְ אֶל־יְסוֹד מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה אֲשֶׁר־פֶּתַח אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד׃", 4.19. "וְאֵת כָּל־חֶלְבּוֹ יָרִים מִמֶּנּוּ וְהִקְטִיר הַמִּזְבֵּחָה׃", 4.21. "וְהוֹצִיא אֶת־הַפָּר אֶל־מִחוּץ לַמַּחֲנֶה וְשָׂרַף אֹתוֹ כַּאֲשֶׁר שָׂרַף אֵת הַפָּר הָרִאשׁוֹן חַטַּאת הַקָּהָל הוּא׃", 4.22. "אֲשֶׁר נָשִׂיא יֶחֱטָא וְעָשָׂה אַחַת מִכָּל־מִצְוֺת יְהוָה אֱלֹהָיו אֲשֶׁר לֹא־תֵעָשֶׂינָה בִּשְׁגָגָה וְאָשֵׁם׃", 4.23. "אוֹ־הוֹדַע אֵלָיו חַטָּאתוֹ אֲשֶׁר חָטָא בָּהּ וְהֵבִיא אֶת־קָרְבָּנוֹ שְׂעִיר עִזִּים זָכָר תָּמִים׃", 4.24. "וְסָמַךְ יָדוֹ עַל־רֹאשׁ הַשָּׂעִיר וְשָׁחַט אֹתוֹ בִּמְקוֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִשְׁחַט אֶת־הָעֹלָה לִפְנֵי יְהוָה חַטָּאת הוּא׃", 4.25. "וְלָקַח הַכֹּהֵן מִדַּם הַחַטָּאת בְּאֶצְבָּעוֹ וְנָתַן עַל־קַרְנֹת מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה וְאֶת־דָּמוֹ יִשְׁפֹּךְ אֶל־יְסוֹד מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה׃", 4.26. "וְאֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבּוֹ יַקְטִיר הַמִּזְבֵּחָה כְּחֵלֶב זֶבַח הַשְּׁלָמִים וְכִפֶּר עָלָיו הַכֹּהֵן מֵחַטָּאתוֹ וְנִסְלַח לוֹ׃", 4.27. "וְאִם־נֶפֶשׁ אַחַת תֶּחֱטָא בִשְׁגָגָה מֵעַם הָאָרֶץ בַּעֲשֹׂתָהּ אַחַת מִמִּצְוֺת יְהוָה אֲשֶׁר לֹא־תֵעָשֶׂינָה וְאָשֵׁם׃", 4.28. "אוֹ הוֹדַע אֵלָיו חַטָּאתוֹ אֲשֶׁר חָטָא וְהֵבִיא קָרְבָּנוֹ שְׂעִירַת עִזִּים תְּמִימָה נְקֵבָה עַל־חַטָּאתוֹ אֲשֶׁר חָטָא׃", 4.29. "וְסָמַךְ אֶת־יָדוֹ עַל רֹאשׁ הַחַטָּאת וְשָׁחַט אֶת־הַחַטָּאת בִּמְקוֹם הָעֹלָה׃", 4.31. "וְאֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבָּהּ יָסִיר כַּאֲשֶׁר הוּסַר חֵלֶב מֵעַל זֶבַח הַשְּׁלָמִים וְהִקְטִיר הַכֹּהֵן הַמִּזְבֵּחָה לְרֵיחַ נִיחֹחַ לַיהוָה וְכִפֶּר עָלָיו הַכֹּהֵן וְנִסְלַח לוֹ׃", 4.32. "וְאִם־כֶּבֶשׂ יָבִיא קָרְבָּנוֹ לְחַטָּאת נְקֵבָה תְמִימָה יְבִיאֶנָּה׃", 4.33. "וְסָמַךְ אֶת־יָדוֹ עַל רֹאשׁ הַחַטָּאת וְשָׁחַט אֹתָהּ לְחַטָּאת בִּמְקוֹם אֲשֶׁר יִשְׁחַט אֶת־הָעֹלָה׃", 4.34. "וְלָקַח הַכֹּהֵן מִדַּם הַחַטָּאת בְּאֶצְבָּעוֹ וְנָתַן עַל־קַרְנֹת מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה וְאֶת־כָּל־דָּמָהּ יִשְׁפֹּךְ אֶל־יְסוֹד הַמִּזְבֵּחַ׃", 4.35. "וְאֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבָּה יָסִיר כַּאֲשֶׁר יוּסַר חֵלֶב־הַכֶּשֶׂב מִזֶּבַח הַשְּׁלָמִים וְהִקְטִיר הַכֹּהֵן אֹתָם הַמִּזְבֵּחָה עַל אִשֵּׁי יְהוָה וְכִפֶּר עָלָיו הַכֹּהֵן עַל־חַטָּאתוֹ אֲשֶׁר־חָטָא וְנִסְלַח לוֹ׃", 5.21. "נֶפֶשׁ כִּי תֶחֱטָא וּמָעֲלָה מַעַל בַּיהוָה וְכִחֵשׁ בַּעֲמִיתוֹ בְּפִקָּדוֹן אוֹ־בִתְשׂוּמֶת יָד אוֹ בְגָזֵל אוֹ עָשַׁק אֶת־עֲמִיתוֹ׃", 5.22. "אוֹ־מָצָא אֲבֵדָה וְכִחֶשׁ בָּהּ וְנִשְׁבַּע עַל־שָׁקֶר עַל־אַחַת מִכֹּל אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂה הָאָדָם לַחֲטֹא בָהֵנָּה׃", 5.23. "וְהָיָה כִּי־יֶחֱטָא וְאָשֵׁם וְהֵשִׁיב אֶת־הַגְּזֵלָה אֲשֶׁר גָּזָל אוֹ אֶת־הָעֹשֶׁק אֲשֶׁר עָשָׁק אוֹ אֶת־הַפִּקָּדוֹן אֲשֶׁר הָפְקַד אִתּוֹ אוֹ אֶת־הָאֲבֵדָה אֲשֶׁר מָצָא׃", 5.24. "אוֹ מִכֹּל אֲשֶׁר־יִשָּׁבַע עָלָיו לַשֶּׁקֶר וְשִׁלַּם אֹתוֹ בְּרֹאשׁוֹ וַחֲמִשִׁתָיו יֹסֵף עָלָיו לַאֲשֶׁר הוּא לוֹ יִתְּנֶנּוּ בְּיוֹם אַשְׁמָתוֹ׃", 5.25. "וְאֶת־אֲשָׁמוֹ יָבִיא לַיהוָה אַיִל תָּמִים מִן־הַצֹּאן בְּעֶרְכְּךָ לְאָשָׁם אֶל־הַכֹּהֵן׃", 5.26. "וְכִפֶּר עָלָיו הַכֹּהֵן לִפְנֵי יְהוָה וְנִסְלַח לוֹ עַל־אַחַת מִכֹּל אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂה לְאַשְׁמָה בָהּ׃", 9.22. "וַיִּשָּׂא אַהֲרֹן אֶת־ידו [יָדָיו] אֶל־הָעָם וַיְבָרְכֵם וַיֵּרֶד מֵעֲשֹׂת הַחַטָּאת וְהָעֹלָה וְהַשְּׁלָמִים׃", 9.23. "וַיָּבֹא מֹשֶׁה וְאַהֲרֹן אֶל־אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וַיֵּצְאוּ וַיְבָרֲכוּ אֶת־הָעָם וַיֵּרָא כְבוֹד־יְהוָה אֶל־כָּל־הָעָם׃", 9.24. "וַתֵּצֵא אֵשׁ מִלִּפְנֵי יְהוָה וַתֹּאכַל עַל־הַמִּזְבֵּחַ אֶת־הָעֹלָה וְאֶת־הַחֲלָבִים וַיַּרְא כָּל־הָעָם וַיָּרֹנּוּ וַיִּפְּלוּ עַל־פְּנֵיהֶם׃", 15.31. "וְהִזַּרְתֶּם אֶת־בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵל מִטֻּמְאָתָם וְלֹא יָמֻתוּ בְּטֻמְאָתָם בְּטַמְּאָם אֶת־מִשְׁכָּנִי אֲשֶׁר בְּתוֹכָם׃", 16.1. "וַיְדַבֵּר יְהוָה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה אַחֲרֵי מוֹת שְׁנֵי בְּנֵי אַהֲרֹן בְּקָרְבָתָם לִפְנֵי־יְהוָה וַיָּמֻתוּ׃", 16.1. "וְהַשָּׂעִיר אֲשֶׁר עָלָה עָלָיו הַגּוֹרָל לַעֲזָאזֵל יָעֳמַד־חַי לִפְנֵי יְהוָה לְכַפֵּר עָלָיו לְשַׁלַּח אֹתוֹ לַעֲזָאזֵל הַמִּדְבָּרָה׃", 16.2. "וַיֹּאמֶר יְהוָה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה דַּבֵּר אֶל־אַהֲרֹן אָחִיךָ וְאַל־יָבֹא בְכָל־עֵת אֶל־הַקֹּדֶשׁ מִבֵּית לַפָּרֹכֶת אֶל־פְּנֵי הַכַּפֹּרֶת אֲשֶׁר עַל־הָאָרֹן וְלֹא יָמוּת כִּי בֶּעָנָן אֵרָאֶה עַל־הַכַּפֹּרֶת׃", 16.2. "וְכִלָּה מִכַּפֵּר אֶת־הַקֹּדֶשׁ וְאֶת־אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְאֶת־הַמִּזְבֵּחַ וְהִקְרִיב אֶת־הַשָּׂעִיר הֶחָי׃", 16.3. "כִּי־בַיּוֹם הַזֶּה יְכַפֵּר עֲלֵיכֶם לְטַהֵר אֶתְכֶם מִכֹּל חַטֹּאתֵיכֶם לִפְנֵי יְהוָה תִּטְהָרוּ׃", 16.3. "בְּזֹאת יָבֹא אַהֲרֹן אֶל־הַקֹּדֶשׁ בְּפַר בֶּן־בָּקָר לְחַטָּאת וְאַיִל לְעֹלָה׃", 16.4. "כְּתֹנֶת־בַּד קֹדֶשׁ יִלְבָּשׁ וּמִכְנְסֵי־בַד יִהְיוּ עַל־בְּשָׂרוֹ וּבְאַבְנֵט בַּד יַחְגֹּר וּבְמִצְנֶפֶת בַּד יִצְנֹף בִּגְדֵי־קֹדֶשׁ הֵם וְרָחַץ בַּמַּיִם אֶת־בְּשָׂרוֹ וּלְבֵשָׁם׃", 16.5. "וּמֵאֵת עֲדַת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל יִקַּח שְׁנֵי־שְׂעִירֵי עִזִּים לְחַטָּאת וְאַיִל אֶחָד לְעֹלָה׃", 16.6. "וְהִקְרִיב אַהֲרֹן אֶת־פַּר הַחַטָּאת אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ וְכִפֶּר בַּעֲדוֹ וּבְעַד בֵּיתוֹ׃", 16.7. "וְלָקַח אֶת־שְׁנֵי הַשְּׂעִירִם וְהֶעֱמִיד אֹתָם לִפְנֵי יְהוָה פֶּתַח אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד׃", 16.8. "וְנָתַן אַהֲרֹן עַל־שְׁנֵי הַשְּׂעִירִם גּוֹרָלוֹת גּוֹרָל אֶחָד לַיהוָה וְגוֹרָל אֶחָד לַעֲזָאזֵל׃", 16.9. "וְהִקְרִיב אַהֲרֹן אֶת־הַשָּׂעִיר אֲשֶׁר עָלָה עָלָיו הַגּוֹרָל לַיהוָה וְעָשָׂהוּ חַטָּאת׃", 16.11. "וְהִקְרִיב אַהֲרֹן אֶת־פַּר הַחַטָּאת אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ וְכִפֶּר בַּעֲדוֹ וּבְעַד בֵּיתוֹ וְשָׁחַט אֶת־פַּר הַחַטָּאת אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ׃", 16.12. "וְלָקַח מְלֹא־הַמַּחְתָּה גַּחֲלֵי־אֵשׁ מֵעַל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ מִלִּפְנֵי יְהוָה וּמְלֹא חָפְנָיו קְטֹרֶת סַמִּים דַּקָּה וְהֵבִיא מִבֵּית לַפָּרֹכֶת׃", 16.13. "וְנָתַן אֶת־הַקְּטֹרֶת עַל־הָאֵשׁ לִפְנֵי יְהוָה וְכִסָּה עֲנַן הַקְּטֹרֶת אֶת־הַכַּפֹּרֶת אֲשֶׁר עַל־הָעֵדוּת וְלֹא יָמוּת׃", 16.14. "וְלָקַח מִדַּם הַפָּר וְהִזָּה בְאֶצְבָּעוֹ עַל־פְּנֵי הַכַּפֹּרֶת קֵדְמָה וְלִפְנֵי הַכַּפֹּרֶת יַזֶּה שֶׁבַע־פְּעָמִים מִן־הַדָּם בְּאֶצְבָּעוֹ׃", 16.15. "וְשָׁחַט אֶת־שְׂעִיר הַחַטָּאת אֲשֶׁר לָעָם וְהֵבִיא אֶת־דָּמוֹ אֶל־מִבֵּית לַפָּרֹכֶת וְעָשָׂה אֶת־דָּמוֹ כַּאֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה לְדַם הַפָּר וְהִזָּה אֹתוֹ עַל־הַכַּפֹּרֶת וְלִפְנֵי הַכַּפֹּרֶת׃", 16.16. "וְכִפֶּר עַל־הַקֹּדֶשׁ מִטֻּמְאֹת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וּמִפִּשְׁעֵיהֶם לְכָל־חַטֹּאתָם וְכֵן יַעֲשֶׂה לְאֹהֶל מוֹעֵד הַשֹּׁכֵן אִתָּם בְּתוֹךְ טֻמְאֹתָם׃", 16.17. "וְכָל־אָדָם לֹא־יִהְיֶה בְּאֹהֶל מוֹעֵד בְּבֹאוֹ לְכַפֵּר בַּקֹּדֶשׁ עַד־צֵאתוֹ וְכִפֶּר בַּעֲדוֹ וּבְעַד בֵּיתוֹ וּבְעַד כָּל־קְהַל יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 16.18. "וְיָצָא אֶל־הַמִּזְבֵּחַ אֲשֶׁר לִפְנֵי־יְהוָה וְכִפֶּר עָלָיו וְלָקַח מִדַּם הַפָּר וּמִדַּם הַשָּׂעִיר וְנָתַן עַל־קַרְנוֹת הַמִּזְבֵּחַ סָבִיב׃", 16.19. "וְהִזָּה עָלָיו מִן־הַדָּם בְּאֶצְבָּעוֹ שֶׁבַע פְּעָמִים וְטִהֲרוֹ וְקִדְּשׁוֹ מִטֻּמְאֹת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 16.21. "וְסָמַךְ אַהֲרֹן אֶת־שְׁתֵּי ידו [יָדָיו] עַל רֹאשׁ הַשָּׂעִיר הַחַי וְהִתְוַדָּה עָלָיו אֶת־כָּל־עֲוֺנֹת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְאֶת־כָּל־פִּשְׁעֵיהֶם לְכָל־חַטֹּאתָם וְנָתַן אֹתָם עַל־רֹאשׁ הַשָּׂעִיר וְשִׁלַּח בְּיַד־אִישׁ עִתִּי הַמִּדְבָּרָה׃", 16.22. "וְנָשָׂא הַשָּׂעִיר עָלָיו אֶת־כָּל־עֲוֺנֹתָם אֶל־אֶרֶץ גְּזֵרָה וְשִׁלַּח אֶת־הַשָּׂעִיר בַּמִּדְבָּר׃", 16.23. "וּבָא אַהֲרֹן אֶל־אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וּפָשַׁט אֶת־בִּגְדֵי הַבָּד אֲשֶׁר לָבַשׁ בְּבֹאוֹ אֶל־הַקֹּדֶשׁ וְהִנִּיחָם שָׁם׃", 16.24. "וְרָחַץ אֶת־בְּשָׂרוֹ בַמַּיִם בְּמָקוֹם קָדוֹשׁ וְלָבַשׁ אֶת־בְּגָדָיו וְיָצָא וְעָשָׂה אֶת־עֹלָתוֹ וְאֶת־עֹלַת הָעָם וְכִפֶּר בַּעֲדוֹ וּבְעַד הָעָם׃", 16.25. "וְאֵת חֵלֶב הַחַטָּאת יַקְטִיר הַמִּזְבֵּחָה׃", 16.26. "וְהַמְשַׁלֵּחַ אֶת־הַשָּׂעִיר לַעֲזָאזֵל יְכַבֵּס בְּגָדָיו וְרָחַץ אֶת־בְּשָׂרוֹ בַּמָּיִם וְאַחֲרֵי־כֵן יָבוֹא אֶל־הַמַּחֲנֶה׃", 16.27. "וְאֵת פַּר הַחַטָּאת וְאֵת שְׂעִיר הַחַטָּאת אֲשֶׁר הוּבָא אֶת־דָּמָם לְכַפֵּר בַּקֹּדֶשׁ יוֹצִיא אֶל־מִחוּץ לַמַּחֲנֶה וְשָׂרְפוּ בָאֵשׁ אֶת־עֹרֹתָם וְאֶת־בְּשָׂרָם וְאֶת־פִּרְשָׁם׃", 16.28. "וְהַשֹּׂרֵף אֹתָם יְכַבֵּס בְּגָדָיו וְרָחַץ אֶת־בְּשָׂרוֹ בַּמָּיִם וְאַחֲרֵי־כֵן יָבוֹא אֶל־הַמַּחֲנֶה׃", 16.29. "וְהָיְתָה לָכֶם לְחֻקַּת עוֹלָם בַּחֹדֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִי בֶּעָשׂוֹר לַחֹדֶשׁ תְּעַנּוּ אֶת־נַפְשֹׁתֵיכֶם וְכָל־מְלָאכָה לֹא תַעֲשׂוּ הָאֶזְרָח וְהַגֵּר הַגָּר בְּתוֹכְכֶם׃", 16.31. "שַׁבַּת שַׁבָּתוֹן הִיא לָכֶם וְעִנִּיתֶם אֶת־נַפְשֹׁתֵיכֶם חֻקַּת עוֹלָם׃", 16.32. "וְכִפֶּר הַכֹּהֵן אֲשֶׁר־יִמְשַׁח אֹתוֹ וַאֲשֶׁר יְמַלֵּא אֶת־יָדוֹ לְכַהֵן תַּחַת אָבִיו וְלָבַשׁ אֶת־בִּגְדֵי הַבָּד בִּגְדֵי הַקֹּדֶשׁ׃", 16.33. "וְכִפֶּר אֶת־מִקְדַּשׁ הַקֹּדֶשׁ וְאֶת־אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד וְאֶת־הַמִּזְבֵּחַ יְכַפֵּר וְעַל הַכֹּהֲנִים וְעַל־כָּל־עַם הַקָּהָל יְכַפֵּר׃", 16.34. "וְהָיְתָה־זֹּאת לָכֶם לְחֻקַּת עוֹלָם לְכַפֵּר עַל־בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל מִכָּל־חַטֹּאתָם אַחַת בַּשָּׁנָה וַיַּעַשׂ כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהוָה אֶת־מֹשֶׁה׃", 19.2. "דַּבֵּר אֶל־כָּל־עֲדַת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵל וְאָמַרְתָּ אֲלֵהֶם קְדֹשִׁים תִּהְיוּ כִּי קָדוֹשׁ אֲנִי יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם׃", 19.2. "וְאִישׁ כִּי־יִשְׁכַּב אֶת־אִשָּׁה שִׁכְבַת־זֶרַע וְהִוא שִׁפְחָה נֶחֱרֶפֶת לְאִישׁ וְהָפְדֵּה לֹא נִפְדָּתָה אוֹ חֻפְשָׁה לֹא נִתַּן־לָהּ בִּקֹּרֶת תִּהְיֶה לֹא יוּמְתוּ כִּי־לֹא חֻפָּשָׁה׃", 21.16. "וַיְדַבֵּר יְהוָה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה לֵּאמֹר׃", 21.17. "דַּבֵּר אֶל־אַהֲרֹן לֵאמֹר אִישׁ מִזַּרְעֲךָ לְדֹרֹתָם אֲשֶׁר יִהְיֶה בוֹ מוּם לֹא יִקְרַב לְהַקְרִיב לֶחֶם אֱלֹהָיו׃", 21.18. "כִּי כָל־אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר־בּוֹ מוּם לֹא יִקְרָב אִישׁ עִוֵּר אוֹ פִסֵּחַ אוֹ חָרֻם אוֹ שָׂרוּעַ׃", 21.19. "אוֹ אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר־יִהְיֶה בוֹ שֶׁבֶר רָגֶל אוֹ שֶׁבֶר יָד׃", 21.21. "כָּל־אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר־בּוֹ מוּם מִזֶּרַע אַהֲרֹן הַכֹּהֵן לֹא יִגַּשׁ לְהַקְרִיב אֶת־אִשֵּׁי יְהוָה מוּם בּוֹ אֵת לֶחֶם אֱלֹהָיו לֹא יִגַּשׁ לְהַקְרִיב׃", 21.22. "לֶחֶם אֱלֹהָיו מִקָּדְשֵׁי הַקֳּדָשִׁים וּמִן־הַקֳּדָשִׁים יֹאכֵל׃", 21.23. "אַךְ אֶל־הַפָּרֹכֶת לֹא יָבֹא וְאֶל־הַמִּזְבֵּחַ לֹא יִגַּשׁ כִּי־מוּם בּוֹ וְלֹא יְחַלֵּל אֶת־מִקְדָּשַׁי כִּי אֲנִי יְהוָה מְקַדְּשָׁם׃", 21.24. "וַיְדַבֵּר מֹשֶׁה אֶל־אַהֲרֹן וְאֶל־בָּנָיו וְאֶל־כָּל־בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 22.17. "וַיְדַבֵּר יְהוָה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה לֵּאמֹר׃", 22.18. "דַּבֵּר אֶל־אַהֲרֹן וְאֶל־בָּנָיו וְאֶל כָּל־בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְאָמַרְתָּ אֲלֵהֶם אִישׁ אִישׁ מִבֵּית יִשְׂרָאֵל וּמִן־הַגֵּר בְּיִשְׂרָאֵל אֲשֶׁר יַקְרִיב קָרְבָּנוֹ לְכָל־נִדְרֵיהֶם וּלְכָל־נִדְבוֹתָם אֲשֶׁר־יַקְרִיבוּ לַיהוָה לְעֹלָה׃", 22.19. "לִרְצֹנְכֶם תָּמִים זָכָר בַּבָּקָר בַּכְּשָׂבִים וּבָעִזִּים׃", 22.21. "וְאִישׁ כִּי־יַקְרִיב זֶבַח־שְׁלָמִים לַיהוָה לְפַלֵּא־נֶדֶר אוֹ לִנְדָבָה בַּבָּקָר אוֹ בַצֹּאן תָּמִים יִהְיֶה לְרָצוֹן כָּל־מוּם לֹא יִהְיֶה־בּוֹ׃", 22.22. "עַוֶּרֶת אוֹ שָׁבוּר אוֹ־חָרוּץ אוֹ־יַבֶּלֶת אוֹ גָרָב אוֹ יַלֶּפֶת לֹא־תַקְרִיבוּ אֵלֶּה לַיהוָה וְאִשֶּׁה לֹא־תִתְּנוּ מֵהֶם עַל־הַמִּזְבֵּחַ לַיהוָה׃", 22.23. "וְשׁוֹר וָשֶׂה שָׂרוּעַ וְקָלוּט נְדָבָה תַּעֲשֶׂה אֹתוֹ וּלְנֵדֶר לֹא יֵרָצֶה׃", 22.24. "וּמָעוּךְ וְכָתוּת וְנָתוּק וְכָרוּת לֹא תַקְרִיבוּ לַיהוָה וּבְאַרְצְכֶם לֹא תַעֲשׂוּ׃", 22.25. "וּמִיַּד בֶּן־נֵכָר לֹא תַקְרִיבוּ אֶת־לֶחֶם אֱלֹהֵיכֶם מִכָּל־אֵלֶּה כִּי מָשְׁחָתָם בָּהֶם מוּם בָּם לֹא יֵרָצוּ לָכֶם׃", 26.2. "וְתַם לָרִיק כֹּחֲכֶם וְלֹא־תִתֵּן אַרְצְכֶם אֶת־יְבוּלָהּ וְעֵץ הָאָרֶץ לֹא יִתֵּן פִּרְיוֹ׃", 26.2. "אֶת־שַׁבְּתֹתַי תִּשְׁמֹרוּ וּמִקְדָּשִׁי תִּירָאוּ אֲנִי יְהוָה׃", 26.11. "וְנָתַתִּי מִשְׁכָּנִי בְּתוֹכְכֶם וְלֹא־תִגְעַל נַפְשִׁי אֶתְכֶם׃", 26.12. "וְהִתְהַלַּכְתִּי בְּתוֹכְכֶם וְהָיִיתִי לָכֶם לֵאלֹהִים וְאַתֶּם תִּהְיוּ־לִי לְעָם׃", 26.31. "וְנָתַתִּי אֶת־עָרֵיכֶם חָרְבָּה וַהֲשִׁמּוֹתִי אֶת־מִקְדְּשֵׁיכֶם וְלֹא אָרִיחַ בְּרֵיחַ נִיחֹחֲכֶם׃", 27.1. "לֹא יַחֲלִיפֶנּוּ וְלֹא־יָמִיר אֹתוֹ טוֹב בְּרָע אוֹ־רַע בְּטוֹב וְאִם־הָמֵר יָמִיר בְּהֵמָה בִּבְהֵמָה וְהָיָה־הוּא וּתְמוּרָתוֹ יִהְיֶה־קֹּדֶשׁ׃", 27.1. "וַיְדַבֵּר יְהוָה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה לֵּאמֹר׃", 27.2. "וְאִם־לֹא יִגְאַל אֶת־הַשָּׂדֶה וְאִם־מָכַר אֶת־הַשָּׂדֶה לְאִישׁ אַחֵר לֹא יִגָּאֵל עוֹד׃", 27.2. "דַּבֵּר אֶל־בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְאָמַרְתָּ אֲלֵהֶם אִישׁ כִּי יַפְלִא נֶדֶר בְּעֶרְכְּךָ נְפָשֹׁת לַיהוָה׃", 27.3. "וְהָיָה עֶרְכְּךָ הַזָּכָר מִבֶּן עֶשְׂרִים שָׁנָה וְעַד בֶּן־שִׁשִּׁים שָׁנָה וְהָיָה עֶרְכְּךָ חֲמִשִּׁים שֶׁקֶל כֶּסֶף בְּשֶׁקֶל הַקֹּדֶשׁ׃", 27.3. "וְכָל־מַעְשַׂר הָאָרֶץ מִזֶּרַע הָאָרֶץ מִפְּרִי הָעֵץ לַיהוָה הוּא קֹדֶשׁ לַיהוָה׃", 27.4. "וְאִם־נְקֵבָה הִוא וְהָיָה עֶרְכְּךָ שְׁלֹשִׁים שָׁקֶל׃", 27.5. "וְאִם מִבֶּן־חָמֵשׁ שָׁנִים וְעַד בֶּן־עֶשְׂרִים שָׁנָה וְהָיָה עֶרְכְּךָ הַזָּכָר עֶשְׂרִים שְׁקָלִים וְלַנְּקֵבָה עֲשֶׂרֶת שְׁקָלִים׃", 27.6. "וְאִם מִבֶּן־חֹדֶשׁ וְעַד בֶּן־חָמֵשׁ שָׁנִים וְהָיָה עֶרְכְּךָ הַזָּכָר חֲמִשָּׁה שְׁקָלִים כָּסֶף וְלַנְּקֵבָה עֶרְכְּךָ שְׁלֹשֶׁת שְׁקָלִים כָּסֶף׃", 27.7. "וְאִם מִבֶּן־שִׁשִּׁים שָׁנָה וָמַעְלָה אִם־זָכָר וְהָיָה עֶרְכְּךָ חֲמִשָּׁה עָשָׂר שָׁקֶל וְלַנְּקֵבָה עֲשָׂרָה שְׁקָלִים׃", 27.8. "וְאִם־מָךְ הוּא מֵעֶרְכֶּךָ וְהֶעֱמִידוֹ לִפְנֵי הַכֹּהֵן וְהֶעֱרִיךְ אֹתוֹ הַכֹּהֵן עַל־פִּי אֲשֶׁר תַּשִּׂיג יַד הַנֹּדֵר יַעֲרִיכֶנּוּ הַכֹּהֵן׃", 27.9. "וְאִם־בְּהֵמָה אֲשֶׁר יַקְרִיבוּ מִמֶּנָּה קָרְבָּן לַיהוָה כֹּל אֲשֶׁר יִתֵּן מִמֶּנּוּ לַיהוָה יִהְיֶה־קֹּדֶשׁ׃", 27.11. "וְאִם כָּל־בְּהֵמָה טְמֵאָה אֲשֶׁר לֹא־יַקְרִיבוּ מִמֶּנָּה קָרְבָּן לַיהוָה וְהֶעֱמִיד אֶת־הַבְּהֵמָה לִפְנֵי הַכֹּהֵן׃", 27.12. "וְהֶעֱרִיךְ הַכֹּהֵן אֹתָהּ בֵּין טוֹב וּבֵין רָע כְּעֶרְכְּךָ הַכֹּהֵן כֵּן יִהְיֶה׃", 27.13. "וְאִם־גָּאֹל יִגְאָלֶנָּה וְיָסַף חֲמִישִׁתוֹ עַל־עֶרְכֶּךָ׃", 27.14. "וְאִישׁ כִּי־יַקְדִּשׁ אֶת־בֵּיתוֹ קֹדֶשׁ לַיהוָה וְהֶעֱרִיכוֹ הַכֹּהֵן בֵּין טוֹב וּבֵין רָע כַּאֲשֶׁר יַעֲרִיךְ אֹתוֹ הַכֹּהֵן כֵּן יָקוּם׃", 27.15. "וְאִם־הַמַּקְדִּישׁ יִגְאַל אֶת־בֵּיתוֹ וְיָסַף חֲמִישִׁית כֶּסֶף־עֶרְכְּךָ עָלָיו וְהָיָה לוֹ׃", 27.16. "וְאִם מִשְּׂדֵה אֲחֻזָּתוֹ יַקְדִּישׁ אִישׁ לַיהוָה וְהָיָה עֶרְכְּךָ לְפִי זַרְעוֹ זֶרַע חֹמֶר שְׂעֹרִים בַּחֲמִשִּׁים שֶׁקֶל כָּסֶף׃", 27.17. "אִם־מִשְּׁנַת הַיֹּבֵל יַקְדִּישׁ שָׂדֵהוּ כְּעֶרְכְּךָ יָקוּם׃", 27.18. "וְאִם־אַחַר הַיֹּבֵל יַקְדִּישׁ שָׂדֵהוּ וְחִשַּׁב־לוֹ הַכֹּהֵן אֶת־הַכֶּסֶף עַל־פִּי הַשָּׁנִים הַנּוֹתָרֹת עַד שְׁנַת הַיֹּבֵל וְנִגְרַע מֵעֶרְכֶּךָ׃", 27.19. "וְאִם־גָּאֹל יִגְאַל אֶת־הַשָּׂדֶה הַמַּקְדִּישׁ אֹתוֹ וְיָסַף חֲמִשִׁית כֶּסֶף־עֶרְכְּךָ עָלָיו וְקָם לוֹ׃", 27.21. "וְהָיָה הַשָּׂדֶה בְּצֵאתוֹ בַיֹּבֵל קֹדֶשׁ לַיהוָה כִּשְׂדֵה הַחֵרֶם לַכֹּהֵן תִּהְיֶה אֲחֻזָּתוֹ׃", 27.22. "וְאִם אֶת־שְׂדֵה מִקְנָתוֹ אֲשֶׁר לֹא מִשְּׂדֵה אֲחֻזָּתוֹ יַקְדִּישׁ לַיהוָה׃", | 1.1. "And the LORD called unto Moses, and spoke unto him out of the tent of meeting, saying:", 1.4. "And he shall lay his hand upon the head of the burnt-offering; and it shall be accepted for him to make atonement for him.", 4.1. "And the LORD spoke unto Moses, saying:", 4.2. "Speak unto the children of Israel, saying: If any one shall sin through error, in any of the things which the LORD hath commanded not to be done, and shall do any one of them:", 4.3. "if the anointed priest shall sin so as to bring guilt on the people, then let him offer for his sin, which he hath sinned, a young bullock without blemish unto the LORD for a sin-offering.", 4.4. "And he shall bring the bullock unto the door of the tent of meeting before the LORD; and he shall lay his hand upon the head of the bullock, and kill the bullock before the LORD.", 4.5. "And the anointed priest shall take of the blood of the bullock, and bring it to the tent of meeting.", 4.6. "And the priest shall dip his finger in the blood, and sprinkle of the blood seven times before the LORD, in front of the veil of the sanctuary.", 4.7. "And the priest shall put of the blood upon the horns of the altar of sweet incense before the LORD, which is in the tent of meeting; and all the remaining blood of the bullock shall he pour out at the base of the altar of burnt-offering, which is at the door of the tent of meeting.", 4.8. "And all the fat of the bullock of the sin-offering he shall take off from it; the fat that covereth the inwards, and all the fat that is upon the inwards,", 4.9. "and the two kidneys, and the fat that is upon them, which is by the loins, and the lobe above the liver, which he shall take away by kidneys,", 4.10. "as it is taken off from the ox of the sacrifice of peace-offerings; and the priest shall make them smoke upon the altar of burnt-offering.", 4.11. "But the skin of the bullock, and all its flesh, with its head, and with its legs, and its inwards, and its dung,", 4.12. "even the whole bullock shall he carry forth without the camp unto a clean place, where the ashes are poured out, and burn it on wood with fire; where the ashes are poured out shall it be burnt.", 4.13. "And if the whole congregation of Israel shall err, the thing being hid from the eyes of the assembly, and do any of the things which the LORD hath commanded not to be done, and are guilty:", 4.14. "when the sin wherein they have sinned is known, then the assembly shall offer a young bullock for a sin-offering, and bring it before the tent of meeting.", 4.15. "And the elders of the congregation shall lay their hands upon the head of the bullock before the LORD; and the bullock shall be killed before the LORD.", 4.16. "And the anointed priest shall bring of the blood of the bullock to the tent of meeting.", 4.17. "And the priest shall dip his finger in the blood, and sprinkle it seven times before the LORD, in front of the veil.", 4.18. "And he shall put of the blood upon the horns of the altar which is before the LORD, that is in the tent of meeting, and all the remaining blood shall he pour out at the base of the altar of burnt-offering, which is at the door of the tent of meeting.", 4.19. "And all the fat thereof shall he take off from it, and make it smoke upon the altar.", 4.20. "Thus shall he do with the bullock; as he did with the bullock of the sin-offering, so shall he do with this; and the priest shall make atonement for them, and they shall be forgiven.", 4.21. "And he shall carry forth the bullock without the camp, and burn it as he burned the first bullock; it is the sin-offering for the assembly.", 4.22. "When a ruler sinneth, and doeth through error any one of all the things which the LORD his God hath commanded not to be done, and is guilty:", 4.23. "if his sin, wherein he hath sinned, be known to him, he shall bring for his offering a goat, a male without blemish.", 4.24. "And he shall lay his hand upon the head of the goat, and kill it in the place where they kill the burnt-offering before the LORD; it is a sin-offering.", 4.25. "And the priest shall take of the blood of the sin-offering with his finger, and put it upon the horns of the altar of burnt-offering, and the remaining blood thereof shall he pour out at the base of the altar of burnt-offering.", 4.26. "And all the fat thereof shall he make smoke upon the altar, as the fat of the sacrifice of peace-offerings; and the priest shall make atonement for him as concerning his sin, and he shall be forgiven.", 4.27. "And if any one of the common people sin through error, in doing any of the things which the LORD hath commanded not to be done, and be guilty:", 4.28. "if his sin, which he hath sinned, be known to him, then he shall bring for his offering a goat, a female without blemish, for his sin which he hath sinned.", 4.29. "And he shall lay his hand upon the head of the sin-offering, and kill the sin-offering in the place of burnt-offering.", 4.30. "And the priest shall take of the blood thereof with his finger, and put it upon the horns of the altar of burnt-offering, and all the remaining blood thereof shall he pour out at the base of the altar.", 4.31. "And all the fat thereof shall he take away, as the fat is taken away from off the sacrifice of peace-offerings; and the priest shall make it smoke upon the altar for a sweet savour unto the LORD; and the priest shall make atonement for him, and he shall be forgiven.", 4.32. "And if he bring a lamb as his offering for a sin-offering, he shall bring it a female without blemish.", 4.33. "And he shall lay his hand upon the head of the sin-offering, and kill it for a sin-offering in the place where they kill the burnt-offering.", 4.34. "And the priest shall take of the blood of the sin-offering with his finger, and put it upon the horns of the altar of burnt-offering, and all the remaining blood thereof shall he pour out at the base of the altar.", 4.35. "And all the fat thereof shall he take away, as the fat of the lamb is taken away from the sacrifice of peace-offerings; and the priest shall make them smoke on the altar, upon the offerings of the LORD made by fire; and the priest shall make atonement for him as touching his sin that he hath sinned, and he shall be forgiven.", 5.20. "And the LORD spoke unto Moses, saying:", 5.21. "If any one sin, and commit a trespass against the LORD, and deal falsely with his neighbour in a matter of deposit, or of pledge, or of robbery, or have oppressed his neighbour;", 5.22. "or have found that which was lost, and deal falsely therein, and swear to a lie; in any of all these that a man doeth, sinning therein;", 5.23. "then it shall be, if he hath sinned, and is guilty, that he shall restore that which he took by robbery, or the thing which he hath gotten by oppression, or the deposit which was deposited with him, or the lost thing which he found,", 5.24. "or any thing about which he hath sworn falsely, he shall even restore it in full, and shall add the fifth part more thereto; unto him to whom it appertaineth shall he give it, in the day of his being guilty.", 5.25. "And he shall bring his forfeit unto the LORD, a ram without blemish out of the flock, according to thy valuation, for a guilt-offering, unto the priest.", 5.26. "And the priest shall make atonement for him before the LORD, and he shall be forgiven, concerning whatsoever he doeth so as to be guilty thereby.", 9.22. "And Aaron lifted up his hands toward the people, and blessed them; and he came down from offering the sin-offering, and the burnt-offering, and the peace-offerings.", 9.23. "And Moses and Aaron went into the tent of meeting, and came out, and blessed the people; and the glory of the LORD appeared unto all the people.", 9.24. "And there came forth fire from before the LORD, and consumed upon the altar the burnt-offering and the fat; and when all the people saw it, they shouted, and fell on their faces.", 15.31. "Thus shall ye separate the children of Israel from their uncleanness; that they die not in their uncleanness, when they defile My tabernacle that is in the midst of them.", 16.1. "And the LORD spoke unto Moses, after the death of the two sons of Aaron, when they drew near before the LORD, and died;", 16.2. "and the LORD said unto Moses: ‘Speak unto Aaron thy brother, that he come not at all times into the holy place within the veil, before the ark-cover which is upon the ark; that he die not; for I appear in the cloud upon the ark-cover.", 16.3. "Herewith shall Aaron come into the holy place: with a young bullock for a sin-offering, and a ram for a burnt-offering.", 16.4. "He shall put on the holy linen tunic, and he shall have the linen breeches upon his flesh, and shall be girded with the linen girdle, and with the linen mitre shall he be attired; they are the holy garments; and he shall bathe his flesh in water, and put them on.", 16.5. "And he shall take of the congregation of the children of Israel two he-goats for a sin-offering, and one ram for a burnt-offering.", 16.6. "And Aaron shall present the bullock of the sin-offering, which is for himself, and make atonement for himself, and for his house.", 16.7. "And he shall take the two goats, and set them before the LORD at the door of the tent of meeting.", 16.8. "And Aaron shall cast lots upon the two goats: one lot for the LORD, and the other lot for Azazel.", 16.9. "And Aaron shall present the goat upon which the lot fell for the LORD, and offer him for a sin-offering.", 16.10. "But the goat, on which the lot fell for Azazel, shall be set alive before the LORD, to make atonement over him, to send him away for Azazel into the wilderness.", 16.11. "And Aaron shall present the bullock of the sin-offering, which is for himself, and shall make atonement for himself, and for his house, and shall kill the bullock of the sin-offering which is for himself.", 16.12. "And he shall take a censer full of coals of fire from off the altar before the LORD, and his hands full of sweet incense beaten small, and bring it within the veil.", 16.13. "And he shall put the incense upon the fire before the LORD, that the cloud of the incense may cover the ark-cover that is upon the testimony, that he die not.", 16.14. "And he shall take of the blood of the bullock, and sprinkle it with his finger upon the ark-cover on the east; and before the ark-cover shall he sprinkle of the blood with his finger seven times.", 16.15. "Then shall he kill the goat of the sin-offering, that is for the people, and bring his blood within the veil, and do with his blood as he did with the blood of the bullock, and sprinkle it upon the ark-cover, and before the ark-cover.", 16.16. "And he shall make atonement for the holy place, because of the uncleannesses of the children of Israel, and because of their transgressions, even all their sins; and so shall he do for the tent of meeting, that dwelleth with them in the midst of their uncleannesses.", 16.17. "And there shall be no man in the tent of meeting when he goeth in to make atonement in the holy place, until he come out, and have made atonement for himself, and for his household, and for all the assembly of Israel.", 16.18. "And he shall go out unto the altar that is before the LORD, and make atonement for it; and shall take of the blood of the bullock, and of the blood of the goat, and put it upon the horns of the altar round about.", 16.19. "And he shall sprinkle of the blood upon it with his finger seven times, and cleanse it, and hallow it from the uncleannesses of the children of Israel.", 16.20. "And when he hath made an end of atoning for the holy place, and the tent of meeting, and the altar, he shall present the live goat.", 16.21. "And Aaron shall lay both his hands upon the head of the live goat, and confess over him all the iniquities of the children of Israel, and all their transgressions, even all their sins; and he shall put them upon the head of the goat, and shall send him away by the hand of an appointed man into the wilderness.", 16.22. "And the goat shall bear upon him all their iniquities unto a land which is cut off; and he shall let go the goat in the wilderness.", 16.23. "And Aaron shall come into the tent of meeting, and shall put off the linen garments, which he put on when he went into the holy place, and shall leave them there.", 16.24. "And he shall bathe his flesh in water in a holy place and put on his other vestments, and come forth, and offer his burnt-offering and the burnt-offering of the people, and make atonement for himself and for the people.", 16.25. "And the fat of the sin-offering shall he make smoke upon the altar.", 16.26. "And he that letteth go the goat for Azazel shall wash his clothes, and bathe his flesh in water, and afterward he may come into the camp.", 16.27. "And the bullock of the sin-offering, and the goat of the sin-offering, whose blood was brought in to make atonement in the holy place, shall be carried forth without the camp; and they shall burn in the fire their skins, and their flesh, and their dung.", 16.28. "And he that burneth them shall wash his clothes, and bathe his flesh in water, and afterward he may come into the camp.", 16.29. "And it shall be a statute for ever unto you: in the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month, ye shall afflict your souls, and shall do no manner of work, the home-born, or the stranger that sojourneth among you.", 16.30. "For on this day shall atonement be made for you, to cleanse you; from all your sins shall ye be clean before the LORD.", 16.31. "It is a sabbath of solemn rest unto you, and ye shall afflict your souls; it is a statute for ever.", 16.32. "And the priest, who shall be anointed and who shall be consecrated to be priest in his father’s stead, shall make the atonement, and shall put on the linen garments, even the holy garments.", 16.33. "And he shall make atonement for the most holy place, and he shall make atonement for the tent of meeting and for the altar; and he shall make atonement for the priests and for all the people of the assembly.", 16.34. "And this shall be an everlasting statute unto you, to make atonement for the children of Israel because of all their sins once in the year.’ And he did as the LORD commanded Moses.", 19.2. "Speak unto all the congregation of the children of Israel, and say unto them: Ye shall be holy; for I the LORD your God am holy.", 19.30. "Ye shall keep My sabbaths, and reverence My sanctuary: I am the LORD.", 21.16. "And the LORD spoke unto Moses, saying:", 21.17. "Speak unto Aaron, saying: Whosoever he be of thy seed throughout their generations that hath a blemish, let him not approach to offer the bread of his God.", 21.18. "For whatsoever man he be that hath a blemish, he shall not approach: a blind man, or a lame, or he that hath any thing maimed, or anything too long,", 21.19. "or a man that is broken-footed, or broken-handed,", 21.20. "or crook-backed, or a dwarf, or that hath his eye overspread, or is scabbed, or scurvy, or hath his stones crushed;", 21.21. "no man of the seed of Aaron the priest, that hath a blemish, shall come nigh to offer the offerings of the LORD made by fire; he hath a blemish; he shall not come nigh to offer the bread of his God.", 21.22. "He may eat the bread of his God, both of the most holy, and of the holy.", 21.23. "Only he shall not go in unto the veil, nor come nigh unto the altar, because he hath a blemish; that he profane not My holy places; for I am the LORD who sanctify them.", 21.24. "So Moses spoke unto Aaron, and to his sons, and unto all the children of Israel.", 22.17. "And the LORD spoke unto Moses, saying:", 22.18. "Speak unto Aaron, and to his sons, and unto all the children of Israel, and say unto them: Whosoever he be of the house of Israel, or of the strangers in Israel, that bringeth his offering, whether it be any of their vows, or any of their free-will-offerings, which are brought unto the LORD for a burnt-offering;", 22.19. "that ye may be accepted, ye shall offer a male without blemish, of the beeves, of the sheep, or of the goats.", 22.20. "But whatsoever hath a blemish, that shall ye not bring; for it shall not be acceptable for you.", 22.21. "And whosoever bringeth a sacrifice of peace-offerings unto the LORD in fulfilment of a vow clearly uttered, or for a freewill-offering, of the herd or of the flock, it shall be perfect to be accepted; there shall be no blemish therein.", 22.22. "Blind, or broken, or maimed, or having a wen, or scabbed, or scurvy, ye shall not offer these unto the LORD, nor make an offering by fire of them upon the altar unto the LORD.", 22.23. "Either a bullock or a lamb that hath any thing too long or too short, that mayest thou offer for a freewill-offering; but for a vow it shall not be accepted.", 22.24. "That which hath its stones bruised, or crushed, or torn, or cut, ye shall not offer unto the LORD; neither shall ye do thus in your land.", 22.25. "Neither from the hand of a foreigner shall ye offer the bread of your God of any of these, because their corruption is in them, there is a blemish in them; they shall not be accepted for you.", 26.2. "Ye shall keep My sabbaths, and reverence My sanctuary: I am the LORD.", 26.11. "And I will set My tabernacle among you, and My soul shall not abhor you.", 26.12. "And I will walk among you, and will be your God, and ye shall be My people.", 26.31. "And I will make your cities a waste, and will bring your sanctuaries unto desolation, and I will not smell the savour of your sweet odours.", 27.1. "And the LORD spoke unto Moses, saying:", 27.2. "Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them: When a man shall clearly utter a vow of persons unto the LORD, according to thy valuation,", 27.3. "then thy valuation shall be for the male from twenty years old even unto sixty years old, even thy valuation shall be fifty shekels of silver, after the shekel of the sanctuary.", 27.4. "And if it be a female, then thy valuation shall be thirty shekels.", 27.5. "And if it be from five years old even unto twenty years old, then thy valuation shall be for the male twenty shekels, and for the female ten shekels.", 27.6. "And if it be from a month old even unto five years old, then thy valuation shall be for the male five shekels of silver, and for the female thy valuation shall be three shekels of silver.", 27.7. "And if it be from sixty years old and upward: if it be a male, then thy valuation shall be fifteen shekels, and for the female ten shekels.", 27.8. "But if he be too poor for thy valuation, then he shall be set before the priest, and the priest shall value him; according to the means of him that vowed shall the priest value him.", 27.9. "And if it be a beast, whereof men bring an offering unto the LORD, all that any man giveth of such unto the LORD shall be holy.", 27.10. "He shall not alter it, nor change it, a good for a bad, or a bad for a good; and if he shall at all change beast for beast, then both it and that for which it is changed shall be holy.", 27.11. "And if it be any unclean beast, of which they may not bring an offering unto the LORD, then he shall set the beast before the priest.", 27.12. "And the priest shall value it, whether it be good or bad; as thou the priest valuest it, so shall it be.", 27.13. "But if he will indeed redeem it, then he shall add the fifth part thereof unto thy valuation.", 27.14. "And when a man shall sanctify his house to be holy unto the LORD, then the priest shall value it, whether it be good or bad; as the priest shall value it, so shall it stand.", 27.15. "And if he that sanctified it will redeem his house, then he shall add the fifth part of the money of thy valuation unto it, and it shall be his.", 27.16. "And if a man shall sanctify unto the LORD part of the field of his possession, then thy valuation shall be according to the sowing thereof; the sowing of a homer of barley shall be valued at fifty shekels of silver.", 27.17. "If he sanctify his field from the year of jubilee, according to thy valuation it shall stand.", 27.18. "But if he sanctify his field after the jubilee, then the priest shall reckon unto him the money according to the years that remain unto the year of jubilee, and an abatement shall be made from thy valuation.", 27.19. "And if he that sanctified the field will indeed redeem it, then he shall add the fifth part of the money of thy valuation unto it, and it shall be assured to him.", 27.20. "And if he will not redeem the field, or if he have sold the field to another man, it shall not be redeemed any more.", 27.21. "But the field, when it goeth out in the jubilee, shall be holy unto the LORD, as a field devoted; the possession thereof shall be the priest’s.", 27.22. "And if he sanctify unto the LORD a field which he hath bought, which is not of the field of his possession;", |
|
16. Hebrew Bible, Jeremiah, 1.1, 2.1-2.3, 2.7, 2.23, 3.1-3.2, 3.9, 7.1-7.15, 7.30, 19.13, 22.13, 23.24, 26.1-26.24, 32.1-32.4, 32.34 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •divine presence, spirit •temple, place of divine glory/kingship/presence •shekhinah (divine presence), its departure Found in books: Avery-Peck, Chilton, and Scott Green (2014), A Legacy of Learning: Essays in Honor of Jacob Neusner , 246; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 92, 93, 123; Lorberbaum (2015), In God's Image: Myth, Theology, and Law in Classical Judaism, 253; Mokhtarian (2021), Rabbis, Sorcerers, Kings, and Priests: The Culture of the Talmud in Ancient Iran. 139; Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 137| 1.1. "רְאֵה הִפְקַדְתִּיךָ הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה עַל־הַגּוֹיִם וְעַל־הַמַּמְלָכוֹת לִנְתוֹשׁ וְלִנְתוֹץ וּלְהַאֲבִיד וְלַהֲרוֹס לִבְנוֹת וְלִנְטוֹעַ׃", 1.1. "דִּבְרֵי יִרְמְיָהוּ בֶּן־חִלְקִיָּהוּ מִן־הַכֹּהֲנִים אֲשֶׁר בַּעֲנָתוֹת בְּאֶרֶץ בִּנְיָמִן׃", 2.1. "כִּי עִבְרוּ אִיֵּי כִתִּיִּים וּרְאוּ וְקֵדָר שִׁלְחוּ וְהִתְבּוֹנְנוּ מְאֹד וּרְאוּ הֵן הָיְתָה כָּזֹאת׃", 2.1. "וַיְהִי דְבַר־יְהוָה אֵלַי לֵאמֹר׃", 2.2. "הָלֹךְ וְקָרָאתָ בְאָזְנֵי יְרוּשָׁלִַם לֵאמֹר כֹּה אָמַר יְהוָה זָכַרְתִּי לָךְ חֶסֶד נְעוּרַיִךְ אַהֲבַת כְּלוּלֹתָיִךְ לֶכְתֵּךְ אַחֲרַי בַּמִּדְבָּר בְּאֶרֶץ לֹא זְרוּעָה׃", 2.2. "כִּי מֵעוֹלָם שָׁבַרְתִּי עֻלֵּךְ נִתַּקְתִּי מוֹסְרֹתַיִךְ וַתֹּאמְרִי לֹא אעבד [אֶעֱבוֹר] כִּי עַל־כָּל־גִּבְעָה גְּבֹהָה וְתַחַת כָּל־עֵץ רַעֲנָן אַתְּ צֹעָה זֹנָה׃", 2.3. "לַשָּׁוְא הִכֵּיתִי אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶם מוּסָר לֹא לָקָחוּ אָכְלָה חַרְבְּכֶם נְבִיאֵיכֶם כְּאַרְיֵה מַשְׁחִית׃", 2.3. "קֹדֶשׁ יִשְׂרָאֵל לַיהוָה רֵאשִׁית תְּבוּאָתֹה כָּל־אֹכְלָיו יֶאְשָׁמוּ רָעָה תָּבֹא אֲלֵיהֶם נְאֻם־יְהוָה׃", 2.7. "וָאָבִיא אֶתְכֶם אֶל־אֶרֶץ הַכַּרְמֶל לֶאֱכֹל פִּרְיָהּ וְטוּבָהּ וַתָּבֹאוּ וַתְּטַמְּאוּ אֶת־אַרְצִי וְנַחֲלָתִי שַׂמְתֶּם לְתוֹעֵבָה׃", 2.23. "אֵיךְ תֹּאמְרִי לֹא נִטְמֵאתִי אַחֲרֵי הַבְּעָלִים לֹא הָלַכְתִּי רְאִי דַרְכֵּךְ בַּגַּיְא דְּעִי מֶה עָשִׂית בִּכְרָה קַלָּה מְשָׂרֶכֶת דְּרָכֶיהָ׃", 3.1. "וְגַם־בְּכָל־זֹאת לֹא־שָׁבָה אֵלַי בָּגוֹדָה אֲחוֹתָהּ יְהוּדָה בְּכָל־לִבָּהּ כִּי אִם־בְּשֶׁקֶר נְאֻם־יְהוָה׃", 3.1. "לֵאמֹר הֵן יְשַׁלַּח אִישׁ אֶת־אִשְׁתּוֹ וְהָלְכָה מֵאִתּוֹ וְהָיְתָה לְאִישׁ־אַחֵר הֲיָשׁוּב אֵלֶיהָ עוֹד הֲלוֹא חָנוֹף תֶּחֱנַף הָאָרֶץ הַהִיא וְאַתְּ זָנִית רֵעִים רַבִּים וְשׁוֹב אֵלַי נְאֻם־יְהֹוָה׃", 3.2. "שְׂאִי־עֵינַיִךְ עַל־שְׁפָיִם וּרְאִי אֵיפֹה לֹא שגלת [שֻׁכַּבְתְּ] עַל־דְּרָכִים יָשַׁבְתְּ לָהֶם כַּעֲרָבִי בַּמִּדְבָּר וַתַּחֲנִיפִי אֶרֶץ בִּזְנוּתַיִךְ וּבְרָעָתֵךְ׃", 3.2. "אָכֵן בָּגְדָה אִשָּׁה מֵרֵעָהּ כֵּן בְּגַדְתֶּם בִּי בֵּית יִשְׂרָאֵל נְאֻם־יְהוָה׃", 3.9. "וְהָיָה מִקֹּל זְנוּתָהּ וַתֶּחֱנַף אֶת־הָאָרֶץ וַתִּנְאַף אֶת־הָאֶבֶן וְאֶת־הָעֵץ׃", 7.1. "וּבָאתֶם וַעֲמַדְתֶּם לְפָנַי בַּבַּיִת הַזֶּה אֲשֶׁר נִקְרָא־שְׁמִי עָלָיו וַאֲמַרְתֶּם נִצַּלְנוּ לְמַעַן עֲשׂוֹת אֵת כָּל־הַתּוֹעֵבוֹת הָאֵלֶּה׃", 7.1. "הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר הָיָה אֶל־יִרְמְיָהוּ מֵאֵת יְהוָה לֵאמֹר׃", 7.2. "עֲמֹד בְּשַׁעַר בֵּית יְהוָה וְקָרָאתָ שָּׁם אֶת־הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה וְאָמַרְתָּ שִׁמְעוּ דְבַר־יְהוָה כָּל־יְהוּדָה הַבָּאִים בַּשְּׁעָרִים הָאֵלֶּה לְהִשְׁתַּחֲוֺת לַיהוָה׃", 7.2. "לָכֵן כֹּה־אָמַר אֲדֹנָי יְהֹוִה הִנֵּה אַפִּי וַחֲמָתִי נִתֶּכֶת אֶל־הַמָּקוֹם הַזֶּה עַל־הָאָדָם וְעַל־הַבְּהֵמָה וְעַל־עֵץ הַשָּׂדֶה וְעַל־פְּרִי הָאֲדָמָה וּבָעֲרָה וְלֹא תִכְבֶּה׃", 7.3. "כֹּה־אָמַר יְהוָה צְבָאוֹת אֱלֹהֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל הֵיטִיבוּ דַרְכֵיכֶם וּמַעַלְלֵיכֶם וַאֲשַׁכְּנָה אֶתְכֶם בַּמָּקוֹם הַזֶּה׃", 7.3. "כִּי־עָשׂוּ בְנֵי־יְהוּדָה הָרַע בְּעֵינַי נְאֻום־יְהוָה שָׂמוּ שִׁקּוּצֵיהֶם בַּבַּיִת אֲשֶׁר־נִקְרָא־שְׁמִי עָלָיו לְטַמְּאוֹ׃", 7.4. "אַל־תִּבְטְחוּ לָכֶם אֶל־דִּבְרֵי הַשֶּׁקֶר לֵאמֹר הֵיכַל יְהוָה הֵיכַל יְהוָה הֵיכַל יְהוָה הֵמָּה׃", 7.5. "כִּי אִם־הֵיטֵיב תֵּיטִיבוּ אֶת־דַּרְכֵיכֶם וְאֶת־מַעַלְלֵיכֶם אִם־עָשׂוֹ תַעֲשׂוּ מִשְׁפָּט בֵּין אִישׁ וּבֵין רֵעֵהוּ׃", 7.6. "גֵּר יָתוֹם וְאַלְמָנָה לֹא תַעֲשֹׁקוּ וְדָם נָקִי אַל־תִּשְׁפְּכוּ בַּמָּקוֹם הַזֶּה וְאַחֲרֵי אֱלֹהִים אֲחֵרִים לֹא תֵלְכוּ לְרַע לָכֶם׃", 7.7. "וְשִׁכַּנְתִּי אֶתְכֶם בַּמָּקוֹם הַזֶּה בָּאָרֶץ אֲשֶׁר נָתַתִּי לַאֲבוֹתֵיכֶם לְמִן־עוֹלָם וְעַד־עוֹלָם׃", 7.8. "הִנֵּה אַתֶּם בֹּטְחִים לָכֶם עַל־דִּבְרֵי הַשָּׁקֶר לְבִלְתִּי הוֹעִיל׃", 7.9. "הֲגָנֹב רָצֹחַ וְנָאֹף וְהִשָּׁבֵעַ לַשֶּׁקֶר וְקַטֵּר לַבָּעַל וְהָלֹךְ אַחֲרֵי אֱלֹהִים אֲחֵרִים אֲשֶׁר לֹא־יְדַעְתֶּם׃", 7.11. "הַמְעָרַת פָּרִצִים הָיָה הַבַּיִת הַזֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִקְרָא־שְׁמִי עָלָיו בְּעֵינֵיכֶם גַּם אָנֹכִי הִנֵּה רָאִיתִי נְאֻם־יְהוָה׃", 7.12. "כִּי לְכוּ־נָא אֶל־מְקוֹמִי אֲשֶׁר בְּשִׁילוֹ אֲשֶׁר שִׁכַּנְתִּי שְׁמִי שָׁם בָּרִאשׁוֹנָה וּרְאוּ אֵת אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂיתִי לוֹ מִפְּנֵי רָעַת עַמִּי יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 7.13. "וְעַתָּה יַעַן עֲשׂוֹתְכֶם אֶת־כָּל־הַמַּעֲשִׂים הָאֵלֶּה נְאֻם־יְהוָה וָאֲדַבֵּר אֲלֵיכֶם הַשְׁכֵּם וְדַבֵּר וְלֹא שְׁמַעְתֶּם וָאֶקְרָא אֶתְכֶם וְלֹא עֲנִיתֶם׃", 7.14. "וְעָשִׂיתִי לַבַּיִת אֲשֶׁר נִקְרָא־שְׁמִי עָלָיו אֲשֶׁר אַתֶּם בֹּטְחִים בּוֹ וְלַמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר־נָתַתִּי לָכֶם וְלַאֲבוֹתֵיכֶם כַּאֲשֶׁר עָשִׂיתִי לְשִׁלוֹ׃", 7.15. "וְהִשְׁלַכְתִּי אֶתְכֶם מֵעַל פָּנָי כַּאֲשֶׁר הִשְׁלַכְתִּי אֶת־כָּל־אֲחֵיכֶם אֵת כָּל־זֶרַע אֶפְרָיִם׃", 19.13. "וְהָיוּ בָּתֵּי יְרוּשָׁלִַם וּבָתֵּי מַלְכֵי יְהוּדָה כִּמְקוֹם הַתֹּפֶת הַטְּמֵאִים לְכֹל הַבָּתִּים אֲשֶׁר קִטְּרוּ עַל־גַּגֹּתֵיהֶם לְכֹל צְבָא הַשָּׁמַיִם וְהַסֵּךְ נְסָכִים לֵאלֹהִים אֲחֵרִים׃", 22.13. "הוֹי בֹּנֶה בֵיתוֹ בְּלֹא־צֶדֶק וַעֲלִיּוֹתָיו בְּלֹא מִשְׁפָּט בְּרֵעֵהוּ יַעֲבֹד חִנָּם וּפֹעֲלוֹ לֹא יִתֶּן־לוֹ׃", 23.24. "אִם־יִסָּתֵר אִישׁ בַּמִּסְתָּרִים וַאֲנִי לֹא־אֶרְאֶנּוּ נְאֻם־יְהוָה הֲלוֹא אֶת־הַשָּׁמַיִם וְאֶת־הָאָרֶץ אֲנִי מָלֵא נְאֻם־יְהוָה׃", 26.1. "בְּרֵאשִׁית מַמְלְכוּת יְהוֹיָקִים בֶּן־יֹאשִׁיָּהוּ מֶלֶךְ יְהוּדָה הָיָה הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה מֵאֵת יְהוָה לֵאמֹר׃", 26.1. "וַיִּשְׁמְעוּ שָׂרֵי יְהוּדָה אֵת הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה וַיַּעֲלוּ מִבֵּית־הַמֶּלֶךְ בֵּית יְהוָה וַיֵּשְׁבוּ בְּפֶתַח שַׁעַר־יְהוָה הֶחָדָשׁ׃", 26.2. "וְגַם־אִישׁ הָיָה מִתְנַבֵּא בְּשֵׁם יְהוָה אוּרִיָּהוּ בֶּן־שְׁמַעְיָהוּ מִקִּרְיַת הַיְּעָרִים וַיִּנָּבֵא עַל־הָעִיר הַזֹּאת וְעַל־הָאָרֶץ הַזֹּאת כְּכֹל דִּבְרֵי יִרְמְיָהוּ׃", 26.2. "כֹּה אָמַר יְהוָה עֲמֹד בַּחֲצַר בֵּית־יְהוָה וְדִבַּרְתָּ עַל־כָּל־עָרֵי יְהוּדָה הַבָּאִים לְהִשְׁתַּחֲוֺת בֵּית־יְהוָה אֵת כָּל־הַדְּבָרִים אֲשֶׁר צִוִּיתִיךָ לְדַבֵּר אֲלֵיהֶם אַל־תִּגְרַע דָּבָר׃", 26.3. "אוּלַי יִשְׁמְעוּ וְיָשֻׁבוּ אִישׁ מִדַּרְכּוֹ הָרָעָה וְנִחַמְתִּי אֶל־הָרָעָה אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי חֹשֵׁב לַעֲשׂוֹת לָהֶם מִפְּנֵי רֹעַ מַעַלְלֵיהֶם׃", 26.4. "וְאָמַרְתָּ אֲלֵיהֶם כֹּה אָמַר יְהוָה אִם־לֹא תִשְׁמְעוּ אֵלַי לָלֶכֶת בְּתוֹרָתִי אֲשֶׁר נָתַתִּי לִפְנֵיכֶם׃", 26.5. "לִשְׁמֹעַ עַל־דִּבְרֵי עֲבָדַי הַנְּבִאִים אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי שֹׁלֵחַ אֲלֵיכֶם וְהַשְׁכֵּם וְשָׁלֹחַ וְלֹא שְׁמַעְתֶּם׃", 26.6. "וְנָתַתִּי אֶת־הַבַּיִת הַזֶּה כְּשִׁלֹה וְאֶת־הָעִיר הזאתה [הַזֹּאת] אֶתֵּן לִקְלָלָה לְכֹל גּוֹיֵי הָאָרֶץ׃", 26.7. "וַיִּשְׁמְעוּ הַכֹּהֲנִים וְהַנְּבִאִים וְכָל־הָעָם אֶת־יִרְמְיָהוּ מְדַבֵּר אֶת־הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה בְּבֵית יְהוָה׃", 26.8. "וַיְהִי כְּכַלּוֹת יִרְמְיָהוּ לְדַבֵּר אֵת כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּה יְהוָה לְדַבֵּר אֶל־כָּל־הָעָם וַיִּתְפְּשׂוּ אֹתוֹ הַכֹּהֲנִים וְהַנְּבִאִים וְכָל־הָעָם לֵאמֹר מוֹת תָּמוּת׃", 26.9. "מַדּוּעַ נִבֵּיתָ בְשֵׁם־יְהוָה לֵאמֹר כְּשִׁלוֹ יִהְיֶה הַבַּיִת הַזֶּה וְהָעִיר הַזֹּאת תֶּחֱרַב מֵאֵין יוֹשֵׁב וַיִּקָּהֵל כָּל־הָעָם אֶל־יִרְמְיָהוּ בְּבֵית יְהוָה׃", 26.11. "וַיֹּאמְרוּ הַכֹּהֲנִים וְהַנְּבִאִים אֶל־הַשָּׂרִים וְאֶל־כָּל־הָעָם לֵאמֹר מִשְׁפַּט־מָוֶת לָאִישׁ הַזֶּה כִּי נִבָּא אֶל־הָעִיר הַזֹּאת כַּאֲשֶׁר שְׁמַעְתֶּם בְּאָזְנֵיכֶם׃", 26.12. "וַיֹּאמֶר יִרְמְיָהוּ אֶל־כָּל־הַשָּׂרִים וְאֶל־כָּל־הָעָם לֵאמֹר יְהוָה שְׁלָחַנִי לְהִנָּבֵא אֶל־הַבַּיִת הַזֶּה וְאֶל־הָעִיר הַזֹּאת אֵת כָּל־הַדְּבָרִים אֲשֶׁר שְׁמַעְתֶּם׃", 26.13. "וְעַתָּה הֵיטִיבוּ דַרְכֵיכֶם וּמַעַלְלֵיכֶם וְשִׁמְעוּ בְּקוֹל יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם וְיִנָּחֵם יְהוָה אֶל־הָרָעָה אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר עֲלֵיכֶם׃", 26.14. "וַאֲנִי הִנְנִי בְיֶדְכֶם עֲשׂוּ־לִי כַּטּוֹב וְכַיָּשָׁר בְּעֵינֵיכֶם׃", 26.15. "אַךְ יָדֹעַ תֵּדְעוּ כִּי אִם־מְמִתִים אַתֶּם אֹתִי כִּי־דָם נָקִי אַתֶּם נֹתְנִים עֲלֵיכֶם וְאֶל־הָעִיר הַזֹּאת וְאֶל־יֹשְׁבֶיהָ כִּי בֶאֱמֶת שְׁלָחַנִי יְהוָה עֲלֵיכֶם לְדַבֵּר בְּאָזְנֵיכֶם אֵת כָּל־הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה׃", 26.16. "וַיֹּאמְרוּ הַשָּׂרִים וְכָל־הָעָם אֶל־הַכֹּהֲנִים וְאֶל־הַנְּבִיאִים אֵין־לָאִישׁ הַזֶּה מִשְׁפַּט־מָוֶת כִּי בְּשֵׁם יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ דִּבֶּר אֵלֵינוּ׃", 26.17. "וַיָּקֻמוּ אֲנָשִׁים מִזִּקְנֵי הָאָרֶץ וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֶל־כָּל־קְהַל הָעָם לֵאמֹר׃", 26.18. "מיכיה [מִיכָה] הַמּוֹרַשְׁתִּי הָיָה נִבָּא בִּימֵי חִזְקִיָּהוּ מֶלֶךְ־יְהוּדָה וַיֹּאמֶר אֶל־כָּל־עַם יְהוּדָה לֵאמֹר כֹּה־אָמַר יְהוָה צְבָאוֹת צִיּוֹן שָׂדֶה תֵחָרֵשׁ וִירוּשָׁלַיִם עִיִּים תִּהְיֶה וְהַר הַבַּיִת לְבָמוֹת יָעַר׃", 26.19. "הֶהָמֵת הֱמִתֻהוּ חִזְקִיָּהוּ מֶלֶךְ־יְהוּדָה וְכָל־יְהוּדָה הֲלֹא יָרֵא אֶת־יְהוָה וַיְחַל אֶת־פְּנֵי יְהוָה וַיִּנָּחֶם יְהוָה אֶל־הָרָעָה אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּר עֲלֵיהֶם וַאֲנַחְנוּ עֹשִׂים רָעָה גְדוֹלָה עַל־נַפְשׁוֹתֵינוּ׃", 26.21. "וַיִּשְׁמַע הַמֶּלֶךְ־יְהוֹיָקִים וְכָל־גִּבּוֹרָיו וְכָל־הַשָּׂרִים אֶת־דְּבָרָיו וַיְבַקֵּשׁ הַמֶּלֶךְ הֲמִיתוֹ וַיִּשְׁמַע אוּרִיָּהוּ וַיִּרָא וַיִּבְרַח וַיָּבֹא מִצְרָיִם׃", 26.22. "וַיִּשְׁלַח הַמֶּלֶךְ יְהוֹיָקִים אֲנָשִׁים מִצְרָיִם אֵת אֶלְנָתָן בֶּן־עַכְבּוֹר וַאֲנָשִׁים אִתּוֹ אֶל־מִצְרָיִם׃", 26.23. "וַיּוֹצִיאוּ אֶת־אוּרִיָּהוּ מִמִּצְרַיִם וַיְבִאֻהוּ אֶל־הַמֶּלֶךְ יְהוֹיָקִים וַיַּכֵּהוּ בֶּחָרֶב וַיַּשְׁלֵךְ אֶת־נִבְלָתוֹ אֶל־קִבְרֵי בְּנֵי הָעָם׃", 26.24. "אַךְ יַד אֲחִיקָם בֶּן־שָׁפָן הָיְתָה אֶת־יִרְמְיָהוּ לְבִלְתִּי תֵּת־אֹתוֹ בְיַד־הָעָם לַהֲמִיתוֹ׃", 32.1. "וָאֶכְתֹּב בַּסֵּפֶר וָאֶחְתֹּם וָאָעֵד עֵדִים וָאֶשְׁקֹל הַכֶּסֶף בְּמֹאזְנָיִם׃", 32.1. "הַדָּבָר אֲשֶׁר־הָיָה אֶל־יִרְמְיָהוּ מֵאֵת יְהוָה בשנת [בַּשָּׁנָה] הָעֲשִׂרִית לְצִדְקִיָּהוּ מֶלֶךְ יְהוּדָה הִיא הַשָּׁנָה שְׁמֹנֶה־עֶשְׂרֵה שָׁנָה לִנְבוּכַדְרֶאצַּר׃", 32.2. "אֲשֶׁר־שַׂמְתָּ אֹתוֹת וּמֹפְתִים בְּאֶרֶץ־מִצְרַיִם עַד־הַיּוֹם הַזֶּה וּבְיִשְׂרָאֵל וּבָאָדָם וַתַּעֲשֶׂה־לְּךָ שֵׁם כַּיּוֹם הַזֶּה׃", 32.2. "וְאָז חֵיל מֶלֶךְ בָּבֶל צָרִים עַל־יְרוּשָׁלִָם וְיִרְמְיָהוּ הַנָּבִיא הָיָה כָלוּא בַּחֲצַר הַמַּטָּרָה אֲשֶׁר בֵּית־מֶלֶךְ יְהוּדָה׃", 32.3. "כִּי־הָיוּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵל וּבְנֵי יְהוּדָה אַךְ עֹשִׂים הָרַע בְּעֵינַי מִנְּעֻרֹתֵיהֶם כִּי בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵל אַךְ מַכְעִסִים אֹתִי בְּמַעֲשֵׂה יְדֵיהֶם נְאֻם־יְהוָה׃", 32.3. "אֲשֶׁר כְּלָאוֹ צִדְקִיָּהוּ מֶלֶךְ־יְהוּדָה לֵאמֹר מַדּוּעַ אַתָּה נִבָּא לֵאמֹר כֹּה אָמַר יְהוָה הִנְנִי נֹתֵן אֶת־הָעִיר הַזֹּאת בְּיַד מֶלֶךְ־בָּבֶל וּלְכָדָהּ׃", 32.4. "וְכָרַתִּי לָהֶם בְּרִית עוֹלָם אֲשֶׁר לֹא־אָשׁוּב מֵאַחֲרֵיהֶם לְהֵיטִיבִי אוֹתָם וְאֶת־יִרְאָתִי אֶתֵּן בִּלְבָבָם לְבִלְתִּי סוּר מֵעָלָי׃", 32.4. "וְצִדְקִיָּהוּ מֶלֶךְ יְהוּדָה לֹא יִמָּלֵט מִיַּד הַכַּשְׂדִּים כִּי הִנָּתֹן יִנָּתֵן בְּיַד מֶלֶךְ־בָּבֶל וְדִבֶּר־פִּיו עִם־פִּיו וְעֵינָיו אֶת־עינו [עֵינָיו] תִּרְאֶינָה׃", 32.34. "וַיָּשִׂימוּ שִׁקּוּצֵיהֶם בַּבַּיִת אֲשֶׁר־נִקְרָא־שְׁמִי עָלָיו לְטַמְּאוֹ׃", | 1.1. "THE WORDS of Jeremiah the son of Hilkiah, of the priests that were in Anathoth in the land of Benjamin,", 2.1. "And the word of the LORD came to me, saying:", 2.2. "Go, and cry in the ears of Jerusalem, saying: Thus saith the LORD: I remember for thee the affection of thy youth, the love of thine espousals; how thou wentest after Me in the wilderness, in a land that was not sown.", 2.3. "Israel is the LORD’S hallowed portion, His first-fruits of the increase; all that devour him shall be held guilty, evil shall come upon them, saith the LORD.", 2.7. "And I brought you into a land of fruitful fields, to eat the fruit thereof and the good thereof; but when ye entered, ye defiled My land, and made My heritage an abomination.", 2.23. "How canst thou say: ‘I am not defiled, I have not gone after the Baalim’? See thy way in the valley, know what thou hast done; thou art a swift young camel traversing her ways;", 3.1. ". . . saying: If a man put away his wife, and she go from him, and become another man’s, may he return unto her again? Will not that land be greatly polluted? But thou hast played the harlot with many lovers; and wouldest thou yet return to Me? Saith the LORD.", 3.2. "Lift up thine eyes unto the high hills, and see: Where hast thou not been lain with? By the ways hast thou sat for them, as an Arabian in the wilderness; and thou hast polluted the land with thy harlotries and with thy wickedness.", 3.9. "and it came to pass through the lightness of her harlotry, that the land was polluted, and she committed adultery with stones and with stocks;", 7.1. "The word that came to Jeremiah from the LORD, saying:", 7.2. "Stand in the gate of the LORD’S house, and proclaim there this word, and say: Hear the word of the LORD, all ye of Judah, that enter in at these gates to worship the LORD.", 7.3. "Thus saith the LORD of hosts, the God of Israel: Amend your ways and your doings, and I will cause you to dwell in this place.", 7.4. "Trust ye not in lying words, saying: ‘The temple of the LORD, the temple of the LORD, the temple of the LORD, are these.’", 7.5. "Nay, but if ye thoroughly amend your ways and your doings; if ye thoroughly execute justice between a man and his neighbour;", 7.6. "if ye oppress not the stranger, the fatherless, and the widow, and shed not innocent blood in this place, neither walk after other gods to your hurt;", 7.7. "then will I cause you to dwell in this place, in the land that I gave to your fathers, for ever and ever.", 7.8. "Behold, ye trust in lying words, that cannot profit.", 7.9. "Will ye steal, murder, and commit adultery, and swear falsely, and offer unto Baal, and walk after other gods whom ye have not known,", 7.10. "and come and stand before Me in this house, whereupon My name is called, and say: ‘We are delivered’, that ye may do all these abominations?", 7.11. "Is this house, whereupon My name is called, become a den of robbers in your eyes? Behold, I, even I, have seen it, saith the LORD.", 7.12. "For go ye now unto My place which was in Shiloh, where I caused My name to dwell at the first, and see what I did to it for the wickedness of My people Israel.", 7.13. "And now, because ye have done all these works, saith the LORD, and I spoke unto you, speaking betimes and often, but ye heard not, and I called you, but ye answered not;", 7.14. "therefore will I do unto the house, whereupon My name is called, wherein ye trust, and unto the place which I gave to you and to your fathers, as I have done to Shiloh.", 7.15. "And I will cast you out of My sight, as I have cast out all your brethren, even the whole seed of Ephraim.", 7.30. "For the children of Judah have done that which is evil in My sight, saith the LORD; they have set their detestable things in the house whereon My name is called, to defile it.", 19.13. "and the houses of Jerusalem, and the houses of the kings of Judah, which are defiled, shall be as the place of Topheth, even all the houses upon whose roofs they have offered unto all the host of heaven, and have poured out drink-offerings unto other gods.", 22.13. "Woe unto him that buildeth his house by unrighteousness, And his chambers by injustice; That useth his neighbour’s service without wages, And giveth him not his hire;", 23.24. "Can any hide himself in secret places That I shall not see him? saith the LORD. Do not I fill heaven and earth? Saith the LORD.", 26.1. "In the beginning of the reign of Jehoiakim the son of Josiah, king of Judah, came this word from the LORD, saying:", 26.2. "’Thus saith the LORD: Stand in the court of the LORD’S house, and speak unto all the cities of Judah, which come to worship in the LORD’S house, all the words that I command thee to speak unto them; diminish not a word.", 26.3. "It may be they will hearken, and turn every man from his evil way; that I may repent Me of the evil, which I purpose to do unto them because of the evil of their doings.", 26.4. "And thou shalt say unto them: Thus saith the LORD: If ye will not hearken to Me, to walk in My law, which I have set before you,", 26.5. "to hearken to the words of My servants the prophets, whom I send unto you, even sending them betimes and often, but ye have not hearkened;", 26.6. "then will I make this house like Shiloh, and will make this city a curse to all the nations of the earth.’", 26.7. "So the priests and the prophets and all the people heard Jeremiah speaking these words in the house of the LORD.", 26.8. "Now it came to pass, when Jeremiah had made an end of speaking all that the LORD had commanded him to speak unto all the people, that the priests and the prophets and all the people laid hold on him, saying: ‘Thou shalt surely die.", 26.9. "Why hast thou prophesied in the name of the LORD, saying: This house shall be like Shiloh, and this city shall be desolate, without an inhabitant?’ And all the people were gathered against Jeremiah in the house of the LORD.", 26.10. "When the princes of Judah heard these things, they came up from the king’s house unto the house of the LORD; and they sat in the entry of the new gate of the LORD’S house.", 26.11. "Then spoke the priests and the prophets unto the princes and to all the people, saying: ‘This man is worthy of death; for he hath prophesied against this city, as ye have heard with your ears.’", 26.12. "Then spoke Jeremiah unto all the princes and to all the people, saying: ‘The LORD sent me to prophesy against this house and against this city all the words that ye have heard.", 26.13. "Therefore now amend your ways and your doings, and hearken to the voice of the LORD your God; and the LORD will repent Him of the evil that He hath pronounced against you.", 26.14. "But as for me, behold, I am in your hand; do with me as is good and right in your eyes.", 26.15. "Only know ye for certain that, if ye put me to death, ye will bring innocent blood upon yourselves, and upon this city, and upon the inhabitants thereof; for of a truth the LORD hath sent me unto you to speak all these words in your ears.’", 26.16. "Then said the princes and all the people unto the priests and to the prophets: ‘This man is not worthy of death; for he hath spoken to us in the name of the LORD our God.’", 26.17. "Then rose up certain of the elders of the land, and spoke to all the assembly of the people, saying:", 26.18. "’Micah the Morashtite prophesied in the days of Hezekiah king of Judah; and he spoke to all the people of Judah, saying: Thus saith the LORD of hosts: Zion shall be plowed as a field, And Jerusalem shall become heaps, And the mountain of the house as the high places of a forest.", 26.19. "Did Hezekiah king of Judah and all Judah put him at all to death? did he not fear the LORD, and entreat the favour of the LORD, and the LORD repented Him of the evil which He had pronounced against them? Thus might we procure great evil against our own souls.’", 26.20. "And there was also a man that prophesied in the name of the LORD, Uriah the son of Shemaiah of Kiriath-jearim; and he prophesied against this city and against this land according to all the words of Jeremiah;", 26.21. "and when Jehoiakim the king, with all his mighty men, and all the princes, heard his words, the king sought to put him to death; but when Uriah heard it, he was afraid, and fled, and went into Egypt;", 26.22. "and Jehoiakim the king sent men into Egypt, Elnathan the son of Achbor, and certain men with him, into Egypt;", 26.23. "and they fetched forth Uriah out of Egypt, and brought him unto Jehoiakim the king; who slew him with the sword, and cast his dead body into the graves of the children of the people.", 26.24. "Nevertheless the hand of Ahikam the son of Shaphan was with Jeremiah, that they should not give him into the hand of the people to put him to death.", 32.1. "The word that came to Jeremiah from the LORD in the tenth year of Zedekiah king of Judah, which was the eighteenth year of Nebuchadrezzar.", 32.2. "Now at that time the king of Babylon’s army was besieging Jerusalem; and Jeremiah the prophet was shut up in the court of the guard, which was in the king of Judah’s house.", 32.3. "For Zedekiah king of Judah had shut him up, saying: ‘Wherefore dost thou prophesy, and say: Thus saith the LORD: Behold, I will give this city into the hand of the king of Babylon, and he shall take it;", 32.4. "and Zedekiah king of Judah shall not escape out of the hand of the Chaldeans, but shall surely be delivered into the hand of the king of Babylon, and shall speak with him mouth to mouth, and his eyes shall behold his eyes;", 32.34. "But they set their abominations in the house whereupon My name is called, to defile it.", |
|
17. Hebrew Bible, Amos, 2.6-2.8, 9.11 (8th cent. BCE - 6th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •divine presence, as residing in jesus Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 187; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 152| 2.6. "כֹּה אָמַר יְהוָה עַל־שְׁלֹשָׁה פִּשְׁעֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְעַל־אַרְבָּעָה לֹא אֲשִׁיבֶנּוּ עַל־מִכְרָם בַּכֶּסֶף צַדִּיק וְאֶבְיוֹן בַּעֲבוּר נַעֲלָיִם׃", 2.7. "הַשֹּׁאֲפִים עַל־עֲפַר־אֶרֶץ בְּרֹאשׁ דַּלִּים וְדֶרֶךְ עֲנָוִים יַטּוּ וְאִישׁ וְאָבִיו יֵלְכוּ אֶל־הַנַּעֲרָה לְמַעַן חַלֵּל אֶת־שֵׁם קָדְשִׁי׃", 2.8. "וְעַל־בְּגָדִים חֲבֻלִים יַטּוּ אֵצֶל כָּל־מִזְבֵּחַ וְיֵין עֲנוּשִׁים יִשְׁתּוּ בֵּית אֱלֹהֵיהֶם׃", 9.11. "בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא אָקִים אֶת־סֻכַּת דָּוִיד הַנֹּפֶלֶת וְגָדַרְתִּי אֶת־פִּרְצֵיהֶן וַהֲרִסֹתָיו אָקִים וּבְנִיתִיהָ כִּימֵי עוֹלָם׃", | 2.6. "Thus saith the LORD: For three transgressions of Israel, Yea, for four, I will not reverse it: Because they sell the righteous for silver, And the needy for a pair of shoes;", 2.7. "That pant after the dust of the earth on the head of the poor, And turn aside the way of the humble; And a man and his father go unto the same maid, To profane My holy name; .", 2.8. "And they lay themselves down beside every altar Upon clothes taken in pledge, And in the house of their God they drink The wine of them that have been fined.", 9.11. "In that day will I raise up The tabernacle of David that is fallen, And close up the breaches thereof, And I will raise up his ruins, And I will build it as in the days of old;", |
|
18. Hebrew Bible, 1 Samuel, 2.12-2.17, 2.27-2.36, 7.13-7.16, 22.18-22.23, 25.37 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •temple, place of divine glory/kingship/presence •divine presence, in ezekiel Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 105; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 92, 133; Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 110| 2.12. "וּבְנֵי עֵלִי בְּנֵי בְלִיָּעַל לֹא יָדְעוּ אֶת־יְהוָה׃", 2.13. "וּמִשְׁפַּט הַכֹּהֲנִים אֶת־הָעָם כָּל־אִישׁ זֹבֵחַ זֶבַח וּבָא נַעַר הַכֹּהֵן כְּבַשֵּׁל הַבָּשָׂר וְהַמַּזְלֵג שְׁלֹשׁ־הַשִּׁנַּיִם בְּיָדוֹ׃", 2.14. "וְהִכָּה בַכִּיּוֹר אוֹ בַדּוּד אוֹ בַקַּלַּחַת אוֹ בַפָּרוּר כֹּל אֲשֶׁר יַעֲלֶה הַמַּזְלֵג יִקַּח הַכֹּהֵן בּוֹ כָּכָה יַעֲשׂוּ לְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵל הַבָּאִים שָׁם בְּשִׁלֹה׃", 2.15. "גַּם בְּטֶרֶם יַקְטִרוּן אֶת־הַחֵלֶב וּבָא נַעַר הַכֹּהֵן וְאָמַר לָאִישׁ הַזֹּבֵחַ תְּנָה בָשָׂר לִצְלוֹת לַכֹּהֵן וְלֹא־יִקַּח מִמְּךָ בָּשָׂר מְבֻשָּׁל כִּי אִם־חָי׃", 2.16. "וַיֹּאמֶר אֵלָיו הָאִישׁ קַטֵּר יַקְטִירוּן כַּיּוֹם הַחֵלֶב וְקַח־לְךָ כַּאֲשֶׁר תְּאַוֶּה נַפְשֶׁךָ וְאָמַר לו [לֹא] כִּי עַתָּה תִתֵּן וְאִם־לֹא לָקַחְתִּי בְחָזְקָה׃", 2.17. "וַתְּהִי חַטַּאת הַנְּעָרִים גְּדוֹלָה מְאֹד אֶת־פְּנֵי יְהוָה כִּי נִאֲצוּ הָאֲנָשִׁים אֵת מִנְחַת יְהוָה׃", 2.27. "וַיָּבֹא אִישׁ־אֱלֹהִים אֶל־עֵלִי וַיֹּאמֶר אֵלָיו כֹּה אָמַר יְהוָה הֲנִגְלֹה נִגְלֵיתִי אֶל־בֵּית אָבִיךָ בִּהְיוֹתָם בְּמִצְרַיִם לְבֵית פַּרְעֹה׃", 2.28. "וּבָחֹר אֹתוֹ מִכָּל־שִׁבְטֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לִי לְכֹהֵן לַעֲלוֹת עַל־מִזְבְּחִי לְהַקְטִיר קְטֹרֶת לָשֵׂאת אֵפוֹד לְפָנָי וָאֶתְּנָה לְבֵית אָבִיךָ אֶת־כָּל־אִשֵּׁי בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 2.29. "לָמָּה תִבְעֲטוּ בְּזִבְחִי וּבְמִנְחָתִי אֲשֶׁר צִוִּיתִי מָעוֹן וַתְּכַבֵּד אֶת־בָּנֶיךָ מִמֶּנִּי לְהַבְרִיאֲכֶם מֵרֵאשִׁית כָּל־מִנְחַת יִשְׂרָאֵל לְעַמִּי׃", 2.31. "הִנֵּה יָמִים בָּאִים וְגָדַעְתִּי אֶת־זְרֹעֲךָ וְאֶת־זְרֹעַ בֵּית אָבִיךָ מִהְיוֹת זָקֵן בְּבֵיתֶךָ׃", 2.32. "וְהִבַּטְתָּ צַר מָעוֹן בְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר־יֵיטִיב אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵל וְלֹא־יִהְיֶה זָקֵן בְּבֵיתְךָ כָּל־הַיָּמִים׃", 2.33. "וְאִישׁ לֹא־אַכְרִית לְךָ מֵעִם מִזְבְּחִי לְכַלּוֹת אֶת־עֵינֶיךָ וְלַאֲדִיב אֶת־נַפְשֶׁךָ וְכָל־מַרְבִּית בֵּיתְךָ יָמוּתוּ אֲנָשִׁים׃", 2.34. "וְזֶה־לְּךָ הָאוֹת אֲשֶׁר יָבֹא אֶל־שְׁנֵי בָנֶיךָ אֶל־חָפְנִי וּפִינְחָס בְּיוֹם אֶחָד יָמוּתוּ שְׁנֵיהֶם׃", 2.35. "וַהֲקִימֹתִי לִי כֹּהֵן נֶאֱמָן כַּאֲשֶׁר בִּלְבָבִי וּבְנַפְשִׁי יַעֲשֶׂה וּבָנִיתִי לוֹ בַּיִת נֶאֱמָן וְהִתְהַלֵּךְ לִפְנֵי־מְשִׁיחִי כָּל־הַיָּמִים׃", 2.36. "וְהָיָה כָּל־הַנּוֹתָר בְּבֵיתְךָ יָבוֹא לְהִשְׁתַּחֲוֺת לוֹ לַאֲגוֹרַת כֶּסֶף וְכִכַּר־לָחֶם וְאָמַר סְפָחֵנִי נָא אֶל־אַחַת הַכְּהֻנּוֹת לֶאֱכֹל פַּת־לָחֶם׃", 7.13. "וַיִּכָּנְעוּ הַפְּלִשְׁתִּים וְלֹא־יָסְפוּ עוֹד לָבוֹא בִּגְבוּל יִשְׂרָאֵל וַתְּהִי יַד־יְהוָה בַּפְּלִשְׁתִּים כֹּל יְמֵי שְׁמוּאֵל׃", 7.14. "וַתָּשֹׁבְנָה הֶעָרִים אֲשֶׁר לָקְחוּ־פְלִשְׁתִּים מֵאֵת יִשְׂרָאֵל לְיִשְׂרָאֵל מֵעֶקְרוֹן וְעַד־גַּת וְאֶת־גְּבוּלָן הִצִּיל יִשְׂרָאֵל מִיַּד פְּלִשְׁתִּים וַיְהִי שָׁלוֹם בֵּין יִשְׂרָאֵל וּבֵין הָאֱמֹרִי׃", 7.15. "וַיִּשְׁפֹּט שְׁמוּאֵל אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵל כֹּל יְמֵי חַיָּיו׃", 7.16. "וְהָלַךְ מִדֵּי שָׁנָה בְּשָׁנָה וְסָבַב בֵּית־אֵל וְהַגִּלְגָּל וְהַמִּצְפָּה וְשָׁפַט אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵל אֵת כָּל־הַמְּקוֹמוֹת הָאֵלֶּה׃", 22.18. "וַיֹּאמֶר הַמֶּלֶךְ לדויג [לְדוֹאֵג] סֹב אַתָּה וּפְגַע בַּכֹּהֲנִים וַיִּסֹּב דויג [דּוֹאֵג] הָאֲדֹמִי וַיִּפְגַּע־הוּא בַּכֹּהֲנִים וַיָּמֶת בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא שְׁמֹנִים וַחֲמִשָּׁה אִישׁ נֹשֵׂא אֵפוֹד בָּד׃", 22.19. "וְאֵת נֹב עִיר־הַכֹּהֲנִים הִכָּה לְפִי־חֶרֶב מֵאִישׁ וְעַד־אִשָּׁה מֵעוֹלֵל וְעַד־יוֹנֵק וְשׁוֹר וַחֲמוֹר וָשֶׂה לְפִי־חָרֶב׃", 22.21. "וַיַּגֵּד אֶבְיָתָר לְדָוִד כִּי הָרַג שָׁאוּל אֵת כֹּהֲנֵי יְהוָה׃", 22.22. "וַיֹּאמֶר דָּוִד לְאֶבְיָתָר יָדַעְתִּי בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא כִּי־שָׁם דויג [דּוֹאֵג] הָאֲדֹמִי כִּי־הַגֵּד יַגִּיד לְשָׁאוּל אָנֹכִי סַבֹּתִי בְּכָל־נֶפֶשׁ בֵּית אָבִיךָ׃", 22.23. "שְׁבָה אִתִּי אַל־תִּירָא כִּי אֲשֶׁר־יְבַקֵּשׁ אֶת־נַפְשִׁי יְבַקֵּשׁ אֶת־נַפְשֶׁךָ כִּי־מִשְׁמֶרֶת אַתָּה עִמָּדִי׃", 25.37. "וַיְהִי בַבֹּקֶר בְּצֵאת הַיַּיִן מִנָּבָל וַתַּגֶּד־לוֹ אִשְׁתּוֹ אֶת־הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה וַיָּמָת לִבּוֹ בְּקִרְבּוֹ וְהוּא הָיָה לְאָבֶן׃", | 2.12. "Now the sons of ῾Eli were worthless men; they knew not the Lord.", 2.13. "And the priest’s custom with the people was, that, when any man offered sacrifice, the priest’s lad came, while the meat was cooking, with a fork having three teeth in his hand;", 2.14. "and he struck it into the pan, or kettle, or cauldron, or pot; all that the fork brought up the priest took for himself. So they did in Shilo to all the people of Yisra᾽el who came there.", 2.15. "Also before they burnt the fat, the priest’s lad came, and said to the man that sacrificed, Give some roasting meat for the priest; for he will not have boiled meat of thee, but raw.", 2.16. "And if any man said to him, Let them first burn the fat, and then take as much as thy soul desires; then he would answer him, No; but thou shalt give it me now: and if not, I will take it by force.", 2.17. "Wherefore the sin of the lads was very great before the Lord: for the men dishonoured the offering of the Lord.", 2.27. "And there came a man of God to ῾Eli and said to him, Thus says the Lord, Did I not appear to the house of thy father, when they were in Miżrayim in the house of Par῾o?", 2.28. "And did I choose him out of all the tribes of Yisra᾽el to be my priest, to offer upon my altar, to burn incense, to wear an efod before me? and did I give to the house of thy father all the offerings made by fire of the children of Yisra᾽el?", 2.29. "Wherefore do you kick at my sacrifice and at my offering, which I have commanded in my habitation; and honourest thy sons above me, to make yourselves fat with the chiefest of all the offerings of Yisra᾽el my people?", 2.30. "Wherefore the Lord God of Yisra᾽el says, I said indeed that thy house, and the house of thy father, should walk before me forever; but now the Lord says, Far be it from me; for them that honour me I will honour, and they that despise me shall be lightly esteemed.", 2.31. "Behold, the days come, that I will cut off thy arm, and the arm of thy father’s house, that there shall not be an old man in thy house.", 2.32. "And thou shalt see a rival in thy habitation, enjoying all wealth which God shall give Yisra᾽el: and there shall not be an old man in thy house forever.", 2.33. "And thy descendants shall I not cut off from my altar, but they shall be there to consume thy eyes, and to grieve thy heart: and all the greater folk of thy house shall die in the flower of their age.", 2.34. "And this shall be a sign to thee, that shall come upon thy two sons, on Ĥofni and Pineĥas; in one day they shall die both of them.", 2.35. "And I will raise me up a faithful priest, that shall do according to that which is in my heart and in my mind: and I will build him a sure house; and he shall walk before my anointed forever.", 2.36. "And it shall come to pass, that everyone that is left in thy house shall come and crouch to him for a piece of silver and a loaf of bread, and shall say, Put me, I pray thee, into one of the priests’ offices, that I may eat a piece of bread.", 7.13. "So the Pelishtim were subdued, and they came no more into the territory of Yisra᾽el: and the hand of the Lord was against the Pelishtim all the days of Shemu᾽el.", 7.14. "And the cities which the Pelishtim had taken from Yisra᾽el were restored to Yisra᾽el from ῾Eqron to Gat; and their surrounding territories, did Yisra᾽el deliver out of the hands of the Pelishtim. And there was peace between Yisra᾽el and the Emori.", 7.15. "And Shemu᾽el judged Yisra᾽el all the days of his life.", 7.16. "And he went from year to year in circuit to Bet-el, and Gilgal, and Miżpa, and judged Yisra᾽el in all those places.", 22.18. "And the king said to Do᾽eg, Turn thou, and fall upon the priests. And Do᾽eg the Edomite turned, and he fell upon the priests, and slew on that day eighty five persons that did wear a linen efod.", 22.19. "And Nov, the city of the priests, he smote with the edge of the sword, both men and women, children and sucklings, and oxen, and asses, and sheep, with the edge of the sword.", 22.20. "And one of the sons of Aĥimelekh the son of Aĥituv, named Evyatar escaped, and fled after David,", 22.21. "And Evyatar told David that Sha᾽ul had slain the Lord’s priests.", 22.22. "And David said to Evyatar, I knew it that day, when Do᾽eg the Edomite was there, that he would surely tell Sha᾽ul: I have occasioned the death of all the persons of thy father’s house.", 22.23. "Remain with me, fear not: for he that seeks my life seeks thy life: but with me thou shalt be in safeguard.", 25.37. "But it came to pass in the morning, when the wine was gone out of Naval, and his wife had told him these things, that his heart died within him, and he became as a stone.", |
|
19. Hebrew Bible, Isaiah, 1.25-1.27, 6.1-6.6, 10.28-10.32, 11.1-11.5, 14.5, 28.5-28.6, 45.17, 54.11-54.12, 55.8, 56.7, 57.7-57.8, 59.3, 65.17, 65.21, 66.1-66.2, 66.22 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Avery-Peck, Chilton, and Scott Green (2014), A Legacy of Learning: Essays in Honor of Jacob Neusner , 246; Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 105; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 186, 191, 310; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 242; Mokhtarian (2021), Rabbis, Sorcerers, Kings, and Priests: The Culture of the Talmud in Ancient Iran. 118, 119, 120; Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 132, 138, 139, 149| 1.25. "וְאָשִׁיבָה יָדִי עָלַיִךְ וְאֶצְרֹף כַּבֹּר סִיגָיִךְ וְאָסִירָה כָּל־בְּדִילָיִךְ׃", 1.26. "וְאָשִׁיבָה שֹׁפְטַיִךְ כְּבָרִאשֹׁנָה וְיֹעֲצַיִךְ כְּבַתְּחִלָּה אַחֲרֵי־כֵן יִקָּרֵא לָךְ עִיר הַצֶּדֶק קִרְיָה נֶאֱמָנָה׃", 1.27. "צִיּוֹן בְּמִשְׁפָּט תִּפָּדֶה וְשָׁבֶיהָ בִּצְדָקָה׃", 6.1. "בִּשְׁנַת־מוֹת הַמֶּלֶךְ עֻזִּיָּהוּ וָאֶרְאֶה אֶת־אֲדֹנָי יֹשֵׁב עַל־כִּסֵּא רָם וְנִשָּׂא וְשׁוּלָיו מְלֵאִים אֶת־הַהֵיכָל׃", 6.1. "הַשְׁמֵן לֵב־הָעָם הַזֶּה וְאָזְנָיו הַכְבֵּד וְעֵינָיו הָשַׁע פֶּן־יִרְאֶה בְעֵינָיו וּבְאָזְנָיו יִשְׁמָע וּלְבָבוֹ יָבִין וָשָׁב וְרָפָא לוֹ׃", 6.2. "שְׂרָפִים עֹמְדִים מִמַּעַל לוֹ שֵׁשׁ כְּנָפַיִם שֵׁשׁ כְּנָפַיִם לְאֶחָד בִּשְׁתַּיִם יְכַסֶּה פָנָיו וּבִשְׁתַּיִם יְכַסֶּה רַגְלָיו וּבִשְׁתַּיִם יְעוֹפֵף׃", 6.3. "וְקָרָא זֶה אֶל־זֶה וְאָמַר קָדוֹשׁ קָדוֹשׁ קָדוֹשׁ יְהוָה צְבָאוֹת מְלֹא כָל־הָאָרֶץ כְּבוֹדוֹ׃", 6.4. "וַיָּנֻעוּ אַמּוֹת הַסִּפִּים מִקּוֹל הַקּוֹרֵא וְהַבַּיִת יִמָּלֵא עָשָׁן׃", 6.5. "וָאֹמַר אוֹי־לִי כִי־נִדְמֵיתִי כִּי אִישׁ טְמֵא־שְׂפָתַיִם אָנֹכִי וּבְתוֹךְ עַם־טְמֵא שְׂפָתַיִם אָנֹכִי יוֹשֵׁב כִּי אֶת־הַמֶּלֶךְ יְהוָה צְבָאוֹת רָאוּ עֵינָי׃", 6.6. "וַיָּעָף אֵלַי אֶחָד מִן־הַשְּׂרָפִים וּבְיָדוֹ רִצְפָּה בְּמֶלְקַחַיִם לָקַח מֵעַל הַמִּזְבֵּחַ׃", 10.28. "בָּא עַל־עַיַּת עָבַר בְּמִגְרוֹן לְמִכְמָשׂ יַפְקִיד כֵּלָיו׃", 10.29. "עָבְרוּ מַעְבָּרָה גֶּבַע מָלוֹן לָנוּ חָרְדָה הָרָמָה גִּבְעַת שָׁאוּל נָסָה׃", 10.31. "נָדְדָה מַדְמֵנָה יֹשְׁבֵי הַגֵּבִים הֵעִיזוּ׃", 10.32. "עוֹד הַיּוֹם בְּנֹב לַעֲמֹד יְנֹפֵף יָדוֹ הַר בית־[בַּת־] צִיּוֹן גִּבְעַת יְרוּשָׁלִָם׃", 11.1. "וְיָצָא חֹטֶר מִגֵּזַע יִשָׁי וְנֵצֶר מִשָּׁרָשָׁיו יִפְרֶה׃", 11.1. "וְהָיָה בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא שֹׁרֶשׁ יִשַׁי אֲשֶׁר עֹמֵד לְנֵס עַמִּים אֵלָיו גּוֹיִם יִדְרֹשׁוּ וְהָיְתָה מְנֻחָתוֹ כָּבוֹד׃", 11.2. "וְנָחָה עָלָיו רוּחַ יְהוָה רוּחַ חָכְמָה וּבִינָה רוּחַ עֵצָה וּגְבוּרָה רוּחַ דַּעַת וְיִרְאַת יְהוָה׃", 11.3. "וַהֲרִיחוֹ בְּיִרְאַת יְהוָה וְלֹא־לְמַרְאֵה עֵינָיו יִשְׁפּוֹט וְלֹא־לְמִשְׁמַע אָזְנָיו יוֹכִיחַ׃", 11.4. "וְשָׁפַט בְּצֶדֶק דַּלִּים וְהוֹכִיחַ בְּמִישׁוֹר לְעַנְוֵי־אָרֶץ וְהִכָּה־אֶרֶץ בְּשֵׁבֶט פִּיו וּבְרוּחַ שְׂפָתָיו יָמִית רָשָׁע׃", 11.5. "וְהָיָה צֶדֶק אֵזוֹר מָתְנָיו וְהָאֱמוּנָה אֵזוֹר חֲלָצָיו׃", 14.5. "שָׁבַר יְהוָה מַטֵּה רְשָׁעִים שֵׁבֶט מֹשְׁלִים׃", 28.5. "בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא יִהְיֶה יְהוָה צְבָאוֹת לַעֲטֶרֶת צְבִי וְלִצְפִירַת תִּפְאָרָה לִשְׁאָר עַמּוֹ׃", 28.6. "וּלְרוּחַ מִשְׁפָּט לַיּוֹשֵׁב עַל־הַמִּשְׁפָּט וְלִגְבוּרָה מְשִׁיבֵי מִלְחָמָה שָׁעְרָה׃", 45.17. "יִשְׂרָאֵל נוֹשַׁע בַּיהוָה תְּשׁוּעַת עוֹלָמִים לֹא־תֵבֹשׁוּ וְלֹא־תִכָּלְמוּ עַד־עוֹלְמֵי עַד׃", 54.11. "עֲנִיָּה סֹעֲרָה לֹא נֻחָמָה הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי מַרְבִּיץ בַּפּוּךְ אֲבָנַיִךְ וִיסַדְתִּיךְ בַּסַּפִּירִים׃", 54.12. "וְשַׂמְתִּי כַּדְכֹד שִׁמְשֹׁתַיִךְ וּשְׁעָרַיִךְ לְאַבְנֵי אֶקְדָּח וְכָל־גְּבוּלֵךְ לְאַבְנֵי־חֵפֶץ׃", 55.8. "כִּי לֹא מַחְשְׁבוֹתַי מַחְשְׁבוֹתֵיכֶם וְלֹא דַרְכֵיכֶם דְּרָכָי נְאֻם יְהוָה׃", 56.7. "וַהֲבִיאוֹתִים אֶל־הַר קָדְשִׁי וְשִׂמַּחְתִּים בְּבֵית תְּפִלָּתִי עוֹלֹתֵיהֶם וְזִבְחֵיהֶם לְרָצוֹן עַל־מִזְבְּחִי כִּי בֵיתִי בֵּית־תְּפִלָּה יִקָּרֵא לְכָל־הָעַמִּים׃", 57.7. "עַל הַר־גָּבֹהַּ וְנִשָּׂא שַׂמְתְּ מִשְׁכָּבֵךְ גַּם־שָׁם עָלִית לִזְבֹּחַ זָבַח׃", 57.8. "וְאַחַר הַדֶּלֶת וְהַמְּזוּזָה שַׂמְתְּ זִכְרוֹנֵךְ כִּי מֵאִתִּי גִּלִּית וַתַּעֲלִי הִרְחַבְתְּ מִשְׁכָּבֵךְ וַתִּכְרָת־לָךְ מֵהֶם אָהַבְתְּ מִשְׁכָּבָם יָד חָזִית׃", 59.3. "כִּי כַפֵּיכֶם נְגֹאֲלוּ בַדָּם וְאֶצְבְּעוֹתֵיכֶם בֶּעָוֺן שִׂפְתוֹתֵיכֶם דִּבְּרוּ־שֶׁקֶר לְשׁוֹנְכֶם עַוְלָה תֶהְגֶּה׃", 65.17. "כִּי־הִנְנִי בוֹרֵא שָׁמַיִם חֲדָשִׁים וָאָרֶץ חֲדָשָׁה וְלֹא תִזָּכַרְנָה הָרִאשֹׁנוֹת וְלֹא תַעֲלֶינָה עַל־לֵב׃", 65.21. "וּבָנוּ בָתִּים וְיָשָׁבוּ וְנָטְעוּ כְרָמִים וְאָכְלוּ פִּרְיָם׃", 66.1. "שִׂמְחוּ אֶת־יְרוּשָׁלִַם וְגִילוּ בָהּ כָּל־אֹהֲבֶיהָ שִׂישׂוּ אִתָּהּ מָשׂוֹשׂ כָּל־הַמִּתְאַבְּלִים עָלֶיהָ׃", 66.1. "כֹּה אָמַר יְהוָה הַשָּׁמַיִם כִּסְאִי וְהָאָרֶץ הֲדֹם רַגְלָי אֵי־זֶה בַיִת אֲשֶׁר תִּבְנוּ־לִי וְאֵי־זֶה מָקוֹם מְנוּחָתִי׃", 66.2. "וְהֵבִיאוּ אֶת־כָּל־אֲחֵיכֶם מִכָּל־הַגּוֹיִם מִנְחָה לַיהוָה בַּסּוּסִים וּבָרֶכֶב וּבַצַּבִּים וּבַפְּרָדִים וּבַכִּרְכָּרוֹת עַל הַר קָדְשִׁי יְרוּשָׁלִַם אָמַר יְהוָה כַּאֲשֶׁר יָבִיאוּ בְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת־הַמִּנְחָה בִּכְלִי טָהוֹר בֵּית יְהוָה׃", 66.2. "וְאֶת־כָּל־אֵלֶּה יָדִי עָשָׂתָה וַיִּהְיוּ כָל־אֵלֶּה נְאֻם־יְהוָה וְאֶל־זֶה אַבִּיט אֶל־עָנִי וּנְכֵה־רוּחַ וְחָרֵד עַל־דְּבָרִי׃", 66.22. "כִּי כַאֲשֶׁר הַשָּׁמַיִם הַחֳדָשִׁים וְהָאָרֶץ הַחֲדָשָׁה אֲשֶׁר אֲנִי עֹשֶׂה עֹמְדִים לְפָנַי נְאֻם־יְהוָה כֵּן יַעֲמֹד זַרְעֲכֶם וְשִׁמְכֶם׃", | 1.25. "And I will turn My hand upon thee, And purge away thy dross as with lye, And will take away all thine alloy;", 1.26. "And I will restore thy judges as at the first, And thy counsellors as at the beginning; Afterward thou shalt be called The city of righteousness, The faithful city.", 1.27. "Zion shall be redeemed with justice, And they that return of her with righteousness.", 6.1. "In the year that king Uzziah died I saw the Lord sitting upon a throne high and lifted up, and His train filled the temple.", 6.2. "Above Him stood the seraphim; each one had six wings: with twain he covered his face and with twain he covered his feet, and with twain he did fly.", 6.3. "And one called unto another, and said: Holy, holy, holy, is the LORD of hosts; The whole earth is full of His glory.", 6.4. "And the posts of the door were moved at the voice of them that called, and the house was filled with smoke.", 6.5. "Then said I: Woe is me! for I am undone; Because I am a man of unclean lips, And I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips; For mine eyes have seen the King, The LORD of hosts.", 6.6. "Then flew unto me one of the seraphim, with a glowing stone in his hand, which he had taken with the tongs from off the altar;", 10.28. "He is come to Aiath, He is passed through Migron; At Michmas he layeth up his baggage;", 10.29. "They are gone over the pass; They have taken up their lodging at Geba; Ramah trembleth; Gibeath-shaul is fled.", 10.30. "Cry thou with a shrill voice, O daughter of Gallim! Hearken, O Laish! O thou poor Anathoth!", 10.31. "Madmenah is in mad flight; The inhabitants of Gebim flee to cover.", 10.32. "This very day shall he halt at Nob, Shaking his hand at the mount of the daughter of Zion, The hill of Jerusalem.", 11.1. "And there shall come forth a shoot out of the stock of Jesse, And a twig shall grow forth out of his roots.", 11.2. "And the spirit of the LORD shall rest upon him, The spirit of wisdom and understanding, The spirit of counsel and might, The spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the LORD.", 11.3. "And his delight shall be in the fear of the LORD; And he shall not judge after the sight of his eyes, Neither decide after the hearing of his ears;", 11.4. "But with righteousness shall he judge the poor, And decide with equity for the meek of the land; And he shall smite the land with the rod of his mouth, And with the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked.", 11.5. "And righteousness shall be the girdle of his loins, And faithfulness the girdle of his reins.", 14.5. "The LORD hath broken the staff of the wicked, the sceptre of the rulers,", 28.5. "In that day shall the LORD of hosts be For a crown of glory, and for a diadem of beauty, Unto the residue of His people;", 28.6. "And for a spirit of judgment to him that sitteth in judgment, And for strength to them that turn back the battle at the gate.", 45.17. "O Israel, that art saved by the LORD with an everlasting salvation; Ye shall not be ashamed nor confounded world without end.", 54.11. "O thou afflicted, tossed with tempest, and not comforted, behold, I will set thy stones in fair colours, And lay thy foundations with sapphires.", 54.12. "And I will make thy pinnacles of rubies, and thy gates of carbuncles, and all thy border of precious stones.", 55.8. "For My thoughts are not your thoughts, Neither are your ways My ways, saith the LORD.", 56.7. "Even them will I bring to My holy mountain, And make them joyful in My house of prayer; Their burnt-offerings and their sacrifices Shall be acceptable upon Mine altar; For My house shall be called A house of prayer for all peoples.", 57.7. "Upon a high and lofty mountain Hast thou set thy bed; Thither also wentest thou up To offer sacrifice.", 57.8. "And behind the doors and the posts Hast thou set up thy symbol; For thou hast uncovered, and art gone up from Me, Thou hast enlarged thy bed, And chosen thee of them Whose bed thou lovedst, Whose hand thou sawest.", 59.3. "For your hands are defiled with blood, And your fingers with iniquity; Your lips have spoken lies, Your tongue muttereth wickedness.", 65.17. "For, behold, I create new heavens And a new earth; And the former things shall not be remembered, Nor come into mind. .", 65.21. "And they shall build houses, and inhabit them; And they shall plant vineyards, and eat the fruit of them.", 66.1. "Thus saith the LORD: The heaven is My throne, and the earth is My footstool; where is the house that ye may build unto Me? And where is the place that may be My resting-place?", 66.2. "For all these things hath My hand made, and so all these things came to be, saith the LORD; but on this man will I look, even on him that is poor and of a contrite spirit, and trembleth at My word.", 66.22. "For as the new heavens and the new earth, which I will make, shall remain before Me, saith the LORD, so shall your seed and your name remain.", |
|
20. Hebrew Bible, 1 Kings, 2.26-2.27, 6.13, 8.10-8.13, 8.27, 9.7, 14.24, 18.38 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •temple, place of divine glory/kingship/presence •ezekiel, divine presence in Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 133; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 69, 92, 122, 242; Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 110| 2.26. "וּלְאֶבְיָתָר הַכֹּהֵן אָמַר הַמֶּלֶךְ עֲנָתֹת לֵךְ עַל־שָׂדֶיךָ כִּי אִישׁ מָוֶת אָתָּה וּבַיּוֹם הַזֶּה לֹא אֲמִיתֶךָ כִּי־נָשָׂאתָ אֶת־אֲרוֹן אֲדֹנָי יְהֹוִה לִפְנֵי דָּוִד אָבִי וְכִי הִתְעַנִּיתָ בְּכֹל אֲשֶׁר־הִתְעַנָּה אָבִי׃", 2.27. "וַיְגָרֶשׁ שְׁלֹמֹה אֶת־אֶבְיָתָר מִהְיוֹת כֹּהֵן לַיהוָה לְמַלֵּא אֶת־דְּבַר יְהוָה אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּר עַל־בֵּית עֵלִי בְּשִׁלֹה׃", 6.13. "וְשָׁכַנְתִּי בְּתוֹךְ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְלֹא אֶעֱזֹב אֶת־עַמִּי יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 8.11. "וְלֹא־יָכְלוּ הַכֹּהֲנִים לַעֲמֹד לְשָׁרֵת מִפְּנֵי הֶעָנָן כִּי־מָלֵא כְבוֹד־יְהוָה אֶת־בֵּית יְהוָה׃", 8.12. "אָז אָמַר שְׁלֹמֹה יְהוָה אָמַר לִשְׁכֹּן בָּעֲרָפֶל׃", 8.13. "בָּנֹה בָנִיתִי בֵּית זְבֻל לָךְ מָכוֹן לְשִׁבְתְּךָ עוֹלָמִים׃", 8.27. "כִּי הַאֻמְנָם יֵשֵׁב אֱלֹהִים עַל־הָאָרֶץ הִנֵּה הַשָּׁמַיִם וּשְׁמֵי הַשָּׁמַיִם לֹא יְכַלְכְּלוּךָ אַף כִּי־הַבַּיִת הַזֶּה אֲשֶׁר בָּנִיתִי׃", 9.7. "וְהִכְרַתִּי אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵעַל פְּנֵי הָאֲדָמָה אֲשֶׁר נָתַתִּי לָהֶם וְאֶת־הַבַּיִת אֲשֶׁר הִקְדַּשְׁתִּי לִשְׁמִי אֲשַׁלַּח מֵעַל פָּנָי וְהָיָה יִשְׂרָאֵל לְמָשָׁל וְלִשְׁנִינָה בְּכָל־הָעַמִּים׃", 14.24. "וְגַם־קָדֵשׁ הָיָה בָאָרֶץ עָשׂוּ כְּכֹל הַתּוֹעֲבֹת הַגּוֹיִם אֲשֶׁר הוֹרִישׁ יְהוָה מִפְּנֵי בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 18.38. "וַתִּפֹּל אֵשׁ־יְהוָה וַתֹּאכַל אֶת־הָעֹלָה וְאֶת־הָעֵצִים וְאֶת־הָאֲבָנִים וְאֶת־הֶעָפָר וְאֶת־הַמַּיִם אֲשֶׁר־בַּתְּעָלָה לִחֵכָה׃", | 2.26. "And unto Abiathar the priest said the king: ‘Get thee to Anathoth, unto thine own fields; for thou art deserving of death; but I will not at this time put thee to death, because thou didst bear the ark of the Lord GOD before David my father, and because thou wast afflicted in all wherein my father was afflicted.’", 2.27. "So Solomon thrust out Abiathar from being priest unto the LORD; that the word of the LORD might be fulfilled, which He spoke concerning the house of Eli in Shiloh.", 6.13. "in that I will dwell therein among the children of Israel, and will not forsake My people Israel.’", 8.10. "And it came to pass, when the priests were come out of the holy place, that the cloud filled the house of the LORD,", 8.11. "so that the priests could not stand to minister by reason of the cloud; for the glory of the LORD filled the house of the LORD.", 8.12. "Then spoke Solomon: The LORD hath said that He would dwell in the thick darkness.", 8.13. "I have surely built Thee a house of habitation, A place for Thee to dwell in for ever.", 8.27. "But will God in very truth dwell on the earth? behold, heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot contain Thee; how much less this house that I have builded!", 9.7. "then will I cut off Israel out of the land which I have given them; and this house, which I have hallowed for My name, will I cast out of My sight; and Israel shall be a proverb and a by word among all peoples;", 14.24. "and there were also sodomites in the land; they did according to all the abominations of the nations which the LORD drove out before the children of Israel. .", 18.38. "Then the fire of the LORD fell, and consumed the burnt-offering, and the wood, and the stones, and the dust, and licked up the water that was in the trench.", |
|
21. Hebrew Bible, Joshua, 3.21, 4.22, 7.1-7.16, 8.10-8.13 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 106, 186| 4.22. "וְהוֹדַעְתֶּם אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶם לֵאמֹר בַּיַּבָּשָׁה עָבַר יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּן הַזֶּה׃", 7.1. "וַיֹּאמֶר יְהוָה אֶל־יְהוֹשֻׁעַ קֻם לָךְ לָמָּה זֶּה אַתָּה נֹפֵל עַל־פָּנֶיךָ׃", 7.1. "וַיִּמְעֲלוּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵל מַעַל בַּחֵרֶם וַיִּקַּח עָכָן בֶּן־כַּרְמִי בֶן־זַבְדִּי בֶן־זֶרַח לְמַטֵּה יְהוּדָה מִן־הַחֵרֶם וַיִּחַר־אַף יְהוָה בִּבְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 7.2. "וַיִּשְׁלַח יְהוֹשֻׁעַ אֲנָשִׁים מִירִיחוֹ הָעַי אֲשֶׁר עִם־בֵּית אָוֶן מִקֶּדֶם לְבֵית־אֵל וַיֹּאמֶר אֲלֵיהֶם לֵאמֹר עֲלוּ וְרַגְּלוּ אֶת־הָאָרֶץ וַיַּעֲלוּ הָאֲנָשִׁים וַיְרַגְּלוּ אֶת־הָעָי׃", 7.2. "וַיַּעַן עָכָן אֶת־יְהוֹשֻׁעַ וַיֹּאמַר אָמְנָה אָנֹכִי חָטָאתִי לַיהוָה אֱלֹהֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְכָזֹאת וְכָזֹאת עָשִׂיתִי׃", 7.3. "וַיָּשֻׁבוּ אֶל־יְהוֹשֻׁעַ וַיֹּאמְרוּ אֵלָיו אַל־יַעַל כָּל־הָעָם כְּאַלְפַּיִם אִישׁ אוֹ כִּשְׁלֹשֶׁת אֲלָפִים אִישׁ יַעֲלוּ וְיַכּוּ אֶת־הָעָי אַל־תְּיַגַּע־שָׁמָּה אֶת־כָּל־הָעָם כִּי מְעַט הֵמָּה׃", 7.4. "וַיַּעֲלוּ מִן־הָעָם שָׁמָּה כִּשְׁלֹשֶׁת אֲלָפִים אִישׁ וַיָּנֻסוּ לִפְנֵי אַנְשֵׁי הָעָי׃", 7.5. "וַיַּכּוּ מֵהֶם אַנְשֵׁי הָעַי כִּשְׁלֹשִׁים וְשִׁשָּׁה אִישׁ וַיִּרְדְּפוּם לִפְנֵי הַשַּׁעַר עַד־הַשְּׁבָרִים וַיַּכּוּם בַּמּוֹרָד וַיִּמַּס לְבַב־הָעָם וַיְהִי לְמָיִם׃", 7.6. "וַיִּקְרַע יְהוֹשֻׁעַ שִׂמְלֹתָיו וַיִּפֹּל עַל־פָּנָיו אַרְצָה לִפְנֵי אֲרוֹן יְהוָה עַד־הָעֶרֶב הוּא וְזִקְנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיַּעֲלוּ עָפָר עַל־רֹאשָׁם׃", 7.7. "וַיֹּאמֶר יְהוֹשֻׁעַ אֲהָהּ אֲדֹנָי יְהוִה לָמָה הֵעֲבַרְתָּ הַעֲבִיר אֶת־הָעָם הַזֶּה אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּן לָתֵת אֹתָנוּ בְּיַד הָאֱמֹרִי לְהַאֲבִידֵנוּ וְלוּ הוֹאַלְנוּ וַנֵּשֶׁב בְּעֵבֶר הַיַּרְדֵּן׃", 7.8. "בִּי אֲדֹנָי מָה אֹמַר אַחֲרֵי אֲשֶׁר הָפַךְ יִשְׂרָאֵל עֹרֶף לִפְנֵי אֹיְבָיו׃", 7.9. "וְיִשְׁמְעוּ הַכְּנַעֲנִי וְכֹל יֹשְׁבֵי הָאָרֶץ וְנָסַבּוּ עָלֵינוּ וְהִכְרִיתוּ אֶת־שְׁמֵנוּ מִן־הָאָרֶץ וּמַה־תַּעֲשֵׂה לְשִׁמְךָ הַגָּדוֹל׃", 7.11. "חָטָא יִשְׂרָאֵל וְגַם עָבְרוּ אֶת־בְּרִיתִי אֲשֶׁר צִוִּיתִי אוֹתָם וְגַם לָקְחוּ מִן־הַחֵרֶם וְגַם גָּנְבוּ וְגַם כִּחֲשׁוּ וְגַם שָׂמוּ בִכְלֵיהֶם׃", 7.12. "וְלֹא יֻכְלוּ בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל לָקוּם לִפְנֵי אֹיְבֵיהֶם עֹרֶף יִפְנוּ לִפְנֵי אֹיְבֵיהֶם כִּי הָיוּ לְחֵרֶם לֹא אוֹסִיף לִהְיוֹת עִמָּכֶם אִם־לֹא תַשְׁמִידוּ הַחֵרֶם מִקִּרְבְּכֶם׃", 7.13. "קֻם קַדֵּשׁ אֶת־הָעָם וְאָמַרְתָּ הִתְקַדְּשׁוּ לְמָחָר כִּי כֹה אָמַר יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל חֵרֶם בְּקִרְבְּךָ יִשְׂרָאֵל לֹא תוּכַל לָקוּם לִפְנֵי אֹיְבֶיךָ עַד־הֲסִירְכֶם הַחֵרֶם מִקִּרְבְּכֶם׃", 7.14. "וְנִקְרַבְתֶּם בַּבֹּקֶר לְשִׁבְטֵיכֶם וְהָיָה הַשֵּׁבֶט אֲשֶׁר־יִלְכְּדֶנּוּ יְהוָה יִקְרַב לַמִּשְׁפָּחוֹת וְהַמִּשְׁפָּחָה אֲשֶׁר־יִלְכְּדֶנָּה יְהוָה תִּקְרַב לַבָּתִּים וְהַבַּיִת אֲשֶׁר יִלְכְּדֶנּוּ יְהוָה יִקְרַב לַגְּבָרִים׃", 7.15. "וְהָיָה הַנִּלְכָּד בַּחֵרֶם יִשָּׂרֵף בָּאֵשׁ אֹתוֹ וְאֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ כִּי עָבַר אֶת־בְּרִית יְהוָה וְכִי־עָשָׂה נְבָלָה בְּיִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 7.16. "וַיַּשְׁכֵּם יְהוֹשֻׁעַ בַּבֹּקֶר וַיַּקְרֵב אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵל לִשְׁבָטָיו וַיִּלָּכֵד שֵׁבֶט יְהוּדָה׃", 8.11. "וְכָל־הָעָם הַמִּלְחָמָה אֲשֶׁר אִתּוֹ עָלוּ וַיִּגְּשׁוּ וַיָּבֹאוּ נֶגֶד הָעִיר וַיַּחֲנוּ מִצְּפוֹן לָעַי וְהַגַּי בינו [בֵּינָיו] וּבֵין־הָעָי׃", 8.12. "וַיִּקַּח כַּחֲמֵשֶׁת אֲלָפִים אִישׁ וַיָּשֶׂם אוֹתָם אֹרֵב בֵּין בֵּית־אֵל וּבֵין הָעַי מִיָּם לָעִיר׃", 8.13. "וַיָּשִׂימוּ הָעָם אֶת־כָּל־הַמַּחֲנֶה אֲשֶׁר מִצְּפוֹן לָעִיר וְאֶת־עֲקֵבוֹ מִיָּם לָעִיר וַיֵּלֶךְ יְהוֹשֻׁעַ בַּלַּיְלָה הַהוּא בְּתוֹךְ הָעֵמֶק׃", | 4.22. "then ye shall let your children know, saying: Israel came over this Jordan on dry land.", 7.1. "But the children of Israel committed a trespass concerning the devoted thing; for Achan, the son of Carmi, the son of Zabdi, the son of Zerah, of the tribe of Judah, took of the devoted thing; and the anger of the LORD was kindled against the children of Israel.", 7.2. "And Joshua sent men from Jericho to Ai, which is beside Beth-aven, on the east side of Beth-el, and spoke unto them, saying: ‘Go up and spy out the land.’ And the men went up and spied out Ai.", 7.3. "And they returned to Joshua, and said unto him: ‘Let not all the people go up; but let about two or three thousand men go up and smite Ai; make not all the people to toil thither; for they are but few.’", 7.4. "So there went up thither of the people about three thousand men; and they fled before the men of Ai.", 7.5. "And the men of Ai smote of them about thirty and six men; and they chased them from before the gate even unto Shebarim, and smote them at the descent; and the hearts of the people melted, and became as water.", 7.6. "And Joshua rent his clothes, and fell to the earth upon his face before the ark of the LORD until the evening, he and the elders of Israel; and they put dust upon their heads.", 7.7. "And Joshua said: ‘Alas, O Lord GOD, wherefore hast Thou at all brought this people over the Jordan, to deliver us into the hand of the Amorites, to cause us to perish? would that we had been content and dwelt beyond the Jordan!", 7.8. "Oh, Lord, what shall I say, after that Israel hath turned their backs before their enemies!", 7.9. "For when the Canaanites and all the inhabitants of the land hear of it, they will compass us round, and cut off our name from the earth; and what wilt Thou do for Thy great name?’", 7.10. "And the LORD said unto Joshua: ‘Get thee up; wherefore, now, art thou fallen upon thy face?", 7.11. "Israel hath sinned; yea, they have even transgressed My covet which I commanded them; yea, they have even taken of the devoted thing; and have also stolen, and dissembled also, and they have even put it among their own stuff.", 7.12. "Therefore the children of Israel cannot stand before their enemies, they turn their backs before their enemies, because they are become accursed; I will not be with you any more, except ye destroy the accursed from among you.", 7.13. "Up, sanctify the people, and say: Sanctify yourselves against tomorrow; for thus saith the LORD, the God of Israel: There is a curse in the midst of thee, O Israel; thou canst not stand before thine enemies, until ye take away the accursed thing from among you.", 7.14. "In the morning therefore ye shall draw near by your tribes; and it shall be, that the tribe which the LORD taketh shall come near by families; and the family which the LORD shall take shall come near by households; and the household which the LORD shall take shall come near man by man.", 7.15. "And it shall be that he that is taken with the devoted thing shall be burnt with fire, he and all that he hath; because he hath transgressed the covet of the LORD, and because he hath wrought a wanton deed in Israel.’", 7.16. "So Joshua rose up early in the morning, and brought Israel near by their tribes; and the tribe of Judah was taken.", 8.10. "And Joshua rose up early in the morning, and numbered the people, and went up, he and the elders of Israel, before the people to Ai.", 8.11. "And all the people, even the men of war that were with him, went up, and drew nigh, and came before the city, and pitched on the north side of Ai—now there was a valley between him and Ai.", 8.12. "And he took about five thousand men, and set them in ambush between Beth-el and Ai, on the west side of Ai.", 8.13. "So the people set themselves in array, even all the host that was on the north of the city, their rear lying in wait on the west of the city; and Joshua went that night into the midst of the vale.", |
|
22. Hebrew Bible, Judges, 13.19-13.21 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 69| 13.19. "וַיִּקַּח מָנוֹחַ אֶת־גְּדִי הָעִזִּים וְאֶת־הַמִּנְחָה וַיַּעַל עַל־הַצּוּר לַיהוָה וּמַפְלִא לַעֲשׂוֹת וּמָנוֹחַ וְאִשְׁתּוֹ רֹאִים׃", 13.21. "וְלֹא־יָסַף עוֹד מַלְאַךְ יְהוָה לְהֵרָאֹה אֶל־מָנוֹחַ וְאֶל־אִשְׁתּוֹ אָז יָדַע מָנוֹחַ כִּי־מַלְאַךְ יְהוָה הוּא׃", | 13.19. "So Manoaĥ took the kid with the meal offering, and offered it upon the rock to the Lord: and the angel did wondrously, and Manoaĥ and his wife looked on.", 13.20. "For it came to pass, when the flame went up toward heaven from off the altar, that the angel of the Lord ascended in the flame of the altar. And Manoaĥ and his wife looked on it, and fell on their faces to the ground.", 13.21. "But the angel of the Lord appeared no more to Manoaĥ and to his wife. Then Manoaĥ knew that he was an angel of the Lord.", |
|
23. Hebrew Bible, 2 Kings, 10.18, 21.16 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, in ezekiel •ezekiel, divine presence in •divine presence Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 126; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 183| 10.18. "וַיִּקְבֹּץ יֵהוּא אֶת־כָּל־הָעָם וַיֹּאמֶר אֲלֵהֶם אַחְאָב עָבַד אֶת־הַבַּעַל מְעָט יֵהוּא יַעַבְדֶנּוּ הַרְבֵּה׃", 21.16. "וְגַם דָּם נָקִי שָׁפַךְ מְנַשֶּׁה הַרְבֵּה מְאֹד עַד אֲשֶׁר־מִלֵּא אֶת־יְרוּשָׁלִַם פֶּה לָפֶה לְבַד מֵחַטָּאתוֹ אֲשֶׁר הֶחֱטִיא אֶת־יְהוּדָה לַעֲשׂוֹת הָרַע בְּעֵינֵי יְהוָה׃", | 10.18. "And Jehu gathered all the people together, and said unto them: ‘Ahab served Baal a little; but Jehu will serve him much.", 21.16. "Moreover Manasseh shed innocent blood very much, till he had filled Jerusalem from one end to another; beside his sin wherewith he made Judah to sin, in doing that which was evil in the sight of the LORD.", |
|
24. Hebrew Bible, 2 Samuel, 24.25 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 69| 24.25. "וַיִּבֶן שָׁם דָּוִד מִזְבֵּחַ לַיהוָה וַיַּעַל עֹלוֹת וּשְׁלָמִים וַיֵּעָתֵר יְהוָה לָאָרֶץ וַתֵּעָצַר הַמַּגֵּפָה מֵעַל יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", | 24.25. "And David built there an altar to the Lord, and offered burnt offerings and peace offerings. So the Lord was entreated for the land, and the plague was stayed from Yisra᾽el.", |
|
| 25. Homer, Odyssey, 16.161 (8th cent. BCE - 7th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 221 |
26. Homer, Iliad, 4.74-4.84, 23.77 (8th cent. BCE - 7th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 35; Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 221 | 4.74. / Haste thee with all speed unto the host into the midst of Trojans and Achaeans, and contrive how that the Trojans may be first in defiance of their oaths to work evil upon the Achaeans that exult in their triumph. So saying, he stirred on Athene that was already eager, and down from the peaks of Olympus she went darting. 4.75. / Even in such wise as the son of crooked-counselling Cronos sendeth a star to be a portent for seamen or for a wide host of warriors, a gleaming star, and therefrom the sparks fly thick; even so darted Pallas Athene to earth, and down she leapt into the midst; and amazement came upon all that beheld, 4.76. / Even in such wise as the son of crooked-counselling Cronos sendeth a star to be a portent for seamen or for a wide host of warriors, a gleaming star, and therefrom the sparks fly thick; even so darted Pallas Athene to earth, and down she leapt into the midst; and amazement came upon all that beheld, 4.77. / Even in such wise as the son of crooked-counselling Cronos sendeth a star to be a portent for seamen or for a wide host of warriors, a gleaming star, and therefrom the sparks fly thick; even so darted Pallas Athene to earth, and down she leapt into the midst; and amazement came upon all that beheld, 4.78. / Even in such wise as the son of crooked-counselling Cronos sendeth a star to be a portent for seamen or for a wide host of warriors, a gleaming star, and therefrom the sparks fly thick; even so darted Pallas Athene to earth, and down she leapt into the midst; and amazement came upon all that beheld, 4.79. / Even in such wise as the son of crooked-counselling Cronos sendeth a star to be a portent for seamen or for a wide host of warriors, a gleaming star, and therefrom the sparks fly thick; even so darted Pallas Athene to earth, and down she leapt into the midst; and amazement came upon all that beheld, 4.80. / on horse-taming Trojans and well-greaved Achaeans; and thus would a man say with a glance at his neighbour:Verily shall we again have evil war and the dread din of battle, or else friendship is set amid the hosts by Zeus, who is for men the dispenser of battle. 4.81. / on horse-taming Trojans and well-greaved Achaeans; and thus would a man say with a glance at his neighbour:Verily shall we again have evil war and the dread din of battle, or else friendship is set amid the hosts by Zeus, who is for men the dispenser of battle. 4.82. / on horse-taming Trojans and well-greaved Achaeans; and thus would a man say with a glance at his neighbour:Verily shall we again have evil war and the dread din of battle, or else friendship is set amid the hosts by Zeus, who is for men the dispenser of battle. 4.83. / on horse-taming Trojans and well-greaved Achaeans; and thus would a man say with a glance at his neighbour:Verily shall we again have evil war and the dread din of battle, or else friendship is set amid the hosts by Zeus, who is for men the dispenser of battle. 4.84. / on horse-taming Trojans and well-greaved Achaeans; and thus would a man say with a glance at his neighbour:Verily shall we again have evil war and the dread din of battle, or else friendship is set amid the hosts by Zeus, who is for men the dispenser of battle. 23.77. / And give me thy hand, I pitifully entreat thee, for never more again shall I come back from out of Hades, when once ye have given me my due of fire. Never more in life shall we sit apart from our dear comrades and take counsel together, but for me hath loathly fate |
|
| 27. Sappho, Fragments, 2 (7th cent. BCE - 6th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 148, 149 |
| 28. Sappho, Fragments, 2 (7th cent. BCE - 6th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 148, 149 |
29. Hebrew Bible, Ezekiel, 1.4, 1.13, 1.22, 1.27, 1.28, 5.11, 8, 8.1-11.25, 8.6, 8.9, 8.10, 8.11, 8.12, 8.13, 8.14, 8.15, 8.16, 8.17, 8.18, 9, 10, 10.18, 10.19, 11, 11.6, 11.7, 11.9, 11.10, 11.15, 11.16, 11.17, 11.18, 11.19, 11.20, 11.21, 11.22, 11.23, 21.21, 21.22, 21.23, 22.10, 36.17, 36.22, 36.23, 36.24, 36.25, 36.26, 36.27, 37.27, 40, 40.1-48.35, 40.2, 40.3, 40.5-43.17, 40.20, 40.21, 40.22, 40.23, 40.34, 40.46, 40.48, 41, 42, 42.15, 43, 43.1, 43.2, 43.3, 43.4, 43.5, 43.6, 43.7, 43.8, 43.9, 43.10, 43.11, 43.19, 44, 44.1, 44.2, 44.3, 44.4, 44.10, 44.11, 44.12, 44.13, 44.14, 44.15, 44.16, 44.25, 44.26, 44.27, 45, 46, 47, 47.1, 47.2, 47.3, 47.4, 47.5, 47.6, 47.7, 47.8, 47.9, 47.10, 47.11, 47.12, 48, 48.11, 48.12 (6th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 172; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 95| 11.23. "וַיַּעַל כְּבוֹד יְהוָה מֵעַל תּוֹךְ הָעִיר וַיַּעֲמֹד עַל־הָהָר אֲשֶׁר מִקֶּדֶם לָעִיר׃", | 11.23. "And the glory of the LORD went up from the midst of the city, and stood upon the mountain which is on the east side of the city.", |
|
| 30. Xenophon, On Household Management, 5.19-5.20 (5th cent. BCE - 4th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Eidinow and Driediger-Murphy (2019), Esther Eidinow, Ancient Divination and Experience, 206 |
31. Herodotus, Histories, 1.47 (5th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •omnipresence (divine) Found in books: Versnel (2011), Coping with the Gods: Wayward Readings in Greek Theology, 428 | 1.47. And when he sent to test these shrines he gave the Lydians these instructions: they were to keep track of the time from the day they left Sardis , and on the hundredth day inquire of the oracles what Croesus, king of Lydia , son of Alyattes, was doing then; then they were to write down whatever the oracles answered and bring the reports back to him. ,Now none relate what answer was given by the rest of the oracles. But at Delphi , no sooner had the Lydians entered the hall to inquire of the god and asked the question with which they were entrusted, than the Pythian priestess uttered the following hexameter verses: , quote type="oracle" l met="dact" “I know the number of the grains of sand and the extent of the sea, /l l And understand the mute and hear the voiceless. /l l The smell has come to my senses of a strong-shelled tortoise /l l Boiling in a cauldron together with a lamb's flesh, /l l Under which is bronze and over which is bronze.” /l /quote |
|
32. Hebrew Bible, 2 Chronicles, 5.13-6.2, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.20, 24.20, 24.21, 24.22 (5th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 184 | 24.20. "And the spirit of God clothed Zechariah the son of Jehoiada the priest; and he stood above the people, and said unto them: ‘Thus saith God: Why transgress ye the commandments of the LORD, that ye cannot prosper? because ye have forsaken the LORD, He hath also forsaken you.’", |
|
33. Hebrew Bible, 1 Chronicles, 21.26 (5th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 69| 21.26. "וַיִּבֶן שָׁם דָּוִיד מִזְבֵּחַ לַיהוָה וַיַּעַל עֹלוֹת וּשְׁלָמִים וַיִּקְרָא אֶל־יְהוָה וַיַּעֲנֵהוּ בָאֵשׁ מִן־הַשָּׁמַיִם עַל מִזְבַּח הָעֹלָה׃", | 21.26. "And David built there an altar unto the LORD, and offered burnt-offerings and peace-offerings, and called upon the LORD; and He answered him from heaven by fire upon the altar of burnt-offering.", |
|
34. Hebrew Bible, Zechariah, 1.15, 2.5, 2.10-2.11, 4.14 (5th cent. BCE - 4th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, in ezekiel •ezekiel, divine presence in •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to •divine presence, as residing in jesus •prince of the divine presence, the Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 126, 184; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 106, 191| 1.15. "וְקֶצֶף גָּדוֹל אֲנִי קֹצֵף עַל־הַגּוֹיִם הַשַּׁאֲנַנִּים אֲשֶׁר אֲנִי קָצַפְתִּי מְּעָט וְהֵמָּה עָזְרוּ לְרָעָה׃", 2.5. "וָאֶשָּׂא עֵינַי וָאֵרֶא וְהִנֵּה־אִישׁ וּבְיָדוֹ חֶבֶל מִדָּה׃", 2.11. "הוֹי צִיּוֹן הִמָּלְטִי יוֹשֶׁבֶת בַּת־בָּבֶל׃", 4.14. "וַיֹּאמֶר אֵלֶּה שְׁנֵי בְנֵי־הַיִּצְהָר הָעֹמְדִים עַל־אֲדוֹן כָּל־הָאָרֶץ׃", | 1.15. "and I am very sore displeased with the nations that are at ease; for I was but a little displeased, and they helped for evil.", 2.5. "And I lifted up mine eyes, and saw, and behold a man with a measuring line in his hand.", 2.10. "Ho, ho, flee then from the land of the north, saith the LORD; for I have spread you abroad as the four winds of the heaven, saith the LORD.", 2.11. "Ho, Zion, escape, thou that dwellest with the daughter of Babylon.’", 4.14. "Then said he: ‘These are the two anointed ones, that stand by the Lord of the whole earth.’", |
|
| 35. Euripides, Fragments, 292.7 (5th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •omnipresence (divine) Found in books: Versnel (2011), Coping with the Gods: Wayward Readings in Greek Theology, 427 |
| 36. Euripides, Orestes, 1231 (5th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 35 |
| 37. Xenophon, On Horsemanship, 9.8-9.9 (5th cent. BCE - 4th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Eidinow and Driediger-Murphy (2019), Esther Eidinow, Ancient Divination and Experience, 206 |
38. Xenophon, Memoirs, 1.6.2-1.6.9, 4.3.12 (5th cent. BCE - 4th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Eidinow and Driediger-Murphy (2019), Esther Eidinow, Ancient Divination and Experience, 206| 1.6.2. ὦ Σώκρατες, ἐγὼ μὲν ᾤμην τοὺς φιλοσοφοῦντας εὐδαιμονεστέρους χρῆναι γίγνεσθαι· σὺ δέ μοι δοκεῖς τἀναντία τῆς φιλοσοφίας ἀπολελαυκέναι. ζῇς γοῦν οὕτως ὡς οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς δοῦλος ὑπὸ δεσπότῃ διαιτώμενος μείνειε· σῖτά τε σιτῇ καὶ ποτὰ πίνεις τὰ φαυλότατα, καὶ ἱμάτιον ἠμφίεσαι οὐ μόνον φαῦλον, ἀλλὰ τὸ αὐτὸ θέρους τε καὶ χειμῶνος, ἀνυπόδητός τε καὶ ἀχίτων διατελεῖς. 1.6.3. καὶ μὴν χρήματά γε οὐ λαμβάνεις, ἃ καὶ κτωμένους εὐφραίνει καὶ κεκτημένους ἐλευθεριώτερόν τε καὶ ἥδιον ποιεῖ ζῆν. εἰ οὖν ὥσπερ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔργων οἱ διδάσκαλοι τοὺς μαθητὰς μιμητὰς ἑαυτῶν ἀποδεικνύουσιν, οὕτω καὶ σὺ τοὺς συνόντας διαθήσεις, νόμιζε κακοδαιμονίας διδάσκαλος εἶναι. 1.6.4. καὶ ὁ Σωκράτης πρὸς ταῦτα εἶπε· δοκεῖς μοι, ὦ Ἀντιφῶν, ὑπειληφέναι με οὕτως ἀνιαρῶς ζῆν, ὥστε πέπεισμαι σὲ μᾶλλον ἀποθανεῖν ἂν ἑλέσθαι ἢ ζῆν ὥσπερ ἐγώ. ἴθι οὖν ἐπισκεψώμεθα τί χαλεπὸν ᾔσθησαι τοῦ ἐμοῦ βίου. 1.6.5. πότερον ὅτι τοῖς μὲν λαμβάνουσιν ἀργύριον ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν ἀπεργάζεσθαι τοῦτο ἐφʼ ᾧ ἂν μισθὸν λάβωσιν, ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ λαμβάνοντι οὐκ ἀνάγκη διαλέγεσθαι ᾧ ἂν μὴ βούλωμαι; ἢ τὴν δίαιτάν μου φαυλίζεις ὡς ἧττον μὲν ὑγιεινὰ ἐσθίοντος ἐμοῦ ἢ σοῦ, ἧττον δὲ ἰσχὺν παρέχοντα; ἢ ὡς χαλεπώτερα πορίσασθαι τὰ ἐμὰ διαιτήματα τῶν σῶν διὰ τὸ σπανιώτερά τε καὶ πολυτελέστερα εἶναι; ἢ ὡς ἡδίω σοι ἃ σὺ παρασκευάζῃ ὄντα ἢ ἐμοὶ ἃ ἐγώ; οὐκ οἶσθʼ ὅτι ὁ μὲν ἥδιστα ἐσθίων ἥκιστα ὄψου δεῖται, ὁ δὲ ἥδιστα πίνων ἥκιστα τοῦ μὴ παρόντος ἐπιθυμεῖ ποτοῦ; 1.6.6. τά γε μὴν ἱμάτια οἶσθʼ ὅτι οἱ μεταβαλλόμενοι ψύχους καὶ θάλπους ἕνεκα μεταβάλλονται, καὶ ὑποδήματα ὑποδοῦνται, ὅπως μὴ διὰ τὰ λυποῦντα τοὺς πόδας κωλύωνται πορεύεσθαι· ἤδη οὖν ποτε ᾔσθου ἐμὲ ἢ διὰ ψῦχος μᾶλλόν του ἔνδον μένοντα, ἢ διὰ θάλπος μαχόμενόν τῳ περὶ σκιᾶς, ἢ διὰ τὸ ἀλγεῖν τοὺς πόδας οὐ βαδίζοντα ὅπου ἂν βούλωμαι; 1.6.7. οὐκ οἶσθʼ ὅτι οἱ φύσει ἀσθενέστατοι τῷ σώματι μελετήσαντες τῶν ἰσχυροτάτων ἀμελησάντων κρείττους τε γίγνονται πρὸς ἃ ἂν μελετῶσι καὶ ῥᾷον αὐτὰ φέρουσιν; ἐμὲ δὲ ἄρα οὐκ οἴει, τῷ σώματι ἀεὶ τὰ συντυγχάνοντα μελετῶντα καρτερεῖν, πάντα ῥᾷον φέρειν σοῦ μὴ μελετῶντος; 1.6.8. τοῦ δὲ μὴ δουλεύειν γαστρὶ μηδʼ ὕπνῳ καὶ λαγνείᾳ οἴει τι ἄλλο αἰτιώτερον εἶναι ἢ τὸ ἕτερα ἔχειν τούτων ἡδίω, ἃ οὐ μόνον ἐν χρείᾳ ὄντα εὐφραίνει, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐλπίδας παρέχοντα ὠφελήσειν ἀεί; καὶ μὴν τοῦτό γε οἶσθα, ὅτι οἱ μὲν οἰόμενοι μηδὲν εὖ πράττειν οὐκ εὐφραίνονται, οἱ δὲ ἡγούμενοι καλῶς προχωρεῖν ἑαυτοῖς ἢ γεωργίαν ἢ ναυκληρίαν ἢ ἄλλʼ ὅ τι ἂν τυγχάνωσιν ἐργαζόμενοι ὡς εὖ πράττοντες εὐφραίνονται. 1.6.9. οἴει οὖν ἀπὸ πάντων τούτων τοσαύτην ἡδονὴν εἶναι ὅσην ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑαυτόν τε ἡγεῖσθαι βελτίω γίγνεσθαι καὶ φίλους ἀμείνους κτᾶσθαι; ἐγὼ τοίνυν διατελῶ ταῦτα νομίζων. ἐὰν δὲ δὴ φίλους ἢ πόλιν ὠφελεῖν δέῃ, ποτέρῳ ἡ πλείων σχολὴ τούτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, τῷ ὡς ἐγὼ νῦν ἢ τῷ ὡς σὺ μακαρίζεις διαιτωμένῳ; στρατεύοιτο δὲ πότερος ἂν ῥᾷον, ὁ μὴ δυνάμενος ἄνευ πολυτελοῦς διαίτης ζῆν ἢ ᾧ τὸ παρὸν ἀρκοίη; ἐκπολιορκηθείη δὲ πότερος ἂν θᾶττον, ὁ τῶν χαλεπωτάτων εὑρεῖν δεόμενος ἢ ὁ τοῖς ῥᾴστοις ἐντυγχάνειν ἀρκούντως χρώμενος; 4.3.12. τὸ δὲ καὶ ἑρμηνείαν δοῦναι, διʼ ἧς πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν μεταδίδομέν τε ἀλλήλοις διδάσκοντες καὶ κοινωνοῦμεν καὶ νόμους τιθέμεθα καὶ πολιτευόμεθα; παντάπασιν ἐοίκασιν, ὦ Σώκρατες, οἱ θεοὶ πολλὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιμέλειαν ποιεῖσθαι. τὸ δὲ καί, ᾗ ἀδυνατοῦμεν τὰ συμφέροντα προνοεῖσθαι ὑπὲρ τῶν μελλόντων, ταύτῃ αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν συνεργεῖν, διὰ μαντικῆς τοῖς πυνθανομένοις φράζοντας τὰ ἀποβησόμενα καὶ διδάσκοντας ᾗ ἂν ἄριστα γίγνοιτο; σοὶ δʼ, ἔφη, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἐοίκασιν ἔτι φιλικώτερον ἢ τοῖς ἄλλοις χρῆσθαι, εἴ γε μηδὲ ἐπερωτώμενοι ὑπὸ σοῦ προσημαίνουσί σοι ἅ τε χρὴ ποιεῖν καὶ ἃ μή. | 1.6.2. Socrates , I supposed that philosophy must add to one’s store of happiness. But the fruits you have reaped from philosophy are apparently very different. For example, you are living a life that would drive even a slave to desert his master. Your meat and drink are of the poorest: the cloak you wear is not only a poor thing, but is never changed summer or winter; and you never wear shoes or tunic. 1.6.3. Besides you refuse to take money, the mere getting of which is a joy, while its possession makes one more independent and happier. Now the professors of other subjects try to make their pupils copy their teachers: if you too intend to make your companions do that, you must consider yourself a professor of unhappiness. 1.6.4. To this Socrates replied: Antiphon, you seem to have a notion that my life is so miserable, that I feel sure you would choose death in preference to a life like mine. Come then, let us consider together what hardship you have noticed in my life. 1.6.5. Is it that those who take money are bound to carry out the work for which they get a fee, while I, because I refuse to take it, am not obliged to talk with anyone against my will? Or do you think my food poor because it is less wholesome than yours or less nourishing? or because my viands are harder to get than yours, being scarcer and more expensive? or because your diet is more enjoyable than mine? Do you not know that the greater the enjoyment of eating the less the need of sauce; the greater the enjoyment of drinking, the less the desire for drinks that are not available? 1.6.6. As for cloaks, they are changed, as you know, on account of cold or heat. And shoes are worn as a protection to the feet against pain and inconvenience in walking. Now did you ever know me to stay indoors more than others on account of the cold, or to fight with any man for the shade because of the heat, or to be prevented from walking anywhere by sore feet? 1.6.7. Do you not know that by training, a puny weakling comes to be better at any form of exercise he practises, and gets more staying power, than the muscular prodigy who neglects to train? Seeing then that I am always training my body to answer any and every call on its powers, do you not think that I can stand every strain better than you can without training? 1.6.8. For avoiding slavery to the belly or to sleep and incontinence, is there, think you, any more effective specific than the possession of other and greater pleasures, which are delightful not only to enjoy, but also because they arouse hopes of lasting benefit? And again, you surely know that while he who supposes that nothing goes well with him is unhappy, he who believes that he is successful in farming or a shipping concern or any other business he is engaged in is happy in the thought of his prosperity. 1.6.9. Do you think then that out of all this thinking there comes anything so pleasant as the thought: I am growing in goodness and I am making better friends? And that, I may say, is my constant thought. Further, if help is wanted by friends or city, which of the two has more leisure to supply their needs, he who lives as I am living or he whose life you call happy? Which will find soldiering the easier task, he who cannot exist without expensive food or he who is content with what he can get? Which when besieged will surrender first, he who wants what is very hard to come by or he who can make shift with whatever is at hand? 4.3.12. and think of the power of expression, which enables us to impart to one another all good things by teaching and to take our share of them, to enact laws and to administer states. Truly, Socrates , it does appear that the gods devote much care to man. Yet again, in so far as we are powerless of ourselves to foresee what is expedient for the future, Cyropaedia I. vi. 46. the gods lend us their aid, revealing the issues by divination to inquirers, and teaching them how to obtain the best results. With you, Socrates , they seem to deal even more friendly than with other men, if it is true that, even unasked, they warn you by signs what to do and what not to do. |
|
39. Septuagint, Tobit, 13.15-13.17, 14.5-14.7 (4th cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •temple, place of divine glory/kingship/presence Found in books: Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 110, 138 | 13.15. Let my soul praise God the great King. 13.16. For Jerusalem will be built with sapphires and emeralds,her walls with precious stones,and her towers and battlements with pure gold. 13.17. The streets of Jerusalem will be paved with beryl and ruby and stones of Ophir; 14.5. But God will again have mercy on them, and bring them back into their land; and they will rebuild the house of God, though it will not be like the former one until the times of the age are completed. After this they will return from the places of their captivity, and will rebuild Jerusalem in splendor. And the house of God will be rebuilt there with a glorious building for all generations for ever, just as the prophets said of it. 14.6. Then all the Gentiles will turn to fear the Lord God in truth, and will bury their idols. 14.7. All the Gentiles will praise the Lord, and his people will give thanks to God, and the Lord will exalt his people. And all who love the Lord God in truth and righteousness will rejoice, showing mercy to our brethren. |
|
| 40. Aristotle, Metaphysics, None (4th cent. BCE - 4th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 221 |
41. Anon., 1 Enoch, 1.3, 1.4, 1.36, 9.8, 10.11, 12.4, 14.5, 14.8, 14.9, 14.10, 14.11, 14.12, 14.13, 14.14, 14.15, 14.16, 14.17, 14.18, 14.19, 14.20, 14.21, 14.22, 14.23, 14.24, 14.25, 15.1, 15.2, 15.3, 15.4, 15.5, 15.6, 15.7, 19.1, 24.3, 25.3, 25.4, 25.5, 25.6, 26.1, 26.2, 26.3, 26.4, 26.5, 26.6, 41.9, 45.1, 45.2, 45.3, 45.4, 45.5, 45.6, 46.3, 48.2, 48.3, 48.4, 48.5, 48.6, 48.7, 48.8, 48.9, 48.10, 51.3, 55.4, 62, 70.1, 72.1, 89.50, 89.51, 89.72, 89.73, 90.6, 90.7, 90.8, 90.9, 90.10, 90.11, 90.12, 90.13, 90.14, 90.15, 90.16, 90.17, 90.18, 90.19, 90.28, 90.29, 91, 91.11, 91.12, 91.13, 91.14, 91.15, 91.16, 91.17, 92, 93, 93.5, 93.6, 93.7, 93.8, 94, 94.6, 94.7, 94.8, 94.9, 95, 96, 97, 97.8, 97.8-98.3, 97.9, 97.10, 98, 98.7, 99, 99.13, 100, 101, 102, 102.9, 103, 103.5, 103.6, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108 (3rd cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 38, 39; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 130; Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 139 | 14.12. fiery cherubim, and their heaven was (clear as) water. A flaming fire surrounded the walls, and it |
|
| 42. Ezekiel The Tragedian, Exagoge, 2, 1 (3rd cent. BCE - 1st cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 38 |
| 43. Euphorion of Chalcis, Fragments, 84 (3rd cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 172 |
| 44. Dead Sea Scrolls, Community Rule, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.20, 6.24-7.25, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, 8.16, 8.17, 8.18, 8.19, 8.20, 8.21, 8.22, 8.23, 8.24, 8.25, 8.26, 8.27, 9.17, 11.7, 11.8 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 152 |
| 45. Dead Sea Scrolls, Messianic Rule, 2.8-2.9 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 166 |
| 46. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q390, 1.9 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: nan nan |
| 47. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q271, 1.17-18, 5 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: nan nan |
| 48. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q270, 1.15-19, 7 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: nan nan |
| 49. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q266, None (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 167 |
| 50. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q216, 1.7, 2.9-2.10, 4.5-4.7 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 166 |
| 51. Dead Sea Scrolls, 11Qt, 29.3-29.10, 45.12-45.14, 46.4, 46.8, 46.11-46.12, 47.3-47.4, 47.10-47.11, 47.18, 48.10-48.11, 51.6-51.16, 52.5-52.7 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 148, 155, 177 |
| 52. Dead Sea Scrolls, (Cairo Damascus Covenant) Cd-A, None (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 148, 152 |
| 53. Dead Sea Scrolls, War Scroll, 7.6, 12.7-12.8 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 166 |
| 54. Dead Sea Scrolls, Pesher On Habakkuk, 8.8-8.13, 12.6-12.10 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 148, 152, 177 |
| 55. Dead Sea Scrolls, Damascus Covenant, None (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 148, 152 |
| 56. Dead Sea Scrolls, Hodayot, 0.59375, 0.592361111111111, 11.21-11.22 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 166 |
57. Cicero, On The Nature of The Gods, 2.6, 2.166, 4.2 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 67; Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 221 | 2.6. Nor is this unaccountable or accidental; it is the result, firstly, of the fact that the gods often manifest their power in bodily presence. For instance in the Latin War, at the critical battle of Lake Regillus between the dictator Aulus Postumius and Octavius Mamilius of Tusculum, Castor and Pollux were seen fighting on horseback in our ranks. And in more modern history likewise these sons of Tyndareus brought the news of the defeat of Perses. What happened was that Publius Vatinius, the grandfather of our young contemporary, was returning to Rome by night from Reate, of which he was governor, when he was informed by two young warriors on white horses that King Perses had that very day been taken prisoner. When Vatinius carried the news to the Senate, at first he was flung into gaol on the charge of spreading an unfounded report on a matter of national concern; but afterwards a dispatch arrived from Paulus, and the date was found to tally, so the Senate bestowed upon Vatinius both a grant of land and exemption from military service. It is also recorded in history that when the Locrians won their great victory over the people of Crotona at the important battle of the River Sagra, news of the engagement was reported at the Olympic Games on the very same day. often has the sound of the voices of the Fauns, often has the apparition of a divine form compelled anyone that is not either feeble-minded or impious to admit the real presence of the gods. 2.166. It was this reason which drove the poets, and especially Homer, to attach to their chief heroes, Ulysses, Diomede, Agamemnon or Achilles, certain gods as the companions of their perils and adventures; moreover the gods have often appeared to men in person, as in the cases which I have mentioned above, so testifying that they care both for communities and for individuals. And the same is proved by the portents of future occurrences that are vouchsafed to men sometimes when they are asleep and sometimes when they are awake. Moreover we receive a number of warnings by means of signs and of the entrails of victims, and by many other things that long-continued usage has noted in such a manner as to create the art of divination. |
|
58. Cicero, On Divination, 1.102, 2.71, 2.83 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 112| 1.102. Neque solum deorum voces Pythagorei observitaverunt, sed etiam hominum, quae vocant omina. Quae maiores nostri quia valere censebant, idcirco omnibus rebus agendis quod bonum, faustum, felix fortu- natumque esset praefabantur, rebusque divinis, quae publice fierent, ut faverent linguis, imperabatur inque feriis imperandis, ut ' litibus et iurgiis se abstinerent '. Itemque in lustranda colonia ab eo, qui eam deduceret, et cum imperator exercitum, censor populum lustraret, bonis nominibus, qui hostias ducerent, eligebantur. Quod idem in dilectu consules observant, ut primus miles fiat bono nomine. 2.71. Nec vero non omni supplicio digni P. Claudius L. Iunius consules, qui contra auspicia navigaverunt; parendum enim religioni fuit nec patrius mos tam contumaciter repudiandus. Iure igitur alter populi iudicio damnatus est, alter mortem sibi ipse conscivit. Flaminius non paruit auspiciis, itaque periit cum exercitu. At anno post Paulus paruit; num minus cecidit in Cannensi pugna cum exercitu? Etenim, ut sint auspicia, quae nulla sunt, haec certe, quibus utimur, sive tripudio sive de caelo, simulacra sunt auspiciorum, auspicia nullo modo. Q. Fabi, te mihi in auspicio esse volo ; respondet: audivi . Hic apud maiores nostros adhibebatur peritus, nunc quilubet. Peritum autem esse necesse est eum, qui, silentium quid sit, intellegat; id enim silentium dicimus in auspiciis, quod omni vitio caret. 2.83. Haec quanta dissensio est! Quid? quod aliis avibus utuntur, aliis signis, aliter observant, alia respondent, non necesse est fateri partim horum errore susceptum esse, partim superstitione, multa fallendo? Atque his superstitionibus non dubitasti etiam omina adiungere. Aemilia Paulo Persam perisse, quod pater omen accepit; Caecilia se sororis filiae sedes suas tradere. Iam illa: Favete linguis et praerogativam, omen comitiorum. Hoc est ipsum esse contra se copiosum et disertum. Quando enim ista observans quieto et libero animo esse poteris, ut ad rem gerendam non superstitionem habeas, sed rationem ducem? Itane? si quis aliquid ex sua re atque ex suo sermone dixerit et eius verbum aliquod apte ceciderit ad id, quod ages aut cogitabis, ea res tibi aut timorem adferet aut alacritatem? | 1.102. Nor is it only to the voices of the gods that the Pythagoreans have paid regard but also to the utterances of men which they term omens. Our ancestors, too, considered such omens worthy of respect, and for that reason, before entering upon any business enterprise, used to say, May the issue be prosperous, propitious, lucky, and successful. At public celebrations of religious rites they gave the command, Guard your tongues; and in issuing the order for the Latin festival the customary injunction was, Let the people refrain from strife and quarrelling. So too, when the sacred ceremony of purification was held by one starting on an expedition to found a colony, or when the commander-in‑chief was reviewing his army, or the censor was taking his census, it was the rule to choose men with names of good omen to led the victims. Furthermore, the consuls in making a levy of troops take pains to see that the first soldier enlisted is one with a lucky name. 2.71. In my opinion the consuls, Publius Claudius and Lucius Junius, who set sail contrary to the auspices, were deserving of capital punishment; for they should have respected the established religion and should not have treated the customs of their forefathers with such shameless disdain. Therefore it was a just retribution that the former was condemned by a vote of the people and that the latter took his own life. Flaminius, you say, did not obey the auspices, therefore he perished with his army. But a year later Paulus did obey them; and did he not lose his army and his life in the battle of Cannae? Granting that there are auspices (as there are not), certainly those which we ordinarily employ — whether by the tripudium or by the observation of the heavens — are not auspices in any sense, but are the mere ghosts of auspices.[34] Quintus Fabius, I wish you to assist me at the auspices. He answers, I will. (In our forefathers time the magistrates on such occasions used to call in some expert person to take the auspices — but in these days anyone will do. But one must be an expert to know what constitutes silence, for by that term we mean free of every augural defect. 2.83. What a conflict this is! In view, then, of the differences between different nations in the responses, in the manner in which observations are made and in the kinds of birds and signs employed, need I assert that divination is compounded of a little error, a little superstition, and a good deal of fraud?[40] And to these superstitions you have actually joined omens! For example: Aemilia told Paulus that Persa was dead and her father accepted this as an omen. Caecilia said that she surrendered her seat to her sisters daughter. Then you go on and speak of the order of silence, favete linguis and the prerogative, or omen of the elections. This is indeed turning the artillery of ones eloquence and learning against oneself! For while on the watch for these oracles of yours could you be so free and calm of mind that you would have reason and not superstition to guide your course? Now, if a person in the course of his own business or conversation should make some remark, and a word spoken by him happened to apply to what you were doing or thinking, do you really believe that such an accident should cause you either fear or joy? |
|
59. Septuagint, Wisdom of Solomon, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.8, 4.16, 5.1, 5.2, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.10, 7.15, 7.25-8.1, 7.25, 7.26, 7.27, 7.28, 7.29, 7.30, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 10.3, 10.4, 10.10, 24.8, 24.9, 24.10, 24.11 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 106 | 10.3. But when an unrighteous man departed from her in his anger,he perished because in rage he slew his brother. |
|
60. Septuagint, Ecclesiasticus (Siracides), 11.27, 24.8-24.11, 36.19, 40.1-40.9, 49.12 (2nd cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 186; Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 53; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 110, 159; Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 110 | 24.8. "Then the Creator of all things gave me a commandment,and the one who created me assigned a place for my tent. And he said, `Make your dwelling in Jacob,and in Israel receive your inheritance. 24.9. From eternity, in the beginning, he created me,and for eternity I shall not cease to exist. 24.11. In the beloved city likewise he gave me a resting place,and in Jerusalem was my dominion. 36.19. As the palate tastes the kinds of game,so an intelligent mind detects false words. 40.1. Much labor was created for every man,and a heavy yoke is upon the sons of Adam,from the day they come forth from their mothers womb till the day they return to the mother of all. 40.1. All these were created for the wicked,and on their account the flood came. 40.2. Their perplexities and fear of heart -- their anxious thought is the day of death, 40.2. Wine and music gladden the heart,but the love of wisdom is better than both. 40.3. from the man who sits on a splendid throne to the one who is humbled in dust and ashes, 40.3. In the mouth of the shameless begging is sweet,but in his stomach a fire is kindled. 40.4. from the man who wears purple and a crown to the one who is clothed in burlap; 40.5. there is anger and envy and trouble and unrest,and fear of death, and fury and strife. And when one rests upon his bed,his sleep at night confuses his mind. 40.6. He gets little or no rest,and afterward in his sleep, as though he were on watch,he is troubled by the visions of his mind like one who has escaped from the battle-front; 40.7. at the moment of his rescue he wakes up,and wonders that his fear came to nothing. 40.8. With all flesh, both man and beast,and upon sinners seven times more, 40.9. are death and bloodshed and strife and sword,calamities, famine and affliction and plague. 49.12. and so was Jeshua the son of Jozadak;in their days they built the house and raised a temple holy to the Lord,prepared for everlasting glory. |
|
61. Septuagint, 1 Maccabees, 15.9 (2nd cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •temple, place of divine glory/kingship/presence Found in books: Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 110 | 15.9. When we gain control of our kingdom, we will bestow great honor upon you and your nation and the temple, so that your glory will become manifest in all the earth." |
|
62. Anon., Jubilees, 1.1-1.17, 1.29, 3.8-3.14, 4.23, 4.26, 23.21-23.22 (2nd cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 34, 38; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 148, 152, 166; Lorberbaum (2015), In God's Image: Myth, Theology, and Law in Classical Judaism, 261; Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 138, 139, 149 | 1.1. THIS is the history of the division of the days of the law and of the testimony, of the events of the years, of their (year) weeks, of their jubilees throughout all the years of the world, as the Lord spake to Moses on Mount Sinai when he went up to receive the tables of the law and of the commandment, according to the voice of God as He said unto him, "Go up to the top of the Mount." br ) And it came to pass in the first year of the A.M. (A.M. = Anno Mundi) exodus of the children of Israel out of Egypt, in the third month, on the sixteenth day of the month, that God spake to Moses, saying: 1.2. "Come up to Me on the Mount, and I will give thee two tables of stone of the law and of the commandment, which I have written, that thou mayst teach them." 1.3. And Moses went up into the mount of God, and the glory of the Lord abode on Mount Sinai, and a cloud overshadowed it six days. br And He called to Moses on the seventh day out of the midst of the cloud, 1.4. and the appearance of the glory of the Lord was like a flaming fire on the top of the Mount. 1.5. And Moses was on the Mount forty days and forty nights, and God taught him the earlier and the later history 1.6. of the division of all the days of the law and of the testimony. 1.7. And He said: "Incline thine heart to every word which I shall speak to thee on this Mount, and write them in a book in order that their generations may see how I have not forsaken them for all the evil which they have wrought in transgressing the covet which I establish between Me and thee for their generations this day on Mount Sinai. 1.8. And thus it will come to pass when all these things come upon them, that they will recognize that I am more righteous than they in all their judgments and in all their actions, and they will recognize that I have been truly with them. 1.9. And do thou write for thyself all these words which I declare unto thee this day, for I know their rebellion and their stiff neck, before I bring them into the land of which I sware to their fathers, to Abraham and to Isaac and to Jacob, saying: "Unto your seed will I give a land flowing with milk and honey 1.10. And they will eat and be satisfied, and they will turn to strange gods, to (gods) which cannot deliver them from aught of their tribulation: 1.11. "and this witness shall be heard for a witness against them. br For they will forget all My commandments, (even) all that I command them, and they will walk after the Gentiles, 1.12. and after their uncleanness, and after their shame, and will serve their gods, and these will prove unto them an offence and a tribulation and an affliction and a snare. 1.13. And many will perish and they will be taken captive, and will fall into the hands of the enemy, because they have forsaken My ordices and My commandments, and the festivals of My covet, 1.14. and My sabbaths, and My holy place which I have hallowed for Myself in their midst, and My tabernacle, and My sanctuary, which I have hallowed for Myself in the midst of the land, that I should set My name upon it, and that it should dwell (there). 1.15. And they will make to themselves high places and groves and graven images, and they will worship, each his own (graven image), so as to go astray, and they will sacrifice their children to demons, and to all the works of the error of their hearts. 1.16. And I will send witnesses unto them, that I may witness against them, but they will not hear, and will slay the witnesses also, 1.17. and they will persecute those who seek the law, and they will abrogate and change everything so as to work evil before My eyes. 1.29. and let not the spirit of Beliar rule over them to accuse them before Thee, and to ensnare them from all the paths of righteousness, so that they may perish from before Thy face. 3.8. And He awaked Adam out of his sleep and on awaking he rose on the sixth day, and He brought her to him, and he knew her, and said unto her: 3.9. "This is now bone of my bones and flesh of my flesh; she will be called [my] wife; because she was taken from her husband." 3.10. Therefore shall man and wife be one, and therefore shall a man leave his father and his mother, and cleave unto his wife, and they shall be one flesh. 3.11. In the first week was Adam created, and the rib--his wife: in the second week He showed her unto him: 3.12. and for this reason the commandment was given to keep in their defilement, for a male seven days, and for a female twice seven days. 3.13. And after Adam had completed forty days in the land where he had been created, we brought him into the Garden of Eden to till and keep it, but his wife they brought in on the eightieth day, and after this she entered into the Garden of Eden. 3.14. And for this reason the commandment is written on the heavenly tables in regard to her that giveth birth: 4.23. And he was the first to write a testimony, and he testified to the sons of men among the generations of the earth, and recounted the weeks of the jubilees, and made known to them the days of the years, and set in order the months and recounted the Sabbaths of the years as we made (them) known to him. 4.26. And in the twelfth jubilee, in the seventh week thereof, he took to himself a wife, and her name was Ednî, the daughter of Dânêl, the daughter of his father's brother, and in the sixth year in this week she bare him a son and he called his name Methuselah. 23.21. For calamity followeth on calamity, and wound on wound, and tribulation on tribulation, and evil tidings on evil tidings, and illness on illness, and all evil judgments such as these, one with another, 23.22. illness and overthrow, and snow and frost and ice, and fever, and chills, and torpor, and famine, and death, and sword, and captivity, and all kinds of calamities and pains." |
|
63. Anon., Testament of Levi, 2.6, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 4.4, 5.2, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, 8.11, 8.12, 8.13, 8.14, 8.15, 8.16, 8.17, 8.18, 8.19, 14.1, 14.2, 14.3, 14.4, 14.5-15.1, 14.5, 14.6, 14.7, 14.8, 15.1, 18, 18.2, 18.3, 18.4, 18.5, 18.6, 18.7, 18.8, 18.9, 18.10, 18.11, 18.12, 18.13, 18.14 (2nd cent. BCE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 133 | 18.4. He shall shine forth as the sun on the earth, And shall remove all darkness from under heaven, And there shall be peace in all the earth. |
|
64. Hebrew Bible, Daniel, 7.13 (2nd cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •messiah, divine presence and •prince of the divine presence, the •divine presence, metatron as the prince of •divine presence, merkavah imagery and Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 217| 7.13. "חָזֵה הֲוֵית בְּחֶזְוֵי לֵילְיָא וַאֲרוּ עִם־עֲנָנֵי שְׁמַיָּא כְּבַר אֱנָשׁ אָתֵה הֲוָה וְעַד־עַתִּיק יוֹמַיָּא מְטָה וּקְדָמוֹהִי הַקְרְבוּהִי׃", | 7.13. "I saw in the night visions, And, behold, there came with the clouds of heaven One like unto a son of man, And he came even to the Ancient of days, And he was brought near before Him.", |
|
65. Ovid, Ars Amatoria, 1.508, 2.496 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •senses, as divine presence •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 35; Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 263| 1.508. rend= 2.496. rend= | |
|
66. Ovid, Amores, 3.2.43-3.2.62 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •senses, and epiphany/presence of the divine Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 374| 3.2.43. Sed iam pompa venit — linguis animisque favete! 3.2.44. Tempus adest plausus — aurea pompa venit. 3.2.45. Prima loco fertur passis Victoria pinnis — 3.2.46. Huc ades et meus hic fac, dea, vincat amor! 3.2.47. Plaudite Neptuno, nimium qui creditis undis! 3.2.48. Nil mihi cum pelago; me mea terra capit. 3.2.49. Plaude tuo Marti, miles! nos odimus arma; 3.2.50. Pax iuvat et media pace repertus amor. 3.2.51. Auguribus Phoebus, Phoebe vetibus adsit! 3.2.52. Artifices in te verte, Minerva, manus! 3.2.53. Ruricolae, Cereri teneroque adsurgite Baccho! 3.2.54. Pollucem pugiles, Castora placet eques! 3.2.55. Nos tibi, blanda Venus, puerisque potentibus arcu 3.2.56. Plaudimus; inceptis adnue, diva, meis 3.2.57. Daque novae mentem dominae! patiatur amari! 3.2.58. Adnuit et motu signa secunda dedit. 3.2.59. Quod dea promisit, promittas ipsa, rogamus; 3.2.60. Pace loquar Veneris, tu dea maior eris. 3.2.61. Per tibi tot iuro testes pompamque deorum, 3.2.62. Te dominam nobis tempus in omne peti! | |
|
| 67. Livy, History, 2.6.8, 3.25.8, 6.29.2, 7.11.4, 7.26.3-7.26.5, 21.50.8, 24.38.8, 29.18.12 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 67, 68 |
68. Lucretius Carus, On The Nature of Things, 2.618, 2.620 (1st cent. BCE - 1st cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •senses, as divine presence Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 263| 2.618. tympana tenta tot palmis et cymbala circum 2.620. et Phrygio stimulat numero cava tibia mentis, | |
|
69. Dionysius of Halycarnassus, Roman Antiquities, 7.72.1-7.72.13 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication •senses, and epiphany/presence of the divine Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 111, 374 | 7.72.1. Before beginning the games the principal magistrates conducted a procession in honour of the gods from the Capitol through the Forum to the Circus Maximus. Those who led the procession were, first, the Romans' sons who were nearing manhood and were of an age to bear a part in this ceremony, who rode on horseback if their fathers were entitled by their fortunes to be knights, while the others, who were destined to serve in the infantry, went on foot, the former in squadrons and troops, and the latter in divisions and companies, as if they were going to school; this was done in order that strangers might see the number and beauty of the youths of the commonwealth who were approaching manhood. 7.72.2. These were followed by charioteers, some of whom drove four horses abreast, some two, and others rode unyoked horses. After them came the contestants in both the light and the heavy games, their whole bodies naked except their loins. This custom continued even to my time at Rome, as it was originally practised by the Greeks; but it is now abolished in Greece, the Lacedaemonians having put an end to it. 7.72.3. The first man who undertook to strip and ran naked at Olympia, at the fifteenth Olympiad, was Acanthus the Lacedaemonian. Before that time, it seems, all the Greeks had been ashamed to appear entirely naked in the games, as Homer, the most credible and the most ancient of all witnesses, shows when he represents the heroes as girding up their loins. At any rate, when he is describing the wrestling-match of Aias and Odysseus at the funeral of Patroclus, he says: And then the twain with loins well girt stepped forth Into the lists. 7.72.4. And he makes this still plainer in the Odyssey upon the occasion of the boxing-match between Irus and Odysseus, in these verses: He spake, and all approved; Odysseus then His rags girt round his loins, and showed his thighs So fair and stout; broad shoulders too and chest And brawny arms there stood revealed. And when he introduces the beggar as no longer willing to engage but declining the combat through fear, he says: They spake, and Irus' heart was sorely stirred; Yet even so the suitors girt his loins By force and led him forward. Thus it is plain that the Romans, who preserve this ancient Greek custom to this day, did not learn it from us afterwards nor even change it in the course of time, as we have done. 7.72.5. The contestants were followed by numerous bands of dancers arranged in three divisions, the first consisting of men, the second of youths, and the third of boys. These were accompanied by flute-players, who used ancient flutes that were small and short, as is done even to this day, and by lyre-players, who plucked ivory lyres of seven strings and the instruments called barbita. The use of these has ceased in my time among the Greeks, though traditional with them, but is preserved by the Romans in all their ancient sacrificial ceremonies. 7.72.6. The dancers were dressed in scarlet tunics girded with bronze cinctures, wore swords suspended at their sides, and carried spears of shorter than average length; the men also had bronze helmets adorned with conspicuous crests and plumes. Each group was led by one man who gave the figures of the dance to the rest, taking the lead in representing their warlike and rapid movements, usually in the proceleusmatic rhythms. 7.72.7. This also was in fact a very ancient Greek institution â I mean the armed dance called the Pyrrhic â whether it was Athena who first began to lead bands of dancers and to dance in arms over the destruction of the Titans in order to celebrate the victory by this manifestation of her joy, or whether it was the Curetes who introduced it still earlier when, acting as nurses to Zeus, they strove to amuse him by the clashing of arms and the rhythmic movements of their limbs, as the legend has it. 7.72.8. The antiquity of this dance also, as one native to the Greeks, is made clear by Homer, not only in many other places, but particularly in describing the fashioning of the shield which he says Hephaestus presented to Achilles. For, having represented on it two cities, one blessed with peace, the other suffering from war, in the one on which he bestows the happier fate, describing festivals, marriages, and merriment, as one would naturally expect, he says among other things: Youths whirled around in joyous dance, with sound of flute and harp; and, standing at their doors, Admiring women on the pageant gazed. 7.72.9. And again, in describing another Cretan band of dancers, consisting of youths and maidens, with which the shield was adorned, he speaks in this manner: And on it, too, the famous craftsman wrought, With cunning workmanship, a dancing-floor, Like that which Daedalus in Cnossus wide For fair-haired Ariadnê shaped. And there Bright youths and many-suitored maidens danced While laying each on other's wrists their hands. And in describing the dress of these dancers, in order to show us that the males danced in arms, he says: The maidens garlands wore, the striplings swords of gold, which proudly hung from silver belts. And when he introduces the leaders of the dance who gave the rhythm to the rest and began it, he writes: And great the throng which stood about the dance, Enjoying it; and tumblers twain did whirl Amid the throng as prelude to the song. 7.72.10. But it is not alone from the warlike and serious dance of these bands which the Romans employed in their sacrificial ceremonies and processions that one may observe their kinship to the Greeks, but also from that which is of a mocking and ribald nature. For after the armed dancers others marched in procession impersonating satyrs and portraying the Greek dance called sicinnis. Those who represented Sileni were dressed in shaggy tunics, called by some chortaioi, and in mantles of flowers of every sort; and those who represented satyrs wore girdles and goatskins, and on their heads manes that stood upright, with other things of like nature. These mocked and mimicked the serious movements of the others, turning them into laughter-provoking performances. 7.72.11. The triumphal entrances also show that raillery and fun-making in the manner of satyrs were an ancient practice native to the Romans; for the soldiers who take part in the triumphs are allowed to satirise and ridicule the most distinguished men, including even the generals, in the same manner as those who ride in procession in carts at Athens; the soldiers once jested in prose as they clowned, but now they sing improvised verses. 7.72.12. And even at the funerals of illustrious persons I have seen, along with the other participants, bands of dancers impersonating satyrs who preceded the bier and imitated in their motions the dance called sicinnis, and particularly at the funerals of the rich. This jesting and dancing in the manner of satyrs, then, was not the invention either of the Ligurians, of the Umbrians, or of any other barbarians who dwelt in Italy, but of the Greeks; but I fear I should prove tiresome to some of my readers if I endeavoured to confirm by more arguments a thing that is generally conceded. 7.72.13. After these bands of dancers came a throng of lyre-players and many flute-players, and after them the persons who carried the censers in which perfumes and frankincense were burned along the whole route of the procession, also the men who bore the show-vessels made of silver and gold, both those that were sacred owing to the gods and those that belonged to the state. Last of all in the procession came the images of the gods, borne on men's shoulders, showing the same likenesses as those made by the Greeks and having the same dress, the same symbols, and the same gifts which tradition says each of them invented and bestowed on mankind. These were the images not only of Jupiter, Juno, Minerva, Neptune, and of the rest whom the Greeks reckon among the twelve gods, but also of those still more ancient from whom legend says the twelve were sprung, namely, Saturn, Ops, Themis, Latona, the Parcae, Mnemosynê, and all the rest to whom temples and holy places are dedicated among the Greeks; and also of those whom legend represents as living later, after Jupiter took over the sovereignty, such as Proserpina, Lucina, the Nymphs, the Muses, the Seasons, the Graces, Liber, and the demigods whose souls after they had left their mortal bodies are said to have ascended to Heaven and to have obtained the same honours as the gods, such as Hercules, Aesculapius, Castor and Pollux, Helen, Pan, and countless others. |
|
| 70. Anon., Sibylline Oracles, 2.56 (1st cent. BCE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •temple, place of divine glory/kingship/presence Found in books: Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 137 |
71. Ovid, Metamorphoses, 8.598, 15.670-15.680 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 68; Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 116| 15.670. in serpente deus praenuntia sibila misit 15.671. adventuque suo signumque arasque foresque 15.672. marmoreumque solum fastigiaque aurea movit 15.673. pectoribusque tenus media sublimis in aede 15.674. constitit atque oculos circumtulit igne micantes. 15.675. Territa turba pavet. Cognovit numina castos 15.676. evinctus vitta crines albente sacerdos: 15.677. “En deus est deus est! Animis linguisque favete, 15.678. quisquis ades!” dixit. “Sis, o pulcherrime, visus 15.679. utiliter populosque iuves tua sacra colentes !” 15.680. Quisquis adest, visum venerantur numen, et omnes | |
|
| 72. Propertius, Elegies, 4.5-4.6, 4.5.65 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 241, 251 |
73. Philo of Alexandria, On The Life of Abraham, 121 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 196 | 121. Since this is not the actual truth, but in order that one may when speaking keep as close to the truth as possible, the one in the middle is the Father of the universe, who in the sacred scriptures is called by his proper name, I am that I am; and the beings on each side are those most ancient powers which are always close to the living God, one of which is called his creative power, and the other his royal power. And the creative power is God, for it is by this that he made and arranged the universe; and the royal power is the Lord, for it is fitting that the Creator should lord it over and govern the creature. |
|
74. Philo of Alexandria, On Drunkenness, 31, 30 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 159 | 30. but of the father and mother the appellations are common, but their powers are different. At all events we shall speak with justice, if we say that the Creator of the universe is also the father of his creation; and that the mother was the knowledge of the Creator with whom God uniting, not as a man unites, became the father of creation. And this knowledge having received the seed of God, when the day of her travail arrived, brought forth her only and well-beloved son, perceptible by the external senses, namely this world. |
|
75. Philo of Alexandria, On Flight And Finding, 166-168 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 286 | 168. For the self-taught race is something new, and beyond any description, and truly divine, existing not by any human conceptions, but by some inspired frenzy. Are you ignorant that the Hebrews stand in no need of midwives for their delivery? But they, as Moses says, "bring forth before the midwives can arrive," by which is meant that they have nature alone for a coadjutor, without having any need of methods, or arts, or sciences. And Moses gives very beautiful and very natural definitions of what is taught a man by himself; one being such a thing as is speedily discovered, the other what God himself has given us; |
|
76. Philo of Alexandria, On Giants, 25-27, 47-48, 24 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 159 | 24. Such also is the spirit of Moses, which came upon the seventy elders, for the sake of making them differ from, and be superior to the rest of the Israelites, who could not possibly be elders in real truth, unless they had partaken of that allwise spirit. For it is said, "I will take of my spirit which is upon thee, and I will pour it upon the seventy Elders." |
|
77. Philo of Alexandria, On The Migration of Abraham, 102 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 122 | 102. But if you examine the great a high priest, that is to say reason, you will find him entertaining ideas in harmony with these, and having his sacred garments richly embroidered by all the powers which are comprehensible either by the outward senses or by the intellect; the other portion of which clothing would require a more prolix explanation than is practicable on the present occasion, and we must pass it by for the present. But the extreme portions, those namely at the head and at the feet, we will examine. |
|
78. Philo of Alexandria, On The Creation of The World, 135 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 108 | 135. But he asserts that the formation of the individual man, perceptible by the external senses is a composition of earthy substance, and divine spirit. For that the body was created by the Creator taking a lump of clay, and fashioning the human form out of it; but that the soul proceeds from no created thing at all, but from the Father and Ruler of all things. For when he uses the expression, "he breathed into," etc., he means nothing else than the divine spirit proceeding form that happy and blessed nature, sent to take up its habitation here on earth, for the advantage of our race, in order that, even if man is mortal according to that portion of him which is visible, he may at all events be immortal according to that portion which is invisible; and for this reason, one may properly say that man is on the boundaries of a better and an immortal nature, partaking of each as far as it is necessary for him; and that he was born at the same time, both mortal and the immortal. Mortal as to his body, but immortal as to his intellect. XLVII. |
|
79. Philo of Alexandria, On The Sacrifices of Cain And Abel, 88 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 111 | 88. These now, and such as these, are the accusations brought against Cain, who after some days offered sacrifice; but Abel did not bring the same offerings, nor did he bring his offerings in the same manner; but instead of iimate things he brought living sacrifices, and instead of younger things, worthy only of the second place, he offered what was older and of the first consideration, and instead of what was weak he offered what was strong and fat, for he says that "he made his sacrifice of the first-born of his flocks, and of their Fat," according to the most holy commandment. |
|
80. Philo of Alexandria, On The Special Laws, 1.66-1.67, 1.96-1.97, 1.114-1.116, 2.163-2.167 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 119, 122 | 1.66. We ought to look upon the universal world as the highest and truest temple of God, having for its most holy place that most sacred part of the essence of all existing things, namely, the heaven; and for ornaments, the stars; and for priests, the subordinate ministers of his power, namely, the angels, incorporeal souls, not beings compounded of irrational and rational natures, such as our bodies are, but such as have the irrational parts wholly cut out, being absolutely and wholly intellectual, pure reasonings, resembling the unit. 1.67. But the other temple is made with hands; for it was desirable not to cut short the impulses of men who were eager to bring in contributions for the objects of piety, and desirous either to show their gratitude by sacrifices for such good fortune as had befallen them, or else to implore pardon and forgiveness for whatever errors they might have committed. He moreover foresaw that there could not be any great number of temples built either in many different places, or in the same place, thinking it fitting that as God is one, his temple also should be one. 1.96. and it also attracts the intellect of philosophers to examine its different parts. For God intends that the high priest should in the first place have a visible representation of the universe about him, in order that from the continual sight of it he may be reminded to make his own life worthy of the nature of the universe, and secondly, in order that the whole world may co-operate with him in the performance of his sacred rites. And it is exceedingly becoming that the man who is consecrated to the service of the Father of the world should also bring his son to the service of him who has begotten him. 1.97. There is also a third symbol contained in this sacred dress, which it is important not to pass over in silence. For the priests of other deities are accustomed to offer up prayers and sacrifices solely for their own relations, and friends, and fellow citizens. But the high priest of the Jews offers them up not only on behalf of the whole race of mankind, but also on behalf of the different parts of nature, of the earth, of water, of air, and of fire; and pours forth his prayers and thanksgivings for them all, looking upon the world (as indeed it really i 1.114. And otherwise too, besides this consideration, the man who has been assigned to God, and who has become the leader of his sacred band of worshippers, ought to be disconnected with, and alienated from, all things of creation, not being so much the slave of the love of either parents, or children, or brothers, as either to omit or to delay any one of those holy actions, which it is by all means better should be done at once; 1.115. and God commands the high priest neither to rend his clothes over his very nearest relations when they die, nor to take from his head the ensign of the priesthood, nor in short to depart from the holy place on any plea of mourning, that, showing proper respect to the place, and to the sacred ornaments with which he himself is crowned, he may show himself superior to pity, and pass the whole of his life exempt from all sorrow. 1.116. For the law designs that he should be the partaker of a nature superior to that of man; inasmuch as he approaches more nearly to that of the Deity; being, if one must say the plain truth, on the borders between the two, in order that men may propitiate God by some mediator, and that God may have some subordinate minister by whom he may offer and give his mercies and kindnesses to mankind.XXIV. 2.163. The reason is that a priest has the same relation to a city that the nation of the Jews has to the entire inhabited world. For it serves as a priest--to state the truth--through the use of all purificatory offerings and the guidance both for body and soul of divine laws which have checked the pleasures of the stomach and those under the stomach and [tamed] the mob [of the Senses]{21}{there is a clear problem with the text here, i.e., the noun ochlon lacks a verb.} by having appointed reason as charioteer over the irrational senses; they also have driven back and overturned the undiscriminating and excessive urges of the soul, some by rather gentle instructions and philosophical exhortations, others by rather weighty and forcible rebukes and by fear of punishment, the fear which they brandish threateningly. 2.164. Apart from the fact that the legislation is in a certain way teaching about the priesthood and that the one who lives by the laws is at once considered a priest, or rather a high priest, in the judgment of truth, the following point is also remarkable. The multitude of gods, both male and female, honored in individual cities happens to be undetermined and indefinite. The poetic clan and the great company of humans have spoken fabulously about them, people for whom the search for truth is impractical and beyond their capability of investigation. Yet all do not reverence and honor the same gods, but different people different gods. The reason is that they do not consider as gods those belonging to another land but make the acceptance of them the occasion for laughter and a joke. They charge those who honor them with great foolishness since they completely violate sound sense. 2.165. But if he is, whom all Greeks together with all barbarians acknowledge with one judgment, the highest Father of both gods and humans and the Maker of the entire cosmos, whose nature--although it is invisible and unfathomable not only to sight but also to perception--all who spend their time with mathematics and other philosophy long to discover, leaving aside none of the things which contribute to the discovery and service of him, then it was necessary for all people to cling to him and not as if through some mechanical device to introduce other gods into participation of equal honors. 2.166. Since they slipped in the most essential matter, the nation of the Jews--to speak most accurately--set aright the false step of others by having looked beyond everything which has come into existence through creation since it is generate and corruptible in nature, and chose only the service of the ungenerate and eternal. The first reason for this is because it is excellent; the second is because it is profitable to be dedicated and associated with the Older rather than those who are younger and with the Ruler rather than those who are ruled and with the Maker rather those things which come into existence. 2.167. For this reason it amazes me that some dare to charge the nation with an anti-social stance, a nation which has made such an extensive use of fellowship and goodwill toward all people everywhere that they offer up prayers and feasts and first fruits on behalf of the common race of human beings and serve the really self-existent God both on behalf of themselves and of others who have run from the services which they should have rendered. |
|
81. Philo of Alexandria, On The Life of Moses, 2.71-2.160 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 116, 119, 122 | 2.71. And while he was still abiding in the mountain he was initiated in the sacred will of God, being instructed in all the most important matters which relate to his priesthood, those which come first in order being the commands of God respecting the building of a temple and all its furniture. 2.72. If, then, they had already occupied the country into which they were migrating, it would have been necessary for them to have erected a most magnificent temple of the most costly stone in some place unincumbered with wood, and to have built vast walls around it, and abundant and wellfurnished houses for the keepers of the temple, calling the place itself the holy city. 2.73. But, as they were still wandering in the wilderness, it was more suitable for people who had as yet no settled habitation to have a moveable temple, that so, in all their journeyings, and military expeditions, and encampments, they might be able to offer up sacrifices, and might not feel the want of any of the things which related to their holy ministrations, and which those who dwell in cities require to have. 2.74. Therefore Moses now determined to build a tabernacle, a most holy edifice, the furniture of which he was instructed how to supply by precise commands from God, given to him while he was on the mount, contemplating with his soul the incorporeal patterns of bodies which were about to be made perfect, in due similitude to which he was bound to make the furniture, that it might be an imitation perceptible by the outward senses of an archetypal sketch and pattern, appreciable only by the intellect; 2.75. for it was suitable and consistent for the task of preparing and furnishing the temple to be entrusted to the real high priest, that he might with all due perfection and propriety make all his ministrations in the performance of his sacred duties correspond to the works which he was now to make. 2.76. Therefore the general form of the model was stamped upon the mind of the prophet, being accurately painted and fashioned beforehand invisibly without any materials, in species which were not apparent to the eye; and the completion of the work was made in the similitude of the model, the maker giving an accurate representation of the impression in material substances corresponding to each part of the model, 2.77. and the fashion of the building was as follows. There were eight and forty pillars of cedar, which is the most incorruptible of all woods, cut out of solid trunks of great beauty, and they were all veneered with gold of great thickness. Then under each pillar there were placed two silver pedestals to support it, and on the top of each was placed one golden capital; 2.78. and of these pillars the architect arranged forty along the length of the tabernacle, one half of them, or twenty, on each side, placing nothing between them, but arranging them and uniting them all in regular order, and close together, so that they might present the appearance of one solid wall; and he ranged the other eight along the inner breadth, placing six in the middle space, and two at the extreme corners, one on each side at the right and left of the centre. Again, at the entrance he placed four others, like the first in all other respects except that they had only one pedestal instead of two, as those opposite to them had, and behind them he placed five more on the outside differing only in the pedestals, for the pedestals of these last were made of brass. 2.79. So that all the pillars of the tabernacle taken together, besides the two at the corners which could not be seen, were fifty-five in number, all conspicuous, being the number made by the addition of all the numbers from the unit to the complete and perfect decade. 2.80. And if any were inclined to count those five pillars of the outer vestibule in the open air separately, as being in the outer court as it was called, there will then be left that most holy number of fifty, being the power of a rectangular triangle, which is the foundation of the creation of the universe, and is here entirely completed by the pillars inside the tabernacle; there being first of all forty, twenty on either side, and those in the middle being six, without counting those which were out of sight and concealed at the corners, and those opposite to the entrance, from which the veil was suspended, being four; 2.81. and the reason for which I reckon the other five with the first fifty, and again why I separate them from the fifty, I will now explain. The number five is the number of the external senses, and the external sense in man at one time inclines towards external things, and at another time comes back again upon the mind, being as it were a kind of handmaid of the laws of its nature; on which account it is that the architect has here allotted a central position to the five pillars, for those which are inside of them leant towards the innermost shrine of the tabernacle, which under a symbol is appreciable only by the intellect; and the outermost pillars, which are in the open air, and in the outer courtyard, and which are also perceptible by the external senses, 2.82. in reference to which fact it is that they are said to have differed from the others only in the pedestals, for they were made of brass. But since the mind is the principal thing in us, having an authority over the external senses, and since that which is an object of the external senses is the extremity, and as it were the pedestal or foundation of it, the architect has likened the mind to gold, and the object of the external sense to brass. 2.83. And these are the measures of the pillars, they are ten cubits in length, and five cubits and a half in width, in order that the tabernacle may be seen to be of equal dimensions in all its parts. 2.84. Moreover the architect surrounded the tabernacle with very beautiful woven work of all kinds, employing work of hyacinth colour, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linen for the tapestry; for he caused to be wrought ten cloths, which in the sacred scriptures he has called curtains, of the kinds which I have just mentioned, every one of them being eight and twenty cubits in length, and extending four cubits in width, in order that the complete number of the decade, and also the number four, which is the essence of the decade, and also the number twenty-eight, which is likewise a perfect number, being equal to its parts; and also the number forty, the most prolific and productive of all numbers, in which number they say that man was fashioned in the workshop of nature. 2.85. Therefore the eight and twenty cubits of the curtains have this distribution: there are ten along the roof, for that is the width of the tabernacle, and the rest are placed along the sides, on each side nine, which are extended so as to cover and conceal the pillars, one cubit from the floor being left uncovered in order that the beautiful and holy looking embroidery might not be dragged. 2.86. And of the forty which are included in the calculation and made up of the width of the ten curtains, the length takes thirty, for such is the length of the tabernacle, and the chamber behind takes nine. And the remaining one is in the outer vestibule, that it may be the bond to unite the whole circumference. 2.87. And the outer vestibule is overshadowed by the veil; and the curtains themselves are nearly the same as veils, not only because they cover the roof and the walls, but also because they are woven and embroidered by the same figures, and with hyacinth colour, and purple, and scarlet, and fine linen. And the veil, and that thing, too, which was called the covering, was made of the same things. That which was within was placed along the five pillars, that the innermost shrine might be concealed; and that which was outside being placed along the five pillars, that no one of those who were not holy men might be able from any secret or distant place to behold the holy rites and ceremonies. 2.88. Moreover, he chose the materials of this embroidery, selecting with great care what was most excellent out of an infinite quantity, choosing materials equal in number to the elements of which the world was made, and having a direct relation to them; the elements being the earth and the water, and the air and the fire. For the fine flax is produced from the earth, and the purple from the water, and the hyacinth colour is compared to the air (for, by nature, it is black 2.89. Therefore the tabernacle was built in the manner that has been here described, like a holy temple. And all around it a sacred precinct extended a hundred cubits in length and fifty cubits in width, having pillars all placed at an equal distance of five cubits from one another, so that there were in all sixty pillars; and they were divided so that forty were placed along the length and twenty along the breadth of the tabernacle, one half on each side. 2.90. And the material of which the pillars were composed was cedar within, and on the surface without silver; and the pedestals of all of them were made of brass, and the height was equal to five cubits. For it seemed to the architect to be proper to make the height of what was called the hall equal to one half of the entire length, that so the tabernacle might appear to be elevated to double its real height. And there were thin curtains fitted to the pillars along their entire length and breadth, resembling so many sails, in order that no one might be able to enter in who was not pure. 2.91. And the situation was as follows. In the middle was placed a tent, being in length thirty cubits and in width ten cubits, including the depth of the pillars. And it was distant from the centre space by three intervals of equal distance, two being at the sides and one along the back chamber. And the interval between was by measurement twenty cubits. But along the vestibule, as was natural, by reason of the number of those who entered, the distance between them was increased and extended to fifty cubits and more; for in this way the hundred pillars of the hall were intended to be made up, twenty being along the chamber behind, and those which the tent contained, thirty in number, being included in the same calculation with the fifty at the entrances; 2.92. for the outer vestibule of the tabernacle was placed as a sort of boundary in the middle of the two fifties, the one, I mean, towards the east where the entrance was, and the other being on the west, in which direction the length of the tabernacle and the surrounding wall behind was. 2.93. Moreover, another outer vestibule, of great size and exceeding beauty, was made at the beginning of the entrance into the hall, by means of four pillars, along which was stretched the embroidered curtain in the same manner as the inner curtains were stretched along the tabernacle, and wrought also of similar materials; 2.94. and with this there were also many sacred vessels made, an ark, and a candlestick, and a table, and an altar of incense, and an altar of sacrifice. Now, the altar of sacrifice was placed in the open air, right opposite to the entrances of the tabernacle, being distant from it just so far as was necessary to give the ministering officers room to perform the sacrifices that were offered up every day. 2.95. But the ark was in the innermost shrine, in the inaccessible holy of holies, behind curtains; being gilded in a most costly and magnificent manner within and without, the covering of which was like to that which is called in the sacred scriptures the mercy-seat. 2.96. Its length and width are accurately described, but its depth is not mentioned, being chiefly compared to and resembling a geometrical superficies; so that it appears to be an emblem, if looked at physically, of the merciful power of God; and, if regarded in a moral point of view, of a certain intellect spontaneously propitious to itself, which is especially desirous to contract and destroy, by means of the love of simplicity united with knowledge, that vain opinion which raises itself up to an unreasonable height and puffs itself up without any grounds. 2.97. But the ark is the depository of the laws, for in that are placed the holy oracles of God, which were given to Moses; and the covering of the ark, which is called the mercy-seat, is a foundation for two winged creatures to rest upon, which are called, in the native language of the Hebrews, cherubim, but as the Greeks would translate the word, vast knowledge and science. 2.98. Now some persons say, that these cherubim are the symbols of the two hemispheres, placed opposite to and fronting one another, the one beneath the earth and the other above the earth, for the whole heaven is endowed with wings. 2.99. But I myself should say, that what is here represented under a figure are the two most ancient and supreme powers of the divine God, namely, his creative and his kingly power; and his creative power is called God; according to which he arranged, and created, and adorned this universe, and his kingly power is called Lord, by which he rules over the beings whom he has created, and governs them with justice and firmness; 2.100. for he, being the only true living God, is also really the Creator of the world; since he brought things which had no existence into being; and he is also a king by nature, because no one can rule over beings that have been created more justly than he who created them. 2.101. And in the space between the five pillars and the four pillars, is that space which is, properly speaking, the space before the temple, being cut off by two curtains of woven work, the inner one of which is called the veil, and the outer one is called the covering: and the remaining three vessels, of those which I have enumerated, were placed as follows:--The altar of incense was placed in the middle, between earth and water, as a symbol of gratitude, which it was fitting should be offered up, on account of the things that had been done for the Hebrews on both these elements, for these elements have had the central situation of the world allotted to them. 2.102. The candlestick was placed on the southern side of the tabernacle, since by it the maker intimates, in a figurative manner, the motions of the stars which give light; for the sun, and the moon, and the rest of the stars, being all at a great distance from the northern parts of the universe, make all their revolutions in the south. And from this candlestick there proceeded six branches, three on each side, projecting from the candlestick in the centre, so as altogether to complete the number of seven; 2.103. and in all the seven there were seven candles and seven lights, being symbols of those seven stars which are called planets by those men who are versed in natural philosophy; for the sun, like the candlestick, being placed in the middle of the other six, in the fourth rank, gives light to the three planets which are above him, and to those of equal number which are below him, adapting to circumstances the musical and truly divine instrument. 2.104. And the table, on which bread and salt are laid, was placed on the northern side, since it is the north which is the most productive of winds, and because too all nourishment proceeds from heaven and earth, the one giving rain, and the other bringing to perfection all seeds by means of the irrigation of water; 2.105. for the symbols of heaven and earth are placed side by side, as the holy scripture shows, the candlestick being the symbol of heaven, and that which is truly called the altar of incense, on which all the fumigatory offerings are made, being the emblem of the things of earth. 2.106. But it became usual to call the altar which was in the open air the altar of sacrifice, as being that which preserved and took care of the sacrifices; intimating, figuratively, the consuming power of these things, and not the lambs and different parts of the victims which were offered, and which were naturally calculated to be destroyed by fire, but the intention of him who offered them; 2.107. for if the man who made the offerings was foolish and ignorant, the sacrifices were no sacrifices, the victims were not sacred or hallowed, the prayers were ill-omened, and liable to be answered by utter destruction, for even when they appear to be received, they produce no remission of sins but only a reminding of them. 2.108. But if the man who offers the sacrifice be bold and just, then the sacrifice remains firm, even if the flesh of the victim be consumed, or rather, I might say, even if no victim be offered up at all; for what can be a real and true sacrifice but the piety of a soul which loves God? The gratitude of which is blessed with immortality, and without being recorded in writing is engraved on a pillar in the mind of God, being made equally everlasting with the sun, and moon, and the universal world. 2.109. After these things the architect of the tabernacle next prepared a sacred dress for him who was to be appointed high priest, having in its embroidery a most exceedingly beautiful and admirable work; and the robe was two-fold; one part of which was called the under-robe, and the other the robe over the shoulders. 2.110. Now the under-robe was of a more simple form and character, for it was entirely of hyacinthine colours, except the lowest and exterior portions, and these were ornamented with golden pomegranates, and bells, and wreaths of flowers; 2.111. but the robe over the shoulders or mantle was a most beautiful and skilful work, and was made with most perfect skill of all the aforesaid kinds of material, of hyacinth colour, and purple, and fine linen, and scarlet, gold thread being entwined and embroidered in it. For the leaves were divided into fine hairs, and woven in with every thread, 2.112. and on the collar stones were fitted in, two being costly emeralds of exceeding value, on which the names of the patriarchs of the tribes were engraved, six on each, making twelve in all; and on the breast were twelve other precious stones, differing in colour like seals, in four rows of three stones each, and these were fitted in what was called the logeum 2.113. and the logeum was made square and double, as a sort of foundation, that it mighty bear on it, as an image, two virtues, manifestation and truth; and the whole was fastened to the mantle by fine golden chains, and fastened to it so that it might never get loose; 2.114. and a golden leaf was wrought like a crown, having four names engraved on it which may only be mentioned or heard by holy men having their ears and their tongues purified by wisdom, and by no one else at all in any place whatever. 2.115. And this holy prophet Moses calls the name, a name of four letters, making them perhaps symbols of the primary numbers, the unit, the number two, the number three, the number four: since all things are comprised in the number four, namely, a point, and a line, and a superficies, and a solid, and the measures of all things, and the most excellent symphonies of music, and the diatessaron in the sesquitertial proportion, and the chord in fifths, in the ratio of one and a half to one, and the diapason in the double ratio, and the double diapason in the fourfold ratio. Moreover, the number four has an innumerable list of other virtues likewise, the greater part of which we have discussed with accuracy in our dissertation on numbers. 2.116. And in it there was a mitre, in order that the leaf might not touch the head; and there was also a cidaris made, for the kings of the eastern countries are accustomed to use a cidaris, instead of a diadem. 2.117. Such, then, is the dress of the high priest. But we must not omit to mention the signification which it conceals beneath both in its whole and in its parts. In its whole it is a copy and representation of the world; and the parts are a representation of the separate parts of the world. 2.118. And we must begin with the long robe reaching down to the feet of the wearer. This tunic is wholly of the colour of a hyacinth, so as to be a representation of the air; for by nature the air is black, and in a measure it reaches down from the highest parts to the feet, being stretched from the parts about the moon, as far as the extremities of the earth, and being diffused everywhere. On which account also, the tunic reaches from the chest to the feet, and is spread over the whole body, 2.119. and unto it there is attached a fringe of pomegranates round the ankles, and flowers, and bells. Now the flowers are an emblem of the earth; for it is from the earth that all flowers spring and bloom; but the pomegranates (rhoiskoi 2.120. And the place itself is the most distinct possible evidence of what is here meant to be expressed; for as the pomegranates, and the flowers, and the bells, are placed in the hem of the garment which reaches to the feet, so likewise the things of which they are the symbols, namely, the earth and water, have had the lowest position in the world assigned to them, and being in strict accord with the harmony of the universe, they display their own particular powers in definite periods of time and suitable seasons. 2.121. Now of the three elements, out of which and in which all the different kinds of things which are perceptible by the outward senses and perishable are formed, namely, the air, the water and the earth, the garment which reached down to the feet in conjunction with the ornaments which were attached to that part of it which was about the ankles have been plainly shown to be appropriate symbols; for as the tunic is one, and as the aforesaid three elements are all of one species, since they all have all their revolutions and changes beneath the moon, and as to the garment are attached the pomegranates, and the flowers; so also in certain manner the earth and the water may be said to be attached to and suspended from the air, for the air is their chariot. 2.122. And our argument will be able to bring forth twenty probable reasons that the mantle over the shoulders is an emblem of heaven. For in the first place, the two emeralds on the shoulderblades, which are two round stones, are, in the opinion of some persons who have studied the subject, emblems of those stars which are the rulers of night and day, namely, the sun and moon; or rather, as one might argue with more correctness and a nearer approach to truth, they are the emblems of the two hemispheres; for, like those two stones, the portion below the earth and that over the earth are both equal, and neither of them is by nature adapted to be either increased or diminished like the moon. 2.123. And the colour of the stars is an additional evidence in favour of my view; for to the glance of the eye the appearance of the heaven does resemble an emerald; and it follows necessarily that six names are engraved on each of the stones, because each of the hemispheres cuts the zodiac in two parts, and in this way comprehends within itself six animals. 2.124. Then the twelve stones on the breast, which are not like one another in colour, and which are divided into four rows of three stones in each, what else can they be emblems of, except of the circle of the zodiac? For that also is divided into four parts, each consisting of three animals, by which divisions it makes up the seasons of the year, spring, summer, autumn, and winter, distinguishing the four changes, the two solstices, and the two equinoxes, each of which has its limit of three signs of this zodiac, by the revolutions of the sun, according to that unchangeable, and most lasting, and really divine ratio which exists in numbers; 2.125. on which account they attached it to that which is with great propriety called the logeum. For all the changes of the year and the seasons are arranged by well-defined, and stated, and firm reason; and, though this seems a most extraordinary and incredible thing, by their seasonable changes they display their undeviating and everlasting permanence and durability. 2.126. And it is said with great correctness, and exceeding beauty also, that the twelve stones all differ in their colour, and that no one of them resembles the other; for also in the zodiac each animal produces that colour which is akin to and belongs to itself, both in the air, and in the earth, and in the water; and it produces it likewise in all the affections which move them, and in all kinds of animals and of plants. 2.127. And this logeum is described as double with great correctness; for reason is double, both in the universe and also in the nature of mankind, in the universe there is that reason which is conversant about incorporeal species which are like patterns as it were, from which that world which is perceptible only by the intellect was made, and also that which is concerned with the visible objects of sight, which are copies and imitations of those species above mentioned, of which the world which is perceptible by the outward senses was made. Again, in man there is one reason which is kept back, and another which finds vent in utterance: and the one is, as it were a spring, and the other (that which is uttered 2.128. And the architect assigned a quadrangular form to the logeum, intimating under an exceedingly beautiful figure, that both the reason of nature, and also that of man, ought to penetrate everywhere, and ought never to waver in any case; in reference to which, it is that he has also assigned to it the two virtues that have been already enumerated, manifestation and truth; for the reason of nature is true, and calculated to make manifest, and to explain everything; and the reason of the wise man, imitating that other reason, ought naturally, and appropriately to be completely sincere, honouring truth, and not obscuring anything through envy, the knowledge of which can benefit those to whom it would be explained; 2.129. not but what he has also assigned their two appropriate virtues to those two kinds of reason which exist in each of us, namely, that which is uttered and that which is kept concealed, attributing clearness of manifestation to the uttered one, and truth to that which is concealed in the mind; for it is suitable to the mind that it should admit of no error or falsehood, and to explanation that it should not hinder anything that can conduce to the most accurate manifestation. 2.130. Therefore there is no advantage in reason which expends itself in dignified and pompous language, about things which are good and desirable, unless it is followed by consistent practice of suitable actions; on which account the architect has affixed the logeum to the robe which is worn over the shoulder, in order that it may never get loose, as he does not approve of the language being separated from the actions; for he puts forth the shoulder as the emblem of energy and action. 2.131. Such then are the figurative meanings which he desires to indicate by the sacred vestments of the high priest; and instead of a diadem he represents a cidaris on the head, because he thinks it right that the man who is consecrated to God, as his high priest, should, during the time of his exercising his office be superior to all men, not only to all private individuals, but even to all kings; 2.132. and above this cidaris is a golden leaf, on which an engraving of four letters was impressed; by which letters they say that the name of the living God is indicated, since it is not possible that anything that it in existence, should exist without God being invoked; for it is his goodness and his power combined with mercy that is the harmony and uniter of all things. 2.133. The high priest, then, being equipped in this way, is properly prepared for the performance of all sacred ceremonies, that, whenever he enters the temple to offer up the prayers and sacrifices in use among his nation, all the world may likewise enter in with him, by means of the imitations of it which he bears about him, the garment reaching to his feet, being the imitation of the air, the pomegranate of the water, the flowery hem of the earth, and the scarlet dye of his robe being the emblem of fire; also, the mantle over his shoulders being a representation of heaven itself; the two hemispheres being further indicated by the round emeralds on the shoulder-blades, on each of which were engraved six characters equivalent to six signs of the zodiac; the twelve stones arranged on the breast in four rows of three stones each, namely the logeum, being also an emblem of that reason which holds together and regulates the universe. 2.134. For it was indispensable that the man who was consecrated to the Father of the world, should have as a paraclete, his son, the being most perfect in all virtue, to procure forgiveness of sins, and a supply of unlimited blessings; 2.135. perhaps, also, he is thus giving a previous warning to the servant of God, even if he is unable to make himself worthy of the Creator, of the world, at least to labour incessantly to make himself worthy of the world itself; the image of which he is clothed in, in a manner that binds him from the time that he puts it on, to bear about the pattern of it in his mind, so that he shall be in a manner changed from the nature of a man into the nature of the world, and, if one may say so (and one may by all means and at all times speak the plain truth in sincerity 2.136. Again, outside the outer vestibule, at the entrance, is a brazen laver; the architect having not taken any mere raw material for the manufacture of it, as is very common, but having employed on its formation vessels which had been constructed with great care for other purposes; and which the women contributed with all imaginable zeal and eagerness, in rivalry of one another, competing with the men themselves in piety, having determined to enter upon a glorious contest, and to the utmost extent of their power to exert themselves so as not to fall short of their holiness. 2.137. For though no one enjoined them to do so, they, of their own spontaneous zeal and earnestness, contributed the mirrors with which they had been accustomed to deck and set off their beauty, as the most becoming first fruits of their modesty, and of the purity of their married life, and as one may say of the beauty of their souls. 2.138. The maker then thought it well to accept these offerings, and to melt them down, and to make nothing except the laver of them, in order that the priests who were about to enter the temple might be supplied from it, with water of purification for the purpose of performing the sacred ministrations which were appointed for them; washing their feet most especially, and their hands, as a symbol of their irreproachable life, and of a course of conduct which makes itself pure in all kinds of praiseworthy actions, proceeding not along the rough road of wickedness which one may more properly call no road at all, but keeping straight along the level and direct path of virtue. 2.139. Let him remember, says he, let him who is about to be sprinkled with the water of purification from this laver, remember that the materials of which this vessel was composed were mirrors, that he himself may look into his own mind as into a mirror; and if there is perceptible in it any deformity arising from some agitation unconnected with reason or from any pleasure which would excite us, and raise us up in hostility to reason, or from any pain which might mislead us and turn us from our purpose of proceeding by the straight road, or from any desire alluring us and even dragging us by force to the pursuit of present pleasures, he seeks to relieve and cure that, desiring only that beauty which is genuine and unadulterated. 2.140. For the beauty of the body consists in symmetry of parts, and in a good complexion, and a healthy firmness of flesh, having also but a short period during which it is in its prime; but the beauty of the mind consists in a harmony of doctrines and a perfect accord of virtues, which do not fade away or become impaired by lapse of time, but as long as they endure at all are constantly acquiring fresh vigour and renewed youth, being set off by the preeminent complexion of truth, and the agreement of its words with its actions, and of its actions with its words, and also of its designs with both. 2.141. And when he had been taught the patterns of the sacred tabernacle, and had in turn himself taught those who were gifted with acute comprehension, and well-qualified by nature for the comprehension and execution of those works, which it was indispensably necessary should be made; then, as was natural, when the temple had been built and finished, it was fitting also, that most suitable persons should be appointed as priests, and should be instructed in what manner it was proper for them to offer up their sacrifices, and perform their sacred ministrations. 2.142. Accordingly, Moses selected his brother, choosing him out of all men, because of his superior virtue, to be high priest, and his sons he appointed priests, not giving precedence to his own family, but to the piety and holiness which he perceived to exist in those men; and what is the clearest proof of this is, that he did not think either of his sons worthy of this honour (and he had two 2.143. and he appointed them with the uimous consent of the whole nation, as the sacred scriptures have recorded, which was a most novel mode of proceeding, and one especially worthy of being mentioned; and, in the first place, he washed them all over with the most pure and vivifying water of the fountain; and then he gave them their sacred vestments, giving to his brother the robe which reached down to his feet, and the mantle which covered the shoulders, as a sort of breast-plate, being an embroidered robe, adorned with all kinds of figures, and a representation of the universe. And to all his nephews he gave linen tunics, and girdles, and trowsers; 2.144. the girdles, in order that the wearers might be unimpeded and ready for all their sacred ministrations, were fastened up tight round the loose waists of the tunics; and the breeches, that nothing which ought to be hidden might be visible, especially when they were going up to the altar, or coming down from the high place, and doing everything with earnestness and celerity. 2.145. For if their equipment had not been so accurately attended to for the sake of guarding against the uncertain future, and for the sake of providing for an energetic promptness in the sacred ministrations, the men would have appeared naked, not being able to preserve the becoming order necessary to holy men dedicated to the service of God. 2.146. And when he had thus furnished them with proper vestments, he took very fragrant ointment, which had been made by the skill of the perfumer, and first of all he anointed the altar in the open air, and the laver, sprinkling it with the perfume seven times; after that he anointed the tabernacle and every one of the sacred vessels, the ark, and the candlestick, and the altar of incense, and the table, and the censers, and the vials, and all the other things which were either necessary or useful for the sacrifices; and last of all bringing the high priest close to himself, he anointed his head with abundant quantities of oil. 2.147. When he had done all this, he then, in strict accordance with what was holy, commanded a heifer and two rams to be brought; the one that he might sacrifice it for the remission of sins, intimating by a figure that to sin is congenital with every created being, however good it may be, inasmuch as it is created, and that therefore it is indispensable that God should be propitiated in its behalf by means of prayers and sacrifices, that he may not be provoked to chastise it. 2.148. And of the rams, one he required for a whole burnt-offering of gratitude for the successful arrangement of all those things, of which every individual has such a share as is suited to him, deriving benefit from all the elements, enjoying the earth for his abode and in respect of the nourishment which is derived from it; the water for drinking, and washing, and sailing on; the air for breathing and for the comprehension of those things which are the objects of our outward senses (since the air is the medium in which they all are exerted 2.149. The other ram he employed for the complete accomplishment of the purification of the priests, which he appropriately called the ram of perfection, since the priests were intended to exercise their office in teaching proper and convenient rites and ceremonies to the servants and ministers of God. 2.150. And he took the blood, and with some of it he poured a libation all round the altar, and part he took, holding a vial under it to catch it, and with it he anointed three parts of the body of the initiated priests, the tip of the ear, the extremity of the hand, and the extremity of the foot, all on the right side, signifying by this action that the perfect man must be pure in every word and action, and in his whole life, for it is the hearing which judges of his words, and the hand is the symbol of action, and the foot of the way in which a man walks in life; 2.151. and since each of these members is an extremity of the body, and is likewise on the right side, we must imagine that it is here indicated by a figure that improvement in every thing is to be arrived at by a certain dexterity, being a portion of supreme felicity, and being the true aim in life, which a man must necessarily labour to attain, and to which he ought to refer all his actions, aiming at them in his life, as in the practice of archery men aim at a target. 2.152. Accordingly, he first of all anointed the three parts before mentioned of the bodies of the priests with the unmixed blood of one of the victims, that, namely, which was called the ram of perfection; and afterwards, taking some of the blood which was upon the altar, being the blood of all the victims mingled together, and some also of the unguent which has already been mentioned, which the ointment makers had prepared, and mixing some of the oil with the mingled blood of the different victims, he sprinkled some upon the priests and upon their garments, with the intention that they should have a share not only in that purity which was external and in the open air, but also of that which was in the inmost shrine, since they were about to minister within the temple. And all the things within the temple were anointed with oil. 2.153. And when they had brought forward other sacrifices in addition to the former ones, partly the priests sacrificing for themselves, and partly the elders sacrificing on behalf of the whole nation, then Moses entered into the tabernacle, leading his brother by the hand (and it was the eighth and last day of the festival, for the seven previous days had been devoted to the initiation of the hierophant 2.154. Then, when they had both come out and held up their hands in front of their head, they, with a pure and holy mind, offered up such prayers as were suitable and becoming for the nation. And while they were still praying a most marvellous prodigy happened; for from out of the inmost shrine, whether it was a portion of the purest possible aether, or whether the air, according to some natural change of the elements, had become dissolved with fire, on a sudden a body of flame shone forth, and with impetuous violence descended on the altar and consumed all that was thereon, with the view, as I imagine, of showing in the clearest manner that none of the things which had been done had been done without the especial providence of God. 2.155. For it was natural that an especial honour should be assigned to the holy place, not only by means of those things in which men are the workmen employed, but also by that purest of all essences, fire, in order that the ordinary fire which is used by men might not touch the altar; perhaps by reason of its being defiled by ten thousand impurities. 2.156. For it is concerned not only with irrational animals when they are roasted or boiled for the unjust appeasing of our miserable bellies, but also in the case of men who are slain by hostile attack, not merely in a small body of three or four, but in numerous hosts. 2.157. At all events, before now, arrows charged with fire have been aimed at vast naval fleets and have burnt them; and fire has destroyed whole cities, which have blazed away till they have been consumed down to their very foundations and reduced to ashes, so that no trace whatever has remained of their former situation. 2.158. It appears to me that this was the reason for which God rejected from his sacred altar the fire which is applied to common uses, as being defiled; and that, instead of it, he rained down celestial flame from heaven, in order to make a distinction between holy and profane things, and to separate the things belonging to man from the things belonging to God; for it was fitting that a more incorruptible essence of fire than that which served the common purposes of life should be set apart for sacrifices. 2.159. And as many sacrifices were of necessity offered up every day, and especially on all days of solemn assembly and festival, both on behalf of each individual separately and in common for the whole nation, for innumerable and various reasons, inasmuch as the nation was very populous and very pious, there was a need also of a multitude of keepers of the temple for the sacred and subordinate ministrations. 2.160. And, again, the election of these officers was conducted in a novel and not in the ordinary manner. God chose out one of the twelve tribes, having selected it for its superior excellence, and appointed that to furnish the keepers of the temple, giving it rewards and peculiar honours in return for its pious acting. And the action which it had to perform was of this kind. |
|
82. Philo of Alexandria, On Dreams, 1.215, 2.185-2.189, 2.231-2.232, 2.242-2.243 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 286; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 119, 122 | 1.215. For there are, as it seems, two temples belonging to God; one being this world, in which the high priest is the divine word, his own firstborn son. The other is the rational soul, the priest of which is the real true man, the copy of whom, perceptible to the senses, is he who performs his paternal vows and sacrifices, to whom it is enjoined to put on the aforesaid tunic, the representation of the universal heaven, in order that the world may join with the man in offering sacrifice, and that the man may likewise co-operate with the universe. 2.185. But the high priest of whom we are speaking is a perfect man, the husband of a virgin (a most extraordinary statement), who has never been made a woman; but who on the contrary, has ceased to be influenced by the customs of women in regard to her connection with her Husband. And not only is this man competent to sow the seeds of unpolluted and virgin opinions, but he is also the father of sacred reasonings, 2.186. some of which are overseers and superintendents of the affairs of nature, such as Eleazar and Ithamar; others are ministers of the worship of God, earnestly occupied in kindling and burning up the flame of heaven; for, as they are always uttering discourses relating to holiness, they cause it to shine, bringing forth the most divine kind of piety like fire from a flint; 2.187. and the being who is at the same time the guide and father of those men is no insignificant part of the sacred assembly, but he is rather the person without whom the duly convened assembly of the parts of the soul could never be collected together at all; he is the president, the chairman, the creator of it, who, without the aid of any other being, is able by himself alone to consider and to do everything. 2.188. He, when taken in conjunction with others, is insignificant in point of number, but when he is looked at by himself he becomes numerous; he is a tribunal, an entire council, the whole people, a complete multitude, the entire race of mankind, or rather, if one is to speak the real truth, he is a sort of nature bordering on God, inferior indeed to him, but superior to man; 2.189. "for when," the scripture say, "the high priest goes into the Holy of Holies he will not be a Man." What then will he be if he is not a man? Will he be a God? I would not venture to say that (for the chief prophet, Moses, did receive the inheritance of this name while he was still in Egypt, being called "the god of Pharaoh;") nor again is he man, but he touches both these extremities as if he touched both the feet and the head. XXIX. 2.231. And there is something which closely resembles this in the passage of scripture concerning the high priest; "For when," says the scripture, "he goes into the holy of holies, he will not be a man till he has gone out Again." But if at that time he is not a man, it is clear that he is not God either, but a minister of God, belonging as to his mortal nature to creation, but as to his immortal nature to the uncreated God. 2.232. And he is placed in the middle class until he again goes forth among the things which belong to the body and to the flesh. And this is the order of things according to nature, when the mind, being entirely occupied with divine love, bends its course towards the temple of God, and approaches it with all possible earnestness and zeal, it becomes inspired, and forgets all other things, and forgets itself also. It remembers him alone, and depends on him alone, who is attended by it as by a body-guard, and who receives its ministrations, to whom it consecrates and offers up the sacred and untainted virtues. 2.242. and by the name Eden he means the wisdom of the living God, and the interpretation of the name Eden is "delight," because I imagine wisdom is the delight of God, and God is the delight of wisdom, as it is said also in the Psalms, "Delight thou in the Lord." And the divine word, like a river, flows forth from wisdom as from a spring, in order to irrigate and fertilize the celestial and heavenly shoots and plants of such souls as love virtue, as if they were a paradise. 2.243. And this sacred word is divided into four beginnings, by which I mean it is portioned out into four virtues, each of which is a princess, for to be divided into beginnings, does not resemble divisions of place, but a kingdom, in order than any one, after having shown the virtues as boundaries, may immediately proceed to show the wise man who follows them to be king, being elected a such, not by men, but by the only free nature which cannot err, and which cannot be corrupted; |
|
| 83. Philo of Alexandria, Allegorical Interpretation, 1.49 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 159 |
| 84. Philo of Alexandria, Questions On Exodus, 2.40, 2.51-2.124 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 286; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 119 |
| 85. Philo of Alexandria, Questions On Genesis, 1.4-1.8, 1.63 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in •divine presence Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 77; Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 106 |
86. Philo of Alexandria, Who Is The Heir, 2.40 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 286; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 122 | 112. I think then that this is what was intimated in the words, "Take for me;" God, intending to send down the perfection of his divine virtue from heaven to earth, out of pity for our race, in order that it might not be left destitute of a better portion, prepared in a symbolical manner the sacred tabernacle and the things in it, a thing made after the model and in imitation of wisdom. |
|
| 87. Philo of Alexandria, That The Worse Attacks The Better, 113-114 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 159 |
| 88. Catullus, Poems, 62.5 (1st cent. BCE - 1st cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 67 |
| 89. Tibullus, Elegies, 2.2.2-2.2.10 (1st cent. BCE - 1st cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication •senses, and epiphany/presence of the divine Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 117 |
90. Ovid, Fasti, 1.71, 1.72, 1.73, 1.74, 1.75, 1.76, 1.77, 1.78, 1.79, 1.80, 1.81, 1.82, 1.83, 1.84, 1.85, 1.86, 1.87, 1.88, 1.337-1.353, 2.649, 2.650, 2.651, 2.652, 2.653, 2.654, 2.655, 3.2, 4.180, 4.181, 4.205, 4.206, 4.207, 4.208, 4.209, 4.210, 4.267 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 117| 2.655. spargitur et caeso communis Terminus agno | 2.655. Terminus, at the boundary, is sprinkled with lamb’s blood, |
|
91. New Testament, Acts, 2.46-2.47, 6.13-6.14, 7.1-7.53, 10.36-10.43, 13.14 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •divine presence, as residing in jesus •divine presence, spirit •prince of the divine presence, the Found in books: Avery-Peck, Chilton, and Scott Green (2014), A Legacy of Learning: Essays in Honor of Jacob Neusner , 245; Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 186; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 38; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 218, 242| 2.46. καθʼ ἡμέραν τε προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, κλῶντές τε κατʼ οἶκον ἄρτον, μετελάμβανον τροφῆς ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας, 2.47. αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν. ὁ δὲ κύριος προσετίθει τοὺς σωζομένους καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό. 6.13. ἔστησάν τε μάρτυρας ψευδεῖς λέγοντας Ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος οὐ παύεται λαλῶν ῥήματα κατὰ τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἁγίου [τούτου] καὶ τοῦ νόμου, 6.14. ἀκηκόαμεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος οὗτος καταλύσει τὸν τόπον τοῦτον καὶ ἀλλάξει τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Μωυσῆς. 7.1. Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεύς Εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; 7.2. ὁ δὲ ἔφη Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατε. Ὁ θεὸς τῆς δόξης ὤφθη τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν Ἀβραὰμ ὄντι ἐν τῇ Μεσοποταμίᾳ πρὶν ἢ κατοικῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐν Χαρράν, 7.3. καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ τῆς συγγενείας σου, καὶ δεῦρο εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἄν σοι δείξω· 7.4. τότε ἐξελθὼν ἐκ γῆς Χαλδαίων κατῴκησεν ἐν Χαρράν. κἀκεῖθεν μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ μετῴκισεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς νῦν κατοικεῖτε, 7.5. καὶοὐκ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κληρονομίαν ἐν αὐτῇ οὐδὲ βῆμα ποδός, καὶ ἐπηγγείλατο δοῦναι αὐτῷ εἰς κατάσχεσιν αὐτὴν καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτόν, οὐκ ὄντος αὐτῷ τέκνου. 7.6. ἐλάλησεν δὲ οὕτως ὁ θεὸς ὅτιἔσται τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ πάροικον ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ, καὶ δουλώσουσιν αὐτὸ καὶ κακώσουσιν ἔτη τετρακόσια· 7.7. καὶ τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ ἂν δουλεύσουσιν κρινῶ ἐγώ, ὁ θεὸς εἶπεν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξελεύσονται καὶ λατρεύσουσίν μοι ἐν τῷ τόπῳτούτῳ. 7.8. καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς· καὶ οὕτως ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαὰκ καὶ περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ Ἰακὼβ τοὺς δώδεκα πατριάρχας. 7.9. Καὶ οἱ πατριάρχαιζηλώσαντες τὸν Ἰωσὴφ ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον· καὶ ἦν ὁ θεὸς μετʼ αὐτοῦ, 7.10. καὶ ἐξείλατο αὐτὸν ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ χάριν καὶ σοφίαν ἐναντίον Φαραὼ βασιλέως Αἰγύπτου, καὶ κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον καὶ ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 7.11. ἦλθεν δὲ λιμὸς ἐφʼ ὅλην τὴν Αἴγυπτον καὶΧαναὰν καὶ θλίψις μεγάλη, καὶ οὐχ ηὕρισκον χορτάσματα οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν· 7.12. ἀκούσας δὲ Ἰακὼβ ὄντα σιτία εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐξαπέστειλεν τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν πρῶτον· 7.13. καὶ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ ἐγνωρίσθη Ἰωσὴφ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ, καὶ φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῷ Φαραὼ τὸ γένος Ἰωσήφ. 7.14. ἀποστείλας δὲ Ἰωσὴφ μετεκαλέσατο Ἰακὼβ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε, 7.15. κατέβη δὲ Ἰακὼβ [εἰς Αἴγυπτον]. καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν, 7.16. καὶ μετετέθησαν εἰς Συχὲμ καὶ ἐτέθησαν ἐν τῷ μνήματι ᾧ ὠνήσατο Ἀβραὰμ τιμῆς ἀργυρίου παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ἑμμὼρ ἐν Συχέμ. 7.17. Καθὼς δὲ ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἧς ὡμολόγησεν ὁ θεὸς τῷ Ἀβραάμ, ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐπληθύνθη ἐν Ἀἰγύπτῳ, 7.18. ἄχρι οὗἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον, ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ. 7.19. οὗτος κατασοφισάμενος τὸ γένος ἡμῶν ἐκάκωσεν τοὺς πατέρας τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ μὴ ζωογονεῖσθαι. 7.20. ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη Μωυσῆς, καὶ ἦνἀστεῖος τῷ θεῷ· ὃς ἀνετράφη μῆνας τρεῖς ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ πατρός· 7.21. ἐκτεθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦἀνείλατο αὐτὸν ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραὼ καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν. 7.22. καὶ ἐπαιδεύθη Μωυσῆς πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων, ἦν δὲ δυνατὸς ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. 7.23. Ὡς δὲ ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῷ τεσσερακονταετὴς χρόνος, ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ ἐπισκέψασθαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ. 7.24. καὶ ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον ἠμύνατο καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐκδίκησιν τῷ καταπονουμένῳ πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον. 7.25. ἐνόμιζεν δὲ συνιέναι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὅτι ὁ θεὸς διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς, οἱ δὲ οὐ συνῆκαν. 7.26. τῇ τε ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς μαχομένοις καὶ συνήλλασσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην εἰπών Ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί ἐστε· ἵνα τί ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους; 7.27. ὁ δὲ ἀδικῶν τὸν πλησίον ἀπώσατο αὐτὸν εἰπών Τίς σὲ κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφʼ ἡμῶν; 7.28. μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον; 7.29. ἔφυγεν δὲ Μωυσῆς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ, καὶ ἐγένετο πάροικος ἐν γῇ Μαδιάμ, οὗ ἐγέννησεν υἱοὺς δύο. 7.30. Καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσεράκονταὤφθη αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τοῦ ὄρους Σινὰ ἄγγελος ἐν φλογὶ πυρὸς βάτου· 7.31. ὁ δὲ Μωυσῆς ἰδὼν ἐθαύμασεν τὸ ὅραμα· προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι ἐγένετο φωνὴ Κυρίου 7.32. Ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου, ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ. ἔντρομος δὲ γενόμενος Μωυσῆς οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι. 7.33. εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος Λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν σου, ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐφʼ ᾧ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν. 7.34. ἰδὼν εἶδον τὴν κάκωσιν τοῦ λαοῦ μου τοῦ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ τοῦ στεναγμοῦ αὐτοῦ ἤκουσα, καὶ κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς· καὶ νῦν δεῦρο ἀποστείλω σε εἰς Αἴγυπτον. 7.35. Τοῦτον τὸν Μωυσῆν, ὃν ἠρνήσαντο εἰπόντεςΤίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστήν; τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς καὶ ἄρχοντα καὶ λυτρωτὴν ἀπέσταλκεν σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ. 7.36. οὗτος ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ποιήσαςτέρατα καὶ σημεῖα ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ἐν Ἐρυθρᾷ Θαλάσσῃ καὶἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα. 7.37. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Μωυσῆς ὁ εἴπας τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ Προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 7.38. ὡς ἐμέ. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ μετὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σινὰ καὶ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα δοῦναι ὑμῖν, 7.39. ᾧ οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ὑπήκοοι γενέσθαι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἀλλὰ ἀπώσαντο καὶ ἐστράφησαν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, 7.40. εἰπόντες τῷ Ἀαρών Ποίησον ἡμῖν θεοὺς οἳ προπορεύσονται ἡμῶν· ὁ γὰρ Μωυσῆς οὗτος, ὃς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, οὐκ οἴδαμεν τί ἐγένετο αὐτῷ. 7.41. καὶ ἐμοσχοποίησαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις καὶ ἀνήγαγον θυσίαν τῷ εἰδώλῳ, καὶ εὐφραίνοντο ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν. 7.42. ἔστρεψεν δὲ ὁ θεὸς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν Βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν 7.43. 7.44. Ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἦν τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καθὼς διετάξατο ὁ λαλῶν τῷ Μωυσῇ ποιῆσαι αὐτὴνκατὰ τὸν τύπον ὃν ἑωράκει, 7.45. ἣν καὶ εἰσήγαγον διαδεξάμενοι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἕως τῶν ἡμερῶν Δαυείδ· 7.46. ὃς εὗρεν χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ᾐτήσατο εὑρεῖν σκήνωμα τῷ θεῷ Ἰακώβ. 7.47. Σολομῶν δὲ οἰκοδόμησεν αὐτῷ οἶκον. 7.48. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὁ ὕψιστος ἐν χειροποιήτοις κατοικεῖ· καθὼς ὁ προφήτης λέγει 7.49. 7.50. 7.51. Σκληροτράχηλοι καὶ ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν, ὑμεῖς ἀεὶ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ ἀντιπίπτετε, ὡς οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν καὶ ὑμεῖς. 7.52. τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν; καὶ ἀπέκτειναν τοὺς προκαταγγείλαντας περὶ τῆς ἐλεύσεως τοῦ δικαίου οὗ νῦν ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς ἐγένεσθε, 7.53. οἵτινες ἐλάβετε τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων, καὶ οὐκ ἐφυλάξατε. 10.36. τὸν λόγον ἀπέστειλεν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ εὐαγγελιζόμενος εἰρήνην διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ· οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων κύριος. 10.37. ὑμεῖς οἴδατε τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάνης, 10.38. Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡςἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει, ὃς διῆλθεν εὐεργετῶν καὶ ἰώμεν͂ος πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἦν μετʼ αὐτοῦ· 10.39. καὶ ἡμεῖς μάρτυρες πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν ἔν τε τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ· ὃν καὶ ἀνεῖλαν κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου. 10.40. τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι, 10.41. οὐ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ ἀλλὰ μάρτυσι τοῖς προκεχειρ͂οτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἡμῖν, οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ μετὰ τὸ ἀναστῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν· 10.42. καὶ παρήγγειλεν ἡμῖν κηρύξαι τῷ λαῷ καὶ διαμαρτύρασθαι ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν. 10.43. τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν, ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτόν. 13.14. Αὐτοὶ δὲ διελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Πέργης παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν, καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἐκάθισαν. | 2.46. Day by day, continuing steadfastly with one accord in the temple, and breaking bread at home, they took their food with gladness and singleness of heart, 2.47. praising God, and having favor with all the people. The Lord added to the assembly day by day those who were being saved. 6.13. and set up false witnesses who said, "This man never stops speaking blasphemous words against this holy place and the law. 6.14. For we have heard him say that this Jesus of Nazareth will destroy this place, and will change the customs which Moses delivered to us." 7.1. The high priest said, "Are these things so?" 7.2. He said, "Brothers and fathers, listen. The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham, when he was in Mesopotamia, before he lived in Haran, 7.3. and said to him, 'Get out of your land, and from your relatives, and come into a land which I will show you.' 7.4. Then he came out of the land of the Chaldaeans, and lived in Haran. From there, when his father was dead, God moved him into this land, where you are now living. 7.5. He gave him no inheritance in it, no, not so much as to set his foot on. He promised that he would give it to him in possession, and to his seed after him, when he still had no child. 7.6. God spoke in this way: that his seed would live as aliens in a strange land, and that they would be enslaved and mistreated for four hundred years. 7.7. 'I will judge the nation to which they will be in bondage,' said God, 'and after that will they come out, and serve me in this place.' 7.8. He gave him the covet of circumcision. So Abraham became the father of Isaac, and circumcised him the eighth day. Isaac became the father of Jacob, and Jacob became the father of the twelve patriarchs. 7.9. "The patriarchs, moved with jealousy against Joseph, sold him into Egypt. God was with him, 7.10. and delivered him out of all his afflictions, and gave him favor and wisdom before Pharaoh, king of Egypt. He made him governor over Egypt and all his house. 7.11. Now a famine came over all the land of Egypt and Canaan, and great affliction. Our fathers found no food. 7.12. But when Jacob heard that there was grain in Egypt, he sent out our fathers the first time. 7.13. On the second time Joseph was made known to his brothers, and Joseph's race was revealed to Pharaoh. 7.14. Joseph sent, and summoned Jacob, his father, and all his relatives, seventy-five souls. 7.15. Jacob went down into Egypt, and he died, himself and our fathers, 7.16. and they were brought back to Shechem, and laid in the tomb that Abraham bought for a price in silver from the sons of Hamor of Shechem. 7.17. "But as the time of the promise came close which God swore to Abraham, the people grew and multiplied in Egypt, 7.18. until there arose a different king, who didn't know Joseph. 7.19. The same dealt slyly with our race, and mistreated our fathers, that they should throw out their babies, so that they wouldn't stay alive. 7.20. At that time Moses was born, and was exceedingly handsome. He was nourished three months in his father's house. 7.21. When he was thrown out, Pharaoh's daughter took him up, and reared him as her own son. 7.22. Moses was instructed in all the wisdom of the Egyptians. He was mighty in his words and works. 7.23. But when he was forty years old, it came into his heart to visit his brothers, the children of Israel. 7.24. Seeing one of them suffer wrong, he defended him, and avenged him who was oppressed, striking the Egyptian. 7.25. He supposed that his brothers understood that God, by his hand, was giving them deliverance; but they didn't understand. 7.26. "The day following, he appeared to them as they fought, and urged them to be at peace again, saying, 'Sirs, you are brothers. Why do you wrong one to another?' 7.27. But he who did his neighbor wrong pushed him away, saying, 'Who made you a ruler and a judge over us? 7.28. Do you want to kill me, as you killed the Egyptian yesterday?' 7.29. Moses fled at this saying, and became a stranger in the land of Midian, where he became the father of two sons. 7.30. "When forty years were fulfilled, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in the wilderness of Mount Sinai , in a flame of fire in a bush. 7.31. When Moses saw it, he wondered at the sight. As he came close to see, a voice of the Lord came to him, 7.32. 'I am the God of your fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.' Moses trembled, and dared not look. 7.33. The Lord said to him, 'Take your sandals off of your feet, for the place where you stand is holy ground. 7.34. I have surely seen the affliction of my people that is in Egypt , and have heard their groaning. I have come down to deliver them. Now come, I will send you into Egypt.' 7.35. "This Moses, whom they refused, saying, 'Who made you a ruler and a judge?' -- God has sent him as both a ruler and a deliverer with the hand of the angel who appeared to him in the bush. 7.36. This man led them out, having worked wonders and signs in Egypt, in the Red Sea, and in the wilderness forty years. 7.37. This is that Moses, who said to the children of Israel , 'The Lord God will raise up a prophet to you from among your brothers, like me.' 7.38. This is he who was in the assembly in the wilderness with the angel that spoke to him on Mount Sinai, and with our fathers, who received living oracles to give to us, 7.39. to whom our fathers wouldn't be obedient, but rejected him, and turned back in their hearts to Egypt , 7.40. saying to Aaron, 'Make us gods that will go before us, for as for this Moses, who led us out of the land of Egypt , we don't know what has become of him.' 7.41. They made a calf in those days, and brought a sacrifice to the idol, and rejoiced in the works of their hands. 7.42. But God turned, and gave them up to serve the host of the sky, as it is written in the book of the prophets, 'Did you offer to me slain animals and sacrifices Forty years in the wilderness, O house of Israel ? 7.43. You took up the tent of Moloch, The star of your god Rephan, The figures which you made to worship. I will carry you away beyond Babylon.' 7.44. "Our fathers had the tent of the testimony in the wilderness, even as he who spoke to Moses appointed, that he should make it according to the pattern that he had seen; 7.45. which also our fathers, in their turn, brought in with Joshua when they entered into the possession of the nations, whom God drove out before the face of our fathers, to the days of David, 7.46. who found favor in the sight of God, and asked to find a habitation for the God of Jacob. 7.47. But Solomon built him a house. 7.48. However, the Most High doesn't dwell in temples made with hands, as the prophet says, 7.49. 'heaven is my throne, And the earth the footstool of my feet. What kind of house will you build me?' says the Lord; 'Or what is the place of my rest? 7.50. Didn't my hand make all these things?' 7.51. "You stiff-necked and uncircumcised in heart and ears, you always resist the Holy Spirit! As your fathers did, so you do. 7.52. Which of the prophets didn't your fathers persecute? They killed those who foretold the coming of the Righteous One, of whom you have now become betrayers and murderers. 7.53. You received the law as it was ordained by angels, and didn't keep it!" 10.36. The word which he sent to the children of Israel, preaching good news of peace by Jesus Christ -- he is Lord of all -- 10.37. that spoken word you yourselves know, which was proclaimed throughout all Judea, beginning from Galilee, after the baptism which John preached; 10.38. even Jesus of Nazareth, how God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power, who went about doing good and healing all who were oppressed by the devil, for God was with him. 10.39. We are witnesses of all things which he did both in the country of the Jews, and in Jerusalem; whom they also killed, hanging him on a tree. 10.40. God raised him up the third day, and gave him to be revealed, 10.41. not to all the people, but to witnesses who were chosen before by God, to us, who ate and drank with him after he rose from the dead. 10.42. He charged us to preach to the people and to testify that this is he who is appointed by God as the Judge of the living and the dead. 10.43. All the prophets testify about him, that through his name everyone who believes in him will receive remission of sins." 13.14. But they, passing through from Perga, came to Antioch of Pisidia. They went into the synagogue on the Sabbath day, and sat down. |
|
92. Tosefta, Berachot, 1.12 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •shekhinah (divine presence) •shekhinah (divine presence), its departure Found in books: Lorberbaum (2015), In God's Image: Myth, Theology, and Law in Classical Judaism, 262| 1.12. "מזכירין יציאת מצרים בלילות אמר ר' אלעזר בן עזריה הריני כבן שבעים שנה ולא זכיתי שתאמר יציאת מצרים בלילות עד שדרשה בן זומא שנאמר (דברים טז) למען תזכור את יום צאתך מארץ מצרים כל ימי חייך ימי חייך הימים כל ימי חייך הלילות אלו דברי בן זומא וחכ\"א ימי חייך העולם הזה כל ימי חייך להביא לימות המשיח אמר להם בן זומא לחכמים וכי מזכירים יציאת מצרים לימות המשיח הרי הוא אומר (ירמיהו כג) לכן הנה ימים באים נאם ה' וגו' אמרו לו לא שתעקר יציאת מצרים ממקומה אלא שתאמר יציאת מצרים מוסף על המלכיות ומלכיות עיקר ויציאת מצרים טפילה כיוצא בו (בראשית לה) ולא יקרא שמך עוד יעקב וגו' לא שתעקר שם יעקב ממנו אלא שתהא שם יעקב מוסף על ישראל ישראל עיקר ויעקב טפילה.", | |
|
| 93. Tosefta, Hagigah, 2.11 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, spirit Found in books: Avery-Peck, Chilton, and Scott Green (2014), A Legacy of Learning: Essays in Honor of Jacob Neusner , 246 |
| 94. Tosefta, Menachot, 13.22 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 184 |
| 95. Silius Italicus, Punica, 17.19 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •senses, as divine presence Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 263 |
| 96. Ps.-Philo, Biblical Antiquities, 19.10 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 77 |
97. New Testament, Apocalypse, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 7.15, 7.37, 7.38, 7.39, 14.15, 14.16, 14.17, 21.1-22.5, 21.3, 21.4, 21.22, 22.1 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 188; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 132| 21.22. Καὶ ναὸν οὐκ εἶδον ἐν αὐτῇ,ὁγὰρκύριος, ὁ θεός, ὁ παντοκράτωρ,ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστίν, καὶ τὸ ἀρνίον. | 21.22. I saw no temple in it, for the Lord God, the Almighty, and the Lamb, are its temple. |
|
98. New Testament, 2 Corinthians, 2.15, 6.14-6.16 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •divine presence, in qumranic mysticism •qumran, attitudes toward the divine presence Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 176; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 220| 2.15. ὅτι Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ θεῷ ἐν τοῖς σωζομένοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις, 6.14. Μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις· τίς γὰρ μετοχὴ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ, ἢ τίς κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος; 6.15. τίς δὲ συμφώνησις Χριστοῦ πρὸς Βελίαρ, ἢ τίς μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου; 6.16. τίς δὲ συνκατάθεσις ναῷ θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων; ἡμεῖς γὰρ ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμὲν ζῶντος· καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι | |
|
| 99. Anon., Didache, 9.1-10.7 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 218 |
| 100. Seneca The Younger, De Vita Beata (Dialogorum Liber Vii), 26.8 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 114 |
| 101. Seneca The Younger, Letters, 64.6, 115.4 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 115 |
102. Mishnah, Avot, 3.6, 3.14 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, as residing in jesus •divine presence, in pauline christianity •divine presence, in qumranic mysticism •divine presence, in torah study •pharisees, divine presence in domestic life of •qumran, attitudes toward the divine presence •shekhinah (divine presence) Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 180, 190; Lorberbaum (2015), In God's Image: Myth, Theology, and Law in Classical Judaism, 183| 3.6. "רַבִּי חֲלַפְתָּא בֶן דּוֹסָא אִישׁ כְּפַר חֲנַנְיָה אוֹמֵר, עֲשָׂרָה שֶׁיּוֹשְׁבִין וְעוֹסְקִין בַּתּוֹרָה, שְׁכִינָה שְׁרוּיָה בֵינֵיהֶם, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (תהלים פב) אֱלֹהִים נִצָּב בַּעֲדַת אֵל. וּמִנַּיִן אֲפִלּוּ חֲמִשָּׁה, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (עמוס ט) וַאֲגֻדָּתוֹ עַל אֶרֶץ יְסָדָהּ. וּמִנַּיִן אֲפִלּוּ שְׁלשָׁה, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (תהלים פב) בְּקֶרֶב אֱלֹהִים יִשְׁפֹּט. וּמִנַּיִן אֲפִלּוּ שְׁנַיִם, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (מלאכי ג) אָז נִדְבְּרוּ יִרְאֵי ה' אִישׁ אֶל רֵעֵהוּ וַיַּקְשֵׁב ה' וַיִּשְׁמָע וְגוֹ'. וּמִנַּיִן אֲפִלּוּ אֶחָד, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (שמות כ) בְּכָל הַמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר אַזְכִּיר אֶת שְׁמִי אָבֹא אֵלֶיךָ וּבֵרַכְתִּיךָ:", 3.14. "הוּא הָיָה אוֹמֵר, חָבִיב אָדָם שֶׁנִּבְרָא בְצֶלֶם. חִבָּה יְתֵרָה נוֹדַעַת לוֹ שֶׁנִּבְרָא בְצֶלֶם, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (בראשית ט) כִּי בְּצֶלֶם אֱלֹהִים עָשָׂה אֶת הָאָדָם. חֲבִיבִין יִשְׂרָאֵל שֶׁנִּקְרְאוּ בָנִים לַמָּקוֹם. חִבָּה יְתֵרָה נוֹדַעַת לָהֶם שֶׁנִּקְרְאוּ בָנִים לַמָּקוֹם, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (דברים יד) בָּנִים אַתֶּם לַה' אֱלֹהֵיכֶם. חֲבִיבִין יִשְׂרָאֵל שֶׁנִּתַּן לָהֶם כְּלִי חֶמְדָּה. חִבָּה יְתֵרָה נוֹדַעַת לָהֶם שֶׁנִּתַּן לָהֶם כְּלִי חֶמְדָּה שֶׁבּוֹ נִבְרָא הָעוֹלָם, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (משלי ד) כִּי לֶקַח טוֹב נָתַתִּי לָכֶם, תּוֹרָתִי אַל תַּעֲזֹבוּ:", | 3.6. "Rabbi Halafta of Kefar Haia said: when ten sit together and occupy themselves with Torah, the Shechinah abides among them, as it is said: “God stands in the congregation of God” (Psalm 82:. How do we know that the same is true even of five? As it is said: “This band of His He has established on earth” (Amos 9:6). How do we know that the same is true even of three? As it is said: “In the midst of the judges He judges” (Psalm 82:1) How do we know that the same is true even of two? As it is said: “Then they that fear the Lord spoke one with another, and the Lord hearkened, and heard” (Malachi 3:16). How do we know that the same is true even of one? As it is said: “In every place where I cause my name to be mentioned I will come unto you and bless you” (Exodus 20:21).", 3.14. "He used to say:Beloved is man for he was created in the image [of God]. Especially beloved is he for it was made known to him that he had been created in the image [of God], as it is said: “for in the image of God He made man” (Genesis 9:6). Beloved are Israel in that they were called children to the All-Present. Especially beloved are they for it was made known to them that they are called children of the All-Present, as it is said: “your are children to the Lord your God” (Deuteronomy 14:1). Beloved are Israel in that a precious vessel was given to them. Especially beloved are they for it was made known to them that the desirable instrument, with which the world had been created, was given to them, as it is said: “for I give you good instruction; forsake not my teaching” (Proverbs 4:2).", |
|
103. Mishnah, Bava Qamma, 9.7 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 167| 9.7. "נָתַן לוֹ אֶת הַקֶּרֶן וְנִשְׁבַּע לוֹ עַל הַחֹמֶשׁ, הֲרֵי זֶה מְשַׁלֵּם חֹמֶשׁ עַל חֹמֶשׁ, עַד שֶׁיִּתְמַעֵט הַקֶּרֶן פָּחוֹת מִשָּׁוֶה פְרוּטָה. וְכֵן בְּפִקָּדוֹן, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (ויקרא ה) בְּפִקָּדוֹן אוֹ בִתְשׂוּמֶת יָד אוֹ בְגָזֵל אוֹ עָשַׁק אֶת עֲמִיתוֹ אוֹ מָצָא אֲבֵדָה וְכִחֶשׁ בָּהּ וְנִשְׁבַּע עַל שָׁקֶר, הֲרֵי זֶה מְשַׁלֵּם קֶרֶן וָחֹמֶשׁ וְאָשָׁם. הֵיכָן פִּקְדוֹנִי, אָמַר לוֹ אָבָד, מַשְׁבִּיעֲךָ אָנִי, וְאָמַר אָמֵן, וְהָעֵדִים מְעִידִים אוֹתוֹ שֶׁאֲכָלוֹ, מְשַׁלֵּם קֶרֶן. הוֹדָה מֵעַצְמוֹ, מְשַׁלֵּם קֶרֶן וָחֹמֶשׁ וְאָשָׁם: \n", | 9.7. "If he had paid him the value and had sworn [falsely] to him concerning the [added] fifth, he must pay a fifth on the fifth [and so on] until the value [of the added fifth] becomes less than a perutah’s worth. So too with a deposit, as it says: “In a matter of deposit or a pledge or through robbery, or by defrauding his fellow, or by finding something lost and lying about it” (Leviticus 5:21-2, such a one must pay the value and the [added] fifth and bring a Guilt-offering. [If a man said], “Where is my deposit?” and the other said, “It is lost,” [if the one says,] “I adjure thee”, and the other says, “Amen!”, and witnesses testify against him that he consumed it, he need pay [only] the value. But if he confessed it of himself, he must repay the value and the [added] fifth and bring a Guilt-offering.", |
|
104. Mishnah, Gittin, 8.5 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Mokhtarian (2021), Rabbis, Sorcerers, Kings, and Priests: The Culture of the Talmud in Ancient Iran. 69| 8.5. "כָּתַב לְשׁוּם מַלְכוּת שְׁאֵינָהּ הוֹגֶנֶת, לְשׁוּם מַלְכוּת מָדַי, לְשׁוּם מַלְכוּת יָוָן, לְבִנְיַן הַבַּיִת, לְחֻרְבַּן הַבַּיִת, הָיָה בַמִּזְרָח וְכָתַב בַּמַּעֲרָב, בַּמַּעֲרָב וְכָתַב בַּמִּזְרָח, תֵּצֵא מִזֶּה וּמִזֶּה, וּצְרִיכָה גֵט מִזֶּה וּמִזֶּה, וְאֵין לָהּ לֹא כְתֻבָּה וְלֹא פֵרוֹת וְלֹא מְזוֹנוֹת וְלֹא בְלָאוֹת, לֹא עַל זֶה וְלֹא עַל זֶה. אִם נָטְלָה מִזֶּה וּמִזֶּה, תַּחֲזִיר. וְהַוָּלָד מַמְזֵר מִזֶּה וּמִזֶּה. וְלֹא זֶה וָזֶה מִטַּמְּאִין לָהּ, וְלֹא זֶה וָזֶה זַכָּאִין לֹא בִמְצִיאָתָהּ וְלֹא בְמַעֲשֵׂה יָדֶיהָ וְלֹא בַהֲפָרַת נְדָרֶיהָ. הָיְתָה בַת יִשְׂרָאֵל, נִפְסֶלֶת מִן הַכְּהֻנָּה. בַּת לֵוִי, מִן הַמַּעֲשֵׂר. בַּת כֹּהֵן, מִן הַתְּרוּמָה. וְאֵין יוֹרְשָׁיו שֶׁל זֶה וְיוֹרְשָׁיו שֶׁל זֶה יוֹרְשִׁין כְּתֻבָּתָהּ. וְאִם מֵתוּ, אָחִיו שֶׁל זֶה וְאָחִיו שֶׁל זֶה חוֹלְצִין וְלֹא מְיַבְּמִין. שִׁנָּה שְׁמוֹ וּשְׁמָהּ, שֵׁם עִירוֹ וְשֵׁם עִירָהּ, תֵּצֵא מִזֶּה וּמִזֶּה, וְכָל הַדְּרָכִים הָאֵלּוּ בָהּ: \n", | 8.5. "If the get was dated by an unfit kingship, by the empire of Medea, by the empire of Greece, by the building of the Temple or by the destruction of the Temple, Or if being in the east he wrote “in the west”, or being in the west he wrote “in the east”, She must leave this one and that one, and she also requires a get from this one and that one. She has no ketubah, no usufruct, no support money or worn clothes, neither from this one nor from that one. If she has taken anything from this one or that one, she must return it. The child from this one or that one is a mamzer. Neither this one nor that one may impurify himself for her. Neither this one and that one has a claim to whatever she may find, nor what she makes with her hands, nor to invalidate her vows. If she was the daughter of an Israelite, she becomes disqualified from marrying a priest; if the daughter of a Levite, from the eating of tithe; and if the daughter of a priest, from the eating of terumah. Neither the heirs of this one nor the heirs of that one are entitled to inherit her ketubah. And if [the husbands] die, the brother of the one and the brother of the other must perform halitzah, but may not contract yibbum. If his name or her name or the name of his town or the name of her town was wrongly given, she must leave both husbands and all the above consequences apply to her.", |
|
105. Mishnah, Hagigah, 3.6-3.8 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 183| 3.6. "הַגַּבָּאִין שֶׁנִּכְנְסוּ לְתוֹךְ הַבַּיִת, וְכֵן הַגַּנָּבִים שֶׁהֶחֱזִירוּ אֶת הַכֵּלִים, נֶאֱמָנִין לוֹמַר, לֹא נָגָעְנוּ. וּבִירוּשָׁלַיִם נֶאֱמָנִין עַל הַקֹּדֶשׁ, וּבִשְׁעַת הָרֶגֶל אַף עַל הַתְּרוּמָה: \n", 3.7. "הַפּוֹתֵחַ אֶת חָבִיתוֹ, וְהַמַּתְחִיל בְּעִסָּתוֹ עַל גַּב הָרֶגֶל, רַבִּי יְהוּדָה אוֹמֵר, יִגְמֹר. וַחֲכָמִים אוֹמְרִים, לֹא יִגְמֹר. מִשֶּׁעָבַר הָרֶגֶל, הָיוּ מַעֲבִירִין עַל טָהֳרַת עֲזָרָה. עָבַר הָרֶגֶל בְּיוֹם שִׁשִּׁי, לֹא הָיוּ מַעֲבִירִין, מִפְּנֵי כְבוֹד הַשַּׁבָּת. רַבִּי יְהוּדָה אוֹמֵר, אַף לֹא בְיוֹם חֲמִישִׁי, שֶׁאֵין הַכֹּהֲנִים פְּנוּיִין: \n", 3.8. "כֵּיצַד מַעֲבִירִים עַל טָהֳרַת עֲזָרָה. מַטְבִּילִין אֶת הַכֵּלִים שֶׁהָיוּ בַמִּקְדָּשׁ, וְאוֹמְרִין לָהֶם, הִזָּהֲרוּ שֶׁלֹּא תִגְּעוּ בַּשֻּׁלְחָן וּבַמְּנוֹרָה וּתְטַמְּאוּהוּ. כָּל הַכֵּלִים שֶׁהָיוּ בַמִּקְדָּשׁ, יֵשׁ לָהֶם שְׁנִיִּים וּשְׁלִישִׁים, שֶׁאִם נִטְמְאוּ הָרִאשׁוֹנִים, יָבִיאוּ שְׁנִיִּים תַּחְתֵּיהֶן. כָּל הַכֵּלִים שֶׁהָיוּ בַמִּקְדָּשׁ, טְעוּנִין טְבִילָה, חוּץ מִמִּזְבַּח הַזָּהָב וּמִזְבַּח הַנְּחֹשֶׁת, מִפְּנֵי שֶׁהֵן כַּקַּרְקַע, דִּבְרֵי רַבִּי אֱלִיעֶזֶר. וַחֲכָמִים אוֹמְרִים, מִפְּנֵי שֶׁהֵן מְצֻפִּין: \n", | 3.6. "Tax-collectors who entered a house, and similarly thieves who restored [stolen] vessels are believed if they say, “We have not touched [anything].” And in Jerusalem they are believed in regard to sacred things, and during a festival also in regard to terumah.", 3.7. "One who opened his jar [of wine] or broke into his dough [to sell them] on account of the festival [and an am haaretz touched the wine or dough]: Rabbi Judah says: he may finish [selling them after the festival]; But the sages say: he may not finish. When the festival was over, they undertook the purification of the Temple court. If the festival ended on Friday, they did not undertake [the purification of the Temple court] because of the honor of the Shabbat. Rabbi Judah said: even not on Thursday, for the priests are not free.", 3.8. "How did they undertake the purification of the Temple court? They immersed the vessels which were in the Temple, and they say to them: “Be cautious lest you touch the table or menorah and defile them.” All the vessels that were in the Temple had second and third sets, so that if the first was defiled, they might bring a second set in its place. All the vessels that were in the Temple required immersion, except the altar of gold and the altar of bronze, for they are like the ground, the words of Rabbi Eliezer. But the sages say: because they were overlaid [with metal].", |
|
106. Mishnah, Keritot, 1.7 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 177| 1.7. "הָאִשָּׁה שֶׁיֵּשׁ עָלֶיהָ סְפֵק חֲמִשָּׁה זִיבוֹת וּסְפֵק חֲמִשָּׁה לֵדוֹת, מְבִיאָה קָרְבָּן אֶחָד, וְאוֹכֶלֶת בַּזְּבָחִים, וְאֵין הַשְּׁאָר עָלֶיהָ חוֹבָה. חָמֵשׁ לֵדוֹת וַדָּאוֹת, חָמֵשׁ זִיבוֹת וַדָּאוֹת, מְבִיאָה קָרְבָּן אֶחָד, וְאוֹכֶלֶת בַּזְּבָחִים, וְהַשְּׁאָר עָלֶיהָ חוֹבָה. מַעֲשֶׂה שֶׁעָמְדוּ קִנִּים בִּירוּשָׁלַיִם בְּדִינְרֵי זָהָב. אָמַר רַבָּן שִׁמְעוֹן בֶּן גַּמְלִיאֵל, הַמָּעוֹן הַזֶּה, לֹא אָלִין הַלַּיְלָה, עַד שֶׁיְּהוּ בְדִינָרִין. נִכְנַס לְבֵית דִּין וְלִמֵּד, הָאִשָּׁה שֶׁיֵּשׁ עָלֶיהָ חָמֵשׁ לֵדוֹת וַדָּאוֹת, חָמֵשׁ זִיבוֹת וַדָּאוֹת, מְבִיאָה קָרְבָּן אֶחָד, וְאוֹכֶלֶת בַּזְּבָחִים, וְאֵין הַשְּׁאָר עָלֶיהָ חוֹבָה. וְעָמְדוּ קִנִּים בּוֹ בַיּוֹם בְּרִבְעָתָיִם: \n", | 1.7. "If a woman had five doubtful genital discharges or five doubtful births, she needs to bring only one offering, and she may eat sacrifices [immediately], and she is not liable to bring the other [offerings]. If a woman had five certain births, or five certain genital discharges, she brings one offering and may then eat sacrifices [immediately], and she is liable to bring the other offerings. It once happened in Jerusalem that the price of a pair of doves rose to a golden denar. Rabban Shimon ben Gamaliel said: By this sanctuary, I shall not go to sleep tonight before they cost but a [silver] denar! Then he entered the court and taught: if a woman had five certain births or five certain genital discharges she needs to bring only one offering, and she may then eat sacrifices, and she is not liable to bring the other [offerings]. Thereupon the price of a pair of birds stood at a quarter of a [silver] denar each.", |
|
| 107. Juvenal, Satires, 12.83-12.90 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 111 |
108. Mishnah, Maaser Sheni, 5.2 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 199| 5.2. "כֶּרֶם רְבָעִי הָיָה עוֹלֶה לִירוּשָׁלַיִם מַהֲלַךְ יוֹם אֶחָד לְכָל צָד. וְאֵיזוֹ הִיא תְחוּמָהּ, אֵילַת מִן הַדָּרוֹם וְעַקְרַבַּת מִן הַצָּפוֹן, לוֹד מִן הַמַּעֲרָב וְהַיַּרְדֵּן מִן הַמִּזְרָח. וּמִשֶּׁרַבּוּ הַפֵּרוֹת, הִתְקִינוּ שֶׁיְּהֵא נִפְדֶּה סָמוּךְ לַחוֹמָה. וּתְנַאי הָיָה הַדָּבָר, שֶׁאֵימָתַי שֶׁיִּרְצוּ, יַחֲזֹר הַדָּבָר לִכְמוֹת שֶׁהָיָה. רַבִּי יוֹסֵי אוֹמֵר, מִשֶּׁחָרַב בֵּית הַמִּקְדָּשׁ, הָיָה הַתְּנַאי הַזֶּה. וּתְנַאי הָיָה, אֵימָתַי שֶׁיִּבָּנֶה בֵּית הַמִּקְדָּשׁ, יַחֲזֹר הַדָּבָר לִכְמוֹת שֶׁהָיָה: \n", | |
|
109. Josephus Flavius, Jewish War, 2.455, 2.539, 4.150-4.151, 4.200-4.201, 4.313, 5.19, 5.402-5.403, 5.412, 5.504-5.505, 6.110, 6.300, 7.328 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •divine presence, spirit Found in books: Avery-Peck, Chilton, and Scott Green (2014), A Legacy of Learning: Essays in Honor of Jacob Neusner , 246; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 116, 186 | 2.455. while men made public lamentation when they saw that such occasions were afforded for a war as were incurable; that the city was all over polluted with such abominations, from which it was but reasonable to expect some vengeance, even though they should escape revenge from the Romans; so that the city was filled with sadness, and every one of the moderate men in it were under great disturbance, as likely themselves to undergo punishment for the wickedness of the seditious; 2.539. who, had he but continued the siege a little longer, had certainly taken the city; but it was, I suppose, owing to the aversion God had already at the city and the sanctuary, that he was hindered from putting an end to the war that very day. 4.150. They also set the principal men at variance one with another, by several sorts of contrivances and tricks, and gained the opportunity of doing what they pleased, by the mutual quarrels of those who might have obstructed their measures; till at length, when they were satiated with the unjust actions they had done towards men, they transferred their contumelious behavior to God himself, and came into the sanctuary with polluted feet. 4.151. 7. And now the multitude were going to rise against them already; for Aus, the ancientest of the high priests, persuaded them to it. He was a very prudent man, and had perhaps saved the city if he could but have escaped the hands of those that plotted against him. These men made the temple of God a stronghold for them, and a place whither they might resort, in order to avoid the troubles they feared from the people; the sanctuary was now become a refuge, and a shop of tyranny. 4.200. and at the first they only cast stones at each other in the city, and before the temple, and threw their javelins at a distance; but when either of them were too hard for the other, they made use of their swords; and great slaughter was made on both sides, and a great number were wounded. 4.201. As for the dead bodies of the people, their relations carried them out to their own houses; but when any of the zealots were wounded, he went up into the temple, and defiled that sacred floor with his blood, insomuch that one may say it was their blood alone that polluted our sanctuary. 4.313. And now the outer temple was all of it overflowed with blood; and that day, as it came on, they saw eight thousand five hundred dead bodies there. 5.19. And now, “O most wretched city, what misery so great as this didst thou suffer from the Romans, when they came to purify thee from thy intestine hatred! For thou couldst be no longer a place fit for God, nor couldst thou long continue in being, after thou hadst been a sepulchre for the bodies of thy own people, and hadst made the holy house itself a burying-place in this civil war of thine. Yet mayst thou again grow better, if perchance thou wilt hereafter appease the anger of that God who is the author of thy destruction.” 5.402. You have not avoided so much as those sins that are usually done in secret; I mean thefts, and treacherous plots against men, and adulteries. You are quarreling about rapines and murders, and invent strange ways of wickedness. Nay, the temple itself is become the receptacle of all, and this Divine place is polluted by the hands of those of our own country; which place hath yet been reverenced by the Romans when it was at a distance from them, when they have suffered many of their own customs to give place to our law. 5.403. And, after all this, do you expect Him whom you have so impiously abused to be your supporter? To be sure then you have a right to be petitioners, and to call upon Him to assist you, so pure are your hands! 5.412. Wherefore I cannot but suppose that God is fled out of his sanctuary, and stands on the side of those against whom you fight. 5.504. Titus began the wall from the camp of the Assyrians, where his own camp was pitched, and drew it down to the lower parts of Cenopolis; thence it went along the valley of Cedron, to the Mount of Olives; 5.505. it then bent towards the south, and encompassed the mountain as far as the rock called Peristereon, and that other hill which lies next to it, and is over the valley which reaches to Siloam; whence it bended again to the west, and went down to the valley of the Fountain, 6.110. And are not both the city and the entire temple now full of the dead bodies of your countrymen? It is God, therefore, it is God himself who is bringing on this fire, to purge that city and temple by means of the Romans, and is going to pluck up this city, which is full of your pollutions.” 6.300. and after that they heard a sound as of a great multitude, saying, “Let us remove hence.” But, what is still more terrible, there was one Jesus, the son of Aus, a plebeian and a husbandman, who, four years before the war began, and at a time when the city was in very great peace and prosperity, came to that feast whereon it is our custom for everyone to make tabernacles to God in the temple, 7.328. for had he either continued favorable, or been but in a lesser degree displeased with us, he had not overlooked the destruction of so many men, or delivered his most holy city to be burnt and demolished by our enemies. |
|
110. New Testament, 1 Corinthians, 3.16-3.17, 9.13, 10.14-10.22 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 177; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 220| 3.16. Οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ναὸς θεοῦ ἐστὲ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν οἰκεῖ; 3.17. εἴ τις τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει, φθερεῖ τοῦτον ὁ θεός· ὁ γὰρ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἅγιός ἐστιν, οἵτινές ἐστε ὑμεῖς. 9.13. οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐργαζόμενοι τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐσθίουσιν, οἱ τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ παρεδρεύοντες τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ συνμερίζονται; 10.14. Διόπερ, ἀγαπητοί μου, φεύγετε ἀπὸ τῆς εἰδωλολατρίας. 10.15. ὡς φρονίμοις λέγω· κρίνατε ὑμεῖς ὅ φημι. 10.16. Τὸ ποτήριον τῆς εὐλογίας ὃ εὐλογοῦμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία ἐστὶν τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ χριστοῦ; τὸν ἄρτον ὃν κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία τοῦ σώματος τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐστίν; 10.17. ὅτι εἷς ἄρτος, ἓν σῶμα οἱ πολλοί ἐσμεν, οἱ γὰρ πάντες ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄρτου μετέχομεν. βλέπετε τὸν Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ σάρκα· 10.18. οὐχ οἱ ἐσθίοντες τὰς θυσίας κοινωνοὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου εἰσίν; 10.19. τί οὖν φημί; ὅτι εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν, ἢ ὅτι εἴδωλόν τί ἐστιν; 10.20. ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἃ θύουσιν [τὰ ἔθνη],δαιμονίοις καὶ οὐ θεῷ θύουσιν,οὐ θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς κοινωνοὺς τῶν δαιμονίων γίνεσθαι. 10.21. οὐ δύνασθε ποτήριον Κυρίου πίνειν καὶ ποτήριον δαιμονίων· οὐ δύνασθετραπέζης Κυρίουμετέχειν καὶ τραπέζης δαιμονίων. 10.22. ἢπαραζηλοῦμεν τὸν κύριον;μὴ ἰσχυρότεροι αὐτοῦ ἐσμέν; Πάντα ἔξεστιν· ἀλλʼ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει. | 3.16. Don't you know that you are a temple of God, and that God'sSpirit lives in you? 3.17. If anyone destroys the temple of God, Godwill destroy him; for God's temple is holy, which you are. 9.13. Don't you know that those who serve around sacred thingseat from the things of the temple, and those who wait on the altar havetheir portion with the altar? 10.14. Therefore, my beloved, flee fromidolatry. 10.15. I speak as to wise men. Judge what I say. 10.16. Thecup of blessing which we bless, isn't it a communion of the blood ofChrist? The bread which we break, isn't it a communion of the body ofChrist? 10.17. Because we, who are many, are one bread, one body; forwe all partake of the one bread. 10.18. Consider Israel after theflesh. Don't those who eat the sacrifices have communion with the altar? 10.19. What am I saying then? That a thing sacrificed to idols isanything, or that an idol is anything? 10.20. But I say that thethings which the Gentiles sacrifice, they sacrifice to demons, and notto God, and I don't desire that you would have communion with demons. 10.21. You can't both drink the cup of the Lord and the cup of demons.You can't both partake of the table of the Lord, and of the table ofdemons. 10.22. Or do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? Are we strongerthan he? |
|
111. Josephus Flavius, Jewish Antiquities, 1.23-1.24, 1.52-1.59, 3.181, 3.202-3.203, 3.224, 3.258, 3.276, 20.165-20.166 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •divine presence, in the tabernacle Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 100; Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 111; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 116, 186 | 1.23. but as for our legislator, when he had once demonstrated that God was possessed of perfect virtue, he supposed that men also ought to strive after the participation of it; and on those who did not so think, and so believe, he inflicted the severest punishments. 1.24. I exhort, therefore, my readers to examine this whole undertaking in that view; for thereby it will appear to them, that there is nothing therein disagreeable either to the majesty of God, or to his love to mankind; for all things have here a reference to the nature of the universe; while our legislator speaks some things wisely, but enigmatically, and others under a decent allegory, but still explains such things as required a direct explication plainly and expressly. 1.52. 1. Adam and Eve had two sons: the elder of them was named Cain; which name, when it is interpreted, signifies a possession: the younger was Abel, which signifies sorrow. They had also daughters. 1.53. Now the two brethren were pleased with different courses of life: for Abel, the younger, was a lover of righteousness; and believing that God was present at all his actions, he excelled in virtue; and his employment was that of a shepherd. But Cain was not only very wicked in other respects, but was wholly intent upon getting; and he first contrived to plough the ground. He slew his brother on the occasion following:— 1.54. They had resolved to sacrifice to God. Now Cain brought the fruits of the earth, and of his husbandry; but Abel brought milk, and the first-fruits of his flocks: but God was more delighted with the latter oblation, when he was honored with what grew naturally of its own accord, than he was with what was the invention of a covetous man, and gotten by forcing the ground; 1.55. whence it was that Cain was very angry that Abel was preferred by God before him; and he slew his brother, and hid his dead body, thinking to escape discovery. But God, knowing what had been done, came to Cain, and asked him what was become of his brother, because he had not seen him of many days; whereas he used to observe them conversing together at other times. 1.56. But Cain was in doubt with himself, and knew not what answer to give to God. At first he said that he was himself at a loss about his brother’s disappearing; but when he was provoked by God, who pressed him vehemently, as resolving to know what the matter was, he replied, he was not his brother’s guardian or keeper, nor was he an observer of what he did. 1.57. But, in return, God convicted Cain, as having been the murderer of his brother; and said, “I wonder at thee, that thou knowest not what is become of a man whom thou thyself hast destroyed.” 1.58. God therefore did not inflict the punishment [of death] upon him, on account of his offering sacrifice, and thereby making supplication to him not to be extreme in his wrath to him; but he made him accursed, and threatened his posterity in the seventh generation. He also cast him, together with his wife, out of that land. 1.59. And when he was afraid that in wandering about he should fall among Wild beasts, and by that means perish, God bid him not to entertain such a melancholy suspicion, and to go over all the earth without fear of what mischief he might suffer from wild beasts; and setting a mark upon him, that he might be known, he commanded him to depart. 3.181. When Moses distinguished the tabernacle into three parts, and allowed two of them to the priests, as a place accessible and common, he denoted the land and the sea, these being of general access to all; but he set apart the third division for God, because heaven is inaccessible to men. 3.202. 5. Now God showed himself pleased with the work of the Hebrews, and did not permit their labors to be in vain; nor did he disdain to make use of what they had made, but he came and sojourned with them, and pitched his tabernacle in the holy house. And in the following manner did he come to it:— 3.203. The sky was clear, but there was a mist over the tabernacle only, encompassing it, but not with such a very deep and thick cloud as is seen in the winter season, nor yet in so thin a one as men might be able to discern any thing through it, but from it there dropped a sweet dew, and such a one as showed the presence of God to those that desired and believed it. 3.224. 1. I will now, however, make mention of a few of our laws which belong to purifications, and the like sacred offices, since I am accidentally come to this matter of sacrifices. These sacrifices were of two sorts; of those sorts one was offered for private persons, and the other for the people in general; and they are done in two different ways. 3.258. 1. Moses took out the tribe of Levi from communicating with the rest of the people, and set them apart to be a holy tribe; and purified them by water taken from perpetual springs, and with such sacrifices as were usually offered to God on the like occasions. He delivered to them also the tabernacle, and the sacred vessels, and the other curtains, which were made for covering the tabernacle, that they might minister under the conduct of the priests, who had been already consecrated to God. 3.276. 2. As for the priests, he prescribed to them a double degree of purity for he restrained them in the instances above, and moreover forbade them to marry harlots. He also forbade them to marry a slave, or a captive, and such as got their living by cheating trades, and by keeping inns; as also a woman parted from her husband, on any account whatsoever. 20.165. and as this murder was never avenged, the robbers went up with the greatest security at the festivals after this time; and having weapons concealed in like manner as before, and mingling themselves among the multitude, they slew certain of their own enemies, and were subservient to other men for money; and slew others, not only in remote parts of the city, but in the temple itself also; for they had the boldness to murder men there, without thinking of the impiety of which they were guilty. 20.166. And this seems to me to have been the reason why God, out of his hatred of these men’s wickedness, rejected our city; and as for the temple, he no longer esteemed it sufficiently pure for him to inhabit therein, but brought the Romans upon us, and threw a fire upon the city to purge it; and brought upon us, our wives, and children, slavery, as desirous to make us wiser by our calamities. |
|
| 112. Seneca The Younger, Phaedra, 34.21-34.27, 36.17-36.19, 45.8-45.12, 50.5-50.11, 51.12 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 122, 152, 199 |
113. Mishnah, Middot, 5.4 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •prince of the divine presence, the Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 38| 5.4. "שֶׁבַּדָּרוֹם, לִשְׁכַּת הָעֵץ, לִשְׁכַּת הַגּוֹלָה, לִשְׁכַּת הַגָּזִית. לִשְׁכַּת הָעֵץ, אָמַר רַבִּי אֱלִיעֶזֶר בֶּן יַעֲקֹב, שָׁכַחְתִּי מֶה הָיְתָה מְשַׁמֶּשֶׁת. אַבָּא שָׁאוּל אוֹמֵר, לִשְׁכַּת כֹּהֵן גָּדוֹל, וְהִיא הָיְתָה אֲחוֹרֵי שְׁתֵּיהֶן, וְגַג שְׁלָשְׁתָּן שָׁוֶה. לִשְׁכַּת הַגּוֹלָה, שָׁם הָיָה בוֹר קָבוּעַ, וְהַגַּלְגַּל נָתוּן עָלָיו, וּמִשָּׁם מַסְפִּיקִים מַיִם לְכָל הָעֲזָרָה. לִשְׁכַּת הַגָּזִית, שָׁם הָיְתָה סַנְהֶדְרִי גְדוֹלָה שֶׁל יִשְׂרָאֵל יוֹשֶׁבֶת וְדָנָה אֶת הַכְּהֻנָּה, וְכֹהֵן שֶׁנִּמְצָא בוֹ פְסוּל, לוֹבֵשׁ שְׁחוֹרִים וּמִתְעַטֵּף שְׁחוֹרִים, וְיוֹצֵא וְהוֹלֵךְ לוֹ. וְשֶׁלֹּא נִמְצָא בוֹ פְסוּל, לוֹבֵשׁ לְבָנִים וּמִתְעַטֵּף לְבָנִים, נִכְנָס וּמְשַׁמֵּשׁ עִם אֶחָיו הַכֹּהֲנִים. וְיוֹם טוֹב הָיוּ עוֹשִׂים, שֶׁלֹּא נִמְצָא פְסוּל בְּזַרְעוֹ שֶׁל אַהֲרֹן הַכֹּהֵן, וְכָךְ הָיוּ אוֹמְרִים, בָּרוּךְ הַמָּקוֹם בָּרוּךְ הוּא, שֶׁלֹּא נִמְצָא פְסוּל בְּזַרְעוֹ שֶׁל אַהֲרֹן. וּבָרוּךְ הוּא, שֶׁבָּחַר בְּאַהֲרֹן וּבְבָנָיו לַעֲמֹד לְשָׁרֵת לִפְנֵי ה' בְּבֵית קָדְשֵׁי הַקֳּדָשִׁים: \n", | 5.4. "On the south were the wood chamber, the chamber of the exile and the chamber of hewn stones. The wood chamber: Rabbi Eliezer ben Jacob says: I forget what it was used for. Abba Shaul says: It was the chamber of the high priest, and it was behind the two of them, and one roof covered all three. In the chamber of the exile there was a fixed cistern, with a wheel over it, and from there water was provided for all of the courtyard. In the chamber of hewn stone the great Sanhedrin of Israel used to sit and judge the priesthood. A priest in whom was found a disqualification used to put on black garments and wrap himself in black and go away. One in whom no disqualification was found used to put on white garments and wrap himself in white and go in and serve along with his brother priests. They used to make a feast because no blemish had been found in the seed of Aaron the priest, and they used to say: Blessed is the Omnipresent, blessed is He, for no blemish has been found in the seed of Aaron. Blessed is He who chose Aaron and his sons to stand to minister before the Lord in the Holy of Holies.", |
|
114. Mishnah, Pesahim, 7.4-7.6 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 183| 7.4. "חֲמִשָּׁה דְבָרִים בָּאִין בְּטֻמְאָה וְאֵינָן נֶאֱכָלִין בְּטֻמְאָה. הָעֹמֶר, וּשְׁתֵּי הַלֶּחֶם, וְלֶחֶם הַפָּנִים, וְזִבְחֵי שַׁלְמֵי צִבּוּר, וּשְׂעִירֵי רָאשֵׁי חֳדָשִׁים. הַפֶּסַח שֶׁבָּא בְטֻמְאָה, נֶאֱכָל בְּטֻמְאָה, שֶׁלֹּא בָא מִתְּחִלָּתוֹ אֶלָּא לַאֲכִילָה: \n", 7.5. "נִטְמָא הַבָּשָׂר וְהַחֵלֶב קַיָּם, אֵינוֹ זוֹרֵק אֶת הַדָּם. נִטְמָא הַחֵלֶב וְהַבָּשָׂר קַיָּם, זוֹרֵק אֶת הַדָּם. וּבַמֻּקְדָּשִׁין אֵינוֹ כֵן, אֶלָּא אַף עַל פִּי שֶׁנִּטְמָא הַבָּשָׂר וְהַחֵלֶב קַיָּם, זוֹרֵק אֶת הַדָּם: \n", 7.6. "נִטְמָא קָהָל אוֹ רֻבּוֹ, אוֹ שֶׁהָיוּ הַכֹּהֲנִים טְמֵאִים וְהַקָּהָל טְהוֹרִים, יֵעָשֶׂה בְטֻמְאָה. נִטְמָא מִעוּט הַקָּהָל, הַטְּהוֹרִין עוֹשִׂין אֶת הָרִאשׁוֹן, וְהַטְּמֵאִין עוֹשִׂין אֶת הַשֵּׁנִי: \n", | 7.4. "Five things [sacrifices] may come in uncleanness, but may not be eaten in uncleanness:the omer, the two loaves, the showbread, the sacrifices of the public peace-offerings, and the goats of new months. The pesah which comes in uncleanness is [also] eaten in uncleanness, for from the very beginning it came for no other purpose but to be eaten.", 7.5. "If the flesh was defiled while the fat remained [clean], he may not sprinkle the blood but if the fat was defiled while the flesh has remained [clean], he must sprinkle the blood. But in the case of [other] dedicated sacrifices it is not so, rather even if the flesh was defiled while the fat has remained clean, he must sprinkle the blood.", 7.6. "If the community or the majority thereof was unclean, or if the priests were unclean and the community clean, they make [the pesah sacrifice] in uncleanness. If a minority of the community were unclean: those who are clean observe the first [Pesah], while those who are unclean observe the second.", |
|
115. Mishnah, Rosh Hashanah, 4.4, 4.8 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Avery-Peck, Chilton, and Scott Green (2014), A Legacy of Learning: Essays in Honor of Jacob Neusner , 26| 4.4. "בָּרִאשׁוֹנָה הָיוּ מְקַבְּלִין עֵדוּת הַחֹדֶשׁ כָּל הַיּוֹם. פַּעַם אַחַת נִשְׁתַּהוּ הָעֵדִים מִלָּבֹא, וְנִתְקַלְקְלוּ הַלְוִיִּם בַּשִּׁיר. הִתְקִינוּ שֶׁלֹּא יְהוּ מְקַבְּלִין אֶלָּא עַד הַמִּנְחָה. וְאִם בָּאוּ עֵדִים מִן הַמִּנְחָה וּלְמַעְלָה, נוֹהֲגִין אוֹתוֹ הַיּוֹם קֹדֶשׁ וּלְמָחָר קֹדֶשׁ. מִשֶּׁחָרַב בֵּית הַמִּקְדָּשׁ הִתְקִין רַבָּן יוֹחָנָן בֶּן זַכַּאי, שֶׁיְּהוּ מְקַבְּלִין עֵדוּת הַחֹדֶשׁ כָּל הַיּוֹם. אָמַר רַבִּי יְהוֹשֻׁעַ בֶּן קָרְחָה, וְעוֹד זֹאת הִתְקִין רַבָּן יוֹחָנָן בֶּן זַכַּאי, שֶׁאֲפִלּוּ רֹאשׁ בֵּית דִּין בְּכָל מָקוֹם, שֶׁלֹּא יְהוּ הָעֵדִים הוֹלְכִין אֶלָּא לִמְקוֹם הַוָּעַד: \n", 4.8. "שׁוֹפָר שֶׁל רֹאשׁ הַשָּׁנָה, אֵין מַעֲבִירִין עָלָיו אֶת הַתְּחוּם, וְאֵין מְפַקְּחִין עָלָיו אֶת הַגַּל, לֹא עוֹלִין בְּאִילָן, וְלֹא רוֹכְבִין עַל גַּבֵּי בְהֵמָה, וְלֹא שָׁטִין עַל פְּנֵי הַמַּיִם, וְאֵין חוֹתְכִין אוֹתוֹ בֵּין בְּדָבָר שֶׁהוּא מִשּׁוּם שְׁבוּת, וּבֵין בְּדָבָר שֶׁהוּא מִשּׁוּם לֹא תַעֲשֶׂה. אֲבָל אִם רָצָה לִתֵּן לְתוֹכוֹ מַיִם אוֹ יַיִן, יִתֵּן. אֵין מְעַכְּבִין אֶת הַתִּינוֹקוֹת מִלִּתְקוֹעַ, אֲבָל מִתְעַסְּקִין עִמָּהֶן עַד שֶׁיִּלְמְדוּ. וְהַמִּתְעַסֵּק, לֹא יָצָא, וְהַשּׁוֹמֵעַ מִן הַמִּתְעַסֵּק, לֹא יָצָא: \n", | 4.4. "Originally they used to accept testimony with regard to the new moon during the whole day. On one occasion the witnesses were late in arriving, and the Levites went wrong in the daily hymn. They therefore decreed that testimony should be accepted only until the afternoon [sacrifice]. If witnesses came after the afternoon sacrifice that day should be kept as holy and also the next day. After the destruction of the temple Rabban Yoha ben Zakkai decreed that testimony with regard to the new moon should be received during the whole day. Rabbi Joshua ben Korha said: this further did Rabbi Yoha ben Zakkai decree, that not matter where the head of the court might be, the witnesses should have to go only to the place of the assembly.", 4.8. "[For the sake of] the shofar of Rosh Hashanah one is not allowed to go past the [Shabbat] border, nor remove a pile of rocks, nor climb a tree, nor ride on an animal, nor swim on the water. One may not cut it, neither with an instrument forbidden because of shevut, nor with an instrument forbidden by a negative commandment. But if he wants to pour wine or water into it he may do so. They need not prevent children from blowing the shofar [on Rosh Hashanah]; on the contrary, they may help them until they learn how to blow. One who is just practicing has not fulfilled his obligation, and the one hears [the blast made] by another when practicing has not fulfilled his obligation.", |
|
116. Mishnah, Sanhedrin, 6.5 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 107| 6.5. "אָמַר רַבִּי מֵאִיר, בְּשָׁעָה שֶׁאָדָם מִצְטַעֵר, שְׁכִינָה מַה הַלָּשׁוֹן אוֹמֶרֶת כִּבְיָכוֹל, קַלַּנִי מֵרֹאשִׁי, קַלַּנִי מִזְּרוֹעִי. אִם כֵּן הַמָּקוֹם מִצְטַעֵר עַל דָּמָם שֶׁל רְשָׁעִים שֶׁנִּשְׁפַּךְ, קַל וָחֹמֶר עַל דָּמָם שֶׁל צַדִּיקִים. וְלֹא זוֹ בִלְבַד, אֶלָּא כָּל הַמֵּלִין אֶת מֵתוֹ, עוֹבֵר בְּלֹא תַעֲשֶׂה. הֱלִינוֹ לִכְבוֹדוֹ לְהָבִיא לוֹ אָרוֹן וְתַכְרִיכִים, אֵינוֹ עוֹבֵר עָלָיו. וְלֹא הָיוּ קוֹבְרִין אוֹתוֹ בְּקִבְרוֹת אֲבוֹתָיו, אֶלָּא שְׁתֵּי בָתֵּי קְבָרוֹת הָיוּ מְתֻקָּנִין לְבֵית דִּין, אַחַת לַנֶּהֱרָגִין וְלַנֶּחֱנָקִין וְאַחַת לַנִּסְקָלִין וְלַנִּשְׂרָפִין: \n", | 6.5. "R. Meir said: “When man suffers, what expression does the shechinah (God’s presence) use? “My head is too light (a euphemism for heavy) for me, my arm is too light (a euphemism for heavy) for me.” If god is so grieved over the blood of the wicked that is shed, how much more so over the blood of the righteous! And not only of this one [a criminal did the sages not to leave him overnight] but whosoever lets his dead lie over night transgresses a negative commandment. If he kept him over night for the sake of his honor, to procure for him a coffin or a shroud, he does not transgress. And they did not bury him [the executed person] in his ancestral tomb, but two burial places were prepared by the court, one for those who were decapitated or strangled, and the other for those who were stoned or burned.", |
|
117. Mishnah, Sotah, 9.15 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 109| 9.15. "מִשֶּׁמֵּת רַבִּי מֵאִיר, בָּטְלוּ מוֹשְׁלֵי מְשָׁלִים. מִשֶּׁמֵּת בֶּן עַזַּאי, בָּטְלוּ הַשַּׁקְדָּנִים. מִשֶּׁמֵּת בֶּן זוֹמָא, בָּטְלוּ הַדַּרְשָׁנִים. מִשֶּׁמֵּת רַבִּי יְהוֹשֻׁעַ, פָּסְקָה טוֹבָה מִן הָעוֹלָם. מִשֶּׁמֵּת רַבָּן שִׁמְעוֹן בֶּן גַּמְלִיאֵל, בָּא גוֹבַי וְרַבּוּ צָרוֹת. מִשֶּׁמֵּת רַבִּי אֶלְעָזָר בֶּן עֲזַרְיָה, פָּסַק הָעשֶׁר מִן הַחֲכָמִים. מִשֶּׁמֵּת רַבִּי עֲקִיבָא, בָּטַל כְּבוֹד הַתּוֹרָה. מִשֶּׁמֵּת רַבִּי חֲנִינָא בֶּן דּוֹסָא, בָּטְלוּ אַנְשֵׁי מַעֲשֶׂה. מִשֶּׁמֵּת רַבִּי יוֹסֵי קַטְנוּתָא, פָּסְקוּ חֲסִידִים. וְלָמָּה נִקְרָא שְׁמוֹ קַטְנוּתָא, שֶׁהָיָה קַטְנוּתָן שֶׁל חֲסִידִים. מִשֶּׁמֵּת רַבָּן יוֹחָנָן בֶּן זַכַּאי, בָּטַל זִיו הַחָכְמָה. מִשֶּׁמֵּת רַבָּן גַּמְלִיאֵל הַזָּקֵן, בָּטַל כְּבוֹד הַתּוֹרָה וּמֵתָה טָהֳרָה וּפְרִישׁוּת. מִשֶּׁמֵּת רַבִּי יִשְׁמָעֵאל בֶּן פָּאבִי, בָּטַל זִיו הַכְּהֻנָּה. מִשֶּׁמֵּת רַבִּי, בָּטְלָה עֲנָוָה וְיִרְאַת חֵטְא. רַבִּי פִנְחָס בֶּן יָאִיר אוֹמֵר, מִשֶּׁחָרַב בֵּית הַמִּקְדָּשׁ, בּוֹשׁוּ חֲבֵרִים וּבְנֵי חוֹרִין, וְחָפוּ רֹאשָׁם, וְנִדַּלְדְּלוּ אַנְשֵׁי מַעֲשֶׂה, וְגָבְרוּ בַעֲלֵי זְרוֹעַ וּבַעֲלֵי לָשׁוֹן, וְאֵין דּוֹרֵשׁ וְאֵין מְבַקֵּשׁ, וְאֵין שׁוֹאֵל, עַל מִי לָנוּ לְהִשָּׁעֵן, עַל אָבִינוּ שֶׁבַּשָּׁמָיִם. רַבִּי אֱלִיעֶזֶר הַגָּדוֹל אוֹמֵר, מִיּוֹם שֶׁחָרַב בֵּית הַמִּקְדָּשׁ, שָׁרוּ חַכִּימַיָּא לְמֶהֱוֵי כְסָפְרַיָּא, וְסָפְרַיָּא כְּחַזָּנָא, וְחַזָּנָא כְּעַמָּא דְאַרְעָא, וְעַמָּא דְאַרְעָא אָזְלָא וְדַלְדְּלָה, וְאֵין מְבַקֵּשׁ, עַל מִי יֵשׁ לְהִשָּׁעֵן, עַל אָבִינוּ שֶׁבַּשָּׁמָיִם. בְּעִקְּבוֹת מְשִׁיחָא חֻצְפָּא יִסְגֵּא, וְיֹקֶר יַאֲמִיר, הַגֶּפֶן תִּתֵּן פִּרְיָהּ וְהַיַּיִן בְּיֹקֶר, וְהַמַּלְכוּת תֵּהָפֵךְ לְמִינוּת, וְאֵין תּוֹכֵחָה, בֵּית וַעַד יִהְיֶה לִזְנוּת, וְהַגָּלִיל יֶחֱרַב, וְהַגַּבְלָן יִשּׁוֹם, וְאַנְשֵׁי הַגְּבוּל יְסוֹבְבוּ מֵעִיר לְעִיר וְלֹא יְחוֹנָּנוּ, וְחָכְמַת סוֹפְרִים תִּסְרַח, וְיִרְאֵי חֵטְא יִמָּאֲסוּ, וְהָאֱמֶת תְּהֵא נֶעְדֶּרֶת. נְעָרִים פְּנֵי זְקֵנִים יַלְבִּינוּ, זְקֵנִים יַעַמְדוּ מִפְּנֵי קְטַנִּים. (מיכה ז) בֵּן מְנַבֵּל אָב, בַּת קָמָה בְאִמָּהּ, כַּלָּה בַּחֲמֹתָהּ, אֹיְבֵי אִישׁ אַנְשֵׁי בֵיתוֹ. פְּנֵי הַדּוֹר כִּפְנֵי הַכֶּלֶב, הַבֵּן אֵינוֹ מִתְבַּיֵּשׁ מֵאָבִיו. וְעַל מִי יֵשׁ לָנוּ לְהִשָּׁעֵן, עַל אָבִינוּ שֶׁבַּשָּׁמָיִם. רַבִּי פִנְחָס בֶּן יָאִיר אוֹמֵר, זְרִיזוּת מְבִיאָה לִידֵי נְקִיּוּת, וּנְקִיּוּת מְבִיאָה לִידֵי טָהֳרָה, וְטָהֳרָה מְבִיאָה לִידֵי פְרִישׁוּת, וּפְרִישׁוּת מְבִיאָה לִידֵי קְדֻשָּׁה, וּקְדֻשָּׁה מְבִיאָה לִידֵי עֲנָוָה, וַעֲנָוָה מְבִיאָה לִידֵי יִרְאַת חֵטְא, וְיִרְאַת חֵטְא מְבִיאָה לִידֵי חֲסִידוּת, וַחֲסִידוּת מְבִיאָה לִידֵי רוּחַ הַקֹּדֶשׁ, וְרוּחַ הַקֹּדֶשׁ מְבִיאָה לִידֵי תְחִיַּת הַמֵּתִים, וּתְחִיַּת הַמֵּתִים בָּא עַל יְדֵי אֵלִיָּהוּ זָכוּר לַטּוֹב, אָמֵן: \n", | 9.15. "When Rabbi Meir died, the composers of fables ceased. When Ben Azzai died, the diligent students [of Torah] ceased. When Ben Zoma died, the expounders ceased. When Rabbi Joshua died, goodness ceased from the world. When Rabban Shimon ben Gamaliel died, locusts come and troubles multiplied. When Rabbi Elazar ben Azaryah died, the sages ceased to be wealthy. When Rabbi Akiba died, the glory of the Torah ceased. When Rabbi Hanina ben Dosa died, men of wondrous deeds ceased. When Rabbi Yose Katnuta died, the pious men (hasidim) ceased and why was his name called Katnuta? Because he was the youngest of the pious men. When Rabban Yoha ben Zakkai died, the splendor of wisdom ceased. When Rabban Gamaliel the elder died, the glory of the torah ceased, and purity and separateness perished. When Rabbi Ishmael ben Fabi died, the splendor of the priesthood ceased. When Rabbi died, humility and fear of sin ceased. Rabbi Phineas ben Yair says: when Temple was destroyed, scholars and freemen were ashamed and covered their head, men of wondrous deeds were disregarded, and violent men and big talkers grew powerful. And nobody expounds, nobody seeks, and nobody asks. Upon whom shall we depend? Upon our father who is in heaven. Rabbi Eliezer the Great says: from the day the Temple was destroyed, the sages began to be like scribes, scribes like synagogue-attendants, synagogue-attendants like common people, and the common people became more and more debased. And nobody seeks. Upon whom shall we depend? Upon our father who is in heaven. In the footsteps of the messiah insolence (hutzpah) will increase and the cost of living will go up greatly; the vine will yield its fruit, but wine will be expensive; the government will turn to heresy, and there will be no one to rebuke; the meeting-place [of scholars] will be used for licentiousness; the Galilee will be destroyed, the Gablan will be desolated, and the dwellers on the frontier will go about [begging] from place to place without anyone to take pity on them; the wisdom of the learned will rot, fearers of sin will be despised, and the truth will be lacking; youths will put old men to shame, the old will stand up in the presence of the young, “For son spurns father, daughter rises up against mother, daughter-in-law against mother-in-law a man’s own household are his enemies” (Micah 7:6). The face of the generation will be like the face of a dog, a son will not feel ashamed before his father. Upon whom shall we depend? Upon our father who is in heaven. Rabbi Pinchas ben Yair says, “Heedfulness leads to cleanliness, cleanliness leads to purity, purity leads to separation, separation leads to holiness, holiness leads to modesty, modesty leads to fear of sin, fear of sin leads to piety, piety leads to the Holy Spirit, The Holy Spirit leads to the resurrection of the dead, and the resurrection of the dead comes from Elijah, blessed be his memory, Amen.”", |
|
118. Mishnah, Taanit, 4.8 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 199| 4.8. "אָמַר רַבָּן שִׁמְעוֹן בֶּן גַּמְלִיאֵל, לֹא הָיוּ יָמִים טוֹבִים לְיִשְׂרָאֵל כַּחֲמִשָּׁה עָשָׂר בְּאָב וּכְיוֹם הַכִּפּוּרִים, שֶׁבָּהֶן בְּנוֹת יְרוּשָׁלַיִם יוֹצְאוֹת בִּכְלֵי לָבָן שְׁאוּלִין, שֶׁלֹּא לְבַיֵּשׁ אֶת מִי שֶׁאֵין לוֹ. כָּל הַכֵּלִים טְעוּנִין טְבִילָה. וּבְנוֹת יְרוּשָׁלַיִם יוֹצְאוֹת וְחוֹלוֹת בַּכְּרָמִים. וּמֶה הָיוּ אוֹמְרוֹת, בָּחוּר, שָׂא נָא עֵינֶיךָ וּרְאֵה, מָה אַתָּה בוֹרֵר לָךְ. אַל תִּתֵּן עֵינֶיךָ בַנּוֹי, תֵּן עֵינֶיךָ בַמִּשְׁפָּחָה. שֶׁקֶר הַחֵן וְהֶבֶל הַיֹּפִי, אִשָּׁה יִרְאַת ה' הִיא תִתְהַלָּל (משלי לא). וְאוֹמֵר, תְּנוּ לָהּ מִפְּרִי יָדֶיהָ, וִיהַלְלוּהָ בַשְּׁעָרִים מַעֲשֶׂיהָ. וְכֵן הוּא אוֹמֵר, צְאֶינָה וּרְאֶינָה בְּנוֹת צִיּוֹן בַּמֶּלֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹה בָּעֲטָרָה שֶׁעִטְּרָה לּוֹ אִמּוֹ בְּיוֹם חֲתֻנָּתוֹ וּבְיוֹם שִׂמְחַת לִבּוֹ (שיר השירים ג). בְּיוֹם חֲתֻנָּתוֹ, זֶה מַתַּן תּוֹרָה. וּבְיוֹם שִׂמְחַת לִבּוֹ, זֶה בִּנְיַן בֵּית הַמִּקְדָּשׁ, שֶׁיִּבָּנֶה בִמְהֵרָה בְיָמֵינוּ. אָמֵן: \n", | 4.8. "Section one: Rabbi Shimon ben Gamaliel said: There were no days of joy in Israel greater than the fifteenth of Av and Yom Kippur. Section two: On these days the daughters of Jerusalem would go out in borrowed white garments in order not to shame any one who had none. All these garments required immersion. The daughters of Jerusalem come out and dance in the vineyards. What would they say? Young man, lift up your eyes and see what you choose for yourself. Do not set your eyes on beauty but set your eyes on the family. “Grace is deceitful, and beauty is vain, but a woman that fears the Lord, she shall be praised” (Proverbs 31:30). And it further says, “Give her of the fruit of her hands; and let her works praise her in the gates” (ibid, 31:31). Section three: Similarly it says, “O maidens of Zion, go forth and gaze upon King Solomon wearing the crown that his mother gave him on his wedding day, on the day of the gladness of his heart” (Song of Songs 3:11). “On his wedding day”: this refers to Matan Torah (the Giving of the Torah). “And on the day of the gladness of his heart”: this refers to the building of the Temple; may it be rebuilt speedily in our days, Amen.", |
|
119. Mishnah, Tamid, 7.3 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 199| 7.3. "בִּזְמַן שֶׁכֹּהֵן גָּדוֹל רוֹצֶה לְהַקְטִיר, הָיָה עוֹלֶה בַכֶּבֶשׁ וְהַסְּגָן בִּימִינוֹ. הִגִּיעַ לְמַחֲצִית הַכֶּבֶשׁ, אָחַז הַסְּגָן בִּימִינוֹ וְהֶעֱלָהוּ. הוֹשִׁיט לוֹ הָרִאשׁוֹן הָרֹאשׁ וְהָרֶגֶל, וְסָמַךְ עֲלֵיהֶן וּזְרָקָן. הוֹשִׁיט הַשֵּׁנִי לָרִאשׁוֹן שְׁתֵּי הַיָּדַיִם, נוֹתְנָן לְכֹהֵן גָּדוֹל, וְסָמַךְ עֲלֵיהֶן וּזְרָקָן. נִשְׁמַט הַשֵּׁנִי וְהָלַךְ לוֹ. וְכָךְ הָיוּ מוֹשִׁיטִין לוֹ שְׁאָר כָּל הָאֵבָרִין, וְהוּא סוֹמֵךְ עֲלֵיהֶן וְזוֹרְקָן. וּבִזְמַן שֶׁהוּא רוֹצֶה, הוּא סוֹמֵךְ וַאֲחֵרִים זוֹרְקִין. בָּא לוֹ לְהַקִּיף אֶת הַמִּזְבֵּחַ. מֵהֵיכָן הוּא מַתְחִיל, מִקֶּרֶן דְּרוֹמִית מִזְרָחִית, מִזְרָחִית צְפוֹנִית, צְפוֹנִית מַעֲרָבִית, מַעֲרָבִית דְּרוֹמִית. נָתְנוּ לוֹ יַיִן לְנַסֵּךְ, הַסְּגָן עוֹמֵד עַל הַקֶּרֶן וְהַסּוּדָרִים בְּיָדוֹ, וּשְׁנֵי כֹהֲנִים עוֹמְדִים עַל שֻׁלְחַן הַחֲלָבִים וּשְׁתֵּי חֲצוֹצְרוֹת שֶׁל כֶּסֶף בְּיָדָם, תָּקְעוּ וְהֵרִיעוּ וְתָקְעוּ. בָּאוּ וְעָמְדוּ אֵצֶל בֶּן אַרְזָא, אֶחָד מִימִינוֹ וְאֶחָד מִשְּׂמֹאלוֹ. שָׁחָה לְנַסֵּךְ, וְהֵנִיף הַסְּגָן בַּסּוּדָרִין, וְהִקִּישׁ בֶּן אַרְזָא בַּצֶּלְצָל, וְדִבְּרוּ הַלְוִיִּם בַּשִּׁיר. הִגִּיעוּ לְפֶרֶק, תָּקְעוּ, וְהִשְׁתַּחֲווּ הָעָם. עַל כָּל פֶּרֶק, תְּקִיעָה. וְעַל כָּל תְּקִיעָה, הִשְׁתַּחֲוָיָה. זֶה הוּא סֵדֶר הַתָּמִיד לַעֲבוֹדַת בֵּית אֱלֹהֵינוּ, יְהִי רָצוֹן שֶׁיִבָּנֶה בִּמְהֵרָה בְיָמֵינוּ, אָמֵן:", | 7.3. "If the high priest wished to burn the offerings [himself], he would go up the ascent with the deputy high priest at his right. When he reached the middle of the ascent the deputy took hold of his right hand and helped him up. The first [of the other priests] then handed to him the head and the foot and he laid his hands on them and threw them [onto the altar]. The second then handed to the first the two fore legs. And he handed them to the high priest who laid his hands on them and threw them [onto the altar]. The second then went away. In the same way all the other limbs were handed to him and he laid his hands on them and threw them [on to the altar fire]. If he wanted, he could lay his hands and let others throw [them] on the fire. He then went around the altar. From where did he begin? From the southeastern corner; from there he went to the northeastern, then to the northwestern and then to the southwestern. They there handed him the wine for libation. The deputy high priest stood on the corner/horn of the altar with the flags in his hand, and two priests on the table of the fats with two trumpets in their hands. They blew a teki’ah, a teru’ah and a teki’ah. They then went and stood by Ben Arza, one on his right hand and one on his left. When he bent down to make the libation the deputy high priest waved the flags and Ben Arza struck the cymbals and the Levites sang the psalm. When they came to a pause they blew a teki’ah, and the public bowed down. At every pause there was a teki’ah and at every teki’ah a bowing down. This was the order of the regular daily sacrifice for the service of our Lord. May it be His will that it be rebuilt speedily in our days, Amen.", |
|
120. Mishnah, Zevahim, 5.5 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 167| 5.5. "זִבְחֵי שַׁלְמֵי צִבּוּר וַאֲשָׁמוֹת. אֵלּוּ הֵן אֲשָׁמוֹת, אֲשַׁם גְּזֵלוֹת, אֲשַׁם מְעִילוֹת, אֲשַׁם שִׁפְחָה חֲרוּפָה, אֲשַׁם נָזִיר, אֲשַׁם מְצֹרָע, אָשָׁם תָּלוּי, שְׁחִיטָתָן בַּצָּפוֹן, וְקִבּוּל דָּמָן בִּכְלִי שָׁרֵת בַּצָּפוֹן, וְדָמָן טָעוּן שְׁתֵּי מַתָּנוֹת שֶׁהֵן אַרְבַּע, וְנֶאֱכָלִין לִפְנִים מִן הַקְּלָעִים לְזִכְרֵי כְהֻנָּה בְּכָל מַאֲכָל לְיוֹם וָלַיְלָה עַד חֲצוֹת: \n", | 5.5. "The shelamim of the public and the ashams: These are the[different types of] ashams: The asham for robbery; The asham or illegal use of holy property; The asham for a betrothed maidservant; A nazirite's asham; A leper's asham; And the suspended asham. These are slaughtered in the north, and their blood is received in a service vessel in the north, and their blood requires two sprinklings, which constitute four. And they are eaten within the curtains [of the Tabernacle], by male priests, prepared in any manner, the same day and night, until midnight.", |
|
121. Mishnah, Shekalim, 5.3-5.4 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, spirit Found in books: Avery-Peck, Chilton, and Scott Green (2014), A Legacy of Learning: Essays in Honor of Jacob Neusner , 246| 5.3. "אַרְבָּעָה חוֹתָמוֹת הָיוּ בַּמִּקְדָּשׁ, וְכָתוּב עֲלֵיהֶן, עֵגֶל, זָכָר, גְּדִי, חוֹטֵא. בֶּן עַזַּאי אוֹמֵר, חֲמִשָּׁה הָיוּ, וַאֲרָמִית כָּתוּב עֲלֵיהֶן, עֵגֶל, זָכָר, גְּדִי, חוֹטֵא דַּל, וְחוֹטֵא עָשִׁיר. עֵגֶל מְשַׁמֵּשׁ עִם נִסְכֵּי בָּקָר גְּדוֹלִים וּקְטַנִּים, זְכָרִים וּנְקֵבוֹת. גְּדִי מְשַׁמֵּשׁ עִם נִסְכֵּי צֹאן גְּדוֹלִים וּקְטַנִּים, זְכָרִים וּנְקֵבוֹת, חוּץ מִשֶּׁל אֵילִים. זָכָר מְשַׁמֵּשׁ עִם נִסְכֵּי אֵילִים בִּלְבָד. חוֹטֵא מְשַׁמֵּשׁ עִם נִסְכֵּי שָׁלשׁ בְּהֵמוֹת שֶׁל מְצוֹרָעִין: \n", 5.4. "מִי שֶׁהוּא מְבַקֵּשׁ נְסָכִים הוֹלֵךְ לוֹ אֵצֶל יוֹחָנָן שֶׁהוּא מְמֻנֶּה עַל הַחוֹתָמוֹת, נוֹתֵן לוֹ מָעוֹת וּמְקַבֵּל מִמֶּנּוּ חוֹתָם. בָּא לוֹ אֵצֶל אֲחִיָּה שֶׁהוּא מְמֻנֶּה עַל הַנְּסָכִים, וְנוֹתֵן לוֹ חוֹתָם וּמְקַבֵּל מִמֶּנּוּ נְסָכִים. וְלָעֶרֶב בָּאִין זֶה אֵצֶל זֶה, וַאֲחִיָּה מוֹצִיא אֶת הַחוֹתָמוֹת וּמְקַבֵּל כְּנֶגְדָּן מָעוֹת. וְאִם הוֹתִירוּ הוֹתִירוּ לַהֶקְדֵּשׁ. וְאִם פָּחָתוּ, הָיָה מְשַׁלֵּם יוֹחָנָן מִבֵּיתוֹ, שֶׁיַּד הֶקְדֵּשׁ עַל הָעֶלְיוֹנָה: \n", | 5.3. "There were four seals in the Temple, and on them was inscribed [respectively]: ‘calf’, ‘ram’, ‘kid’, ‘sinner’. Ben Azzai says: there were five and on them was inscribed in Aramaic [respectively]” ‘calf’, ‘ram’, ‘kid’, ‘poor sinner’, and ‘rich sinner’. [The seal inscribed] ‘calf’ served for the libations of cattle, both large and small, male and female. [The seal inscribed] ‘kid’ served for the libations of flock animals, both large and small, male and female, with the exception of rams. [The one inscribed] ‘ram’ served for the libations of rams alone. [The one inscribed] ‘sinner’ served for the libations of the three animals [offered] by lepers.", 5.4. "If one required libations he would go to Yoha who was the officer over the seals, and give him money and receive from him a seal. Then he would go to Ahiyah who was the officer over the libations, and give him the seal, and receive from him the libations. And in the evening these two [officers] would come together, and Ahiyah would bring out the seals and receive money for their value. And if there was more [than their value] the surplus belonged to the sanctuary, but if there was less [than their value] Yoha would pay [the loss] out of his own pocket; for the Temple has the upper hand.", |
|
| 122. Seneca The Younger, Fragments, 34-35, 37, 36 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 114 |
123. Tosefta, Sotah, 13.3 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 109| 13.3. "משחרב בית המקדש [בטלה מלוכה מבית דוד ובטלו אורים ותומים ופסקו ערי מגרש] שנאמר (עזרא ב׳:ס״ג) ויאמר התרשתא להם אשר לא יאכלו מקדש הקדשים עד עמוד הכהן לאורים ותומים כאדם שאומר לחבירו עד שיחיו מתים או עד שיבא [אליהו].", | |
|
| 124. Quintilian, Institutes of Oratory, None (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 68 |
125. Plutarch, On Isis And Osiris, None (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 411 | 372d. an offering of resin at sunrise, of myrrh at midday, and of the soâcalled cyphi at sunset; the reason which underlies each one of these offerings Iwill describe later. They think that by means of all these they supplicate and serve the Sun. Yet, what need is there to collect many such things? There are some who without reservation assert that Osiris is the Sun and is called the Dog-star (Sirius) by the Greeks even if among the Egyptians the addition of the article has created some ambiguity in regard to the name; and there are those who declare that Isis is none other than the Moon; for this reason it is said that the statues of Isis that bear horns are imitations of the crescent moon, and in her dark garments are shown the concealments and the obscurations in which she in her yearning pursues the Sun. For this reason also they call upon the Moon in love affairs, |
|
126. New Testament, Romans, 9.4, 12.1, 15.20 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •divine presence, in pauline christianity •divine presence, in qumranic mysticism •qumran, attitudes toward the divine presence Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 177; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 132, 220| 9.4. ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ αἱ διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, 12.1. Παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν ἁγίαν τῷ θεῷ εὐάρεστον, τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν· 15.20. οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός, ἵνα μὴ ἐπʼ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ, | 9.4. who are Israelites; whose is the adoption, the glory, the covets, the giving of the law, the service, and the promises; 12.1. Therefore I urge you, brothers, by the mercies of God, to present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable to God, which is your spiritual service. 15.20. yes, making it my aim to preach the gospel, not where Christ was already named, that I might not build on another's foundation. |
|
127. New Testament, Philippians, 4.18 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 220| 4.18. ἀπέχω δὲ πάντα καὶ περισσεύω· πεπλήρωμαι δεξάμενος παρὰ Ἐπαφροδίτου τὰ παρʼ ὑμῶν,ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας,θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ θεῷ. | 4.18. But I have all things, and abound. I am filled, having received from Epaphroditus the things that came from you, a sweet-smelling fragrance, an acceptable and well-pleasing sacrifice to God. |
|
| 128. New Testament, Hebrews, 4.14-7.28, 9.11, 9.24, 10.20 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 133 |
129. New Testament, Galatians, 1.18, 2.1 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 218| 1.18. Ἔπειτα μετὰ τρία ἔτη ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα ἱστορῆσαι Κηφᾶν, καὶ ἐπέμεινα πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡμέρας δεκαπέντε· 2.1. Ἔπειτα διὰ δεκατεσσάρων ἐτῶν πάλιν ἀνέβην εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα μετὰ Βαρνάβα, συνπαραλαβὼν καὶ Τίτον· ἀνέβην δὲ κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν· | 1.18. Then after three years I went up to Jerusalem tovisit Peter, and stayed with him fifteen days. 2.1. Then after a period of fourteen years I went up again toJerusalem with Barnabas, taking Titus also with me. |
|
130. New Testament, Ephesians, 1.23, 2.20, 5.31 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, in pauline christianity •divine presence, in qumranic mysticism •qumran, attitudes toward the divine presence •shekhinah (divine presence), and procreation Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 177; Lorberbaum (2015), In God's Image: Myth, Theology, and Law in Classical Judaism, 242| 1.23. ἥτις ἐστὶν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν πληρουμένου. 2.20. ἐποικοδομηθέντες ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν, ὄντος ἀκρογωνιαίου αὐτοῦ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, 5.31. ἀντὶ τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος [τὸν] πατέρα καὶ [τὴν] μητέρα καὶ προσκολληθήσεται πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν. | 1.23. which is his body, the fullness of him who fills all in all. 2.20. being built on the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Christ Jesus himself being the chief cornerstone; 5.31. "For this cause a man will leave his father and mother, and will be joined to his wife. The two will become one flesh." |
|
131. New Testament, Colossians, 1.15-1.18 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to •divine presence, in pauline christianity •divine presence, in qumranic mysticism •qumran, attitudes toward the divine presence Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 177; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 160| 1.15. ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου, πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως, 1.16. ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα, εἴτε θρόνοι εἴτε κυριότητες εἴτε ἀρχαὶ εἴτε ἐξουσίαι· τὰ πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἔκτισται· 1.17. καὶ αὐτὸς ἔστιν πρὸ πάντων καὶ τὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν, 1.18. καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ σώματος, τῆς ἐκκλησίας· ὅς ἐστιν [ἡ] ἀρχή, πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν, ἵνα γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων, | 1.15. who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of all creation. 1.16. For by him were all things created, in the heavens and on the earth, things visible and things invisible, whether thrones or dominions or principalities or powers; all things have been created through him, and for him. 1.17. He is before all things, and in him all things are held together. 1.18. He is the head of the body, the assembly, who is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead; that in all things he might have the preeminence. |
|
132. Anon., Epistle of Barnabas, 16.6 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •temple, place of divine glory/kingship/presence Found in books: Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 132 | 16.6. But let us enquire whether there be any temple of God. There is; in the place where he himself undertakes to make and finish it. For it is written And it shall come to pass, when the week is being accomplished, the temple of God shall be built gloriously in the name of the Lord. |
|
133. New Testament, John, 1.1-1.18, 1.32-1.33, 2.15-2.16, 2.19-2.22, 5.21-5.40, 7.27, 10.1, 11.27, 12.34, 14.7, 14.9-14.10, 19.26-19.27, 20.31 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, as residing in jesus •divine presence, in ezekiel •ezekiel, divine presence in •divine presence •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to •divine presence, in qumranic mysticism •qumran, attitudes toward the divine presence •paradise, divine presence in •messiah, divine presence related to •divine presence, messiah related to •divine presence, in pauline christianity Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 174, 183, 184, 185, 189; Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 147; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 112, 160, 186, 193, 359| 1.1. ΕΝ ΑΡΧΗ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος. 1.2. Οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν. 1.3. πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν. 1.4. ὃ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων· 1.5. καὶ τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν. 1.6. Ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ Ἰωάνης· 1.7. οὗτος ἦλθεν εἰς μαρτυρίαν, ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός, ἵνα πάντες πιστεύσωσιν διʼ αὐτοῦ. 1.8. οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖνος τὸ φῶς, ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός. 1.9. Ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 1.10. ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω. 1.11. Εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον. 1.12. ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, 1.13. οἳ οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς ἀλλʼ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐγεννήθησαν. 1.14. Καὶ ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο καὶ ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας·?̔ 1.15. Ἰωάνης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων — οὗτος ἦν ὁ εἰπών — Ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν·̓ 1.16. ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς πάντες ἐλάβομεν, καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος· 1.17. ὅτι ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωυσέως ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο. 1.18. θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἑώρακεν πώποτε· μονογενὴς θεὸς ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκεῖνος ἐξηγήσατο. 1.32. Καὶ ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάνης λέγων ὅτι Τεθέαμαι τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον ὡς περιστερὰν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐπʼ αὐτόν· 1.33. κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν, ἀλλʼ ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν Ἐφʼ ὃν ἂν ἴδῃς τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον καὶ μένον ἐπʼ αὐτόν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ· 2.15. καὶ ποιήσας φραγέλλιον ἐκ σχοινίων πάντας ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τά τε πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας, καὶ τῶν κολλυβιστῶν ἐξέχεεν τὰ κέρματα καὶ τὰς τραπέζας ἀνέτρεψεν, 2.16. καὶ τοῖς τὰς περιστερὰς πωλοῦσιν εἶπεν Ἄρατε ταῦτα ἐντεῦθεν, μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου. 2.19. ἀπεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον καὶ [ἐν] τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν. 2.20. εἶπαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι Τεσσεράκοντα καὶ ἓξ ἔτεσιν οἰκοδομήθη ὁ ναὸς οὗτος, καὶ σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν; 2.21. ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ. 2.22. Ὅτε οὖν ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι τοῦτο ἔλεγεν, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 5.21. ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἐγείρει τοὺς νεκροὺς καὶ ζωοποιεῖ, οὕτως καὶ ὁ υἱὸς οὓς θέλει ζωοποιεῖ. 5.22. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ υἱῷ, 5.23. ἵνα πάντες τιμῶσι τὸν υἱὸν καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν υἱὸν οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν πατέρα τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν. 5.24. Ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων καὶ πιστεύων τῷ πέμψαντί με ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται ἀλλὰ μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν. 5.25. ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστὶν ὅτε οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν. 5.26. ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ· 5.27. καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν, ὅτι υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν. 5.28. μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο, ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα ἐν ᾗ πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ 5.29. καὶ ἐκπορεύσονται οἱ τὰ ἀγαθὰ ποιήσαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς, οἱ τὰ φαῦλα πράξαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως. 5.30. Οὐ δύναμαι ἐγὼ ποιεῖν ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐδέν· καθὼς ἀκούω κρίνω, καὶ ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν, ὅτι οὐ ζητῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με. 5.31. Ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής· 5.32. ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ, καὶ οἶδα ὅτι ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ. 5.33. ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάνην, καὶ μεμαρτύρηκε τῇ ἀληθείᾳ· 5.34. ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω, ἀλλὰ ταῦτα λέγω ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε. 5.35. ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων, ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ· 5.36. ἐγὼ δὲ ἔχω τὴν μαρτυρίαν μείζω τοῦ Ἰωάνου, τὰ γὰρ ἔργα ἃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ πατὴρ ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὅτι ὁ πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν, 5.37. καὶ ὁ πέμψας με πατὴρ ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ ἐμοῦ. οὔτε φωνὴν αὐτοῦ πώποτε ἀκηκόατε οὔτε εἶδος αὐτοῦ ἑωράκατε, 5.38. καὶ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε. 5.39. ἐραυνᾶτε τὰς γραφάς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς δοκεῖτε ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν· καὶ ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ· 5.40. καὶ οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχητε. 7.27. ἀλλὰ τοῦτον οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν· ὁ δὲ χριστὸς ὅταν ἔρχηται οὐδεὶς γινώσκει πόθεν ἐστίν. 10.1. Ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὁ μὴ εἰσερχόμενος διὰ τῆς θύρας εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων ἀλλὰ ἀναβαίνων ἀλλαχόθεν ἐκεῖνος κλέπτης ἐστὶν καὶ λῃστής· 11.27. λέγει αὐτῷ Ναί, κύριε· ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι lt*gtὺ εἶ ὁ χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος. 12.34. ἀπεκρίθη οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ ὄχλος Ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου ὅτι ὁ χριστὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ πῶς λέγεις σὺ ὅτι δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; 14.7. εἰ ἐγνώκειτέ με, καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου ἂν ἤδειτε· ἀπʼ ἄρτι γινώσκετε αὐτὸν καὶ ἑωράκατε. 14.9. λέγει αὐτῷ [ὁ] Ἰησοῦς Τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰμὶ καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε; ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ ἑωρακεν τὸν πατέρα· πῶς σὺ λέγεις Δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν πατέρα; 14.10. οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν; τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ· ὁ δὲ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένων ποιεῖ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ. 19.26. Ἰησοῦς οὖν ἰδὼν τὴν μητέρα καὶ τὸν μαθητὴν παρεστῶτα ὃν ἠγάπα λέγει τῇ μητρί Γύναι, ἴδε ὁ υἱός σου· 19.27. εἶτα λέγει τῷ μαθητῇ Ἴδε ἡ μήτηρ σου. καὶ ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια. 20.31. βιβλίῳ τούτῳ· ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται ἵνα πιστεύητε ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστὶν ὁ χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἵνα πιστεύοντες ζωὴν ἔχητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ. | 1.1. In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. 1.2. The same was in the beginning with God. 1.3. All things were made through him. Without him was not anything made that has been made. 1.4. In him was life, and the life was the light of men. 1.5. The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness hasn't overcome it. 1.6. There came a man, sent from God, whose name was John. 1.7. The same came as a witness, that he might testify about the light, that all might believe through him. 1.8. He was not the light, but was sent that he might testify about the light. 1.9. The true light that enlightens everyone was coming into the world. 1.10. He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world didn't recognize him. 1.11. He came to his own, and those who were his own didn't receive him. 1.12. But as many as received him, to them he gave the right to become God's children, to those who believe in his name: 1.13. who were born not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. 1.14. The Word became flesh, and lived among us. We saw his glory, such glory as of the one and only Son of the Father, full of grace and truth. 1.15. John testified about him. He cried out, saying, "This was he of whom I said, 'He who comes after me has surpassed me, for he was before me.'" 1.16. From his fullness we all received grace upon grace. 1.17. For the law was given through Moses. Grace and truth came through Jesus Christ. 1.18. No one has seen God at any time. The one and only Son, who is in the bosom of the Father, he has declared him. 1.32. John testified, saying, "I have seen the Spirit descending like a dove out of heaven, and it remained on him. 1.33. I didn't recognize him, but he who sent me to baptize in water, he said to me, 'On whomever you will see the Spirit descending, and remaining on him, the same is he who baptizes in the Holy Spirit.' 2.15. He made a whip of cords, and threw all out of the temple, both the sheep and the oxen; and he poured out the changers' money, and overthrew their tables. 2.16. To those who sold the doves, he said, "Take these things out of here! Don't make my Father's house a marketplace!" 2.19. Jesus answered them, "Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up." 2.20. The Jews therefore said, "Forty-six years was this temple in building, and will you raise it up in three days?" 2.21. But he spoke of the temple of his body. 2.22. When therefore he was raised from the dead, his disciples remembered that he said this, and they believed the Scripture, and the word which Jesus had said. 5.21. For as the Father raises the dead and gives them life, even so the Son also gives life to whom he desires. 5.22. For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son, 5.23. that all may honor the Son, even as they honor the Father. He who doesn't honor the Son doesn't honor the Father who sent him. 5.24. "Most assuredly I tell you, he who hears my word, and believes him who sent me, has eternal life, and doesn't come into judgment, but has passed out of death into life. 5.25. Most assuredly, I tell you, the hour comes, and now is, when the dead will hear the Son of God's voice; and those who hear will live. 5.26. For as the Father has life in himself, even so he gave to the Son also to have life in himself. 5.27. He also gave him authority to execute judgment, because he is a son of man. 5.28. Don't marvel at this, for the hour comes, in which all that are in the tombs will hear his voice, 5.29. and will come out; those who have done good, to the resurrection of life; and those who have done evil, to the resurrection of judgment. 5.30. I can of myself do nothing. As I hear, I judge, and my judgment is righteous; because I don't seek my own will, but the will of my Father who sent me. 5.31. "If I testify about myself, my witness is not valid. 5.32. It is another who testifies about me. I know that the testimony which he testifies about me is true. 5.33. You have sent to John, and he has testified to the truth. 5.34. But the testimony which I receive is not from man. However, I say these things that you may be saved. 5.35. He was the burning and shining lamp, and you were willing to rejoice for a while in his light. 5.36. But the testimony which I have is greater than that of John, for the works which the Father gave me to accomplish, the very works that I do, testify about me, that the Father has sent me. 5.37. The Father himself, who sent me, has testified about me. You have neither heard his voice at any time, nor seen his form. 5.38. You don't have his word living in you; because you don't believe him whom he sent. 5.39. "You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and these are they which testify about me. 5.40. Yet you will not come to me, that you may have life. 7.27. However we know where this man comes from, but when the Christ comes, no one will know where he comes from." 10.1. "Most assuredly, I tell you, one who doesn't enter by the door into the sheep fold, but climbs up some other way, the same is a thief and a robber. 11.27. She said to him, "Yes, Lord. I have come to believe that you are the Christ, God's Son, he who comes into the world." 12.34. The multitude answered him, "We have heard out of the law that the Christ remains forever. How do you say, 'The Son of Man must be lifted up?' Who is this Son of Man?" 14.7. If you had known me, you would have known my Father also. From now on, you know him, and have seen him." 14.9. Jesus said to him, "Have I been with you such a long time, and do you not know me, Philip? He who has seen me has seen the Father. How do you say, 'Show us the Father?' 14.10. Don't you believe that I am in the Father, and the Father in me? The words that I tell you, I speak not from myself; but the Father who lives in me does his works. 19.26. Therefore when Jesus saw his mother, and the disciple whom he loved standing there, he said to his mother, "Woman, behold your son!" 19.27. Then he said to the disciple, "Behold, your mother!" From that hour, the disciple took her to his own home. 20.31. but these are written, that you may believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and that believing you may have life in his name. |
|
134. New Testament, Mark, 1.1-1.15, 1.29-1.45, 2.3-2.11, 3.1-3.6, 5.21-5.24, 9.1-9.8, 10.32-10.34, 11.1-11.11, 11.15-11.17, 11.27-11.33, 12.35, 14.12-14.17, 14.49, 15.34 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, spirit •divine presence, as residing in jesus •divine presence, in qumranic mysticism •qumran, attitudes toward the divine presence •divine presence •prince of the divine presence, the •fire, of divine presence Found in books: Avery-Peck, Chilton, and Scott Green (2014), A Legacy of Learning: Essays in Honor of Jacob Neusner , 245, 246; Berglund Crostini and Kelhoffer (2022), Why We Sing: Music, Word, and Liturgy in Early Christianity, 538; Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 174, 183; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 38; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 218| 1.1. ΑΡΧΗ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ . 1.2. Καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαίᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ Ἰδοὺ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου· 1.3. Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ, 1.4. ἐγένετο Ἰωάνης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. 1.5. καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἰεροσολυμεῖται πάντες, καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν. 1.6. καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάνης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 1.7. καὶ ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων Ἔρχεται ὁ ἰσχυρότερός μου ὀπίσω [μου], οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ· 1.8. ἐγὼ ἐβάπτισα ὑμᾶς ὕδατι, αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. 1.9. ΚΑΙ ΕΓΕΝΕΤΟ ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην ὑπὸ Ἰωάνου. 1.10. καὶ εὐθὺς ἀναβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον εἰς αὐτόν· 1.11. καὶ φωνὴ [ἐγένετο] ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν Σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν σοὶ εὐδόκησα. 1.12. Καὶ εὐθὺς τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον. 1.13. καὶ ἦν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ, καὶ ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. 1.14. Καὶ μετὰ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάνην ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ 1.15. [καὶ λέγων] ὅτι Πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ· μετανοεῖτε καὶ πιστεύετε ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ. 1.29. Καὶ εὐθὺς ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς ἐξελθόντες ἦλθαν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Σίμωνος καὶ Ἀνδρέου μετὰ Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωάνου. 1.30. ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα, καὶ εὐθὺς λέγουσιν αὐτῷ περὶ αὐτῆς. καὶ προσελθὼν ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν κρατήσας τῆς χειρός· 1.31. καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός, καὶ διηκόνει αὐτοῖς. 1.32. Ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε ἔδυσεν ὁ ἥλιος, ἔφερον πρὸς αὐτὸν πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους· 1.33. καὶ ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν. 1.34. καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλεν, καὶ οὐκ ἤφιεν λαλεῖν τὰ δαιμόνια, ὅτι ᾔδεισαν αὐτὸν [Χριστὸν εἶναι]. 1.35. Καὶ πρωὶ ἔννυχα λίαν ἀναστὰς ἐξῆλθεν [καὶ ἀπῆλθεν] εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κἀκεῖ προσηύχετο. 1.36. καὶ κατεδίωξεν αὐτὸν Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ, 1.37. καὶ εὗρον αὐτὸν καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ ὅτι Πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε. 1.38. καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς Ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις, ἵνα καὶ ἐκεῖ κηρύξω, εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ ἐξῆλθον. 1.39. καὶ ἦλθεν κηρύσσων εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων. 1.40. Καὶ ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρὸς παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν [καὶ γονυπετῶν] λέγων αὐτῷ ὅτι Ἐὰν θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι. 1.41. καὶ σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἥψατο καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι· 1.42. καὶ εὐθὺς ἀπῆλθεν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα, καὶ ἐκαθερίσθη. 1.43. καὶ ἐμβριμησάμενος αὐτῷ εὐθὺς ἐξέβαλεν αὐτόν, 1.44. καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ Ὅρα μηδενὶ μηδὲν εἴπῃς, ἀλλὰ ὕπαγε σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ καὶ προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου ἃ προσέταξεν Μωυσῆς εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. 1.45. ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον, ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἔξω ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις [ἦν]· καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν πάντοθεν. 2.3. καὶ ἔρχονται φέροντες πρὸς αὐτὸν παραλυτικὸν αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων. 2.4. καὶ μὴ δυνάμενοι προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες χαλῶσι τὸν κράβαττον ὅπου ὁ παραλυτικὸς κατέκειτο. 2.5. καὶ ἰδὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ Τέκνον, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. 2.6. ἦσαν δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων ἐκεῖ καθήμενοι καὶ διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 2.7. Τί οὗτος οὕτω λαλεῖ; βλασφημεῖ· τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός; 2.8. καὶ εὐθὺς ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ ὅτι [οὕτως] διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς λέγει [αὐτοῖς] Τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν; 2.9. τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ Ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν Ἐγείρου [καὶ] ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει; 2.10. ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς — λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ 2.11. Σοὶ λέγω, ἔγειρε ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου. 3.1. Καὶ εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς συναγωγήν, καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα· 3.2. καὶ παρετήρουν αὐτὸν εἰ τοῖς σάββασιν θεραπεύσει αὐτόν, ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ. 3.3. καὶ λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἔχοντι ξηράν Ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον. 3.4. καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς Ἔξεστιν τοῖς σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι; οἱ δὲ ἐσιώπων. 3.5. καὶ περιβλεψάμενος αὐτοὺς μετʼ ὀργῆς, συνλυπούμενος ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν, λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ Ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου· καὶ ἐξέτεινεν, καὶ ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ. 3.6. Καὶ ἐξελθόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι εὐθὺς μετὰ τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν συμβούλιον ἐδίδουν κατʼ αὐτοῦ ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν. 5.21. Καὶ διαπεράσαντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ πάλιν εἰς τὸ πέραν συνήχθη ὄχλος πολὺς ἐπʼ αὐτόν, καὶ ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν. 5.22. Καὶ ἔρχεται εἷς τῶν ἀρχισυναγώγων, ὀνόματι Ἰάειρος, 5.23. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν πίπτει πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ καὶ παρακαλεῖ αὐτὸν πολλὰ λέγων ὅτι Τὸ θυγάτριόν μου ἐσχάτως ἔχει, ἵνα ἐλθὼν ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ ἵνα σωθῇ καὶ ζήσῃ. 5.24. καὶ ἀπῆλθεν μετʼ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ὄχλος πολύς, καὶ συνέθλιβον αὐτόν. 9.1. καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι εἰσίν τινες ὧδε τῶν ἑστηκότων οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει. 9.2. Καὶ μετὰ ἡμέρας ἓξ παραλαμβάνει ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τὸν Ἰάκωβον καὶ Ἰωάνην, καὶ ἀναφέρει αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν κατʼ ἰδίαν μόνους. καὶ μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν, 9.3. καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο στίλβοντα λευκὰ λίαν οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι. 9.4. καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας σὺν Μωυσεῖ, καὶ ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 9.5. καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ Ῥαββεί, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι, καὶ ποιήσωμεν τρεῖς σκηνάς, σοὶ μίαν καὶ Μωυσεῖ μίαν καὶ Ἠλείᾳ μίαν. 9.6. οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ, ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο. 9.7. καὶ ἐγένετο νεφέλη ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ. 9.8. καὶ ἐξάπινα περιβλεψάμενοι οὐκέτι οὐδένα εἶδον μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν εἰ μὴ τὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον. 10.32. Ἦσαν δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναβαίνοντες εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα, καὶ ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἐθαμβοῦντο, οἱ δὲ ἀκολουθοῦντες ἐφοβοῦντο. καὶ παραλαβὼν πάλιν τοὺς δώδεκα ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς λέγειν τὰ μέλλοντα αὐτῷ συμβαίνειν 10.33. ὅτι Ἰδοὺ ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ τοῖς γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 10.34. καὶ ἐμπαίξουσιν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐμπτύσουσιν αὐτῷ καὶ μαστιγώσουσιν αὐτὸν καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται. 11.1. Καὶ ὅτε ἐγγίζουσιν εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα εἰς Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν πρὸς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν, ἀποστέλλει δύο τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 11.2. καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς Ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν κώμην τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν, καὶ εὐθὺς εἰσπορευόμενοι εἰς αὐτὴν εὑρήσετε πῶλον δεδεμένον ἐφʼ ὃν οὐδεὶς οὔπω ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν· λύσατε αὐτὸν καὶ φέρετε. 11.3. καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ Τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; εἴπατε Ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει· καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε. 11.4. καὶ ἀπῆλθον καὶ εὗρον πῶλον δεδεμένον πρὸς θύραν ἔξω ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀμφόδου, καὶ λύουσιν αὐτόν. 11.5. καί τινες τῶν ἐκεῖ ἑστηκότων ἔλεγον αὐτοῖς Τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες τὸν πῶλον; 11.6. οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτοῖς καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς· καὶ ἀφῆκαν αὐτούς. 11.7. καὶ φέρουσιν τὸν πῶλον πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπʼ αὐτόν. 11.8. καὶ πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν. 11.9. καὶ οἱ προάγοντες καὶ οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες ἔκραζον Ὡσαννά· Εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου· 11.10. Εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Δαυείδ· Ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις. 11.11. Καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα εἰς τὸ ἱερόν· καὶ περιβλεψάμενος πάντα ὀψὲ ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα. 11.15. Καὶ ἔρχονται εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα. Καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, καὶ τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν καὶ τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστερὰς κατέστρεψεν 11.16. καὶ οὐκ ἤφιεν ἵνα τις διενέγκῃ σκεῦος διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, 11.17. καὶ ἐδίδασκεν καὶ ἔλεγεν Οὐ γέγραπται ὅτι Ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν; ὑμεῖς δὲ πεποιήκατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. 11.27. Καὶ ἔρχονται πάλιν εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα. Καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι 11.28. καὶ ἔλεγον αὐτῷ Ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς; ἢ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς; 11.29. ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ἐπερωτήσω ὑμᾶς ἕνα λόγον, καὶ ἀποκρίθητέ μοι, καὶ ἐρῶ ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ· 11.30. τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάνου ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων; ἀποκρίθητέ μοι. 11.31. καὶ διελογίζοντο πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς λέγοντες Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν Ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ Διὰ τί [οῦν] οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ; 11.32. ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν Ἐξ ἀνθρώπων;—ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάνην ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν. 11.33. καὶ ἀποκριθέντες τῷ Ἰησοῦ λέγουσιν Οὐκ οἴδαμεν. καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ. 12.35. Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγεν διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ χριστὸς υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν; 14.12. Καὶ τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν ἀζύμων, ὅτε τὸ πάσχα ἔθυον, λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ Ποῦ θέλεις ἀπελθόντες ἑτοιμάσωμεν ἵνα φάγῃς τὸ πάσχα; 14.13. καὶ ἀποστέλλει δύο τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς Ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ ἀπαντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων· ἀκολουθήσατε αὐτῷ, 14.14. καὶ ὅπου ἐὰν εἰσέλθῃ εἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ ὅτι Ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει Ποῦ ἐστὶν τὸ κατάλυμά μου ὅπου τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω; 14.15. καὶ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν δείξει ἀνάγαιον μέγα ἐστρωμένον ἕτοιμον· καὶ ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν. 14.16. καὶ ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εὗρον καθὼς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα. 14.17. Καὶ ὀψίας γενομένης ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα. 14.49. καθʼ ἡμέραν ἤμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων καὶ οὐκ ἐκρατήσατέ με· ἀλλʼ ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαί. 15.34. καὶ τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ ἐβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Ἐλωί ἐλωί λαμὰ σαβαχθανεί; ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον Ὁ θεός μου [ὁ θεός μου], εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με; | 1.1. The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God. 1.2. As it is written in the prophets, "Behold, I send my messenger before your face, Who will prepare your way before you. 1.3. The voice of one crying in the wilderness, 'Make ready the way of the Lord! Make his paths straight!'" 1.4. John came baptizing in the wilderness and preaching the baptism of repentance for forgiveness of sins. 1.5. All the country of Judea and all those of Jerusalem went out to him. They were baptized by him in the Jordan river, confessing their sins. 1.6. John was clothed with camel's hair and a leather belt around his loins. He ate locusts and wild honey. 1.7. He preached, saying, "After me comes he who is mightier than I, the thong of whose sandals I am not worthy to stoop down and loosen. 1.8. I baptized you in water, but he will baptize you in the Holy Spirit." 1.9. It happened in those days, that Jesus came from Nazareth of Galilee, and was baptized by John in the Jordan. 1.10. Immediately coming up from the water, he saw the heavens parting, and the Spirit descending on him like a dove. 1.11. A voice came out of the sky, "You are my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased." 1.12. Immediately the Spirit drove him out into the wilderness. 1.13. He was there in the wilderness forty days tempted by Satan. He was with the wild animals; and the angels ministered to him. 1.14. Now after John was taken into custody, Jesus came into Galilee, preaching the gospel of the Kingdom of God, 1.15. and saying, "The time is fulfilled, and the Kingdom of God is at hand! Repent, and believe in the gospel." 1.29. Immediately, when they had come out of the synagogue, they came into the house of Simon and Andrew, with James and John. 1.30. Now Simon's wife's mother lay sick with a fever, and immediately they told him about her. 1.31. He came and took her by the hand, and raised her up. The fever left her, and she served them. 1.32. At evening, when the sun had set, they brought to him all who were sick, and those who were possessed by demons. 1.33. All the city was gathered together at the door. 1.34. He healed many who were sick with various diseases, and cast out many demons. He didn't allow the demons to speak, because they knew him. 1.35. Early in the night, he rose up and went out, and departed into a deserted place, and prayed there. 1.36. Simon and those who were with him followed after him; 1.37. and they found him, and told him, "Everyone is looking for you." 1.38. He said to them, "Let's go elsewhere into the next towns, that I may preach there also, because for this reason I came forth." 1.39. He went into their synagogues throughout all Galilee, preaching and casting out demons. 1.40. There came to him a leper, begging him, kneeling down to him, and saying to him, "If you want to, you can make me clean." 1.41. Being moved with compassion, he stretched out his hand, and touched him, and said to him, "I want to. Be made clean." 1.42. When he had said this, immediately the leprosy departed from him, and he was made clean. 1.43. He strictly warned him, and immediately sent him out, 1.44. and said to him, "See you say nothing to anybody, but go show yourself to the priest, and offer for your cleansing the things which Moses commanded, for a testimony to them." 1.45. But he went out, and began to proclaim it much, and to spread about the matter, so that Jesus could no more openly enter into a city, but was outside in desert places: and they came to him from everywhere. 2.3. Four people came, carrying a paralytic to him. 2.4. When they could not come near to him for the crowd, they removed the roof where he was. When they had broken it up, they let down the mat that the paralytic was lying on. 2.5. Jesus, seeing their faith, said to the paralytic, "Son, your sins are forgiven you." 2.6. But there were some of the scribes sitting there, and reasoning in their hearts, 2.7. "Why does this man speak blasphemies like that? Who can forgive sins but God alone?" 2.8. Immediately Jesus, perceiving in his spirit that they so reasoned within themselves, said to them, "Why do you reason these things in your hearts? 2.9. Which is easier, to tell the paralytic, 'Your sins are forgiven;' or to say, 'Arise, and take up your bed, and walk?' 2.10. But that you may know that the Son of Man has authority on earth to forgive sins" -- he said to the paralytic -- 2.11. "I tell you, arise, take up your mat, and go to your house." 3.1. He entered again into the synagogue, and there was a man there who had his hand withered. 3.2. They watched him, whether he would heal him on the Sabbath day, that they might accuse him. 3.3. He said to the man who had his hand withered, "Stand up." 3.4. He said to them, "Is it lawful on the Sabbath day to do good, or to do harm? To save a life, or to kill?" But they were silent. 3.5. When he had looked around at them with anger, being grieved at the hardening of their hearts, he said to the man, "Stretch out your hand." He stretched it out, and his hand was restored as healthy as the other. 3.6. The Pharisees went out, and immediately conspired with the Herodians against him, how they might destroy him. 5.21. When Jesus had crossed back over in the boat to the other side, a great multitude was gathered to him; and he was by the sea. 5.22. Behold, one of the rulers of the synagogue, Jairus by name, came; and seeing him, he fell at his feet, 5.23. and begged him much, saying, "My little daughter is at the point of death. Please come and lay your hands on her, that she may be made healthy, and live." 5.24. He went with him, and a great multitude followed him, and they pressed upon him on all sides. 9.1. He said to them, "Most assuredly I tell you, there are some standing here who will in no way taste death, until they see the Kingdom of God come with power." 9.2. After six days Jesus took with him Peter, James, and John, and brought them up onto a high mountain privately by themselves, and he was changed into another form in front of them. 9.3. His clothing became glistening, exceedingly white, like snow, such as no launderer on earth can whiten them. 9.4. Elijah and Moses appeared to them, and they were talking with Jesus. 9.5. Peter answered Jesus, "Rabbi, it is good for us to be here. Let's make three tents: one for you, one for Moses, and one for Elijah." 9.6. For he didn't know what to say, for they were very afraid. 9.7. A cloud came, overshadowing them, and a voice came out of the cloud, "This is my beloved Son. Listen to him." 9.8. Suddenly looking around, they saw no one with them any more, except Jesus only. 10.32. They were on the way, going up to Jerusalem; and Jesus was going in front of them, and they were amazed; and those who followed were afraid. He again took the twelve, and began to tell them the things that were going to happen to him. 10.33. "Behold, we are going up to Jerusalem. The Son of Man will be delivered to the chief priests and the scribes. They will condemn him to death, and will deliver him to the Gentiles. 10.34. They will mock him, spit on him, scourge him, and kill him. On the third day he will rise again." 11.1. When they drew near to Jerusalem, to Bethsphage and Bethany, at the Mount of Olives, he sent two of his disciples, 11.2. and said to them, "Go your way into the village that is opposite you. Immediately as you enter into it, you will find a colt tied, on which no one has sat. Untie him, and bring him. 11.3. If anyone asks you, 'Why are you doing this?' say, 'The Lord needs him;' and immediately he will send him back here." 11.4. They went away, and found a colt tied at the door outside in the open street, and they untied him. 11.5. Some of those who stood there asked them, "What are you doing, untying the colt?" 11.6. They said to them just as Jesus had said, and they let them go. 11.7. They brought the colt to Jesus, and threw their garments on it, and Jesus sat on it. 11.8. Many spread their garments on the way, and others were cutting down branches from the trees, and spreading them on the road. 11.9. Those who went in front, and those who followed, cried out, "Hosanna! Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord! 11.10. Blessed is the kingdom of our father David that is coming in the name of the Lord! Hosanna in the highest!" 11.11. Jesus entered into the temple in Jerusalem. When he had looked around at everything, it being now evening, he went out to Bethany with the twelve. 11.15. They came to Jerusalem, and Jesus entered into the temple, and began to throw out those who sold and those who bought in the temple, and overthrew the tables of the money-changers, and the seats of those who sold the doves. 11.16. He would not allow anyone to carry a container through the temple. 11.17. He taught, saying to them, "Isn't it written, 'My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations?' But you have made it a den of robbers!" 11.27. They came again to Jerusalem, and as he was walking in the temple, the chief priests, and the scribes, and the elders came to him, 11.28. and they began saying to him, "By what authority do you do these things? Or who gave you this authority to do these things?" 11.29. Jesus said to them, "I will ask you one question. Answer me, and I will tell you by what authority I do these things. 11.30. The baptism of John -- was it from heaven, or from men? Answer me." 11.31. They reasoned with themselves, saying, "If we should say, 'From heaven;' he will say, 'Why then did you not believe him?' 11.32. If we should say, 'From men'"--they feared the people, for all held John to really be a prophet. 11.33. They answered Jesus, "We don't know."Jesus said to them, "Neither do I tell you by what authority I do these things." 12.35. Jesus responded, as he taught in the temple, "How is it that the scribes say that the Christ is the son of David? 14.12. On the first day of unleavened bread, when they sacrificed the Passover, his disciples asked him, "Where do you want us to go and make ready that you may eat the Passover?" 14.13. He sent two of his disciples, and said to them, "Go into the city, and there you will meet a man carrying a pitcher of water. Follow him, 14.14. and wherever he enters in, tell the master of the house, 'The Teacher says, "Where is the guest room, where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?"' 14.15. He will himself show you a large upper room furnished and ready. Make ready for us there." 14.16. His disciples went out, and came into the city, and found things as he had said to them, and they prepared the Passover. 14.17. When it was evening he came with the twelve. 14.49. I was daily with you in the temple teaching, and you didn't arrest me. But this is so that the Scriptures might be fulfilled." 15.34. At the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, "Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?" which is, being interpreted, "My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?" |
|
135. New Testament, Luke, 1.26-1.35, 3.21-3.22, 5.14, 6.6-6.11, 17.14, 19.45-19.47, 20.1-20.8, 22.7-22.14 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •fire, of divine presence •divine presence, as residing in jesus •divine presence, in qumranic mysticism •qumran, attitudes toward the divine presence •divine presence •prince of the divine presence, the •divine presence, spirit Found in books: Avery-Peck, Chilton, and Scott Green (2014), A Legacy of Learning: Essays in Honor of Jacob Neusner , 245; Berglund Crostini and Kelhoffer (2022), Why We Sing: Music, Word, and Liturgy in Early Christianity, 449; Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 174, 183; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 38; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 218| 1.26. Ἐν δὲ τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας ᾗ ὄνομα Ναζαρὲτ 1.27. πρὸς παρθένον ἐμνηστευμένην ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ ἐξ οἴκου Δαυείδ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ. 1.28. καὶ εἰσελθὼν πρὸς αὐτὴν εἶπεν Χαῖρε, κεχαριτωμένη, ὁ κύριος μετὰ σοῦ. 1.29. ἡ δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ διεταράχθη καὶ διελογίζετο ποταπὸς εἴη ὁ ἀσπασμὸς οὗτος. 1.30. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ ἄγγελος αὐτῇ Μὴ φοβοῦ, Μαριάμ, εὗρες γὰρ χάριν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ· 1.31. καὶ ἰδοὺ συλλήμψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν. 1.32. οὗτος ἔσται μέγας καὶ υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται, καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ Κύριος ὁ θεὸς τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, 1.33. καὶ βασιλεύσει ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔσται τέλος. 1.34. εἶπεν δὲ Μαριὰμ πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον Πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο, ἐπεὶ ἄνδρα οὐ γινώσκω; 1.35. καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν αὐτῇ Πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι· διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον ἅγιον κληθήσεται, υἱὸς θεοῦ· 3.21. Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν τῷ βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν καὶ Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος καὶ προσευχομένου ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸν 3.22. καὶ καταβῆναι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον σωματικῷ εἴδει ὡς περιστερὰν ἐπʼ αὐτόν, καὶ φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι Σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν σοὶ εὐδόκησα. 5.14. καὶ αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν δεῖξον σεαυτὸν τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωυσῆς εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. 6.6. Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ἑτέρῳ σαββάτῳ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν καὶ διδάσκειν· καὶ ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ξηρά· 6.7. παρετηροῦντο δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι εἰ ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ θεραπεύει, ἵνα εὕρωσιν κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ. 6.8. αὐτὸς δὲ ᾔδει τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς αὐτῶν, εἶπεν δὲ τῷ ἀνδρὶ τῷ ξηρὰν ἔχοντι τὴν χεῖρα Ἔγειρε καὶ στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον· καὶ ἀναστὰς ἔστη. 6.9. εἶπεν δὲ [ὁ] Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτούς Ἐπερωτῶ ὑμᾶς, εἰ ἔξεστιν τῷ σαββάτῳ ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀπολέσαι; 6.10. καὶ περιβλεψάμενος πάντας αὐτοὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου· ὁ δὲ ἐποίησεν, καὶ ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ. 6.11. Αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας, καὶ διελάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους τί ἂν ποιήσαιεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 17.14. καὶ ἰδὼν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Πορευθέντες ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν. καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτοὺς ἐκαθαρίσθησαν. 19.45. Καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας, 19.46. λέγων αὐτοῖς Γέγραπται Καὶ ἔσται ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς, ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. 19.47. Καὶ ἦν διδάσκων τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ· οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἀπολέσαι καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ, 20.1. Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν διδάσκοντος αὐτοῦ τὸν λαὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ εὐαγγελιζομένου ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις, 20.2. καὶ εἶπαν λέγοντες πρὸς αὐτόν Εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην. 20.3. ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον, καὶ εἴπατέ μοι 20.4. Τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάνου ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων; 20.5. οἱ δὲ συνελογίσαντο πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς λέγοντες ὅτι Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν Ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ Διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ; 20.6. ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν Ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς, πεπεισμένος γάρ ἐστιν Ἰωάνην προφήτην εἶναι· 20.7. καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν. 20.8. καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ. 22.7. Ἦλθεν δὲ ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν ἀζύμων, ᾗ ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ πάσχα· 22.8. καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάνην εἰπών Πορευθέντες ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν τὸ πάσχα ἵνα φάγωμεν. 22.9. οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ Ποῦ θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν; 22.10. ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ἰδοὺ εἰσελθόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν πόλιν συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων· ἀκολουθήσατε αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν εἰς ἣν εἰσπορεύεται. 22.11. καὶ ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας Λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος Ποῦ ἐστὶν τὸ κατάλυμα ὅπου τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω; 22.12. κἀκεῖνος ὑμῖν δείξει ἀνάγαιον μέγα ἐστρωμένον· ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε. 22.13. ἀπελθόντες δὲ εὗρον καθὼς εἰρήκει αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα. 22.14. Καὶ ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα, ἀνέπεσεν καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι σὺν αὐτῷ. | 1.26. Now in the sixth month, the angel Gabriel was sent from God to a city of Galilee, named Nazareth, 1.27. to a virgin pledged to be married to a man whose name was Joseph, of the house of David. The virgin's name was Mary. 1.28. Having come in, the angel said to her, "Rejoice, you highly favored one! The Lord is with you. Blessed are you among women!" 1.29. But when she saw him, she was greatly troubled at the saying, and considered what kind of salutation this might be. 1.30. The angel said to her, "Don't be afraid, Mary, for you have found favor with God. 1.31. Behold, you will conceive in your womb, and bring forth a son, and will call his name 'Jesus.' 1.32. He will be great, and will be called the Son of the Most High. The Lord God will give him the throne of his father, David, 1.33. and he will reign over the house of Jacob forever. There will be no end to his kingdom." 1.34. Mary said to the angel, "How can this be, seeing I am a virgin?" 1.35. The angel answered her, "The Holy Spirit will come on you, and the power of the Most High will overshadow you. Therefore also the holy one who is born from you will be called the Son of God. 3.21. Now it happened, when all the people were baptized, Jesus also had been baptized, and was praying. The sky was opened, 3.22. and the Holy Spirit descended in a bodily form as a dove on him; and a voice came out of the sky, saying "You are my beloved Son. In you I am well pleased." 5.14. He charged him to "Tell no one, but go your way, and show yourself to the priest, and offer for your cleansing according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them." 6.6. It also happened on another Sabbath that he entered into the synagogue and taught. There was a man there, and his right hand was withered. 6.7. The scribes and the Pharisees watched him, to see whether he would heal on the Sabbath, that they might find an accusation against him. 6.8. But he knew their thoughts; and he said to the man who had the withered hand, "Rise up, and stand in the middle." He arose and stood. 6.9. Then Jesus said to them, "I will ask you something: Is it lawful on the Sabbath to do good, or to do harm? To save a life, or to kill?" 6.10. He looked around at them all, and said to him, "Stretch out your hand." He did, and his hand was restored as sound as the other. 6.11. But they were filled with rage, and talked with one another about what they might do to Jesus. 17.14. When he saw them, he said to them, "Go and show yourselves to the priests." It happened that as they went, they were cleansed. 19.45. He entered into the temple, and began to drive out those who bought and sold in it, 19.46. saying to them, "It is written, 'My house is a house of prayer,' but you have made it a 'den of robbers'!" 19.47. He was teaching daily in the temple, but the chief priests and the scribes and the leading men among the people sought to destroy him. 20.1. It happened on one of those days, as he was teaching the people in the temple and preaching the gospel, that the chief priests and scribes came to him with the elders. 20.2. They asked him, "Tell us: by what authority do you do these things? Or who is giving you this authority?" 20.3. He answered them, "I also will ask you one question. Tell me: 20.4. the baptism of John, was it from heaven, or from men?" 20.5. They reasoned with themselves, saying, "If we say, 'From heaven,' he will say, 'Why didn't you believe him?' 20.6. But if we say, 'From men,' all the people will stone us, for they are persuaded that John was a prophet." 20.7. They answered that they didn't know where it was from. 20.8. Jesus said to them, "Neither will I tell you by what authority I do these things." 22.7. The day of unleavened bread came, on which the Passover must be sacrificed. 22.8. He sent Peter and John, saying, "Go and prepare the Passover for us, that we may eat." 22.9. They said to him, "Where do you want us to prepare?" 22.10. He said to them, "Behold, when you have entered into the city, a man carrying a pitcher of water will meet you. Follow him into the house which he enters. 22.11. Tell the master of the house, 'The Teacher says to you, "Where is the guest room, where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?"' 22.12. He will show you a large, furnished upper room. Make preparations there." 22.13. They went, found things as he had told them, and they prepared the Passover. 22.14. When the hour had come, he sat down with the twelve apostles. |
|
136. New Testament, Matthew, 3.16-3.17, 4.5, 5.23-5.24, 5.34-5.35, 6.2-6.13, 8.4, 9.35, 18.19-18.20, 21.12-21.14, 21.23-21.27, 23.21, 26.17-26.20, 27.46 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Avery-Peck, Chilton, and Scott Green (2014), A Legacy of Learning: Essays in Honor of Jacob Neusner , 245; Berglund Crostini and Kelhoffer (2022), Why We Sing: Music, Word, and Liturgy in Early Christianity, 538; Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 174, 183, 190; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 38; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 218| 3.16. βαπτισθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὐθὺς ἀνέβη ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος· 3.17. καὶ ἰδοὺ ἠνεῴχθησαν οἱ οὐρανοί, καὶ εἶδεν πνεῦμα θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν ἐρχόμενον ἐπʼ αὐτόν· καὶ ἰδοὺ φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα. 4.5. Τότε παραλαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν, καὶ ἔστησεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ, 5.23. ἐὰν οὖν προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ, 5.24. ἄφες ἐκεῖ τὸ δῶρόν σου ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, καὶ ὕπαγε πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν σου. 5.34. Ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν μν̀ ὀμόσαι ὅλως· μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ θεοῦ· 5.35. μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ, ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ· μήτε εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα, ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως· 6.2. Ὅταν οὖν ποιῇς ἐλεημοσύνην, μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου, ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς ῥύμαις, ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν. 6.3. σοῦ δὲ ποιοῦντος ἐλεημοσύνην μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου, 6.4. ὅπως ᾖ σου ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ· καὶ ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ ἀποδώσει σοι. 6.5. Καὶ ὅταν προσεύχησθε, οὐκ ἔσεσθε ὡς οἱ ὑποκριταί· ὅτι φιλοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι, ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν. 6.6. σὺ δὲ ὅταν προσεύχῃ, εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν σου πρόσευξαι τῷ πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ· καὶ ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ ἀποδώσει σοι. 6.7. Προσευχόμενοι δὲ μὴ βατταλογήσητε ὥσπερ οἱ ἐθνικοί, δοκοῦσιν γὰρ ὅτι ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν εἰσακουσθήσονται· 6.8. μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς, οἶδεν γὰρ [ὁ θεὸς] ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὧν χρείαν ἔχετε πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν. 6.9. Οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς Πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς· Ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου, 6.10. ἐλθάτω ἡ βασιλεία σου, γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς· 6.11. Τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡμῖν σήμερον· 6.12. καὶ ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν· 6.13. καὶ μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ. 8.4. καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς Ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς, ἀλλὰ ὕπαγε σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωυσῆς εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. 9.35. Καὶ περιῆγεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς πόλεις πάσας καὶ τὰς κώμας, διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν καὶ κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας καὶ θεραπεύων πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν. 18.19. Πάλιν [ἀμὴν] λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐὰν δύο συμφωνήσωσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς περὶ παντὸς πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται, γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. 18.20. οὗ γάρ εἰσιν δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμὶ ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν. 21.12. Καὶ εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, καὶ ἐξέβαλεν πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν κατέστρεψεν καὶ τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστεράς, 21.13. καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς Γέγραπται Ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται, ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. 21.14. Καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτούς. 21.23. Καὶ ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσῆλθαν αὐτῷ διδάσκοντι οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ λέγοντες Ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς; καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην; 21.24. ἀποκριθεὶς [δὲ] ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον ἕνα, ὃν ἐὰν εἴπητέ μοι κἀγὼ ὑμῖν ἐρῶ ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ· 21.25. τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάνου πόθεν ἦν; ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων; οἱ δὲ διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς λέγοντες Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν Ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν Διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ; 21.26. ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν Ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον, πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάνην· 21.27. καὶ ἀποκριθέντες τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἶπαν Οὐκ οἴδαμεν. ἔφη αὐτοῖς καὶ αὐτός Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ. 23.21. καὶ ὁ ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ ναῷ ὀμνύει ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν· 26.17. Τῇ δὲ πρώτῃ τῶν ἀζύμων προσῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ λέγοντες Ποῦ θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμέν σοι φαγεῖν τὸ πάσχα; 26.18. ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ Ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει Ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν· πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. 26.19. καὶ ἐποίησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὡς συνέταξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα. 26.20. Ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης ἀνέκειτο μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα [μαθητῶν]. 27.46. περὶ δὲ τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν ἐβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ λέγων Ἐλωί ἐλωί λεμὰ σαβαχθανεί; τοῦτʼ ἔστιν Θεέ μου θεέ μου, ἵνα τί με ἐγκατέλιπες; | 3.16. Jesus, when he was baptized, went up directly from the water: and behold, the heavens were opened to him. He saw the Spirit of God descending as a dove, and coming on him. 3.17. Behold, a voice out of the heavens said, "This is my beloved Son, with whom I am well pleased." 4.5. Then the devil took him into the holy city. He set him on the pinnacle of the temple, 5.23. "If therefore you are offering your gift at the altar, and there remember that your brother has anything against you, 5.24. leave your gift there before the altar, and go your way. First be reconciled to your brother, and then come and offer your gift. 5.34. but I tell you, don't swear at all: neither by heaven, for it is the throne of God; 5.35. nor by the earth, for it is the footstool of his feet; nor by Jerusalem, for it is the city of the great King. 6.2. Therefore when you do merciful deeds, don't sound a trumpet before yourself, as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, that they may get glory from men. Most assuredly I tell you, they have received their reward. 6.3. But when you do merciful deeds, don't let your left hand know what your right hand does, 6.4. so that your merciful deeds may be in secret, then your Father who sees in secret will reward you openly. 6.5. "When you pray, you shall not be as the hypocrites, for they love to stand and pray in the synagogues and in the corners of the streets, that they may be seen by men. Most assuredly, I tell you, they have received their reward. 6.6. But you, when you pray, enter into your inner chamber, and having shut your door, pray to your Father who is in secret, and your Father who sees in secret will reward you openly. 6.7. In praying, don't use vain repetitions, as the Gentiles do; for they think that they will be heard for their much speaking. 6.8. Therefore don't be like them, for your Father knows what things you need, before you ask him. 6.9. Pray like this: 'Our Father in heaven, may your name be kept holy. 6.10. Let your kingdom come. Let your will be done, as in heaven, so on earth. 6.11. Give us today our daily bread. 6.12. Forgive us our debts, as we also forgive our debtors. 6.13. Bring us not into temptation, but deliver us from the evil one. For yours is the kingdom, the power, and the glory forever. Amen.' 8.4. Jesus said to him, "See that you tell nobody, but go, show yourself to the priest, and offer the gift that Moses commanded, as a testimony to them." 9.35. Jesus went about all the cities and the villages, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every disease and every sickness among the people. 18.19. Again, assuredly I tell you, that if two of you will agree on earth concerning anything that they will ask, it will be done for them by my Father who is in heaven. 18.20. For where two or three are gathered together in my name, there I am in the midst of them." 21.12. Jesus entered into the temple of God, and drove out all of those who sold and bought in the temple, and overthrew the money-changers' tables and the seats of those who sold the doves. 21.13. He said to them, "It is written, 'My house shall be called a house of prayer,' but you have made it a den of robbers!" 21.14. The blind and the lame came to him in the temple, and he healed them. 21.23. When he had come into the temple, the chief priests and the elders of the people came to him as he was teaching, and said, "By what authority do you do these things? Who gave you this authority?" 21.24. Jesus answered them, "I also will ask you one question, which if you tell me, I likewise will tell you by what authority I do these things. 21.25. The baptism of John, where was it from? From heaven or from men?"They reasoned with themselves, saying, "If we say, 'From heaven,' he will ask us, 'Why then did you not believe him?' 21.26. But if we say, 'From men,' we fear the multitude, for all hold John as a prophet." 21.27. They answered Jesus, and said, "We don't know."He also said to them, "Neither will I tell you by what authority I do these things. 23.21. He who swears by the temple, swears by it, and by him who is living in it. 26.17. Now on the first day of unleavened bread, the disciples came to Jesus, saying to him, "Where do you want us to prepare for you to eat the Passover?" 26.18. He said, "Go into the city to a certain person, and tell him, 'The Teacher says, "My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples."'" 26.19. The disciples did as Jesus commanded them, and they prepared the Passover. 26.20. Now when evening had come, he was reclining at the table with the twelve disciples. 27.46. About the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, "Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani?" That is, "My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?" |
|
| 137. Anon., 2 Baruch, a b c d\n0 32.6 32.6 32 6 \n1 4.5 4.5 4 5 \n2 32.1 32.1 32 1 \n3 4.3 4.3 4 3 \n4 4.4 4.4 4 4 \n5 4.2 4.2 4 2 \n6 32.3 32.3 32 3 \n7 32.4 32.4 32 4 \n8 4.6 4.6 4 6 \n9 32.2 32.2 32 2 \n10 32.5 32.5 32 5 \n11 74.2; 74.2; 74 2; (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 139, 149 |
| 138. Pliny The Elder, Natural History, 10.21 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 67 |
139. Mishnah, Temurah, 2.1 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 183| 2.1. "יֵשׁ בְּקָרְבְּנוֹת הַיָּחִיד מַה שֶּׁאֵין בְּקָרְבְּנוֹת הַצִּבּוּר, וְיֵשׁ בְּקָרְבְּנוֹת הַצִּבּוּר מַה שֶּׁאֵין בְּקָרְבְּנוֹת הַיָּחִיד. שֶׁקָּרְבְּנוֹת הַיָּחִיד עוֹשִׂים תְּמוּרָה, וְקָרְבְּנוֹת הַצִּבּוּר אֵינָם עוֹשִׂים תְּמוּרָה. קָרְבְּנוֹת הַיָּחִיד נוֹהֲגִין בִּזְכָרִים וּבִנְקֵבוֹת, וְקָרְבְּנוֹת צִבּוּר אֵינָן נוֹהֲגִין אֶלָּא בִזְכָרִים. קָרְבְּנוֹת הַיָּחִיד חַיָּבִין בְּאַחֲרָיוּתָן וּבְאַחֲרָיוּת נִסְכֵּיהֶם, וְקָרְבְּנוֹת הַצִּבּוּר אֵין חַיָּבִין לֹא בְאַחֲרָיוּתָן וְלֹא בְאַחֲרָיוּת נִסְכֵּיהֶן, אֲבָל חַיָּבִין בְּאַחֲרָיוּת נִסְכֵּיהֶן מִשֶּׁקָּרַב הַזָּבַח. יֵשׁ בְּקָרְבְּנוֹת הַצִּבּוּר מַה שֶּׁאֵין בְּקָרְבְּנוֹת הַיָּחִיד. שֶׁקָּרְבְּנוֹת הַצִּבּוּר דּוֹחִין אֶת הַשַּׁבָּת וְאֶת הַטֻּמְאָה, וְקָרְבְּנוֹת הַיָּחִיד אֵינָן דּוֹחִים לֹא אֶת הַשַּׁבָּת וְלֹא אֶת הַטֻּמְאָה. אָמַר רַבִּי מֵאִיר, וַהֲלֹא חֲבִתֵּי כֹהֵן גָּדוֹל וּפַר יוֹם הַכִּפּוּרִים, קָרְבַּן יָחִיד וְדוֹחִין אֶת הַשַּׁבָּת וְאֶת הַטֻּמְאָה. אֶלָּא שֶׁזְּמַנָּן קָבוּעַ: \n", | 2.1. "There are [laws relating] to the sacrifices of an individual which do not apply to congregational sacrifices and [laws relating] to congregational sacrifices which do not apply to the sacrifices of individuals. For sacrifices of an individual can make a substitute whereas congregational sacrifices cannot make a substitute; Sacrifices of an individual can be either males or females, whereas congregational sacrifices can be only males. For sacrifices of an individual the owner is responsible for them and their libations, whereas for congregational sacrifices they are not liable for them or for their libations, although they are liable for their libations once the sacrifice has been offered. There are [laws relating] to congregational sacrifices which do not apply to the sacrifices of individuals: For congregational sacrifices override Shabbat and [the laws] of ritual impurity, whereas sacrifices of individuals do not override the Shabbat or [the laws] of ritual impurity. Rabbi Meir said: but do not the griddle cakes of a high priest and the bull for Yom Hakippurim which are sacrifices of individuals and yet override the Shabbat and [the laws] of ritual impurity? The matter therefore depends on [whether] the time [for the offering up] is fixed.", |
|
| 140. Plutarch, Moralia, None (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 411 |
| 141. Palestinian Talmud, Taanit, None (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Avery-Peck, Chilton, and Scott Green (2014), A Legacy of Learning: Essays in Honor of Jacob Neusner , 246 |
| 142. Lucian, Sacrifices, 1.8-1.10, 1.12-1.13 (2nd cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 137 |
| 143. Anon., Sifra, None (2nd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 177 |
| 144. Palestinian Talmud, Hagigah, 3.8 (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, in the tabernacle Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 100 |
| 145. Anon., Sifre Deuteronomy, 62, 70, 352 (2nd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 107; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 139 |
| 146. Palestinian Talmud, Yoma, None (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: nan nan |
| 147. Anon., Targum Isaiah, 6.1-6.8, 24.23, 31.4, 40.9, 52.7 (2nd cent. CE - 7th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •divine presence, spirit Found in books: Avery-Peck, Chilton, and Scott Green (2014), A Legacy of Learning: Essays in Honor of Jacob Neusner , 246; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 99 |
| 148. Anon., Sifre Numbers, 161, 92 (2nd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 199 |
| 149. Anon., Mekhilta Derabbi Yishmael, None (2nd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 107 |
| 150. Festus Sextus Pompeius, De Verborum Significatione, None (2nd cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 67 |
| 151. Philostratus The Athenian, On Heroes, 2017 (2nd cent. CE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 172 |
| 152. Irenaeus, Demonstration of The Apostolic Teaching, 12 (2nd cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 123, 124, 145 |
| 153. Irenaeus, Refutation of All Heresies, 3.4.1, 3.5.3, 3.16.6, 4.25.3, 4.36.2, 5.20.1-5.20.2, 5.36.1 (2nd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 123, 124, 145 |
| 154. Gellius, Attic Nights, 7.6.8 (2nd cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 67 |
155. Anon., Genesis Rabba, 2.4, 10.7, 22.2, 36.8 (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •messiah, divine presence related to •divine presence, messiah related to •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to •shekhinah (divine presence), its departure •divine presence •shekhinah (divine presence), and procreation Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 109, 320; Lorberbaum (2015), In God's Image: Myth, Theology, and Law in Classical Judaism, 229, 253; Mokhtarian (2021), Rabbis, Sorcerers, Kings, and Priests: The Culture of the Talmud in Ancient Iran. 69| 2.4. רַבִּי שִׁמְעוֹן בֶּן לָקִישׁ פָּתַר קְרָיָא בַּגָּלֻיּוֹת, וְהָאָרֶץ הָיְתָה תֹהוּ, זֶה גָּלוּת בָּבֶל, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (ירמיה ד, כט): רָאִיתִי אֶת הָאָרֶץ וְהִנֵּה תֹהוּ. וָבֹהוּ, זֶה גָּלוּת מָדַי (אסתר ו, יד): וַיַּבְהִלוּ לְהָבִיא אֶת הָמָן. וְחשֶׁךְ, זֶה גָּלוּת יָוָן, שֶׁהֶחֱשִׁיכָה עֵינֵיהֶם שֶׁל יִשְׂרָאֵל בִּגְזֵרוֹתֵיהֶן, שֶׁהָיְתָה אוֹמֶרֶת לָהֶם, כִּתְבוּ עַל קֶרֶן הַשּׁוֹר שֶׁאֵין לָכֶם חֵלֶק בֵּאלֹהֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל. עַל פְּנֵי תְהוֹם, זֶה גָּלוּת מַמְלֶכֶת הָרְשָׁעָה, שֶׁאֵין לָהֶם חֵקֶר כְּמוֹ הַתְּהוֹם, מַה הַתְּהוֹם הַזֶּה אֵין לוֹ חֵקֶר, אַף הָרְשָׁעִים כֵּן. וְרוּחַ אֱלֹהִים מְרַחֶפֶת, זֶה רוּחוֹ שֶׁל מֶלֶךְ הַמָּשִׁיחַ, הֵיאַךְ מָה דְאַתְּ אָמַר (ישעיה יא, ב): וְנָחָה עָלָיו רוּחַ ה', בְּאֵיזוֹ זְכוּת מְמַשְׁמֶשֶׁת וּבָאָה, הַמְרַחֶפֶת עַל פְּנֵי הַמָּיִם, בִּזְכוּת הַתְּשׁוּבָה שֶׁנִּמְשְׁלָה כַּמַּיִם, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (איכה ב, יט): שִׁפְכִי כַמַּיִם לִבֵּךְ. רַבִּי חַגַּי בְּשֵׁם רַבִּי פְּדָת אָמַר, בְּרִית כְּרוּתָה לַמַּיִם שֶׁאֲפִלּוּ בִּשְׁעַת שָׁרָב רוּחָה שַׁיְיפָה, וּכְבָר הָיָה רַבִּי שִׁמְעוֹן בֶּן זוֹמָא יוֹשֵׁב וְתוֹהֶא, וְעָבַר רַבִּי יְהוֹשֻׁעַ וְשָׁאַל בִּשְׁלוֹמוֹ, פַּעַם וּשְׁתַּיִם וְלֹא הֵשִׁיבוֹ, בַּשְׁלִישִׁית הֵשִׁיבוֹ בִּבְהִילוּת, אָמַר לוֹ בֶּן זוֹמָא מֵאַיִן הָרַגְלַיִם, אָמַר לוֹ מְעַיֵּן הָיִיתִי, אָמַר לוֹ מֵעִיד אֲנִי עָלַי שָׁמַיִם וָאָרֶץ שֶׁאֵינִי זָז מִכָּאן עַד שֶׁתּוֹדִיעֵנִי מֵאַיִן הָרַגְלַיִם. אָמַר לוֹ מִסְתַּכֵּל הָיִיתִי בְּמַעֲשֵׂה בְרֵאשִׁית, וְלֹא הָיָה בֵּין מַיִם הָעֶלְיוֹנִים לַמַּיִם הַתַּחְתּוֹנִים אֶלָּא כִּשְׁתַּיִם וְשָׁלשׁ אֶצְבָּעוֹת, וְרוּחַ אֱלֹהִים מְנַשֶּׁבֶת אֵין כְּתִיב כָּאן אֶלָּא מְרַחֶפֶת, כָּעוֹף הַזֶּה שֶׁהוּא מְרַפְרֵף בִּכְנָפָיו וּכְנָפָיו נוֹגְעוֹת וְאֵינָן נוֹגְעוֹת. נֶהְפַּךְ רַבִּי יְהוֹשֻׁעַ וְאָמַר לְתַלְמִידָיו, הָלַךְ לוֹ בֶּן זוֹמָא, וְלֹא שָׁהוּ יָמִים מֻעָטִים וּבֶן זוֹמָא בָּעוֹלָם. 10.7. רַבָּנָן אָמְרֵי אֲפִלּוּ דְבָרִים שֶׁאַתָּה רוֹאֶה אוֹתָן שֶׁהֵן יְתֵירָה בָּעוֹלָם, כְּגוֹן זְבוּבִין וּפַרְעוֹשִׁין וְיַתּוּשִׁין, אַף הֵן בִּכְלַל בְּרִיָּתוֹ שֶׁל עוֹלָם הֵן, וּבַכֹּל הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא עוֹשֶׂה שְׁלִיחוּתוֹ, אֲפִלּוּ עַל יְדֵי נָחָשׁ, אֲפִלּוּ עַל יְדֵי יַתּוּשׁ, אֲפִלּוּ עַל יְדֵי צְפַרְדֵּעַ. רַבִּי תַּנְחוּמָא אָמַר לָהּ בְּשֵׁם רַבִּי מְנַחְמָה, רַבִּי בֶּרֶכְיָה בְּשֵׁם רַבִּי חֶלְבּוֹ, רַבִּי אַחָא הֲוָה מִשְׁתָּעֵי הָדֵין עוֹבָדָא: חַד בַּר נָשׁ הֲוָה קָאֵים עַל כֵּיף נַהֲרָא, חֲמָא חַד עוּרְדְּעָן טָעֲנָה חָדָא עַקְרָב, וּמְגִיזָה יָתֵיהּ נַהֲרָא, וְכֵיוָן דְּעָבְדַת שְׁלִיחוּתֵיהּ אַחְזַרְתֵּא לְאַתְרֵהּ. רַבִּי פִּינְחָס בְּשֵׁם רַבִּי חָנָן דְּצִפּוֹרִין אֲמַר, עוֹבָדָא הֲוָה בְּחַד גְּבַר דַּהֲוָה קָאֵים לְמֶחֱצַד בַּהֲדָא בִּקְעַת בֵּי טַרְפָּא, חֲמָא חַד עֵשֶׂב וְלִקֵּט יָתֵיהּ וַעֲבָדֵיהּ כְּלִילָא לְרֵאשֵׁיהּ, אֲזַלָּא חַד חִוְיָא וּמְחָא יָתֵיהּ, וּקְטִיל יָתֵיהּ. אֲתָא חַד גַּבָּר וְקָם לְמִסְקַר בְּהַהוּא חִוְיָא, אֲמַר תָּמֵהַּ אֲנִי עַל מַן דְּקָטַל הָדֵין חִוְיָא. אֲמַר הַהוּא גַּבְרָא אֲנָא קְטָלִית יָתֵיהּ. תָּלָה אַפּוֹי וַחֲמָא לְהַהוּא עִשְׂבָּא עֲבִידָא כְּלִילָא לְרֵאשֵׁיהּ, אֲמַר מִן קוּשְׁטָא אַתְּ קָטְלִית יָתֵיהּ, אֲמַר לֵיהּ, אִין. אֲמַר לֵיהּ, יָכֵיל אַתְּ מֵרִים הָדֵין עִשְׂבָּא מִן רֵאשֵׁךְ, אֲמַר לֵיהּ אִין, כֵּיוָן דַּאֲרֵים יָתֵיהּ אֲמַר לֵיהּ אַתְּ יָכוֹל קָרֵיב הָכָא וּמֵרִים הָדֵין חִוְיָא בַּהֲדֵין חוּטְרָא, אֲמַר לֵיהּ אִין, כֵּיוָן דִּקְרַב לְהַהוּא חִוְיָא מִיָּד נָשְׁרוּ אֵבָרָיו. רַבִּי יַנַּאי הָיָה יוֹשֵׁב וְדוֹרֵשׁ בְּפֶתַח עִירוֹ, רָאָה נָחָשׁ מַרְתִּיעַ וּבָא, וַהֲוָה מְרַדֵּף לֵיהּ מִן הָדֵין סִטְרָא, וַהֲוָה חָזַר מִן דֵּין סִטְרָא, וְעוֹד הֲוָה רָדֵיף לֵיהּ מִן הָדֵין סִטְרָא וַהֲוָה חָזַר מִן דֵּין סִטְרָא, אֲמַר זֶה הוֹלֵךְ לַעֲשׂוֹת שְׁלִיחוּתוֹ. מִיָּד נָפְלָה הֲבָרָה בָּעִיר פְּלוֹנִי בֶּן פְּלוֹנִי נְשָׁכוֹ נָחָשׁ וָמֵת. רַבִּי אֶלְעָזָר הֲוָה יָתֵיב מְטַיֵּל בְּבֵית הַכִּסֵּא, אֲתָא חַד רוֹמָאי וְתָרְכֵיהּ וְקָדִים יָתֵיהּ וִיתֵיב לֵיהּ, אֲמַר לֵית דֵּין עַל מַגָּן, מִיָּד נְפַק חַד חִוְיָא וּמְחָא יָתֵיהּ וּקְטַל יָתֵיהּ, וְקָרָא עָלָיו (ישעיה מג, ד): וְאֶתֵּן אָדָם תַּחְתֶּיךָ, וְאֶתֵּן אֱדוֹם תַּחְתֶּיךָ. רַבִּי יִצְחָק בַּר אֶלְעָזָר הֲוָה קָאֵים וּמְטַיֵּל עַל מְשׁוֹנִיתָא דְּיַמָּא דְּקֵיסָרִין, רָאָה שָׁם קוּלִית אַחַת, וַהֲוָה מַצְנַע לָהּ וַהֲוַת מִתְגַּלְגְּלָא, מַצְנַע לָהּ וַהֲוַת מִתְגַּלְגְּלָא, אֲמַר זֹאת מוּכֶנֶת לַעֲשׂוֹת שְׁלִיחוּתָהּ. עֲבַר חַד בַּלְדָּר וְנִכְשַׁל בָּהּ וְנָפַל וָמֵת, אֲזַל פַּשְׁפְּשׁוּנֵיהּ וְאַשְׁכְּחוּנֵיהּ טָעִין כְּתָבִין בִּישִׁין עַל יְהוּדָאֵי דְּקֵסָרִין. טִיטוּס הָרָשָׁע נִכְנַס לְבֵית קָדְשֵׁי הַקֳּדָשִׁים וְחַרְבּוֹ שְׁלוּפָה בְּיָדוֹ וְגִדֵּר אֶת שְׁתֵּי הַפָּרוֹכוֹת, וְנָטַל שְׁתֵּי זוֹנוֹת וּבְעָלָן עַל גַּבֵּי הַמִּזְבֵּחַ, וְיָצָא חַרְבּוֹ מְלֵאָה דָּם. אִית דְּאָמְרֵי מִדַּם הַקֳּדָשִׁים, וְאִית דְּאָמְרֵי מִדַּם שָׂעִיר שֶׁל יוֹם הַכִּפּוּרִים. וְחֵרֵף וְגִדֵּף, וְנָטַל כָּל כְּלֵי בֵּית הַמִּקְדָּשׁ וַעֲשָׂאָן כְּמִין גּוּרְגּוּתְנִי אַחַת וְהִתְחִיל מְחָרֵף וּמְגַדֵּף כְּלַפֵּי מַעֲלָה, וְאָמַר, לָא דָּמֵי הַהוּא דְּעָבֵיד קְרָבָא עִם מַלְכָּא בְּמַדְבְּרָא וְנָצַח לֵיהּ, לְהַהוּא דְּעָבֵיד קְרָבָא עִם מַלְכָּא בְּגוֹ פָּלָטִין דִּידֵיהּ וְנָצַח לֵיהּ. יָרַד לַסְּפִינָה, כֵּיוָן שֶׁיָּרַד מְחָאֵיהּ נַחְשְׁלָא בְּיַמָּא. אֲמַר דּוֹמֶה זֶה שֶׁאֵין כֹּחוֹ שֶׁל אֱלוֹהַּ שֶׁל אֻמָּה זוֹ אֶלָּא בַּמַּיִם, דּוֹר אֱנוֹשׁ לֹא פָּרַע מֵהֶן אֶלָּא בַּמַּיִם, דּוֹר הַמַּבּוּל לֹא פָּרַע מֵהֶן אֶלָּא בַּמַּיִם, פַּרְעֹה וְכָל חֵילוֹ לֹא פָּרַע מֵהֶן אֶלָּא בַּמַּיִם. אַף אֲנִי כְּשֶׁהָיִיתִי בְּתוֹךְ בֵּיתוֹ וּבִרְשׁוּתוֹ לֹא הָיָה יָכוֹל לַעֲמֹד בִּי, וְעַכְשָׁיו לְכָאן קִדְמַנִּי. סָבוּר הוּא שֶׁיַּהַרְגֵּנִי בַּמַּיִם. אָמַר לוֹ הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא, רָשָׁע, חַיֶּיךָ מִבְּרִיָה שֶׁהִיא פְּחוּתָה מִכָּל הַבְּרִיּוֹת שֶׁבָּרָאתִי מִשֵּׁשֶׁת יְמֵי בְרֵאשִׁית, בָּהּ אֲנִי נִפְרַע מֵאוֹתוֹ רָשָׁע. מִיָּד רָמַז הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא לַשַֹּׂר שֶׁל יָם וְעָמַד מִזַּעְפּוֹ. כֵּיוָן שֶׁהִגִּיעַ לְרוֹמִי יָצְאוּ כָּל גְּדוֹלֵי רוֹמִי לִקְרָאתוֹ וְקִלְּסוּ אוֹתוֹ. כֵּיוָן שֶׁעָלָה לְרוֹמִי נִכְנַס לַמֶּרְחָץ, כֵּיוָן שֶׁיָּצָא הֵבִיאוּ פְּיָילִי פּוֹטִירִין שֶׁל יַיִן לִשְׁתּוֹתוֹ, וְנִכְנַס יַתּוּשׁ בְּתוֹךְ חוֹטְמוֹ, וְהָיָה נוֹקֵר אֶת מֹחוֹ וְהוֹלֵךְ עַד שֶׁנַּעֲשָׂה גָּדוֹל כְּמוֹ גּוֹזָל שֶׁל שְׁתֵּי לִיטְרָאוֹת. וְהָיָה מְצַוֶּה וְאוֹמֵר פִּצְעוּ מֹחוֹ שֶׁל אוֹתוֹ הָאִישׁ וּדְעוּ בַּמֶּה אֱלֹהֵיהֶם שֶׁל יְהוּדִים נִפְרַע מֵאוֹתוֹ הָאִישׁ. מִיָּד קָרְאוּ לָרוֹפְאִים וּפָצְעוּ מֹחוֹ, וְהוֹצִיאוּ כְּגוֹזָל שֶׁל שְׁתֵּי לִיטְרָאוֹת. אָמַר רַבִּי אֶלְעָזָר בַּר רַבִּי יוֹסֵי, אֲנָא חֲמִיתֵּיהּ בְּרוֹמִי תַּרְתֵּין לִיטְרִין מֵהָכָא וְגוֹזָלָא מֵהָכָא, וּתְקַל חָד לָקֳבֵל חָד. וְנָטְלוּ אוֹתוֹ וְנָתְנוּ אוֹתוֹ בְּתוֹךְ קְעָרָה אַחַת, כָּל מַה דַּהֲוָה הָדֵין שַׁנֵּי, הֲוָה הָדֵין שַׁנֵּי, פְּרַח יַתּוּשָׁה, פְּרַחָה נַפְשֵׁיהּ דְּטִיטוּס הָרָשָׁע. 22.2. וְהָאָדָם יָדַע וגו', רַבִּי הוּנָא וְרַבִּי יַעֲקֹב בְּרַבִּי אָבִין בְּשֵׁם רַבִּי אַבָּא בַּר כַּהֲנָא אָמַר, לֹא שִׁמְשָׁה בְּרִיָּה קֹדֶם לְאָדָם הָרִאשׁוֹן, וַיֵּדַע אֵין כְּתִיב כָּאן, אֶלָּא וְהָאָדָם יָדַע אֶת חַוָּה אִשְׁתּוֹ, הוֹדִיעַ דֶּרֶךְ אֶרֶץ לַכֹּל. דָּבָר אַחֵר, וְהָאָדָם יָדַע, יָדַע מֵאֵיזוֹ שַׁלְוָה נִשְׁלָה, יָדַע מָה עָבְדַת לֵיהּ חַוָּה. אָמַר רַב אַחָא חִיוְיָא חִיוְיִךְ וְאַתְּ חִיוְיָא דְאָדָם. וַתַּהַר וַתֵּלֶד אֶת קַיִן, אָמַר רַבִּי אֶלְעָזָר בֶּן עֲזַרְיָה שְׁלשָׁה פְּלָאִים נַעֲשׂוּ בְּאוֹתוֹ הַיּוֹם, בּוֹ בַּיּוֹם נִבְרְאוּ, בּוֹ בַּיּוֹם שִׁמְּשׁוּ, בּוֹ בַּיּוֹם הוֹצִיאוּ תּוֹלָדוֹת. אָמַר לֵיהּ רַבִּי יְהוֹשֻׁעַ בֶּן קָרְחָה עָלוּ לַמִּטָּה שְׁנַיִם וְיָרְדוּ שִׁבְעָה, קַיִּן וּתְאוֹמָתוֹ, וְהֶבֶל וּשְׁתֵּי תְאוֹמוֹתָיו, וַתֹּאמֶר קָנִיתִי אִישׁ אֶת ה', חָמַת לָהּ הָא אִיתְּתָא בְּנִין, אָמְרָה הָא קִנְיַן בַּעֲלִי בְּיָדִי. רַבִּי יִשְׁמָעֵאל שָׁאַל אֶת רַבִּי עֲקִיבָא אָמַר לוֹ בִּשְׁבִיל שֶׁשִּׁמַּשְׁתָּ נַחוּם אִישׁ גַּם זוֹ עֶשְׂרִים וּשְׁתַּיִם שָׁנָה, אַכִין וְרַקִּין מִעוּטִים, אֶתִין וְגַמִּין רִבּוּיִים, הַאי אֶת דִּכְתִיב הָכָא מַהוּ, אָמַר אִלּוּ נֶאֱמַר קָנִיתִי אִישׁ ה', הָיָה הַדָּבָר קָשֶׁה, אֶלָּא אֶת ה'. אָמַר לֵיהּ (דברים לב, מז): כִּי לֹא דָּבָר רֵק הוּא מִכֶּם, וְאִם רֵק הוּא מִכֶּם, שֶׁאֵין אַתֶּם יוֹדְעִים לִדְרשׁ, אֶלָּא אֶת ה', לְשֶׁעָבַר אָדָם נִבְרָא מֵאֲדָמָה, וְחַוָּה נִבְרֵאת מֵאָדָם, מִכָּאן וְאֵילָךְ (בראשית א, כו): בְּצַלְמֵנוּ כִּדְמוּתֵנוּ, לֹא אִישׁ בְּלֹא אִשָּׁה וְלֹא אִשָּׁה בְּלֹא אִישׁ, וְלֹא שְׁנֵיהֶם בְּלֹא שְׁכִינָה. 36.8. וַיֹּאמֶר בָּרוּךְ ה' אֱלֹהֵי שֵׁם (בראשית ט, כו), אָמַר רֵישׁ לָקִישׁ אַף מִיֶּפֶת עָמְדוּ בְּאָהֳלֵי שֵׁם. וַיֹּאמֶר בָּרוּךְ ה' אֱלֹהֵי שֵׁם וִיהִי כְנַעַן, יַפְתְּ אֱלֹהִים לְיֶפֶת, זֶה כֹּרֶשׁ שֶׁהוּא גּוֹזֵר שֶׁיִּבָּנֶה בֵּית הַמִּקְדָּשׁ, אַף עַל פִּי כֵן וְיִשְׁכֹּן בְּאָהֳלֵי שֵׁם, אֵין שְׁכִינָה שׁוֹרָה אֶלָּא בְּאָהֳלֵי שֵׁם. בַּר קַפָּרָא אָמַר יִהְיוּ דִּבְרֵי תוֹרָה נֶאֱמָרִים בִּלְשׁוֹנוֹ שֶׁל יֶפֶת בְּתוֹךְ אָהֳלֵי שֵׁם. רַבִּי יוּדָן אָמַר מִכָּאן לְתַרְגּוּם מִן הַתּוֹרָה, הֲדָא הוּא דִכְתִיב (נחמיה ח, ח): וַיִּקְרְאוּ בַסֵּפֶר בְּתוֹרַת הָאֱלֹהִים, זֶה הַמִּקְרָא. מְפֹרָשׁ, זֶה תַּרְגּוּם. וְשׂוֹם שֶׂכֶל, אֵלּוּ הַטְּעָמִים. וַיָּבִינוּ בַּמִּקְרָא, אֵלּוּ רָאשֵׁי הַפְּסוּקִים. רַבִּי הוּנָא בֶּן לוּלְיָאנִי אוֹמֵר אֵלּוּ הַהַכְרָעוֹת וְהָרְאָיוֹת. רַבָּנָן דְּקֵיסָרִין אָמְרֵי מִיכָּן לַמָּסֹרֶת. רַבִּי זְעִירָא וְרַבִּי חֲנַנְאֵל בְּשֵׁם רַבִּי אֲפִלּוּ אָדָם רָגִיל בַּתּוֹרָה כְּעֶזְרָא, לֹא יְהֵא קוֹרֵא מִפִּיו וְכוֹתֵב, וְהָא תָּנֵי מַעֲשֶׂה שֶׁהָיָה רַבִּי מֵאִיר בְּאַסְיָא וְלֹא הָיָה שָׁם מְגִלַּת אֶסְתֵּר וְקָרָא לוֹ מִפִּיו וּכְתָבָהּ, תַּמָּן אָמְרִין שְׁתֵּי מְגִלּוֹת כָּתַב, גָּנַז אֶת הָרִאשׁוֹנָה וְקִיֵּם אֶת הַשְּׁנִיָּה. | 22.2. "Now the man knew his woman Chava, etc. Rabbi Huna and Rabbi Yaakov the son of Rabbi Avin, in the name of Rabbi Aba bar Kahana said: Before the man, the creations had never had sexual relations, behold here it is not written \"and he knows\" rather, and it is written \"and he knew\", that is, he made known the way of the land to all. Another interpretation: And Adam knew - he knew from what bliss he was expelled; he knew what Chava did to him. Said Rav Acha: Chivyiah [the snake] is your snake, and you are the snake of Adam. 'And she conceived and gave birth to Kayin' - Said Rabbi Eleazar ben Azaryiah three wonders happened on that day:on that day they were created, on that day they had relations, on that day they had children. Said Rabbi Yehoshua ben Korcha: two went up to the bed and seven descended, Kayin and his female twin, Hevel and his two female twins. 'And she said: I acquired a man with God' - the woman sees herself with a baby and says 'behold the acquiring of my husband [is definitely] in my hand.'Rabbi Ishmael asked Rabbi Akiva: since you have served Nachum Ish Gam Zu for twenty two years, and [he taught that] every 'ach' and every 'rak' make for exclusion and every 'et' and every 'gam' make for inclusion, in this verse what is 'et' doing here? He [Akiva] answered: if it were written 'I acquired a man of God [w/o the 'et']' that would be a difficult thing, rather it says 'I acquired a man with God'. He said to him: 'Because this is not an empty thing for you' (Devarim 32:47), and if it was empty, it is because of you, because you cannot LIDROSH, rather 'with God' [means] that in the past Adam was created from the adamah and Chavah was created from the adam. From here and onward, “in our image as our likeness”—not man without woman and not woman without man, and not both of them without Shekhinah [God’s presence].", |
|
| 156. Anon., Targum Onqelos, None (2nd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 107 |
| 157. Anon., Targum Pseudo-Jonathan, 18.1-18.3, 18.16, 18.22, 19.17 (2nd cent. CE - 7th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 184 |
| 158. Athenaeus, The Learned Banquet, 6.274 (2nd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •senses, and epiphany/presence of the divine Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 408 |
| 159. Apuleius, The Golden Ass, 1.8 (2nd cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •omnipresence (divine) Found in books: Versnel (2011), Coping with the Gods: Wayward Readings in Greek Theology, 428 |
160. Anon., Leviticus Rabba, 7.2, 14.1, 31.8 (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence •messiah, divine presence related to •divine presence, messiah related to •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 108, 320; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 199| 7.2. זִבְחֵי אֱלֹהִים רוּחַ נִשְׁבָּרָה וגו' (תהלים נא, יט), זַבְדִּי בֶּן לֵוִי וְרַבִּי יוֹסֵי בֶּן פֶּטְרָס וְרַבָּנָן, חַד אָמַר, אָמַר דָּוִד לִפְנֵי הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא אֲנִי כָּבַשְׁתִּי אֶת יִצְרִי וְעָשִׂיתִי תְּשׁוּבָה לְפָנֶיךָ, אִם אַתָּה מְקַבְּלֵנִי בִּתְשׁוּבָה הֲרֵי יוֹדֵעַ אֲנִי שֶׁשְּׁלֹמֹה בְּנִי עוֹמֵד וּבוֹנֶה אֶת בֵּית הַמִּקְדָּשׁ וּבוֹנֶה אֶת הַמִּזְבֵּחַ וּמַקְטִיר עָלָיו אֶת הַקָּרְבָּנוֹת שֶׁבַּתּוֹרָה, מִן הָדֵין קְרָיָא: זִבְחֵי אֱלֹהִים רוּחַ נִשְׁבָּרָה. וָחֳרָנָא אָמַר מִנַיִן לְמִי שֶׁהוּא עוֹשֶׂה תְּשׁוּבָה שֶׁמַּעֲלִין עָלָיו כְּאִלּוּ עָלָה לִירוּשָׁלַיִם וּבָנָה אֶת בֵּית הַמִּקְדָּשׁ וּבָנָה אֶת הַמִּזְבֵּחַ וּמַקְרִיב עָלָיו כָּל הַקָּרְבָּנוֹת שֶׁבַּתּוֹרָה, מִן הָדֵין קְרָיָא: זִבְחֵי אֱלֹהִים רוּחַ נִשְׁבָּרָה, וְרַבָּנִין אָמְרֵי מִנַּיִן לְעוֹבֵר לִפְנֵי הַתֵּבָה שֶׁצָּרִיךְ לְהַזְכִּיר עֲבוֹדָה וְקָרְבָּנוֹת וְלָשֹׁחַ, מִן הֲדָא בִּרְכָתָא, רְצֵה אֱלֹהֵינוּ שְׁכֹן בְּצִיּוֹן מְהֵרָה יַעַבְדוּךָ בָּנֶיךָ. אִית דְּבָעֵי מַשְׁמַעְנָא מִן הֲדָא, זִבְחֵי אֱלֹהִים רוּחַ נִשְׁבָּרָה. אָמַר רַבִּי אַבָּא בַּר יוּדָן כָּל מַה שֶׁפָּסַל הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא בִּבְהֵמָה הִכְשִׁיר בְּאָדָם, פָּסַל בִּבְהֵמָה (ויקרא כב, כב): עֲוֶרֶת אוֹ שָׁבוּר אוֹ חָרוּץ אוֹ יַבֶּלֶת, וְהִכְשִׁיר בְּאָדָם (תהלים נא, יט): לֵב נִשְׁבָּר וְנִדְכֶּה. אָמַר רַבִּי אֲלֶכְּסַנְדְּרִי הַהֶדְיוֹט הַזֶּה אִם מְשַׁמֵּשׁ הוּא בְּכֵלִים שְׁבוּרִים גְּנַאי הוּא לוֹ, אֲבָל הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא כְּלֵי תַּשְׁמִישׁוֹ שְׁבוּרִים, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (תהלים לד, יט): קָרוֹב ה' לְנִשְׁבְּרֵי לֵב, (תהלים קמז, ג): הָרוֹפֵא לִשְׁבוּרֵי לֵב, (ישעיה נז, טו): וְאֶת דַּכָּא וּשְׁפַל רוּחַ. זִבְחֵי אֱלֹהִים רוּחַ נִשְׁבָּרָה לֵב נִשְׁבָּר, רַבִּי אַבָּא בַּר יוּדָן בְּשֵׁם רַבִּי יוּדָא בַּר רַבִּי סִימוֹן, מָשָׁל לְמֶלֶךְ שֶׁהָיָה מְהַלֵּךְ בַּמִּדְבָּר, וּבָא אוֹהֲבוֹ וְכִבְּדוֹ בְּכַלְכָּלָה אַחַת שֶׁל תְּאֵנִים וְחָבִית אַחַת שֶׁל יַיִן, אָמַר לוֹ זֶה כִּבּוּד גָּדוֹל, אָמַר לוֹ אֲדוֹנִי הַמֶּלֶךְ לְפִי שָׁעָה כִּבַּדְתִּיךָ, אֲבָל כְּשֶׁאַתָּה נִכְנַס לְתוֹךְ פָּלָטִין שֶׁלְךָ, אַתָּה רוֹאֶה כַּמָּה אֲנִי מְכַבְּדֶךָ. כָּךְ אָמַר הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא לְיִשְׂרָאֵל (ויקרא ו, ב): זֹאת תּוֹרַת הָעֹלָה הִוא הָעֹלָה, אָמְרוּ לְפָנָיו רִבּוֹן הָעוֹלָמִים לְפִי שָׁעָה הִקְרַבְנוּ לְפָנֶיךָ, אֲבָל לִכְשֶׁתֵּיטִיב (תהלים נא, כ כא): בִּרְצוֹנְךָ אֶת צִיּוֹן תִּבְנֶה חוֹמוֹת יְרוּשָׁלָיִם, אָז תַּחְפֹּץ זִבְחֵי צֶדֶק עֹלָה וְכָלִיל. 14.1. אִשָּׁה כִּי תַזְרִיעַ (ויקרא יב, ב), הֲדָא הוּא דִכְתִיב (תהלים קלט, ה): אָחוֹר וָקֶדֶם צַרְתָּנִי, אָמַר רַבִּי יוֹחָנָן אִם זָכָה אָדָם נוֹחֵל שְׁנֵי עוֹלָמוֹת, הַזֶּה וְהַבָּא, הֲדָא הוּא דִכְתִיב: אָחוֹר וָקֶדֶם צַרְתָּנִי, וְאִם לָאו בָּא לִתֵּן דִּין וְחֶשְׁבּוֹן, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (תהלים קלט, ה): וַתָּשֶׁת עָלַי כַּפֶּכָה, כְּדִכְתִיב (איוב יג, כא): כַּפְּךָ מֵעָלַי הַרְחַק, אָמַר רַבִּי שְׁמוּאֵל בַּר נַחְמָן בְּשָׁעָה שֶׁבָּרָא הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא אָדָם הָרִאשׁוֹן, אַנְדְּרוֹגִינוֹס בְּרָאוֹ, אָמַר רֵישׁ לָקִישׁ בְּשָׁעָה שֶׁנִּבְרָא דוּ פַּרְצוּפִין נִבְרָא וּנְסָרוֹ וְנַעֲשָׂה שְׁנַיִם גַּבִּים, גַּב לְזָכָר גַּב לִנְקֵבָה. אֵיתִיבוּן לֵיהּ (בראשית ב, כא): וַיִּקַּח אַחַת מִצַּלְעֹתָיו, אָמַר לָהֶן מִסִּטְרוֹהִי, כְּדִכְתִיב (שמות כו, כ): וּלְצֶלַע הַמִּשְׁכָּן. אָמַר רַבִּי בֶּרֶכְיָה וְרַבִּי חֶלְבּוֹ וְרַבִּי שְׁמוּאֵל בַּר נַחְמָן בְּשָׁעָה שֶׁבָּרָא הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא אָדָם הָרִאשׁוֹן מִסּוֹף הָעוֹלָם וְעַד סוֹפוֹ מְלוֹא כָל הָעוֹלָם כֻּלּוֹ בְּרָאוֹ. מִן הַמִּזְרָח לַמַּעֲרָב מִנַּיִן, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר: אָחוֹר וָקֶדֶם צַרְתָּנִי, מִן הַצָּפוֹן לַדָּרוֹם מִנַיִן, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (דברים ד, לב): וּלְמִקְצֵה הַשָּׁמַיִם וְעַד קְצֵה הַשָּׁמָיִם, וּמִנַּיִן כַּחֲלָלוֹ שֶׁל עוֹלָם, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר: וַתָּשֶׁת עָלַי כַּפֶּכָה. אָמַר רַבִּי אֶלְעָזָר אָחוֹר זֶה יוֹם רִאשׁוֹן, וָקֶדֶם זֶה יוֹם הָאַחֲרוֹן, עַל דַּעְתֵּיהּ דְּרַבִּי אֶלְעָזָר דִּכְתִיב (בראשית א, כד): תּוֹצֵא הָאָרֶץ נֶפֶשׁ חַיָּה לְמִינָהּ, נֶפֶשׁ חַיָּה, זוֹ רוּחוֹ שֶׁל אָדָם הָרִאשׁוֹן. אָמַר רֵישׁ לָקִישׁ אָחוֹר זֶה יוֹם הָאַחֲרוֹן, וָקֶדֶם זֶה יוֹם הָרִאשׁוֹן, עַל דַּעְתֵּיהּ דְּרֵישׁ לָקִישׁ דִּכְתִיב (בראשית א, ב): וְרוּחַ אֱלֹהִים מְרַחֶפֶת עַל פְּנֵי הַמָּיִם, זֶה רוּחוֹ שֶׁל מֶלֶךְ הַמָּשִׁיחַ, אִם זָכָה אָדָם אוֹמְרִים לוֹ אַתָּה קָדַמְתָּ לְכָל מַעֲשֵׂה בְרֵאשִׁית, וְאִם לָאו אוֹמְרִים לוֹ יַתּוּשׁ קַדְמָךְ, שִׁלְשׁוּל קַדְמָךְ. אָמַר רַבִּי יִשְׁמָעֵאל בְּרַבִּי תַּנְחוּם, אָחוֹר לְכָל הַמַּעֲשִׂים, וָקֶדֶם לְכָל הָעֳנָשִׁין, רַבִּי יוֹחָנָן אוֹמֵר אַף קִלּוּסוֹ לֹא בָּא אֶלָּא בָּאַחֲרוֹנָה, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (תהלים קמח, י): הַחַיָּה וְכָל בְּהֵמָה רֶמֶשׂ וְצִפּוֹר כָּנָף, וְאַחַר כָּךְ מַלְכֵי אֶרֶץ וְכָל לְאֻמִּים. אָמַר רַבִּי שִׂמְלָאי, כְּשֵׁם שֶׁיְצִירָתוֹ שֶׁל אָדָם אַחַר בְּהֵמָה חַיָּה וָעוֹף, כָּךְ תּוֹרָתוֹ אַחַר בְּהֵמָה חַיָּה וָעוֹף, הֲדָא הוּא דִכְתִיב (ויקרא יא, מו): זֹאת תּוֹרַת הַבְּהֵמָה, וְאַחַר כָּךְ אִשָּׁה כִּי תַזְרִיעַ. 31.8. רַבִּי אֲבִינָא אֲמַר תַּרְתֵּי, וְרַבִּי בֶּרֶכְיָה אֲמַר תַּרְתֵּי, וְרַבָּנָן אָמְרֵי תַּרְתֵּי. רַבִּי אֲבִינָא אָמַר הַגַּלְגַּל הַזֶּה שֶׁל חַמָּה אֶחָד מִמְשַׁמְשַׁי הוּא, וּבְשָׁעָה שֶׁיּוֹצְאָה לָעוֹלָם אֵין כָּל בְּרִיָּה יְכוֹלָה לָזוּן עֵינֶיהָ מִמֶּנָּהּ, הֲדָא הוּא דִכְתִיב (דניאל ז, י): נְהַר דִּי-נוּר נָגֵד וְנָפֵק מִן קֳדָמוֹהִי, וּלְאוֹרְךָ אֲנִי צָרִיךְ. אָמַר רַבִּי אַחָא (ישעיה מב, כא): ה' חָפֵץ לְמַעַן צִדְקוֹ יַגְדִּיל תּוֹרָה וְיַאְדִּיר, לֹא [בראתי] [צויתי] אֶלָּא לְזַכּוֹתֶךָ. רַבִּי אֲבִינָא אָמַר אָחֳרֵי, הַבָּרָק הַזֶּה אֶחָד מִתּוֹלְדוֹת הָאֵשׁ שֶׁל מַעְלָן הוּא, וְהוּא מִסּוֹף הָעוֹלָם וְעַד סוֹפוֹ מַבְהִיק אוֹרוֹ, וּלְאוֹרְךָ אֲנִי צָרִיךְ. אָמַר רַבִּי אַחָא ה' חָפֵץ לְמַעַן צִדְקוֹ, הֵיךְ דְּקָדָמוֹי. רַבִּי בֶּרֶכְיָה אָמַר הַגַּלְגַּל הַזֶּה שֶׁל עַיִן אֵין אָדָם רוֹאֶה מִתּוֹךְ הַלָּבָן שֶׁיֵּשׁ בּוֹ אֶלָּא מִתּוֹךְ הַשָּׁחוֹר, אָמַר הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא מַה מִּתּוֹךְ חֲשֵׁכָה בָּרָאתִי לְךָ אוֹרָה, וּלְאוֹרְךָ אֲנִי צָרִיךְ. אָמַר רַבִּי אַחָא ה' חָפֵץ לְמַעַן צִדְקוֹ. רַבִּי בֶּרֶכְיָה אָמַר אָחֳרֵי (בראשית א, ב): וְהָאָרֶץ הָיְתָה תֹהוּ וָבֹהוּ, מַה כְּתִיב בַּתְרֵיהּ (בראשית א, ג): וַיֹּאמֶר אֱלֹהִים יְהִי אוֹר וַיְהִי אוֹר, אָמַר הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא מַה מִּתּוֹךְ חֲשֵׁכָה בָּרָאתִי לְךָ אוֹרָה, וּלְאוֹרְךָ אֲנִי צָרִיךְ. אָמַר רַבִּי אַחָא וכו'. וְרַבָּנָן אָמְרֵי תַּרְתֵּי, אָמַר הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא לַוָּלָד, כָּל אוֹתָן תִּשְׁעָה חֳדָשִׁים שֶׁהָיִיתָ בִּמְעֵי אִמְךָ אֲנִי הָיִיתִי מֵאִיר לְךָ, וּלְאוֹרְךָ אֲנִי צָרִיךְ. וְרַבָּנָן אָמְרֵי אָחֳרֵי (דניאל ב, כב): הוּא גָּלֵא עֲמִיקָתָא וּמְסַתְּרָתָא יָדַע מָה בַחֲשׁוֹכָא וּנְהוֹרָא עִמֵּהּ שְׁרֵא, אָמַר הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא נְהוֹרָא שְׁרֵא גַּבִּי וּלְאוֹרְךָ אֲנִי צָרִיךְ. | 14.1. "\"A woman when she gives seed (conceives)\" [Leviticus 12:2]: That's what is written, \"You have created me behind and before.\" [Psalms 139:5] Said Rabbi Yocha: If man merits, he inherits two worlds, this one and the coming one, that's what is written: \"You have created me behind and before (front).\" And if not, he comes to give reckoning, as it says, \"And You laid your hand (kapcha) on me.\" [ibid], as it is written, [Job 13:21] \"Withdraw your hand (kapcha) far from me.\" Said Rav Shmuel bar Nachman: When the Holy One, blessed be He, created the first man, he created him as an androgynous being. Reish Lakish: When it was created, dual faces [together] were created, and it was cut, and two were made. [One] back was male, [one] back was female. They challenged him: [Genesis 2:21] \"And He took one of his ribs (tzela)\"!? He said to them, it is of his sides, as it is written, \"and to the side (tzela) of the Tabernacle\" [Exodus 26:20]. Said Rabbi Berachiya and Rabbi Chelbo and Rabbi Shmuel bar Nachman: When God created the first man, from one end of the world to the other end, He created him to fill the entire world. How do we know from east to west? As it says, \"You created me back to east (kedem).\" How do we know from north to south? As it says, [Deuteronomy 4:32] \"From the ends of the heavens to the ends of the heavens.\" How do we know that it was the expanse of the world? As it says, \"And You laid your hand on me.\" Said Rabbi Elazar: \"Behind\" - that's the first day [of creation]. \"Before\" - that's the last day. For the opinion of Rabbi Elazar, there is the verse, [Genesis 1:24]: \"Let the earth bring forth the living soul (nefesh chaya) to its kind.\" \"Living soul\" - that's the spirit of the first man. Said Reish Lakish: \"Behind\" - that's the last day. \"Before\" - that's the first day. For the opinion of Reish Lakish, there is the verse: [Genesis 1:2] \"And the spirit of God wavered upon the water\" - that is the spirit of the king messiah. If man merits, we say to him: \"You were created before all of creation.\" If not, we say to him, \"The mosquito preceded you.\" Said Rabbi Yishmale b'Rabbi Tanchum: \"Behind\" on all creation, \"before\" (first) in all punishments. Said Rabbi Yocha: Even man's praise only comes last, as it says [Psalms 148:110]: \"Beasts and all cattle creeping things and flying fowl\". And afterwards, [Psalms 148:11]: \"Kings of the earth and all peoples.\" Said Rabbi Simlai: \"Just like man's formation was after beast, cattle, and bird, so too his laws are after beast, cattle, and bird, and that's what is written, \"This is the law of cattle\" [Leviticus 11:46], and afterwards, \"A woman when she gives seed...\"", |
|
| 161. Anon., Targum Neofiti, None (2nd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 184 |
162. Theophilus, To Autolycus, 2.19, 2.22, 2.24 (2nd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 53, 77 | 2.19. God having thus completed the heavens, and the earth, and the sea, and all that are in them, on the sixth day, rested on the seventh day from all His works which He made. Then holy Scripture gives a summary in these words: This is the book of the generation of the heavens and the earth, when they were created, in the day that the Lord made the heavens and the earth, and every green thing of the field, before it was made, and every herb of the field before it grew. For God had not caused it to rain upon the earth, and there was not a man to till the ground. Genesis 2:4-5 By this He signifies to us, that the whole earth was at that time watered by a divine fountain, and had no need that man should till it; but the earth produced all things spontaneously by the command of God, that man might not be wearied by tilling it. But that the creation of man might be made plain, so that there should not seem to be an insoluble problem existing among men, since God had said, Let Us make man; and since His creation was not yet plainly related, Scripture teaches us, saying: And a fountain went up out of the earth, and watered the face of the whole earth; and God made man of the dust of the earth, and breathed into his face the breath of life, and man became a living soul. Whence also by most persons the soul is called immortal. And after the formation of man, God chose out for him a region among the places of the East, excellent for light, brilliant with a very bright atmosphere, [abundant] in the finest plants; and in this He placed man. 2.22. You will say, then, to me: You said that God ought not to be contained in a place, and how do you now say that He walked in Paradise? Hear what I say. The God and Father, indeed, of all cannot be contained, and is not found in a place, for there is no place of His rest; but His Word, through whom He made all things, being His power and His wisdom, assuming the person of the Father and Lord of all, went to the garden in the person of God, and conversed with Adam. For the divine writing itself teaches us that Adam said that he had heard the voice. But what else is this voice but the Word of God, who is also His Son? Not as the poets and writers of myths talk of the sons of gods begotten from intercourse [with women], but as truth expounds, the Word, that always exists, residing within the heart of God. For before anything came into being He had Him as a counsellor, being His own mind and thought. But when God wished to make all that He determined on, He begot this Word, uttered, the first-born of all creation, not Himself being emptied of the Word [Reason], but having begotten Reason, and always conversing with His Reason. And hence the holy writings teach us, and all the spirit-bearing [inspired] men, one of whom, John, says, In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, John 1:1 showing that at first God was alone, and the Word in Him. Then he says, The Word was God; all things came into existence through Him; and apart from Him not one thing came into existence. The Word, then, being God, and being naturally produced from God, whenever the Father of the universe wills, He sends Him to any place; and He, coming, is both heard and seen, being sent by Him, and is found in a place. 2.24. God, then, caused to spring out of the earth every tree that is beautiful in appearance, or good for food. For at first there were only those things which were produced on the third day - plants, and seeds, and herbs; but the things which were in Paradise were made of a superior loveliness and beauty, since in it the plants were said to have been planted by God. As to the rest of the plants, indeed, the world contained plants like them; but the two trees - the tree of life and the tree of knowledge - the rest of the earth possessed not, but only Paradise. And that Paradise is earth, and is planted on the earth, the Scripture states, saying: Genesis 2:8 And the Lord God planted Paradise in Eden eastwards, and placed man there; and out of the ground made the Lord God to grow every tree that is pleasant to the sight and good for food. By the expressions, therefore, out of the ground, and eastwards, the holy writing clearly teaches us that Paradise is under this heaven, under which the east and the earth are. And the Hebrew word Eden signifies delight. And it was signified that a river flowed out of Eden to water Paradise, and after that divides into four heads; of which the two called Pison and Gihon water the eastern parts, especially Gihon, which encompasses the whole land of Ethiopia, and which, they say, reappears in Egypt under the name of Nile. And the other two rivers are manifestly recognisable by us - those called Tigris and Euphrates - for these border on our own regions. And God having placed man in Paradise, as has been said, to till and keep it, commanded him to eat of all the trees - manifestly of the tree of life also; but only of the tree of knowledge He commanded him not to taste. And God transferred him from the earth, out of which he had been produced, into Paradise, giving him means of advancement, in order that, maturing and becoming perfect, and being even declared a god, he might thus ascend into heaven in possession of immortality. For man had been made a middle nature, neither wholly mortal, nor altogether immortal, but capable of either; so also the place, Paradise, was made in respect of beauty intermediate between earth and heaven. And by the expression, till it, no other kind of labour is implied than the observance of God's command, lest, disobeying, he should destroy himself, as indeed he did destroy himself, by sin. |
|
163. Tertullian, Against Marcion, 1.13 (2nd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •senses, and epiphany/presence of the divine Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 185 | 1.13. While we are expelling from this rank (of Deity) a god who has no evidence to show for himself which is so proper and God-worthy as the testimony of the Creator, Marcion's most shameless followers with haughty impertinence fall upon the Creator's works to destroy them. To be sure, say they, the world is a grand work, worthy of a God. Then is the Creator not at all a God? By all means He is God. Therefore the world is not unworthy of God, for God has made nothing unworthy of Himself; although it was for man, and not for Himself, that He made the world, (and) although every work is less than its maker. And yet, if to have been the author of our creation, such as it is, be unworthy of God, how much more unworthy of Him is it to have created absolutely nothing at all!- not even a production which, although unworthy, might yet have encouraged the hope of some better attempt. To say somewhat, then, concerning the alleged unworthiness of this world's fabric, to which among the Greeks also is assigned a name of ornament and grace, not of sordidness, those very professors of wisdom, from whose genius every heresy derives its spirit, called the said unworthy elements divine; as Thales did water, Heraclitus fire, Anaximenes air, Anaximander all the heavenly bodies, Strato the sky and earth, Zeno the air and ether, and Plato the stars, which he calls a fiery kind of gods; while concerning the world, when they considered indeed its magnitude, and strength, and power, and honour, and glory - the abundance, too, the regularity, and law of those individual elements which contribute to the production, the nourishment, the ripening, and the reproduction of all things - the majority of the philosophers hesitated to assign a beginning and an end to the said world, lest its constituent elements, great as they undoubtedly are, should fail to be regarded as divine, which are objects of worship with the Persian magi, the Egyptian hierophants, and the Indian gymnosophists. The very superstition of the crowd, inspired by the common idolatry, when ashamed of the names and fables of their ancient dead borne by their idols, has recourse to the interpretation of natural objects, and so with much ingenuity cloaks its own disgrace, figuratively reducing Jupiter to a heated substance, and Juno to an aërial one (according to the literal sense of the Greek words); Vesta, in like manner, to fire, and the Muses to waters, and the Great Mother to the earth, mowed as to its crops, ploughed up with lusty arms, and watered with baths. Thus Osiris also, whenever he is buried, and looked for to come to life again, and with joy recovered, is an emblem of the regularity wherewith the fruits of the ground return, and the elements recover life, and the year comes round; as also the lions of Mithras are philosophical sacraments of arid and scorched nature. It is, indeed, enough for me that natural elements, foremost in site and state, should have been more readily regarded as divine than as unworthy of God. I will, however, come down to humbler objects. A single floweret from the hedgerow, I say not from the meadows; a single little shellfish from any sea, I say not from the Red Sea; a single stray wing of a moorfowl, I say nothing of the peacock - will, I presume, prove to you that the Creator was but a sorry artificer! |
|
| 164. Nag Hammadi, Apocalypse of Peter, None (3rd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 53 |
| 165. Origen, Commentary On Romans, 5.4 (3rd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 53 |
| 166. Origen, On Prayer, 29.18 (3rd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 106 |
167. Origen, Against Celsus, 7.50 (3rd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 53 | 7.50. Celsus has not explained how error accompanies the becoming, or product of generation; nor has he expressed himself with sufficient clearness to enable us to compare his ideas with ours, and to pass judgment on them. But the prophets, who have given some wise suggestions on the subject of things produced by generation, tell us that a sacrifice for sin was offered even for new-born infants, as not being free from sin. They say, I was shapen in iniquity, and in sin did my mother conceive me; also, They are estranged from the womb; which is followed by the singular expression, They go astray as soon as they are born, speaking lies. Besides, our wise men have such a contempt for all sensible objects, that sometimes they speak of all material things as vanity: thus, For the creature was made subject to vanity, not willingly, but by reason of him that subjected the same in hope; at other times as vanity of vanities, Vanity of vanities, says the Preacher, all is vanity. Who has given so severe an estimate of the life of the human soul here on earth, as he who says: Verily every man at his best estate is altogether vanity? He does not hesitate at all as to the difference between the present life of the soul and that which it is to lead hereafter. He does not say, Who knows if to die is not to live, and if to live is not death But he boldly proclaims the truth, and says, Our soul is bowed down to the dust; and, You have brought me into the dust of death; and similarly, Who will deliver me from the body of this death? also, Who will change the body of our humiliation. It is a prophet also who says, You have brought us down in a place of affliction; meaning by the place of affliction this earthly region, to which Adam, that is to say, man, came after he was driven out of paradise for sin. Observe also how well the different life of the soul here and hereafter has been recognised by him who says, Now we see in a glass, obscurely, but then face to face; and, Whilst we are in our home in the body, we are away from our home in the Lord; wherefore we are well content to go from our home in the body, and to come to our home with the Lord. |
|
| 168. Origen, Commentary On Romans, 5.4 (3rd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 53 |
| 169. Origen, Commentary On John, 20.225 (3rd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 53 |
| 170. Origen, Commentary On Romans, 5.4 (3rd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 53 |
| 171. Nag Hammadi, The Hypostasis of The Archons, 91.9-91.10 (3rd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 53 |
| 172. Origen, Homilies On Ezekiel, 1.3.7 (3rd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 53 |
| 173. Plotinus, Enneads, 4.8.1, 6.9.9-6.9.11, 15.3.17-15.3.37 (3rd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 286 |
| 174. Iamblichus, Concerning The Mysteries, 6.5-6.7 (3rd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication •senses, and epiphany/presence of the divine •senses, as divine presence Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 195 |
175. Babylonian Talmud, Taanit, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 139| 5a. רבא אמר כיון שהתחיל שוב אינו פוסק וכן אמר רב ששת כיון שהתחיל שוב אינו פוסק,ואף רב הדר ביה דאמר רב חננאל אמר רב מונה עשרים ואחד יום כדרך שמונה עשרה ימים מר"ה עד יוה"כ ומתחיל וכיון שהתחיל שוב אינו פוסק והלכתא כיון שהתחיל שוב אינו פוסק:, big strongמתני׳ /strong /big עד מתי שואלין את הגשמים ר' יהודה אומר עד שיעבור הפסח ר' מאיר אומר עד שיצא ניסן שנאמר (יואל ב, כג) ויורד לכם גשם יורה ומלקוש בראשון:, big strongגמ׳ /strong /big א"ל רב נחמן לר' יצחק יורה בניסן יורה במרחשון הוא (דתנן) יורה במרחשון ומלקוש בניסן א"ל הכי אמר רבי יוחנן בימי יואל בן פתואל נתקיים מקרא זה דכתיב ביה (יואל א, ד) יתר הגזם אכל הארבה וגו' אותה שנה יצא אדר ולא ירדו גשמים ירדה להם רביעה ראשונה באחד בניסן,אמר להם נביא לישראל צאו וזרעו אמרו לו מי שיש לו קב חטים או קבים שעורין יאכלנו ויחיה או יזרענו וימות אמר להם אעפ"כ צאו וזרעו נעשה להם נס ונתגלה להם מה שבכתלין ומה שבחורי נמלים,יצאו וזרעו שני ושלישי ורביעי וירדה להם רביעה שניה בחמשה בניסן הקריבו עומר בששה עשר בניסן נמצאת תבואה הגדילה בששה חדשים גדילה באחד עשר יום נמצא עומר הקרב מתבואה של ששה חדשים קרב מתבואה של אחד עשר יום,ועל אותו הדור הוא אומר (תהלים קכו, ה) הזורעים בדמעה ברנה יקצרו הלך ילך ובכה נושא משך הזרע וגו' מאי הלך ילך ובכה נושא משך וגו' א"ר יהודה שור כשהוא חורש הולך ובוכה ובחזירתו אוכל חזיז מן התלם וזהו בא יבא ברנה,מאי נושא אלומותיו א"ר חסדא ואמרי לה במתניתא תנא קנה זרת שיבולת זרתים,א"ל רב נחמן לר' יצחק מאי דכתיב (מלכים ב ח, א) כי קרא ה' לרעב וגם בא אל הארץ שבע שנים בהנך שבע שנים מאי אכול,א"ל הכי אמר רבי יוחנן שנה ראשונה אכלו מה שבבתים שניה אכלו מה שבשדות שלישית בשר בהמה טהורה רביעית בשר בהמה טמאה חמישית בשר שקצים ורמשים ששית בשר בניהם ובנותיהם שביעית בשר זרועותיהם לקיים מה שנאמר (ישעיהו ט, יט) איש בשר זרועו יאכלו,וא"ל רב נחמן לר' יצחק מאי דכתיב (הושע יא, ט) בקרבך קדוש ולא אבוא בעיר משום דבקרבך קדוש לא אבוא בעיר א"ל הכי א"ר יוחנן אמר הקב"ה לא אבוא בירושלים של מעלה עד שאבוא לירושלים של מטה,ומי איכא ירושלים למעלה אין דכתיב (תהלים קכב, ג) ירושלם הבנויה כעיר שחוברה לה יחדיו,וא"ל רב נחמן לר' יצחק מאי דכתיב (ירמיהו י, ח) ובאחת יבערו ויכסלו מוסר הבלים עץ הוא א"ל הכי א"ר יוחנן אחת היא שמבערת רשעים בגיהנם מאי היא ע"ז כתיב הכא מוסר הבלים עץ הוא וכתיב התם (ירמיהו י, טו) הבל המה מעשה תעתועים,וא"ל רב נחמן לר' יצחק מ"ד (ירמיהו ב, יג) כי שתים רעות עשה עמי תרתין הוא דהוו עשרין וארבע שביקא להו א"ל הכי א"ר יוחנן אחת שהיא | 5a. b Rava said /b an alternative suggestion: b Once one has started /b to mention rain, b he no longer stops, /b i.e., he continues the mention of rain consistently until the summer. b And, so too, Rav Sheshet said: Once one has started /b to mention rain, b he no longer stops. /b In other words, once one has begun to mention rain in his prayers in the additional prayer on the Eighth Day of Assembly, he continues to do so uninterrupted, even in the Diaspora.,The Gemara adds: b And even Rav retracted /b his previously stated opinion, b as Rav Ḥael said /b that b Rav said: One counts twenty-one days /b from Rosh HaShana, just b as one counts ten days from Rosh HaShana until Yom Kippur. And /b after the twenty-one days, b one starts /b to mention rain, b and once one has started, he no longer stops. /b The Gemara concludes: b And the i halakha /i is in accordance with /b the opinion that b once one has started /b to mention rain, b he no longer stops. /b , strong MISHNA: /strong b Until when does one request rain? Rabbi Yehuda says: /b We request rain b until Passover has passed. Rabbi Meir says: Until /b the month of b Nisan has ended, as it is stated: “And He causes to come down for you the rain, /b the b first rain and /b the b last rain, in the first /b month” (Joel 2:23). Since the verse states that it rains in Nisan, the first month, this indicates that the entire month is considered part of the rainy season., strong GEMARA: /strong b Rav Naḥman said to Rabbi Yitzḥak: /b Is the b first rain in Nisan? /b The b first rain is in Marḥeshvan, as we learned /b in a i baraita /i : b The first rain /b is b in Marḥeshvan and the last rain /b is b in Nisan. /b Rabbi Yitzḥak b said to /b Rav Naḥman that b Rabbi Yoḥa said as follows: This verse was fulfilled in the days of /b the prophet b Joel, son of Pethuel, /b in a year b concerning /b which b it is written: “That which the palmer-worm has left, the locust has eaten /b and that which the locust has left, the canker-worm has eaten; and that which the canker-worm has left, the caterpillar has eaten” (Joel 1:4), when no crops remained. In b that year, /b the month of b Adar ended and /b still b no rain had fallen. /b The rain of the b first rainy season fell for them on the first of Nisan. /b ,After the first rain fell, b the prophet said to the Jews: Go out and sow. They said to him: One who has /b one b i kav /i of wheat or two i kav /i of barley /b left, b should he eat them and live /b off them for a while b or sow them and die? /b Given the improbability of the crops’ growth under these circumstances, it appears wasteful to plant them rather than consume that which remains. The prophet b said to them: Nevertheless, go out and sow. A miracle occurred for them and they discovered /b wheat and barley seeds b that /b were hidden b in the walls and that /b were concealed b in ant holes. /b , b They went out and sowed on the second, third, and fourth /b days of Nisan, b and /b the rain of the b second rainy season fell for them on the fifth of Nisan. /b The crops grew so quickly that b they /b were able to b sacrifice /b the b i omer /i /b offering in its proper time, b on the sixteenth of Nisan. Consequently, grain that /b normally b grows in six months grew in eleven days, and consequently, /b the b i omer /i that is /b generally b sacrificed from grain /b that grows b in six months was sacrificed /b that year b from grain /b that grew b in eleven days. /b , b And with regard to that generation /b the verse b says: “They who sow in tears shall reap with /b songs of b joy. Though he goes on his way weeping, who bears the measure of seed, /b he shall come home with joy, bearing his sheaves” (Psalms 126:6). The Gemara asks: b What is /b the meaning of the expression: b “Though he goes on his way weeping, who bears /b the measure of seed”? b Rabbi Yehuda said: An ox, when it plowed /b at that time, b it went /b on its way b weeping /b and lamenting its labor; b and /b yet b upon its return, /b through the same furrow, b it /b was able to b eat the young shoots [ i ḥaziz /i ] /b of crops that had already sprouted b from the furrow. And this is /b the meaning of the phrase: b “He shall come home with /b songs of b joy.” /b ,The Gemara further asks: b What is /b the meaning of the expression: b “Bearing his sheaves”? Rav Ḥisda said, and some say this was taught in a i baraita /i : /b The b stalk /b of that crop was one b span, /b i.e., the distance between the thumb and the little finger, while the b ear /b itself was b two spans, /b i.e., the ears were twice as long as the stalk, whereas usually the stalk is three or four times longer than the ear.,§ Incidental to the interpretation of these verses, the Gemara cites a series of verses, starting with the topic of hunger, that also involve questions that Rav Naḥman posed to Rabbi Yitzḥak. b Rav Naḥman said to Rabbi Yitzḥak: What is /b the meaning of that b which is written: “For the Lord has called upon a famine and it shall also come upon the land seven years” /b (II Kings 8:1)? Specifically, b in those seven years, what /b did they b eat? /b ,Rabbi Yitzḥak b said to /b Rabbi Naḥman that b Rabbi Yoḥa said as follows: /b In b the first year they ate /b that b which was in their houses; /b in b the second /b year b they ate /b that b which was in their fields; /b in b the third /b year they ate the b meat of /b their remaining b kosher animals; /b in b the fourth /b year they ate the b meat of /b their remaining b non-kosher animals; /b in b the fifth /b year they ate the b meat of repugt creatures and creeping animals, /b i.e., any insects they found; in b the sixth /b year they ate the b flesh of their sons and their daughters; /b and in b the seventh /b year they ate the b flesh of their /b own b arms, to fulfill that which is stated: “Each man shall eat the flesh of his own arm” /b (Isaiah 9:19)., b And Rav Naḥman said to Rabbi Yitzḥak: What is /b the meaning of that b which is written: “It is sacred in your midst, and I will not enter the city” /b (Hosea 11:9)? This verse is puzzling: b Because it is sacred in your midst, will /b God b not enter the city? /b Rabbi Yitzḥak b said to /b Rav Naḥman that b Rabbi Yoḥa said /b the verse should be understood b as follows: The Holy One, Blessed be He, said: I shall not enter Jerusalem above, /b in heaven, b until I enter Jerusalem /b on earth down b below /b at the time of the redemption, when it will be sacred in your midst.,The Gemara asks: b And is there /b such a place as b Jerusalem above? /b The Gemara answers: b Yes, as it is written: “Jerusalem built up, a city unified together” /b (Psalms 122:3). The term unified indicates that there are two cities of Jerusalem, a heavenly one and an earthly one, which are bound together.,§ b And Rav Naḥman said to Rabbi Yitzḥak: What is /b the meaning of that b which is written: “And with one they are brutish and foolish, the teaching of their vanity is a stock” /b (Jeremiah 10:8)? Rabbi Yitzḥak b said to /b Rabbi Naḥman that b Rabbi Yoḥa said as follows: There is one /b transgression b that causes the wicked to burn in Gehenna. What is this /b transgression? b Idol worship. /b This can be proven by a verbal analogy. b It is written here: “The teaching of their vanity [ i hevel /i ] is a stock,” and it is written there, /b with regard to idols: b “They are vanity [ i hevel /i ], a work of delusion” /b (Jeremiah 10:15)., b And Rav Naḥman said to Rabbi Yitzḥak: What is /b the meaning of that b which is written: “For my people have committed two evils” /b (Jeremiah 2:13)? b Were there /b only b two /b evils they performed? Were, then, the b twenty-four /b violations listed in the book of Ezekiel b abandoned, /b i.e., pardoned? Rabbi Yitzḥak b said to /b Rav Naḥman that b Rabbi Yoḥa said as follows: /b They have violated b one /b transgression b that is /b |
|
176. Babylonian Talmud, Yoma, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 184| 23a. שאינו נוקם ונוטר כנחש אינו תלמיד חכם והכתיב (ויקרא יט, יח) לא תקום ולא תטור ההוא בממון הוא דכתיב דתניא איזו היא נקימה ואיזו היא נטירה נקימה אמר לו השאילני מגלך אמר לו לאו למחר אמר לו הוא השאילני קרדומך אמר לו איני משאילך כדרך שלא השאלתני זו היא נקימה,ואיזו היא נטירה א"ל השאילני קרדומך אמר ליה לא למחר א"ל השאילני חלוקך אמר לו הילך איני כמותך שלא השאלתני זו היא נטירה,וצערא דגופא לא והא תניא הנעלבין ואינן עולבין שומעין חרפתן ואינן משיבין עושין מאהבה ושמחין ביסורין עליהן הכתוב אומר (שופטים ה, לא) ואוהביו כצאת השמש בגבורתו,לעולם דנקיט ליה בליביה והאמר רבא כל המעביר על מדותיו מעבירין לו על כל פשעיו דמפייסו ליה ומפייס,ומה הן מוציאין אחת או שתים וכו' השתא שתים מוציאין אחת מבעיא,אמר רב חסדא לא קשיא כאן בבריא כאן בחולה והתניא אחת מוציאין שתים אין מוציאין במה דברים אמורים בבריא אבל בחולה אפילו שתים מוציאין והיחידין מוציאין שתים ואין מונין להן אלא אחת,ואין מונין לו אלא אחת והתניא אין מוציאין לא שליש ולא גודל מפני הרמאים ואם הוציא שליש מונין לו גודל אין מונין לו ולא עוד [אלא] שלוקה מן הממונה בפקיע,מאי מונין לו נמי אחת,מאי פקיע אמר רב מדרא מאי מדרא אמר רב פפא מטרקא דטייעי דפסיק רישיה,אמר אביי מריש הוה אמינא הא דתנן בן ביבאי ממונה על הפקיע אמינא פתילתא כדתנן מבלאי מכנסי הכהנים ומהמייניהן מהן היו מפקיעין ובהן היו מדליקין כיון דשמענא להא דתניא ולא עוד אלא שלוקה מן הממונה בפקיע אמינא מאי פקיע נגדא,מעשה שהיו שניהן שוין ורצין ועולין בכבש ת"ר מעשה בשני כהנים שהיו שניהן שוין ורצין ועולין בכבש קדם אחד מהן לתוך ארבע אמות של חבירו נטל סכין ותקע לו בלבו,עמד רבי צדוק על מעלות האולם ואמר אחינו בית ישראל שמעו הרי הוא אומר (דברים כא, א) כי ימצא חלל באדמה ויצאו זקניך ושופטיך אנו על מי להביא עגלה ערופה על העיר או על העזרות געו כל העם בבכיה,בא אביו של תינוק ומצאו כשהוא מפרפר אמר הרי הוא כפרתכם ועדיין בני מפרפר ולא נטמאה סכין ללמדך שקשה עליהם טהרת כלים יותר משפיכות דמים וכן הוא אומר (מלכים ב כא, טז) וגם דם נקי שפך מנשה [הרבה מאד] עד אשר מלא ירושלים פה לפה,הי מעשה קדים אילימא דשפיכות דמים השתא אשפיכות דמים לא תקינו פייסא אנשברה רגלו תקינו אלא דנשברה רגלו קדים,וכיון דתקינו פייסא ארבע אמות מאי עבידתייהו אלא לעולם דשפיכות דמים קדים ומעיקרא סבור אקראי בעלמא הוא כיון דחזי אפילו ממילא אתו לידי סכנה תקינו רבנן פייסא,עמד רבי צדוק על מעלות האולם ואמר אחינו בית ישראל שמעו הרי הוא אומר כי ימצא חלל באדמה אנן על מי להביא על העיר או על העזרות וירושלים בת אתויי עגלה ערופה היא והתניא עשרה דברים נאמרו בירושלים וזו אחת מהן | 23a. b who does not avenge /b himself b and bear a grudge like a snake /b when insulted b is not /b considered b a Torah scholar /b at all, as it is important to uphold the honor of Torah and its students by reacting harshly to insults. The Gemara asks: b But isn’t it written /b explicitly in the Torah: b “You shall not take vengeance nor bear any grudge /b against the children of your people” (Leviticus 19:18)? The Gemara responds: b That /b prohibition b is written with regard to monetary /b matters and not personal insults, b as it was taught /b in a i baraita /i : b What is revenge and what is bearing a grudge? Revenge /b is illustrated by the following example: b One said to /b his fellow: b Lend me your sickle, /b and b he said: No. The next day he, /b the one who had refused to lend the sickle, b said to /b the other person: b Lend me your ax. /b If he b said to him: I will not lend to you, just as you did not lend to me, that is revenge. /b , b And what is bearing a grudge? /b If b one said to /b his fellow: b Lend me your ax, /b and b he said: No, /b and b the next day he, /b the one who had refused to lend the ax, b said to /b the other man: b Lend me your robe; /b if the first one b said to him: Here it is, /b as b I am not like you, who would not lend to me, that is bearing a grudge. /b Although he does not respond to his friend’s inconsiderate behavior in kind, he still makes it known to his friend that he resents his inconsiderate behavior. This i baraita /i shows that the prohibition relates only to monetary matters, such as borrowing and lending.,The Gemara asks: b But /b does the prohibition against vengeance really b not /b relate also to matters of b personal anguish /b suffered by someone? b Wasn’t /b it b taught /b in a i baraita /i : b Those who are insulted but do not insult /b others, b who hear themselves /b being b shamed but do not respond, who act out of love /b for God, b and who /b remain b happy in /b their b suffering, about them the verse states: “They that love Him be as the sun when it goes forth in its might” /b (Judges 5:31). This i baraita /i shows that one should forgive personal insults as well as wrongs in monetary matters.,The Gemara responds that the prohibition against taking vengeance and bearing a grudge indeed applies to cases of personal anguish; however, b actually, /b the scholar may b keep /b resentment b in his heart, /b though he should not act on it or remind the other person of his insulting behavior. The Gemara asks: b But didn’t Rava say: /b With regard to b whoever forgoes his reckonings /b with others for injustices done to him, the heavenly court in turn b forgoes /b punishment b for all his sins? /b The Gemara answers: Indeed, even a scholar who is insulted must forgive insults, but that is only in cases where his antagonist b has sought to appease /b him, in which case he should allow himself to b be appeased /b toward him. However, if no apology has been offered, the scholar should not forgive him, in order to uphold the honor of the Torah.,§ The mishna describes that the lottery between competing priests is conducted by the priests extending their fingers for a count. And the mishna elaborated: b And what /b fingers b do they extend /b for the lottery? They may extend b one or two /b fingers, and the priests do not extend a thumb in the Temple. The Gemara asks: b Now /b that the mishna states that the priest may extend b two /b fingers, is it b necessary /b to state that they may also extend b one /b finger?, b Rav Ḥisda said: /b This is b not difficult. Here, /b when the mishna speaks of extending one finger, it is referring to b a healthy person /b , who has no difficulty extending just one finger without extending a second one. b There, /b when the mishna mentions two fingers, it is referring to b a sick person, /b for whom it is difficult to extend a single finger at a time. b And /b so b it was taught /b in a i baraita /i : b They /b may b extend one /b finger, but b they /b may b not extend two. In what /b case b is this statement said? /b It is said b in /b reference to b a healthy person; however, a sick person /b may b extend even two /b fingers. b And /b the sick priests who sit or lie b alone, /b separately from the other priests, b extend two /b fingers, b but /b their two fingers are b counted only as one. /b ,The Gemara asks: b And /b are the sick priest’s two fingers really b counted as only one? Wasn’t it taught /b in a i baraita /i : The priests may b not extend the third /b finger, i.e., the middle finger, b or the thumb, /b together with the index finger, b due to /b concern for b cheaters. /b One who sees that the count is approaching him might intentionally extend or withdraw an extra finger so that the lottery will fall on him. b But if he does extend the third /b finger b it is counted for him. /b This is because the third finger cannot be stretched very far from the index finger, so that it is easily recognizable that both fingers are from the same person, and this is not taken as an attempt to cheat. If he extends his b thumb, /b however, b it is not counted for him, and moreover /b he is punished with b lashes /b administered by b the person in charge of the i pakia /i . /b The implication of the i baraita /i is that when the third finger is extended along with the index finger, both fingers are counted.,The Gemara answers: b What /b does the i baraita /i mean when it says that if the priest extended his middle finger along with his index finger, b it is counted for him? /b It b also /b means, as stated earlier, that the two fingers are counted as b one. /b ,The i baraita /i mentions lashes administered by the person in charge of the i pakia /i . b What /b is b a i pakia /i ? Rav said: /b It is b a i madra /i . /b However, the meaning of that term also became unclear over time, so the Gemara asks: b What is a i madra /i ? Rav Pappa said: It is a whip [ i matraka /i ] /b used by b the Arabs, the end of which is split /b into several strands. That is the i pakia /i mentioned above, which was used for punishing the priests.,Apropos this discussion, b Abaye said: At first I would say /b as follows: b When we learned /b in a mishna that b ben Beivai was in charge of the i pakia /i , I would say /b that it means that he was in charge of producing b wicks, as we learned /b in another mishna: b They would tear /b [ b i mafkia /i /b ] strips b from the priests’ worn-out trousers and belts and /b make wicks out of them, b with which they lit /b the lamps for the Celebration of Drawing Water. But b once I heard that which is taught /b in the previously cited i baraita /i : b And moreover, /b he is punished with b lashes /b administered by b the person in charge of the i pakia /i , I /b now b say: What /b is b a i pakia /i ? /b It is b lashes. /b Ben Beivai was in charge of corporal punishment in the Temple.,§ It was taught in the mishna: b An incident /b occurred where b both of /b the priests b were equal /b as they were b running and ascending on the ramp, /b and one of them shoved the other and he fell and his leg was broken. b The Sages taught /b in the i Tosefta /i : b An incident /b occurred where there were b two priests who were equal /b as they were b running and ascending the ramp. One of them reached the four cubits before his colleague, /b who then, out of anger, b took a knife and stabbed him in the heart. /b ,The i Tosefta /i continues: b Rabbi Tzadok /b then b stood up on the steps of the Entrance Hall /b of the Sanctuary b and said: Hear /b this, b my brothers of the house of Israel. /b The verse b states: “If one be found slain in the land... /b and it be not known who had smitten him; b then your Elders and your judges shall come forth /b and they shall measure…and it shall be that the city which is nearest to the slain man…shall take a heifer” (Deuteronomy 21:1–3). And the Elders of that city took that heifer and broke its neck in a ritual of atonement. But what of b us, /b in our situation? b Upon whom /b is the obligation b to bring the heifer whose neck is broken? /b Does the obligation fall b on the city, /b Jerusalem, so that its Sages must bring the calf, b or /b does the obligation fall b upon the /b Temple b courtyards, /b so that the priests must bring it? At that point b the entire /b assembly of b people burst into tears. /b , b The father of the boy, /b i.e., the young priest who was stabbed, b came and found that he was /b still b convulsing. He said: May /b my son’s death b be an atonement for you. /b But b my son is still convulsing /b and has not yet died, and as such, b the knife, /b which is in his body, b has not become ritually impure /b through contact with a corpse. If you remove it promptly, it will still be pure for future use. The i Tosefta /i comments: This incident comes b to teach you that the ritual purity of utensils /b was b of more concern to them than the shedding of blood. /b Even the boy’s father voiced more concern over the purity of the knife than over the death of his child. b And similarly, it says: “Furthermore, Manasseh spilled innocent blood very much, till he had filled Jerusalem from one end to another” /b (II Kings 21:16), which shows that in his day as well people paid little attention to bloodshed.,The Gemara asks: b Which incident came first, /b the one about the broken leg reported in the mishna or the one about the slain priest in the i Tosefta /i ? b If we say /b that the incident of b bloodshed /b came first, this raises a problem: b Now, /b if in response to a case of b bloodshed they did not establish a lottery /b but continued with the running competition, can it be that in response to an incident of a priest’s b leg being broken they did establish /b a lottery? b Rather, /b we must say that the case in which the priest’s b leg was broken /b in the course of the race b came first, /b and as the mishna states, the establishment of the lottery was in response to that incident.,The Gemara asks: If the running competition was abolished immediately after the incident of the broken leg and a lottery was instituted to replace it, b once they established the lottery, what were they doing /b still running to within b the four cubits /b in the incident that led to the priest’s murder? b Rather, actually, /b it is necessary to return to the approach suggested earlier, b that /b the case involving b bloodshed came first. Initially, /b the Sages b thought that it was merely a random, /b i.e., isolated, b event, /b and because it was extremely unlikely for a murder to happen again they did not abolish the competition due to that incident. Then, b once they saw that in any event /b the priests b were coming to danger, /b as one of them was pushed and broke his leg, b the Sages established a lottery. /b ,The Gemara returns to the incident of the slain priest and discusses several details of it. It was related that b Rabbi Tzadok stood up on the steps of the Entrance Hall /b of the Sanctuary b and said: Hear /b this, b my brothers of the house of Israel. /b The verse b states: “If one be found slain in the land, /b etc.” But what of b us, /b in our situation? b Upon whom /b is the obligation b to bring /b the heifer whose neck is broken? Does the obligation fall b upon the city, /b Jerusalem, b or /b does the obligation fall b upon the /b Temple b courtyards? /b The Gemara asks: Is b Jerusalem subject to bringing a heifer whose neck is broken? Wasn’t it taught /b in a i baraita /i : b Ten things were said /b about b Jerusalem /b to distinguish it from all other cities in Eretz Yisrael, b and this is one of them: /b |
|
177. Babylonian Talmud, Sukkah, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •shekhinah (divine presence) •shekhinah (divine presence), its departure Found in books: Lorberbaum (2015), In God's Image: Myth, Theology, and Law in Classical Judaism, 262| 31a. הושענא מעיקרא נמי לאסא הושענא קרו ליה,ת"ר סוכה גזולה והמסכך ברשות הרבים ר' אליעזר פוסל וחכמים מכשירין,אמר רב נחמן מחלוקת בשתוקף את חבירו והוציאו מסוכתו ורבי אליעזר לטעמיה דאמר אין אדם יוצא ידי חובתו בסוכתו של חבירו אי קרקע נגזלת סוכה גזולה היא ואי נמי קרקע אינה נגזלת סוכה שאולה היא,ורבנן לטעמייהו דאמרי אדם יוצא ידי חובתו בסוכתו של חבירו וקרקע אינה נגזלת וסוכה שאולה היא,אבל גזל עצים וסיכך בהן דברי הכל אין לו אלא דמי עצים,ממאי,מדקתני דומיא דרשות הרבים מה רשות הרבים קרקע לאו דידיה הוא סוכה נמי לאו קרקע דידיה הוא,ההיא סבתא דאתאי לקמיה דרב נחמן אמרה ליה ריש גלותא וכולהו רבנן דבי ריש גלותא בסוכה גזולה הוו יתבי צווחה ולא אשגח בה רב נחמן אמרה ליה איתתא דהוה ליה לאבוהא תלת מאה ותמני סרי עבדי צווחא קמייכו ולא אשגחיתו בה אמר להו רב נחמן פעיתא היא דא ואין לה אלא דמי עצים בלבד,אמר רבינא האי כשורא דמטללתא דגזולה עבדי ליה רבנן תקנתא משום תקנת מריש,פשיטא מאי שנא מעצים מהו דתימא עצים שכיחי אבל האי לא שכיחא אימא לא קמ"ל,הני מילי בגו שבעה אבל לבתר שבעה הדר בעיניה ואי חברו בטינא ואפילו לאחר שבעה נמי יהיב ליה דמי,תנא יבש פסול רבי יהודה מכשיר אמר רבא מחלוקת בלולב דרבנן סברי מקשינן לולב לאתרוג מה אתרוג בעי הדר אף לולב בעי הדר ור' יהודה סבר לא מקשינן לולב לאתרוג אבל באתרוג דברי הכל הדר בעינן,ובלולב לא בעי ר' יהודה הדר והתנן רבי יהודה אומר יאגדנו מלמעלה מ"ט לאו משום דבעי הדר,לא כדקתני טעמא רבי יהודה אומר משום ר' טרפון כפות תמרים כפות ואם היה פרוד יכפתנו,ולא בעי הדר והתנן אין אוגדין את הלולב אלא במינו דברי רבי יהודה מאי טעמא לאו משום דבעי הדר,לא דהא אמר רבא אפילו בסיב ואפילו בעיקרא דדיקלא [ואלא] מאי טעמא דרבי יהודה התם דקא סבר לולב צריך אגד ואי מייתי מינא אחרינא הוה להו חמשה מינין,ובאתרוג מי בעי רבי יהודה הדר והתניא ארבעת מינין שבלולב כשם שאין פוחתין מהן כך אין מוסיפין עליהן לא מצא אתרוג לא יביא לא פריש ולא רמון ולא דבר אחר כמושין כשרין יבשין פסולין ר' יהודה אומר אף יבשין,וא"ר יהודה מעשה | 31a. it is called b i hoshana /i , /b which is a term used to describe the four species. The Gemara answers: This is not a full-fledged change of name, as occasionally it b also /b happens that b they initially refer to a myrtle branch as a i hoshana /i /b while it is attached to the tree.,§ b The Sages taught: /b With regard to b a stolen i sukka /i and /b with regard to b one who roofs /b a i sukka /i b in the public domain, /b which is tantamount to robbing land from the public, b Rabbi Eliezer deems /b these i sukkot /i b unfit /b for use in fulfillment of the mitzva, b and the Rabbis deem /b them b fit. /b , b Rav Naḥman said: /b This b dispute is /b limited to a case b where one assaults another and /b forcibly b evicts him from his i sukka /i , /b and takes his place in the i sukka /i . In that case, Rabbi Eliezer deems the i sukka /i unfit. b And Rabbi Eliezer conforms to his /b own b reasoning, as he said: A person does not fulfill his obligation with the i sukka /i of another. /b Therefore, in any event, he does not fulfill his obligation with it. b If land /b can b be stolen /b and acquired by the robber, the i sukka /i from which he evicted the owner b is a stolen i sukka /i . And if indeed land cannot be stolen, /b nevertheless, the robber does not fulfill his obligation according to Rabbi Eliezer, as b it is a borrowed i sukka /i . /b , b And the Rabbis conform to their reasoning, as they said: A person fulfills his obligation with the i sukka /i of another. And /b since b land cannot be stolen and /b the i sukka /i b is /b merely b a borrowed /b i sukka /i and not a stolen one, the robber fulfills his obligation, despite the fact that he committed a reprehensible act., b However, /b if b one stole wood and roofed /b a i sukka /i b with it, everyone agrees, /b as Rabbi Eliezer concedes, that the original owner of the wood b has /b rights b only /b to b the monetary value of the wood. /b The wood itself belongs to the robber, so it is not a stolen i sukka /i .,The Gemara asks: b From where /b does Rav Naḥman draw the conclusion that the dispute is with regard to a stolen i sukka /i and not with regard to a i sukka /i established with stolen building materials?,The Gemara answers: b From the fact that /b the i halakha /i of a stolen i sukka /i is juxtaposed in the i baraita /i to the i halakha /i of a i sukka /i established in the public domain, the i baraita /i b teaches /b that the legal status of the stolen i sukka /i is b similar to /b the legal status of a i sukka /i established in b the public domain. Just as /b one does not fulfill his obligation with a i sukka /i in b the public domain /b because b the land is not his, /b with regard to the stolen b i sukka /i too, /b one does not fulfill his obligation because b the land is not his, /b not because the building materials were stolen.,The Gemara relates: There was b a certain old woman who came before Rav Naḥman. She said to him: The Exilarch and all the Sages in his house have been sitting in a stolen i sukka /i . /b She claimed that the Exilarch’s servants stole her wood and used it to build the i sukka /i . b She screamed, but Rav Naḥman did not pay attention to her. She said to him: A woman whose father, /b Abraham, our forefather, b had three hundred and eighteen slaves screams before you, and you do not pay attention to her? /b She claimed that she should be treated with deference due to her lineage as a Jew. b Rav Naḥman said to /b the Sages: b This /b woman b is a screamer, and she has /b rights b only /b to b the monetary value of the wood. /b However, the i sukka /i itself was already acquired by the Exilarch., b Ravina said: /b With regard to b the stolen /b large b beam of a i sukka /i , the Sages instituted an ordice /b that the robber need not return it intact, b due to the /b general b ordice of a beam. /b By the letter of the law, one who stole a beam and incorporated it in the construction of a new house is required to dismantle the house and return the beam. The Sages instituted an ordice requiring the robber to repay the monetary value of the beam instead. They instituted this ordice to facilitate the repentance of the robber, who would be less likely to repent if doing so entailed destruction of the house.,The Gemara asks: This is b obvious. /b In b what /b way b is /b the beam b different from /b other b wood /b used in establishing the i sukka /i ? The Gemara answers: b Lest you say: Wood is common, /b and therefore the owners are more likely to despair of recovering the wood and will suffice with receiving monetary restitution and replacing the wood, b but, /b with regard to b this /b large beam, which b is not common, say /b that there is b no /b despair, and the robber is required to return the actual beam, therefore, Ravina b teaches us /b that the ordice applies even to this beam, and the robber is required to return only its monetary value.,The Gemara notes: b This /b i halakha /i that the robber need not dismantle the i sukka /i and return the beam b applies /b only b within /b the b seven /b days of the Festival. b However, after /b the b seven /b days, the beam b returns /b to the owner b intact. And if /b the robber b attached it with mortar /b and it is affixed permanently to the i sukka /i , then b even after /b the b seven /b days of the Festival, the ordice remains in effect, and the robber b gives /b the original owner b the monetary value /b of the beam.,§ It was taught in the i Tosefta /i : b A dry i lulav /i is unfit. Rabbi Yehuda deems /b it b fit. Rava said: The dispute is /b specifically b with regard to a i lulav /i , as the Rabbis hold: We liken the i lulav /i to the i etrog /i , /b based on their juxtaposition in the verse. b Just as the i etrog /i requires beauty, so too, the i lulav /i requires beauty. And Rabbi Yehuda holds: We do not liken the i lulav /i to the i etrog /i . However, with regard to an i etrog /i , everyone agrees that we require beauty [ i hadar /i ] /b as the verse states: “Fruit of a beautiful tree” (Leviticus 23:40) and a dry i etrog /i does not meet that criterion.,The Gemara asks: b And with regard to a i lulav /i , does Rabbi Yehuda /b really b not require beauty? But didn’t we learn in the mishna /b that b Rabbi Yehuda says: /b With regard to a i lulav /i whose leaves have spread out, b one should bind /b the i lulav /i b from the top. What is the reason /b to do so? Is it b not because he requires beauty /b in the case of i lulav /i ?,The Gemara rejects this: b No, as the reason is taught: Rabbi Yehuda says in the name of Rabbi Tarfon /b that the same verse states: b “Branches [ i kappot /i ] of a date palm.” /b The Sages interpret the term to mean b bound [ i kafut /i ], /b indicating that b if /b the leaves of the i lulav /i b were spread, one should bind it. /b ,The Gemara asks: b And does /b Rabbi Yehuda b not require beauty /b with regard to the i lulav /i ? b But didn’t we learn in a mishna: One binds the i lulav /i only with its own species, /b this is b the statement of Rabbi Yehuda? What is the reason /b that Rabbi Yehuda requires the binding to be from its own species? Is it b not due to /b the fact that b he requires beauty /b with regard to the i lulav /i ?,The Gemara answers: b No, /b that is not the reason, b as Rava said: /b According to Rabbi Yehuda, one may bind the i lulav /i b even with fiber /b that grows around the trunk of the date palm b and even with the root of the date palm, /b even though these do not meet the criterion of beauty. The Gemara asks: b Rather, what is the rationale /b for the opinion b of Rabbi Yehuda there, /b that a i lulav /i must be bound with its own species? The Gemara answers: It is b because he holds /b that b a i lulav /i requires binding, and if one brought another species /b to bind it, b they are five species /b instead of four, violating the prohibition against adding to the mitzvot of the Torah.,The Gemara asks: b And with regard to an i etrog /i , does Rabbi Yehuda require beauty? But isn’t it taught /b in a i baraita /i : With regard to b the four species of the i lulav /i , just as one may not diminish from their /b number, b so too, one may not add to their /b number. b If one did not find an i etrog /i , he should not bring a quince, a pomegranate, or any other item /b instead. If the species are slightly b dried, /b they b are fit. /b If they are completely b dry, /b they b are unfit. Rabbi Yehuda says: Even dry i etrogim /i are fit. /b , b And Rabbi Yehuda said: /b There was b an incident /b |
|
178. Babylonian Talmud, Sotah, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 109| 48b. הרחיבה שאול נפשה ופערה פיה לבלי חק וירד הדרה והמונה ושאונה ועלז בה,משמתו נביאים הראשונים מאן נביאים הראשונים אמר רב הונא זה דוד ושמואל ושלמה רב נחמן אמר בימי דוד זימנין סליק וזימנין לא סליק שהרי שאל צדוק ועלתה לו שאל אביתר ולא עלתה לו שנאמר (שמואל ב טו, כד) ויעל אביתר,מתיב רבה בר שמואל (דברי הימים ב כו, ה) ויהי לדרוש אלהים כל ימי זכריה המבין בראות אלהים מאי לאו באורים ותומים לא בנביאים,ת"ש משחרב בהמ"ק ראשון בטלו ערי מגרש ופסקו אורים ותומים ופסק מלך מבית דוד,ואם לחשך אדם לומר (עזרא ב, סג) ויאמר התרשתא להם אשר לא יאכלו מקדש הקדשים עד עמוד כהן לאורים ותומים [אמור לו] כאדם שאומר לחבירו עד שיחיו מתים ויבא משיח בן דוד,אלא אמר רב נחמן בר יצחק מאן נביאים הראשונים לאפוקי מחגי זכריה ומלאכי דאחרונים נינהו דת"ר משמתו חגי זכריה ומלאכי נסתלקה רוח הקודש מישראל ואע"פ כן היו משתמשים בבת קול,שפעם אחת היו מסובין בעליית בית גוריא ביריחו נתנה עליהן בת קול מן השמים ואמרה יש בכם אדם אחד שראוי שתשרה שכינה עליו אלא שאין דורו ראוי לכך נתנו עיניהם בהלל הזקן וכשמת הספידוהו הי חסיד הי עניו תלמידו של עזרא,ושוב פעם אחרת היו מסובין בעלייה ביבנה נתנה להן בת קול מן השמים ואמרה להן יש בכם אדם א' שראוי שתשרה שכינה עליו אלא שאין דורו זכאין לכך נתנו עיניהם בשמואל הקטן וכשמת הספידוהו הי עניו הי חסיד תלמידו של הלל,ואף הוא אמר בשעת מיתתו שמעון וישמעאל לחרבא וחברוהי לקטלא ושאר עמא לביזא ועקן סגיאין עתידין למיתי על עמא ואף על ר' יהודה בן בבא בקשו לומר הי חסיד הי עניו אלא שנטרפה שעה שאין מספידין על הרוגי מלכות,משחרב בהמ"ק בטל השמיר כו' ת"ר שמיר שבו בנה שלמה את בהמ"ק שנא' (מלכים א ו, ז) והבית בהבנותו אבן שלמה מסע נבנה הדברים ככתבן דברי ר' יהודה,אמר לו ר' נחמיה וכי אפשר לומר כן והלא כבר נאמר (מלכים א ז, ט) כל אלה אבנים יקרות וגו' מגוררות במגרה אם כן מה ת"ל לא נשמע בבית בהבנותו שהיה מתקין מבחוץ ומכניס מבפנים אמר רבי נראין דברי רבי יהודה באבני מקדש ודברי ר' נחמיה באבני ביתו,ור' נחמיה שמיר למאי אתא מיבעי ליה לכדתניא אבנים הללו אין כותבין אותן בדיו משום שנאמר (שמות כח, יא) פתוחי חותם ואין מסרטין עליהם באיזמל משום שנאמר במלואותם,אלא כותב עליהם בדיו ומראה להן שמיר מבחוץ והן נבקעות מאליהן כתאינה זו שנבקעת בימות החמה ואינה חסירה כלום וכבקעה זו שנבקעת בימות הגשמים ואינה חסירה כלום,ת"ר שמיר זה ברייתו כשעורה ומששת ימי בראשית נברא ואין כל דבר קשה יכול לעמוד בפניו במה משמרין אותו כורכין אותו בספוגין של צמר ומניחין אותו באיטני של אבר מליאה סובי שעורין,אמר רבי אמי משחרב מקדש ראשון בטלה שירא פרנדא וזכוכית לבנה תניא נמי הכי משחרב מקדש ראשון בטלה שירא פרנדא וזכוכית לבנה ורכב ברזל וי"א אף יין קרוש הבא משניר הדומה כעיגולי דבילה,ונופת צופים מאי נופת צופים אמר רב סולת שצפה על גבי נפה ודומה לעיסה שנילושה בדבש ושמן ולוי אמר שתי ככרות הנדבקות בתנור ותופחות ובאות עד שמגיעות זו לזו ורבי יהושע בן לוי אמר זה דבש הבא מן הציפיא מאי משמע כדמתרגם רב ששת כמא דנתזן דבריאתה ושייטן ברומי עלמא ומתיין דובשא מעישבי טורא,תנן התם כל הנצוק טהור חוץ מדבש זיפים והצפיחים מאי זיפים אמר רבי יוחנן דבש שמזייפין בו וריש לקיש אמר על שם מקומו כדכתיב (יהושע טו, כד) זיף וטלם ובעלות,כיוצא בדבר אתה אומר (תהלים נד, ב) בבא הזיפים ויאמרו לשאול הלא דוד וגו' מאי זיפים אמר רבי יוחנן בני אדם המזייפין דבריהם ורבי אלעזר אומר על שם מקומן כדכתיב זיף וטלם ובעלות,ופסקו אנשי אמנה אמר רבי יצחק אלו בני אדם שהן מאמינין בהקב"ה דתניא רבי אליעזר הגדול אומר כל מי שיש לו פת בסלו ואומר מה אוכל למחר אינו אלא מקטני אמנה,והיינו דאמר ר' אלעזר מאי דכתיב (זכריה ד, י) כי מי בז ליום קטנות מי גרם לצדיקים שיתבזבז שולחנן לעתיד לבא קטנות שהיה בהן שלא האמינו בהקב"ה רבא אמר אלו קטני בני רשעי ישראל | 48b. b the netherworld has enlarged her desire, and opened her mouth without measure, and down goes their glory and their tumult and their uproar, and he who rejoices among them” /b (Isaiah 5:14). Their punishment is that they shall descend into the netherworld.,§ The mishna taught: b From /b the time b when the early prophets died, /b the i Urim VeTummim /i was nullified. The Gemara poses a question: b Who /b are b the early prophets? Rav Huna says: This is /b referring to b David, and Samuel, and Solomon, /b and after their death the i Urim VeTummim /i was no longer used. b Rav Naḥman said: In the days of David /b there were b times /b an answer b rose up /b for them from the i Urim VeTummim /i b and /b there were b times /b an answer b did not rise up, /b i.e., they did not receive an answer. The proof for this is b that Tzadok, /b the High Priest in David’s time, b asked /b the i Urim VeTummim /i b and /b an answer b rose up for him, /b whereas b Abiathar asked and /b an answer b did not rise up for him, as /b it b is stated: “And Abiathar went up” /b (II Samuel 15:24), and he was removed from serving as the High Priest as a result., b Rabba bar Shmuel raises an objection: /b The verse states concerning Uzziah: b “And he set himself to seek God in the days of Zechariah, who had an understanding of the vision of God” /b (II Chronicles 26:5). b What, is /b the verse b not /b stating that Uzziah would seek God by asking questions b of /b the b i Urim VeTummim /i , /b despite the fact that he lived after the time of Solomon? The Gemara rejects this claim: b No, /b he would seek God by asking questions b of /b the b prophets, /b but not of the i Urim VeTummim /i .,The Gemara suggests: b Come /b and b hear /b a proof from a i baraita /i ( i Tosefta /i 13:2) with regard to when the i Urim VeTummim /i ceased: b From /b the time b when the First Temple was destroyed, the cities with fields /b that were allocated to the Levites b were nullified, and the i Urim VeTummim /i ceased, and the monarchy ceased from the house of David. /b , b And if a person would whisper to you saying /b that the i Urim VeTummim /i was still extant, as it states with regard to when the Second Temple first stood: b “And the Tirshatha said to them that they should not eat of the most sacred things, until there stood a priest with the i Urim VeTummim /i ” /b (Ezra 2:63), which seems to indicate that they merely had to wait until the Second Temple was built for the reappearance of the i Urim VeTummim /i ; you should b say to him /b that this is not referring to an expectation of a short-term development, but it is b like a person who says to his friend, /b with regard to something that will occur in the distant future: b Until the dead live and the Messiah, /b the b son of David, comes. /b In any case, the i baraita /i indicates that the i Urim VeTummim /i ceased only from the time when the First Temple was destroyed, and not in the time of Solomon., b Rather, Rav Naḥman bar Yitzḥak said: Who /b are b the early prophets, /b with regard to whom it states that use of the i Urim VeTummim /i ceased immediately after their death? This term early prophets serves b to exclude Haggai, Zechariah, and Malachi, /b who b are /b the b latter prophets. /b The i Urim VeTummim /i was used throughout the First Temple period, up to, but not including, their time. b As the Sages taught /b in a i baraita /i ( i Tosefta /i 13:3): b From /b the time b when Haggai, Zechariah, and Malachi died the Divine Spirit departed from the Jewish people, /b as these three were considered to be the last prophets. b And /b even after the Urim VeTummim ceased to exist, they would b nevertheless /b still b make use of a Divine Voice /b to receive instructions from Above, even after this time., b For on one occasion /b the Sages b were reclining in the upper story of the house of Gurya in Jericho. A Divine Voice from Heaven was issued to them, and it said: There is one person among you /b for b whom it is fitting that the Divine Presence should rest upon him /b as a prophet, b but his generation is not fit for it; /b they do not deserve to have a prophet among them. The Sages present b directed their gaze to Hillel the Elder. And when he died, they eulogized him /b in the following manner: b Alas pious one, alas humble one, student of Ezra. /b , b And again, on another occasion /b several generations later, the Sages b were reclining in an upper story /b of a house b in Yavne, /b and b a Divine Voice from Heaven was issued to them, and said: There is one person among you /b for b whom it is fitting that the Divine Presence should rest upon him, but his generation is not fit for it. /b The Sages present b directed their gaze to Shmuel HaKatan. And when he died, they eulogized him /b in the following manner: b Alas humble one, alas pious one, student of Hillel. /b , b And he too, /b Shmuel HaKatan, b said /b the following statement of divinely inspired prediction b at the time of his death: Shimon, /b i.e., Rabban Shimon ben Gamliel, b and Yishmael, /b i.e., Rabbi Yishmael ben Elisha the High Priest, are slated b for the sword, and their colleagues for killing, and the rest of the people for plunder, and great troubles are destined to befall the people. /b The Gemara relates: b And they also sought to say about Rabbi Yehuda ben Bava, /b when eulogizing him: b Alas pious one, alas humble one, but the moment was disturbed /b and they could not do so. That is because b eulogies are not given for those killed by the monarchy, /b which was Rabbi Yehuda ben Baba’s fate, in order not to arouse the monarchy’s wrath.,§ The mishna taught: b From /b the time b when the /b First b Temple was destroyed the i shamir /i ceased /b to exist. b The Sages taught: /b This b i shamir /i /b is the creature b with which Solomon built the Temple, as it is stated: “For the house, when it was built, was built of whole stone from the quarry” /b (I Kings 6:7). Now b these words /b should be understood exactly b as they are written, /b that King Solomon took whole stones and shaped them by having the i shamir /i do the cutting. This is b the statement of Rabbi Yehuda. /b , b Rabbi Neḥemya said to him: And is it possible to say so? But isn’t it already stated: “All these were costly stones, /b according to the measures of hewn stones, b sawed with saws” /b (II Kings 7:9), which indicates that saws, which are iron implements, were used to shape the stones? b If so, what /b is the meaning when b the verse states: /b “And hammer, ax, and any tool of iron b were not heard in the house when it was being built” /b (I Kings 6:7)? It means b that he would prepare /b the stones b outside /b the Temple Mount using tools, b and bring /b them b inside /b already cut, so that no iron tools were used inside the Temple itself. b Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi b said: The statement of Rabbi Yehuda /b that no iron tools were used b appears /b to be correct b with regard to the Temple stones, and the statement of Rabbi Neḥemya /b that tools were used appears to be correct b with regard to the stones of the /b king’s own b house. /b ,The Gemara poses a question: b And /b according to b Rabbi Neḥemya, /b who maintains that they used iron tools even in the cutting of the stones for the Temple, b for what /b purpose b did the i shamir /i come? /b The Gemara answers: b It /b was b necessary for that which is taught /b in a i baraita /i : b These stones /b in the breastplate and ephod, upon which were inscribed the names of the tribes, b they may not be written on with ink, because it is stated: “Like the engravings of a signet” /b (Exodus 28:21), which means the names must be engraved onto the stones. b And they may not be scratched on with a scalpel [ i izemel /i ], because it is stated: “In their full settings” /b (Exodus 28:20), indicating that the stones must be complete and not missing any of their mass.,The i baraita /i continues: b Rather, /b one b writes /b the letters b on them in ink, and shows them, /b i.e., he places the b i shamir /i /b close to the ink markings b from outside, /b without having it touch the stones, b and they split /b open along the lines of the ink b of their own accord, like this fig that splits in the summer without losing anything /b of its mass, b and like this /b field in b a valley that cracks in the rainy season without losing anything /b of its mass. The i shamir /i was used in this way for these engravings., b The Sages taught: This i shamir /i , its size is that of a barleycorn, and it was created in the six days of creation, and nothing hard can withstand it. In what is it kept, /b so that it will not break everything in the vicinity? b They wrap it in tufts [ i sefogin /i ] of wool and place it in a leaden vessel [ i itenei /i ], full of barley bran, /b which is soft and will not be broken by the i shamir /i .,§ b Rabbi Ami says: From /b the time b when the First Temple was destroyed, shiny [ i peranda /i ] silk [ i shira /i ] and white glass ceased /b to exist. b This is also taught /b in a i baraita /i : b From /b the time b when the First Temple was destroyed, shiny silk, white glass, and iron chariots ceased; and some say /b that b even congealed wine that comes from Senir, /b the Hermon, b which is similar to round fig cakes /b after it congeals, ceased to exist as well.,The mishna taught: b And /b the b sweetness of the honeycomb [ i nofet tzufim /i ] /b also ceased when the First Temple was destroyed. The Gemara asks: b What /b is b i nofet tzufim /i ? Rav says: Fine flour that floats /b up and remains b on the top of the sieve [ i nafa /i ], which is similar /b in taste b to dough kneaded with honey and oil. And Levi says /b that i nofet tzufim /i is the term for b two loaves stuck together in an oven, which keep swelling until they reach each other. And Rabbi Yehoshua ben Levi says: This is honey that comes from elevated areas [ i tzipiyya /i ]. /b The Gemara explains: b From where may /b it b be inferred /b that this is what i nofet tzufim /i is? b As Rav Sheshet would translate /b the words: “As the bees do” (Deuteronomy 1:44): b Like the bees spread out and fly all over the world and bring honey from mountainous plants. /b Similarly, Rabbi Yehoshua ben Levi states that honey comes from elevated areas., b We learned /b in a mishna b there /b ( i Makhshirin /i 5:9): b Anything that is poured /b remains b ritually pure. /b In other words, even if a liquid is poured into a ritually impure utensil, the stream of the liquid does not defile the contents that remain in the ritually pure utensil from which they were poured, b apart from i zifim /i honey and wafer /b batter. These substances are too viscous to be considered liquids. The Gemara asks: b What /b is the meaning of b i zifim /i ? Rabbi Yoḥa says: Honey /b of such rare quality that b they /b could b falsify [ i mezayyefin /i ] it, /b by diluting it with other substances, and it would not be noticed. b And Reish Lakish says: /b It is named b after its place, as it is written: “Ziph and Telem and Bealoth” /b (Joshua 15:24)., b Similarly, you /b can b say /b with regard to the verse: b “When the i zifim /i came and said to Saul, does not David /b hide himself with us” (Psalms 54:2). b What is /b the meaning of b i zifim /i , /b mentioned in this verse? b Rabbi Yoḥa says: /b It means b people who /b would b falsify [ i hamzayyefin /i ] their words. And Rabbi Elazar says: /b They are called b after their place, as it is written: “Ziph and Telem and Bealoth.” /b ,§ The mishna states that from the time when the Second Temple was destroyed b men of faith ceased. Rabbi Yitzḥak says: These are people who believe in the Holy One, Blessed be He, /b and place their trust in Him in all their ways. b As it is taught /b in a i baraita /i : b Rabbi Eliezer the Great says /b that b whoever has bread in his basket /b to eat today b and says: What shall I eat tomorrow, /b meaning he does not know how he will acquire bread for tomorrow, b he is nothing other /b than b from those of little faith. /b One must trust in God to provide him with his sustece., b And this is what Rabbi Elazar said: What is /b the meaning of that b which is written: “For who plunders the day of small things” /b (Zechariah 4:10)? b What caused the table, /b i.e., the reward, b of the righteous to be plundered, /b meaning wasted, b in the future? /b It was b the /b small-mindedness b they possessed. /b And what is this small-mindedness? b That they did not believe in the Holy One, Blessed be He, /b with a complete faith. b Rava said: /b Who plunders the day of small things? b These are the small children of the wicked ones of the Jewish people, /b who die young, |
|
179. Babylonian Talmud, Shabbat, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 181| 63a. ביין חרדלי במסב רחב או במסב קצר בחבר טוב או בחבר רע א"ר חסדא וכולן לזנות,אמר רחבה אמר רבי יהודה עצי ירושלים של קינמון היו ובשעה שהיו מסיקין מהן ריחן נודף בכל ארץ ישראל ומשחרבה ירושלים נגנזו ולא נשתייר אלא כשעורה ומשתכח בגזאי דצימצמאי מלכתא:, big strongמתני׳ /strong /big לא יצא האיש לא בסייף ולא בקשת ולא בתריס ולא באלה ולא ברומח ואם יצא חייב חטאת,רבי אליעזר אומר תכשיטין הן לו,וחכ"א אינן אלא לגנאי שנאמר (ישעיהו ב, ד) וכתתו חרבותם לאתים וחניתותיהם למזמרות ולא ישא גוי אל גוי חרב ולא ילמדו עוד מלחמה,בירית טהורה ויוצאין בה בשבת,כבלים טמאים ואין יוצאין בהן בשבת:, big strongגמ׳ /strong /big מאי באלה קולפא:,ר' אליעזר אומר תכשיטין הן לו: תניא אמרו לו לרבי אליעזר וכי מאחר דתכשיטין הן לו מפני מה הן בטלין לימות המשיח אמר להן לפי שאינן צריכין שנאמר (ישעיהו ב, ד) לא ישא גוי אל גוי חרב ותהוי לנוי בעלמא אמר אביי מידי דהוה אשרגא בטיהרא,ופליגא דשמואל דאמר שמואל אין בין העולם הזה לימות המשיח אלא שיעבוד גליות בלבד שנאמר (דברים טו, יא) כי לא יחדל אביון מקרב הארץ,מסייע ליה לרבי חייא בר אבא דא"ר חייא בר אבא כל הנביאים לא נתנבאו אלא לימות המשיח אבל לעולם הבא (ישעיהו סד, ג) עין לא ראתה אלהים זולתך,ואיכא דאמרי אמרו לו לר' אליעזר וכי מאחר דתכשיטין הן לו מפני מה הן בטלין לימות המשיח אמר להן אף לימות המשיח אינן בטלין היינו דשמואל ופליגא דר' חייא בר אבא,א"ל אביי לרב דימי ואמרי לה לרב אויא ואמרי לה רב יוסף לרב דימי ואמרי לה לרב אויא ואמרי לה אביי לרב יוסף מ"ט דר"א דאמר תכשיטין הן לו דכתיב (תהלים מה, ד) חגור חרבך על ירך גבור הודך והדרך,א"ל רב כהנא למר בריה דרב הונא האי בדברי תורה כתיב א"ל אין מקרא יוצא מידי פשוטו,א"ר כהנא כד הוינא בר תמני סרי שנין והוה גמירנא ליה לכוליה הש"ס ולא הוה ידענא דאין מקרא יוצא מידי פשוטו עד השתא מאי קמ"ל דליגמר איניש והדר ליסבר:,סימן זרות:,א"ר ירמיה א"ר אלעזר שני תלמידי חכמים המחדדין זה לזה בהלכה הקב"ה מצליח להם שנאמר (תהלים מה, ה) והדרך צלח אל תקרי והדרך אלא וחדדך ולא עוד אלא שעולין לגדולה שנאמר (תהלים מה, ה) צלח רכב יכול אפילו שלא לשמה תלמוד לומר (תהלים מה, ה) על דבר אמת יכול אם הגיס דעתו ת"ל (תהלים מה, ה) וענוה צדק ואם עושין כן זוכין לתורה שניתנה בימין שנאמר (תהלים מה, ה) ותורך נוראות ימינך,רב נחמן בר יצחק אמר זוכין לדברים שנאמרו בימינה של תורה דאמר רבא בר רב שילא ואמרי לה אמר רב יוסף בר חמא א"ר ששת מאי דכתיב (משלי ג, טז) אורך ימים בימינה בשמאלה עושר וכבוד אלא בימינה אורך ימים איכא עושר וכבוד ליכא אלא למיימינין בה אורך ימים איכא וכ"ש עושר וכבוד למשמאילים בה עושר וכבוד איכא אורך ימים ליכא,א"ר ירמיה אמר ר' שמעון בן לקיש שני תלמידי חכמים הנוחין זה לזה בהלכה הקדוש ברוך הוא מקשיב להן שנאמר (מלאכי ג, טז) אז נדברו יראי ה' וגו' אין דיבור אלא נחת שנאמר (תהלים מז, ד) ידבר עמים תחתינו,מאי ולחושבי שמו א"ר אמי אפילו חישב לעשות מצוה . ונאנס ולא עשאה מעלה עליו הכתוב כאילו עשאה,א"ר חיננא בר אידי כל העושה מצוה כמאמרה אין מבשרין אותו בשורות רעות שנאמר (קהלת ח, ה) שומר מצוה לא ידע דבר רע,א"ר אסי ואיתימא ר' חנינא אפילו הקב"ה גוזר גזירה הוא מבטלה שנאמר (קהלת ח, ד) באשר דבר מלך שלטון ומי יאמר לו מה תעשה וסמיך ליה שומר מצוה לא ידע דבר רע,אמר רבי אבא אמר רבי שמעון בן לקיש שני תלמידי חכמים המקשיבים זה לזה בהלכה הקדוש ב"ה שומע לקולן שנאמר (שיר השירים ח, יג) היושבת בגנים חברים מקשיבים לקולך השמיעני,ואם אין עושין כן גורמין לשכינה שמסתלקת מישראל שנאמר (שיר השירים ח, יד) ברח דודי ודמה וגו',אמר רבי אבא א"ר שמעון בן לקיש שני ת"ח המדגילים זה לזה בהלכה הקדוש ברוך הוא אוהבן שנאמר (שיר השירים ב, ד) ודגלו עלי אהבה אמר רבא והוא דידעי צורתא דשמעתא והוא דלית להו רבה במתא למיגמר מיניה,(א"ר) אבא א"ר שמעון בן לקיש גדול המלוה יותר מן העושה צדקה ומטיל בכיס יותר מכולן,(א"ר) אבא אמר ר' שמעון בן לקיש אם תלמיד חכם נוקם ונוטר כנחש הוא חגריהו על מתניך אם עם הארץ הוא חסיד אל תדור בשכונתו,אמר רב כהנא אמר רבי שמעון בן לקיש ואמרי לה אמר רב אסי אמר (ריש לקיש) ואמרי לה אמר רבי אבא אמר רבי שמעון בן לקיש כל המגדל כלב רע בתוך ביתו מונע חסד מתוך ביתו שנאמר (איוב ו, יד) למס | 63a. b on black wine? /b Sitting b on a wide divan or on a narrow divan? With a good friend or a bad friend? And Rav Ḥisda said: And all these /b allude b to promiscuity. /b These are all euphemisms for different types of women. Well-kneaded bread refers to a woman who is not a virgin; white wine refers to a fair-complexioned woman; a wide divan refers to a fat woman; a good friend refers to a good-looking woman.,On the topic of Jerusalem, b Raḥava said /b that b Rabbi Yehuda said: The logs of Jerusalem /b used for fuel b were from /b the b cinnamon /b tree, b and when they would ignite them, their fragrance would waft through all of Eretz Yisrael. And since Jerusalem was destroyed, these /b fragrant logs b were buried, and only a /b sliver the size of a grain of b barley remains, and it is located in the treasury of [ i gazzai /i ] Tzimtzemai the queen. /b , strong MISHNA: /strong Just as it is prohibited for a woman to carry out certain items unique to a woman into the public domain, the Sages said that b a man may neither go out /b on Shabbat b with a sword, nor with a bow, nor with a shield [ i teris /i ], nor with an i alla /i , nor with a spear. And if he /b unwittingly b went out /b with one of these weapons to the public domain b he is liable to bring a sin-offering. /b , b Rabbi Eliezer says: These /b weapons b are ornaments for him; /b just as a man is permitted to go out into the public domain with other ornaments, he is permitted to go out with weapons., b And the Rabbis say: They are nothing other than reprehensible /b and in the future they will be eliminated, b as it is written: “And they shall beat their swords into plowshares and their spears into pruning hooks; nation will not raise sword against nation, neither will they learn war anymore” /b (Isaiah 2:4).,With regard to women’s ornaments, they added that b a garter /b placed on her leg to hold up stockings b is pure /b and cannot become ritually impure as a utensil, b and she may /b even b go out with it on Shabbat. /b ,However, b ankle chains, /b which were also women’s ornaments, can become ritually b impure, and she may not go out with them on Shabbat. /b , strong GEMARA: /strong The Gemara asks: b What is /b the meaning of the term b i alla /i ? /b It means b club [ i kulpa /i ]. /b ,We learned in the mishna that b Rabbi Eliezer says: These /b weapons b are ornaments for him. It was taught /b in a i baraita /i that elaborates on this subject: The Rabbis b said to Rabbi Eliezer: And since, /b in your opinion, b they are ornaments for him, why are they /b to be b eliminated in the messianic era? He said to them: They will not be needed /b anymore, b as it is stated: “Nation will not raise sword against nation” /b (Isaiah 2:4). The Gemara asks: b And let the weapons be merely for ornamental /b purposes, even though they will not be needed for war. b Abaye said: /b It is b just as in /b the case of b a candle in the afternoon. /b Since its light is not needed, it serves no ornamental purpose. Weapons, too; when not needed for war, they serve no ornamental purpose either., b And /b this i baraita /i b disagrees with /b the opinion of b Shmuel, as Shmuel said: The only difference between this world and the messianic era is subjugation of the exiles /b to other kingdoms, from which the Jewish people will be released. However, in other respects, the world will remain as it is, b as it is written: “Because the poor will not cease from within the land” /b (Deuteronomy 15:11). Society will not change, and wars will continue to be waged.,However, b this /b i baraita /i b supports /b the opinion of b Rabbi Ḥiyya bar Abba /b who disagrees with Shmuel. b As Rabbi Ḥiyya bar Abba said: All of the prophets only prophesied with regard to the messianic era; however, with regard to the World-to-Come /b it was stated: b “No eye sees, God, except You, /b that which He will do for he that waits for Him” (Isaiah 64:3). What will be in the World-to-Come cannot be depicted even by means of prophecy., b And some say /b the disagreement between Rabbi Eliezer and the Rabbis was different. b They said to Rabbi Eliezer: Since /b in your opinion b they are ornaments for him /b , b why will they be eliminated in the messianic era? He said to them: Even in the messianic era they will not be eliminated. And that is /b in accordance with b that which Shmuel /b stated that the world will remain fundamentally the same, b and /b he b disagrees with Rabbi Ḥiyya bar Abba. /b , b Abaye said to Rav Dimi, and some say /b it was b to Rav Avya, and some say Rav Yosef said to Rav Dimi, and some say /b it was b to Rav Avya, and some say Abaye said to Rav Yosef: What is the reason for /b the opinion of b Rabbi Eliezer who said: These /b weapons b are ornaments for him? As it is written: “Gird your sword upon your thigh, mighty one, your glory and your splendor” /b (Psalms 45:4), indicating that a sword is considered an ornament.,The Gemara relates that some time later b Rav Kahana said to Mar, son of Rav Huna: /b Is that really a proof? b This /b verse b is written in reference to matters of Torah /b and should be interpreted as a metaphor. b He said to him: /b Nevertheless, b a verse does not depart from its literal meaning, /b although there may be additional homiletical interpretations., b Rav Kahana said /b about this: b When I was eighteen years old and /b had already b learned the entire Talmud, and /b yet b I did not know that a verse does not depart from its literal meaning until now. /b The Gemara asks: b What is /b Rav Kahana b teaching us /b with that statement? The Gemara answers: He comes to teach b that a person should /b first b learn and then understand /b the rationale., b i Zarot /i /b is a b mnemonic /b acronym for Elazar [ i zayin /i ], Reish Lakish [ i reish /i ], and their students [ i vav /i , i tav /i ], the i amoraim /i who interpreted the verse in Psalms cited above, b Rabbi Yirmeya said /b that b Rabbi Elazar said: Two Torah scholars who sharpen one another in i halakha /i ; the Holy One, Blessed be He, /b ensures b success for them, as it is written: “And in your majesty [ i vahadarkha /i ] prosper, /b ride on, in behalf of truth and meekness and righteousness; and let your right hand teach you tremendous things” (Psalms 45:5). The Sages said: br b Do not read “and your majesty [ i vahadarkha /i ],” rather, /b by changing some of the vocalization and the letters, read it as b and He will sharpen you [ i veḥidedkha /i ], /b and ultimately you will be successful. br b Moreover, they /b who act in that manner will b rise to prominence, as it is written: “Prosper, ride on.” /b br b I might have thought even /b if one engages in the study of Torah b not for its own sake; /b therefore, b the verse states: “On behalf of truth.” /b br b I might have thought /b that one would be rewarded with prosperity even b if he became arrogant; /b therefore, b the verse states: “Meekness /b and b righteousness.” /b br b And if they do so /b in the proper manner b they merit the Torah that was given with the right hand /b of the Holy One, Blessed be He, b as it is written: “And let your right hand teach you tremendous things” /b (Psalms 45:5)., b Rav Naḥman bar Yitzḥak said: They are rewarded with the matters stated with regard to the right /b hand b of the Torah. As Rava bar Rav Sheila said and some say Rav Yosef bar Ḥama said /b that b Rav Sheshet said: What is /b the meaning of b that which is written, “Length of days is in her right hand and in her left hand are riches and honor” /b (Proverbs 3:16)? Is that to say, b however, /b that b in her right /b there b is length of days, but there are not riches and honor? Rather, /b it means: b Those who relate to it with the /b skilled b right /b hand, i.e., who study Torah for its own sake and with proper intentions, b there is length of days and all the more so riches and honor /b for them. Whereas, b those who relate to it with the /b unskilled b left /b hand, b there are riches and honor; there is not length of days. /b , b Rabbi Yirmeya said /b that b Rabbi Shimon ben Lakish said: Two Torah scholars who are agreeable to each other /b when engaging b in /b discussions of b i halakha /i , the Holy One, Blessed be He, listens to them, as it is stated: “Then they that feared the Lord spoke [ i nidberu /i ] /b one with another; and the Lord hearkened, and heard, and a book of remembrance was written before Him, for them that feared the Lord, and that thought upon His name” (Malachi 3:16). b And /b the term b speech /b [ b i dibbur /i /b ] b means nothing other than calm, as it is stated: “He subdues [ i yadber /i ] people under us” /b (Psalms 47:4). He will cause the nations to submit to the Jewish people leading to a period of calm. Here too the term i dibbur /i indicates calm and agreeability.,The Gemara asks: b What is /b the meaning of the phrase in that verse: b “And those who thought of His name”? Rabbi Ami said: Even if one /b merely b planned to perform a mitzva, and /b ultimately b due to circumstances beyond his control did not perform /b that mitzva, b the verse ascribes him /b credit b as if he performed it. /b ,The Gemara continues in praise of those who perform mitzvot: b Rav Ḥina bar Idi said: Anyone who performs a mitzva as it was commanded, /b others b do not apprise him /b of b bad tidings, as it is stated: “He who keeps the commandment shall know no evil thing” /b (Ecclesiastes 8:5)., b Rav Asi, and some say Rabbi Ḥanina said: Even if the Holy One, Blessed be He, issued a decree, He /b may b abrogate it, as it is stated: “For the word of the King has authority and who may say to Him: What do You do?” /b (Ecclesiastes 8:4). b And, /b although this indicates that even though the King, God, issued a decree, b juxtaposed to it /b is the verse: b “He who guards the commandment shall know no evil thing” /b (Ecclesiastes 8:5). For one who observes mitzvot properly, the decree is abrogated and he will know no evil., b Rabbi Abba said /b that b Rabbi Shimon ben Lakish said: Two Torah scholars who listen to each other in /b the discussion of b i halakha /i , the Holy One, Blessed be He, hears their voice, as it is stated: “You who dwell in gardens, the companions heed your voice, cause me to hear it” /b (Song of Songs 8:13)., b And if they do not do so, /b i.e., they do not listen to each other, b they cause the Divine Presence to depart from /b among b Israel, as it is stated /b in the following verse: b “Run away, my beloved, and be like /b a gazelle or a young hart upon the mountains of spices” (Song of Songs 8:14)., b Rabbi Abba said /b that b Rabbi Shimon ben Lakish said: Two /b individual b Torah scholars who, /b while studying together, b cause one another to err [ i madgilim /i ] in i halakha /i /b [ i Tosafot /i ], nevertheless, b the Holy One, Blessed be He, loves them, as it is stated: “And his banner [ i vediglo /i ] over me is love” /b (Song of Songs 2:4). b Rava said: And that is /b only true in a case b where they know the foundation of the law, /b and their error resulted from the lack of more sophisticated knowledge. b And that is /b only true in a case b where they do not have a prominent /b person b in the city from whom /b they could b learn /b without error., b Rabbi Abba said /b that b Rabbi Shimon ben Lakish said: One who loans /b another b money is greater than one who gives /b him b charity. And the one who places /b money b into /b a common b purse, /b i.e., one who enters into a partnership with a needy person, b is the greatest of them all, /b since in that case the needy person is not embarrassed when receiving the assistance., b Rabbi Abba said /b that b Rabbi Shimon ben Lakish said: /b Even b if a Torah scholar is as vengeful and begrudging as a snake, wrap him /b tightly around b your waist, /b i.e., keep him close, because you will benefit from his Torah. On the other hand, even b if an i am ha’aretz /i is righteous, do not dwell in his neighborhood, /b as his righteousness does not compensate for the fact that he is ignorant., b Rav Kahana said /b that b Rabbi Shimon ben Lakish said, and some say Rav Asi said /b that b Reish Lakish said, and some say Rabbi Abba said /b that b Rabbi Shimon ben Lakish said: Anyone who raises an evil dog within his home prevents kindness from /b entering b into his home, /b since poor people will hesitate to enter his house. As it is alluded to in the verse: b “To him that is afflicted [ i lamas /i ], /b |
|
180. Babylonian Talmud, Sanhedrin, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Zawanowska and Wilk (2022), The Character of David in Judaism, Christianity and Islam: Warrior, Poet, Prophet and King, 514| 38b. גופו מבבל וראשו מארץ ישראל ואבריו משאר ארצות עגבותיו א"ר אחא מאקרא דאגמא,א"ר יוחנן בר חנינא שתים עשרה שעות הוי היום שעה ראשונה הוצבר עפרו שניה נעשה גולם שלישית נמתחו אבריו רביעית נזרקה בו נשמה חמישית עמד על רגליו ששית קרא שמות שביעית נזדווגה לו חוה שמינית עלו למטה שנים וירדו ארבעה תשיעית נצטווה שלא לאכול מן האילן עשירית סרח אחת עשרה נידון שתים עשרה נטרד והלך לו שנאמר (תהלים מט, יג) אדם ביקר בל ילין,אמר רמי בר חמא אין חיה רעה שולטת באדם אלא אם כן נדמה לו כבהמה שנאמר (תהלים מט, יג) נמשל כבהמות נדמו:,(שע"ה בסו"ף ארמ"י סימן) אמר רב יהודה א"ר בשעה שבקש הקב"ה לבראות את האדם ברא כת אחת של מלאכי השרת אמר להם רצונכם נעשה אדם בצלמנו אמרו לפניו רבש"ע מה מעשיו אמר להן כך וכך מעשיו,אמרו לפניו רבש"ע (תהלים ח, ה) מה אנוש כי תזכרנו ובן אדם כי תפקדנו הושיט אצבעו קטנה ביניהן ושרפם וכן כת שניה כת שלישית אמרו לפניו רבש"ע ראשונים שאמרו לפניך מה הועילו כל העולם כולו שלך הוא כל מה שאתה רוצה לעשות בעולמך עשה,כיון שהגיע לאנשי דור המבול ואנשי דור הפלגה שמעשיהן מקולקלין אמרו לפניו רבש"ע לא יפה אמרו ראשונים לפניך אמר להן (ישעיהו מו, ד) ועד זקנה אני הוא ועד שיבה אני אסבול וגו',אמר רב יהודה אמר רב אדם הראשון מסוף העולם ועד סופו היה שנאמר (דברים ד, לב) למן היום אשר ברא אלהים אדם על הארץ ולמקצה השמים ועד קצה השמים כיון שסרח הניח הקדוש ברוך הוא ידו עליו ומיעטו שנאמר (תהלים קלט, ה) אחור וקדם צרתני ותשת עלי כפכה,אמר ר"א אדם הראשון מן הארץ עד לרקיע היה שנאמר למן היום אשר ברא אלהים אדם על הארץ ולמקצה השמים (עד קצה השמים) כיון שסרח הניח הקב"ה ידו עליו ומיעטו שנאמר אחור וקדם צרתני וגו' קשו קראי אהדדי אידי ואידי חדא מידה היא,ואמר רב יהודה אמר רב אדם הראשון בלשון ארמי ספר שנאמר (תהלים קלט, יז) ולי מה יקרו רעיך אל,והיינו דאמר ריש לקיש מאי דכתיב (בראשית ה, א) זה ספר תולדות אדם מלמד שהראהו הקב"ה דור דור ודורשיו דור דור וחכמיו כיון שהגיע לדורו של רבי עקיבא שמח בתורתו ונתעצב במיתתו אמר ולי מה יקרו רעיך אל,ואמר רב יהודה אמר רב אדם הראשון מין היה שנאמר (בראשית ג, ט) ויקרא ה' אלהים אל האדם ויאמר לו איכה אן נטה לבך רבי יצחק אמר מושך בערלתו היה כתיב הכא (הושע ו, ז) והמה כאדם עברו ברית וכתיב התם (בראשית ט, ט) את בריתי הפר,רב נחמן אמר כופר בעיקר היה כתיב הכא עברו ברית וכתיב התם (את בריתי הפר) (ירמיהו כב, ט) ואמרו על אשר עזבו (את) ברית ה' (אלהי אבותם),תנן התם ר"א אומר הוי שקוד ללמוד תורה ודע מה שתשיב לאפיקורוס אמר ר' יוחנן ל"ש אלא אפיקורוס (של) עובדי כוכבים אבל אפיקורוס ישראל כ"ש דפקר טפי,א"ר יוחנן כ"מ שפקרו המינים תשובתן בצידן (בראשית א, כו) נעשה אדם בצלמנו (ואומר) (בראשית א, כז) ויברא אלהים את האדם בצלמו (בראשית יא, ז) הבה נרדה ונבלה שם שפתם (בראשית יא, ה) וירד ה' לראות את העיר ואת המגדל (בראשית לה, ז) כי שם נגלו אליו האלהים (בראשית לה, ג) לאל העונה אותי ביום צרתי,(דברים ד, ז) כי מי גוי גדול אשר לו אלהים קרובים אליו כה' אלהינו בכל קראנו אליו (שמואל ב ז, כג) ומי כעמך כישראל גוי אחד בארץ אשר הלכו אלהים לפדות לו לעם (דניאל ז, ט) עד די כרסוון רמיו ועתיק יומין יתיב,הנך למה לי כדרבי יוחנן דא"ר יוחנן אין הקב"ה עושה דבר אא"כ נמלך בפמליא של מעלה שנאמר (דניאל ד, יד) בגזירת עירין פתגמא ובמאמר קדישין שאילתא,התינח כולהי עד די כרסוון רמיו מאי איכא למימר אחד לו ואחד לדוד דתניא אחד לו ואחד לדוד דברי ר"ע א"ל ר' יוסי עקיבא עד מתי אתה עושה שכינה חול אלא אחד לדין ואחד לצדקה,קבלה מיניה או לא קבלה מיניה ת"ש דתניא אחד לדין ואחד לצדקה דברי ר"ע א"ל ר' אלעזר בן עזריא עקיבא מה לך אצל הגדה כלך אצל נגעים ואהלות אלא אחד לכסא ואחד לשרפרף כסא לישב עליו שרפרף להדום רגליו,אמר רב נחמן האי מאן דידע לאהדורי למינים כרב אידית ליהדר ואי לא לא ליהדר אמר ההוא מינא לרב אידית כתיב (שמות כד, א) ואל משה אמר עלה אל ה' עלה אלי מיבעי ליה א"ל זהו מטטרון ששמו כשם רבו דכתיב (שמות כג, כא) כי שמי בקרבו,אי הכי ניפלחו ליה כתיב (שמות כג, כא) אל תמר בו אל תמירני בו אם כן לא ישא לפשעכם למה לי א"ל הימנותא בידן דאפילו בפרוונקא נמי לא קבילניה דכתיב (שמות לג, טו) ויאמר אליו אם אין פניך הולכים וגו',אמר ליה ההוא מינא לר' ישמעאל בר' יוסי כתיב (בראשית יט, כד) וה' המטיר על סדום ועל עמורה גפרית ואש מאת ה' מאתו מיבעי ליה א"ל ההוא כובס שבקיה אנא מהדרנא ליה דכתיב (בראשית ד, כג) ויאמר למך לנשיו עדה וצלה שמען קולי נשי למך נשיי מיבעי ליה אלא משתעי קרא הכי הכא נמי משתעי קרא הכי א"ל מנא לך הא מפירקיה דר"מ שמיע לי,דא"ר יוחנן כי הוה דריש ר' מאיר בפירקיה הוה דריש תילתא שמעתא תילתא אגדתא תילתא מתלי ואמר ר' יוחנן ג' מאות משלות שועלים היו לו לרבי מאיר ואנו אין לנו אלא שלש | 38b. b his torso /b was fashioned from dust taken b from Babylonia, and his head /b was fashioned from dust taken b from Eretz Yisrael, /b the most important land, b and his limbs /b were fashioned from dust taken b from the rest of the lands /b in the world. With regard to b his buttocks, Rav Aḥa says: /b They were fashioned from dust taken b from Akra De’agma, /b on the outskirts of Babylonia., b Rabbi Yoḥa bar Ḥanina says: Daytime is twelve hours /b long, and the day Adam the first man was created was divided as follows: In the b first hour /b of the day, b his dust was gathered. /b In the b second, /b an undefined b figure was fashioned. /b In the b third, his limbs were extended. /b In the b fourth, a soul was cast into him. /b In the b fifth, he stood on his legs. /b In the b sixth, he called /b the creatures by the b names /b he gave them. In the b seventh, Eve was paired with him. /b In the b eighth, they arose to the bed two, and descended four, /b i.e., Cain and Abel were immediately born. In the b ninth, he was commanded not to eat of the Tree /b of Knowledge. In the b tenth, he sinned. /b In the b eleventh, he was judged. /b In the b twelfth, he was expelled and left /b the Garden of Eden, b as it is stated: “But man abides not in honor; /b he is like the beasts that perish” (Psalms 49:13). Adam did not abide, i.e., sleep, in a place of honor for even one night., b Rami bar Ḥama says /b in explanation of the end of that verse: b A wild animal does not have power over a person unless /b that person b seems to /b the wild animal b like an animal, as it is stated: “He is like the beasts that perish.” /b ,The Gemara presents b a mnemonic /b for the statements that follow: b At the time, to the end, Aramaic. Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav says: At the time that the Holy One, Blessed be He, sought to create a person, He created one group of ministering angels. He said to them: /b If b you agree, let us fashion a person in our image. /b The angels b said before him: Master of the Universe, what are the actions of /b this person You suggest to create? God b said to them: His actions are such and such, /b according to human nature.,The angels b said before him: Master of the Universe: “What is man that You are mindful of him? And the son of man that You think of him?” /b (Psalms 8:5), i.e., a creature such as this is not worth creating. God b outstretched His small finger among them and burned them /b with fire. b And the same /b occurred with b a second group /b of angels. The b third group /b of angels that He asked b said before Him: Master of the Universe, the first /b two groups b who spoke /b their mind b before You, what did they accomplish? The entire world is Yours; whatever You wish to do in Your world, do. /b God then created the first person., b When /b history b arrived at /b the time of b the people of the generation of the flood and the people of the generation of the dispersion, /b i.e., the Tower of Babel, b whose actions were ruinous, /b the angels b said before God: Master of the Universe, didn’t the /b first set of angels b speak appropriately before You, /b that human beings are not worthy of having been created? God b said to them /b concerning humanity: b “Even to your old age I am the same; and even to hoar hairs will I suffer you; /b I have made and I will bear; and I will carry, and I will deliver you” (Isaiah 46:4), i.e., having created people, I will even suffer their flaws., b Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav says: Adam the first /b man spanned b from one end of the world until the other, as it is stated: “Since the day that God created man upon the earth, and from the one end of heaven unto the other” /b (Deuteronomy 4:32), meaning that on the day Adam was created he spanned from one end of the heavens until the other. b Once /b Adam b sinned, the Holy One, Blessed be He, placed His hand on him and diminished him, as it is stated: “Behind and before You have created me and laid Your hand upon me” /b (Psalms 139:5), that at first Adam spanned “behind and before,” meaning everywhere, and then God laid His hand on him and diminished him., b Rabbi Elazar says: /b The height of b Adam the first /b man b was from the ground until the firmament, as it is stated: “Since the day that God created man upon the earth, and from the one end of heaven unto the other.” /b Adam stood “upon the earth” and rose to the end of the heavens. b Once /b Adam b sinned, the Holy One, Blessed be He, placed His hand on him and diminished him, as it is stated: “Behind and before You have created me /b and laid Your hand upon me.” The Gemara asks: The interpretations of b the verses contradict each other. /b The first interpretation is that his size was from one end of the world to the other, and the second interpretation is that it was from the earth until the heavens. The Gemara answers: b This and that, /b from one end of the world to another and from the earth until the heavens, b are one measure, /b i.e., the same distance., b And Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav says: Adam the first /b man b spoke in the language of Aramaic, as it is stated /b in the chapter of Psalms speaking in the voice of Adam: b “How weighty also are Your thoughts to me, O God” /b (Psalms 139:17)., b And this, /b i.e., that the verse in Psalms is stated by Adam, is what b Reish Lakish says: What /b is the meaning of that b which is written: “This is the book of the generations of Adam” /b (Genesis 5:1)? This verse b teaches that the Holy One, Blessed be He, showed /b Adam b every generation and its /b Torah b interpreters, every generation and its wise ones. When he arrived at /b his vision of b the generation of Rabbi Akiva, /b Adam b was gladdened by his Torah, and saddened by his /b manner of b death. He said: “How weighty also are Your thoughts to me, O God,” /b i.e., how it weighs upon me that a man as great as Rabbi Akiva should suffer., b And Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav says: Adam the first /b man b was a heretic, as it is stated: “And the Lord called to the man and said to him: Where are you”? /b (Genesis 3:9), meaning, to b where has your heart turned, /b indicating that Adam turned from the path of truth. b Rabbi Yitzḥak says: He was /b one who b drew his foreskin /b forward, so as to remove any indication that he was circumcised. It b is written here: “And they like men [ i adam /i ] have transgressed the covet” /b (Hosea 6:7), b and /b it b is written there: /b “And the uncircumcised male who is not circumcised in the flesh of his foreskin, that soul shall be cut off from his people; b he has broken My covet” /b (Genesis 17:14)., b Rav Naḥman says: He was a denier of the fundamental principle /b of belief in God. It b is written here: /b “And they like men [ i adam /i ] b have transgressed the covet,” and /b it b is written there: “He has broken My covet,” /b and it is written in a third verse: b “And then they shall answer: Because they have forsaken the covet of the Lord their God /b and worshipped other gods and served them” (Jeremiah 22:9).,§ b We learned /b in a mishna b there /b (Avot 2:14): b Rabbi Eliezer says: Be persistent to learn Torah, and know what to respond to the heretic [ i la’apikoros /i ]. Rabbi Yoḥa says: /b This was b taught only /b with regard to b a gentile heretic, but /b not with regard to b a Jewish heretic, /b as one should not respond to him. b All the more so, /b if one does respond b he will become more heretical. /b His heresy is assumed to be intentional, and any attempt to rebut it will only cause him to reinforce his position., b Rabbi Yoḥa says: Any place /b in the Bible from b where the heretics /b attempt to b prove their heresy, /b i.e., that there is more than one god, b the response to their /b claim is b alongside them, /b i.e., in the immediate vicinity of the verses they cite. The verse states that God said: b “Let us make man in our image” /b (Genesis 1:26), employing the plural, b but it /b then b states: “And God created man in His image” /b (Genesis 1:27), employing the singular. The verse states that God said: b “Come, let us go down and there confound their language” /b (Genesis 11:7), but it also states: b “And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower” /b (Genesis 11:5). The verse states in the plural: b “There God was revealed [ i niglu /i ] to him /b when he fled from the face of his brother” (Genesis 35:7), but it also states in the singular: b “To God Who answers [ i haoneh /i ] me in the day of my distress” /b (Genesis 35:3).,Rabbi Yoḥa cites several examples where the counterclaim is in the same verse as the claim of the heretics. The verse states: b “For what nation is there so great that has God so near to them as the Lord our God is whenever we call upon Him?” /b (Deuteronomy 4:7), where the term “near” is written in plural, i kerovim /i , but the term “upon Him” is written in singular. Another verse states: b “And who is like Your people, like Israel, a nation one in the earth, whom God went to redeem unto Himself for a people?” /b (II Samuel 7:23), where the term “went” is written in plural, i halekhu /i , but the term “Himself” is written in singular. Another verse states: “I beheld b till thrones were placed, and one that was ancient of days did sit” /b (Daniel 7:9); where the term “thrones” is written in plural, i kharsavan /i , but the term “sit” is written in singular.,The Gemara asks: b Why do I /b need b these /b instances of plural words? Why does the verse employ the plural at all when referring to God? The Gemara explains: This is b in accordance with /b the statement b of Rabbi Yoḥa, as Rabbi Yoḥa says: The Holy One, Blessed be He, does not act unless He consults with the entourage of Above, /b i.e., the angels, b as it is stated: “The matter is by the decree of the watchers, and the sentence by the word of the holy ones” /b (Daniel 4:14).,The Gemara clarifies: This b works out well for /b almost b all /b the verses, as they describe an action taken by God, but b what is there to say /b concerning the verse: “I beheld b till thrones were placed”? /b The Gemara answers: b One /b throne is b for Him and one /b throne is b for David, /b i.e., the messiah, b as it is taught /b in a i baraita /i : b One /b throne is b for Him and one /b throne is b for David; /b this is b the statement of Rabbi Akiva. Rabbi Yosei said to him: Akiva! Until when will you desacralize the Divine Presence /b by equating God with a person? b Rather, /b the correct interpretation is that both thrones are for God, as b one /b throne is b for judgment and one /b throne is b for righteousness. /b ,The Gemara asks: Did Rabbi Akiva b accept /b this explanation b from /b Rabbi Yosei b or /b did he b not accept it from him? /b The Gemara suggests: b Come /b and b hear /b a proof to the matter from what was taught in another i baraita /i , b as it is taught /b in a i baraita /i : b One /b throne is b for judgment and one /b throne is b for righteousness; /b this is b the statement of Rabbi Akiva. Rabbi Elazar ben Azarya said to him: Akiva! What are you doing near, /b i.e., discussing, matters of b i aggada /i ? Go near /b tractates b i Nega’im /i and i Oholot /i , /b which examine the complex i halakhot /i of ritual purity, where your knowledge is unparalleled. b Rather, /b the correct interpretation is that while both thrones are for God, b one /b is b for a throne and one /b is b for a stool. /b There is b a throne for God to sit upon, and a stool /b that serves b as His footstool. /b , b Rav Naḥman says: This one, /b i.e., any person, b who knows /b how b to respond to the heretics /b as effectively b as Rav Idit should respond /b to them, b but if /b he does b not /b know, he b should not respond /b to them. The Gemara relates: b A certain heretic said to Rav Idit: /b It b is written /b in the verse concerning God: b “And to Moses He said: Come up to the Lord” /b (Exodus 24:1). The heretic raised a question: b It should have /b stated: b Come up to Me. /b Rav Idit b said to him: This /b term, “the Lord,” in that verse b is /b referring to the angel b Metatron, whose name is like the name of his Master, as it is written: /b “Behold I send an angel before you to keep you in the way and to bring you to the place that I have prepared. Take heed of him and obey his voice; do not defy him; for he will not pardon your transgression, b for My name is in him” /b (Exodus 23:20–21).,The heretic said to him: b If so, /b if this angel is equated with God, b we should worship him /b as we worship God. Rav Idit said to him: It b is written: “Do not defy [ i tammer /i ] him,” /b which alludes to: b Do not replace Me [ i temireni /i ] with him. /b The heretic said to him: b If so, why do I /b need the clause b “For he will not pardon your transgression”? /b Rav Idit b said to him: We believe that we did not accept /b the angel b even as a guide [ i befarvanka /i ] /b for the journey, b as it is written: “And he said to him: If Your Presence go not with me /b raise us not up from here” (Exodus 33:15). Moses told God that if God Himself does not accompany the Jewish people they do not want to travel to Eretz Yisrael.,The Gemara relates: b A certain heretic said to Rabbi Yishmael, son of Rabbi Yosei: /b It b is written: “And the Lord rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the Lord /b out of heaven” (Genesis 19:24). The heretic raised the question: b It should have /b stated: b From Him /b out of heaven. b A certain launderer said to /b Rabbi Yishmael: b Leave him be; I will respond to him. /b This is b as it is written: “And Lemech said to his wives: Adah and Zillah, hear my voice; wives of Lemech, /b hearken to my speech” (Genesis 4:23). One can raise the question: b It should have /b been written: b My wives, /b and not: “Wives of Lemech.” b Rather, it is /b the style of b the verse /b to b speak in this /b manner. b Here too, it is /b the style of b the verse /b to b speak in this /b manner. Rabbi Yishmael b said to /b the launderer: b From where did you /b hear b this /b interpretation? The launderer b said to him: I heard it at the lecture of Rabbi Meir. /b ,The Gemara comments: This is b as Rabbi Yoḥa said: When Rabbi Meir would teach his lecture he would expound one-third i halakha /i , one-third i aggada /i , /b and b one-third parables. And Rabbi Yoḥa says: Rabbi Meir had, /b i.e., taught, b three hundred parables of foxes, and we have only three. /b |
|
181. Babylonian Talmud, Qiddushin, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 184| 32b. הכא תורה דיליה היא הדר אמר רבא אין תורה דיליה היא דכתיב (תהלים א, ב) ובתורתו יהגה יומם ולילה,איני והא רבא משקי בי הלולא דבריה ודל ליה כסא לרב פפא ולרב הונא בריה דרב יהושע וקמו מקמיה לרב מרי ולרב פנחס בריה דרב חסדא ולא קמו מקמיה איקפד ואמר הנו רבנן רבנן והנו רבנן לאו רבנן,ותו רב פפא הוה משקי בי הלולא דאבא מר בריה ודלי ליה כסא לר' יצחק בריה דרב יהודה ולא קם מקמיה ואיקפד אפ"ה הידור מיעבד ליה בעו,אמר רב אשי אפילו למ"ד הרב שמחל על כבודו כבודו מחול נשיא שמחל על כבודו אין כבודו מחול מיתיבי מעשה ברבי אליעזר ורבי יהושע ורבי צדוק שהיו מסובין בבית המשתה בנו של רבן גמליאל והיה רבן גמליאל עומד ומשקה עליהם נתן הכוס לר' אליעזר ולא נטלו נתנו לר' יהושע וקיבלו אמר לו רבי אליעזר מה זה יהושע אנו יושבין ורבן גמליאל (ברבי) עומד ומשקה עלינו,אמר ליה מצינו גדול ממנו ששמש (אברהם גדול ממנו ושמש) אברהם גדול הדור היה וכתוב בו (בראשית יח, ח) והוא עומד עליהם ושמא תאמרו כמלאכי השרת נדמו לו לא נדמו לו אלא לערביים ואנו לא יהא רבן גמליאל ברבי עומד ומשקה עלינו,אמר להם רבי צדוק עד מתי אתם מניחים כבודו של מקום ואתם עוסקים בכבוד הבריות הקב"ה משיב רוחות ומעלה נשיאים ומוריד מטר ומצמיח אדמה ועורך שולחן לפני כל אחד ואחד ואנו לא יהא רבן גמליאל ברבי עומד ומשקה עלינו,אלא אי איתמר הכי איתמר אמר רב אשי אפילו למ"ד נשיא שמחל על כבודו כבודו מחול מלך שמחל על כבודו אין כבודו מחול שנאמר (דברים יז, טו) שום תשים עליך מלך שתהא אימתו עליך,ת"ר (ויקרא יט, לב) מפני שיבה תקום יכול אפילו מפני זקן אשמאי ת"ל זקן ואין זקן אלא חכם שנאמר (במדבר יא, טז) אספה לי שבעים איש מזקני ישראל רבי יוסי הגלילי אומר אין זקן אלא מי שקנה חכמה שנאמר (משלי ח, כב) ה' קנני ראשית דרכו,יכול יעמוד מפניו ממקום רחוק ת"ל תקום והדרת לא אמרתי קימה אלא במקום שיש הידור,יכול יהדרנו בממון ת"ל תקום והדרת מה קימה שאין בה חסרון כיס אף הידור שאין בו חסרון כיס יכול יעמוד מפניו מבית הכסא ומבית המרחץ ת"ל תקום והדרת לא אמרתי קימה אלא במקום שיש הידור,יכול יעצים עיניו כמי שלא ראהו ת"ל תקום ויראת דבר המסור ללב נאמר בו (ויקרא יט, יד) ויראת מאלהיך,רבי שמעון בן אלעזר אומר מנין לזקן שלא יטריח ת"ל זקן ויראת איסי בן יהודה אומר מפני שיבה תקום אפילו כל שיבה במשמע,רבי יוסי הגלילי היינו תנא קמא איכא בינייהו יניק וחכים ת"ק סבר יניק וחכים לא רבי יוסי הגלילי סבר אפילו יניק וחכים,מ"ט דרבי יוסי הגלילי אמר לך אי ס"ד כדקאמר ת"ק א"כ נכתוב רחמנא מפני שיבה זקן תקום והדרת מ"ש דפלגינהו רחמנא למימר דהאי לאו האי והאי לאו האי ש"מ אפי' יניק וחכים,ות"ק משום דבעי למיסמך זקן ויראת ותנא קמא מ"ט אי ס"ד כדקאמר רבי יוסי הגלילי א"כ נכתוב רחמנא | 32b. By contrast, b here, is it his Torah, /b that the teacher can forgo its honor? b Rava then said: Yes, /b if he studies, b it is his Torah, as it is written: /b “For his delight is the Torah of the Lord, b and in his Torah he meditates day and night” /b (Psalms 1:2). This indicates that at first it is “the Torah of the Lord,” but after he studies, it becomes “his Torah.”,The Gemara asks: b Is that so? But Rava served drinks /b to the guests b at his son’s wedding celebration, and he poured a cup for Rav Pappa and Rav Huna, son of Rav Yehoshua, and they stood before him /b when he approached them. When he poured a cup b for Rav Mari and /b for b Rav Pineḥas, son of Rav Ḥisda, they did not stand before him. /b Rava b became angry and said: /b Are b these Sages, /b i.e., Rav Mari and Rav Pineḥas, b Sages, and /b are b those Sages, /b who stood to honor me, b not Sages? /b Do you think you are so great that you are not required to honor a Sage?, b And furthermore, /b it happened that b Rav Pappa was serving drinks /b to the guests b at the wedding celebration [ i hillula /i ] of Abba Mar, his son, and he poured a cup for Rav Yitzḥak, son of Rav Yehuda, and he did not stand before him, and /b Rav Pappa b became angry. /b These anecdotes indicate that even when a rabbi forgoes the honor due to him by serving drinks to his guests, his honor is not forgone. The Gemara answers: A rabbi can forgo the full measure of honor due to him, but b even so, /b others are b required to perform /b some act of b reverence, /b such as preparing to stand before him., b Rav Ashi said: Even according to the one who says /b that if b a rabbi forgoes /b the b honor /b due b him, his honor is forgone, /b if b a i Nasi /i forgoes /b the b honor /b due b him, his honor is not forgone. The Gemara raises an objection: /b There was b an incident involving Rabbi Eliezer and Rabbi Yehoshua and Rabbi Tzadok, who were reclining at the wedding of Rabban Gamliel’s son. And Rabban Gamliel, /b who was i Nasi /i of the Sanhedrin at the time, b was standing over them and serving them drinks. He gave the cup to Rabbi Eliezer and he would not accept it; he gave it to Rabbi Yehoshua and he accepted it. Rabbi Eliezer said to him: What is this, Yehoshua? We sit and the esteemed Rabban Gamliel stands over us and serves us drinks? /b ,Rabbi Yehoshua b said to him: We found /b one b greater than him who served /b his guests, as our forefather b Abraham /b was b greater than him and he served /b his guests. b Abraham was the greatest /b man b of /b his b generation and it is written about him: “And he stood over them /b under the tree, and they ate” (Genesis 18:8). b And lest you say: /b His guests b appeared to him as ministering angels, /b and that is why he honored them, in fact b they appeared to him only as Arabs. And /b if so, b should not the esteemed Rabban Gamliel stand over us and serve us drinks? /b , b Rabbi Tzadok said to them: For how long will you ignore the honor /b due b to the Omnipresent, and deal with the honor of people? /b You could cite a proof from God Himself. After all, b the Holy One, Blessed be He, makes /b the b winds blow, and raises /b the b clouds, and brings /b the b rain, and causes /b the b earth to sprout, and sets a table before each and every /b creature. b And should not the esteemed Rabban Gamliel stand over us and serve us drinks? /b This discussion indicates that even a i Nasi /i may forgo the honor due him., b Rather, if it was stated, it was stated as follows: Rav Ashi said: Even according to the one who says /b that if b a i Nasi /i forgoes /b the b honor /b due b him, his honor is forgone, /b if b a king forgoes /b the b honor /b due b him, his honor is not forgone. As it is stated: “You shall set a king over you” /b (Deuteronomy 17:15), which indicates b that his fear should be upon you. /b The people are commanded to fear a king, and therefore it is not permitted for him to forgo the honor due to him.,§ b The Sages taught /b with regard to the verse: b “Before the hoary head you shall stand /b and you shall revere the face of an elder, and you shall fear your God” (Leviticus 19:32): One b might /b have thought that it is obligatory to stand b before a simple [ i ashmai /i ] elder. /b Therefore, b the verse states: “elder,” and an “elder” /b means b nothing other /b than b a wise man, as it is stated: “Gather unto Me seventy men of the Elders of Israel, /b whom you know to be the Elders of the people” (Numbers 11:16). b Rabbi Yosei HaGelili says: An “elder [ i zaken /i ]” /b means b nothing other /b than b one who has acquired wisdom. /b He interprets the word i zaken /i as a contraction of the phrase i zeh kanna /i , meaning: This one has acquired. Elsewhere the word i kanna /i is used in reference to wisdom, b as it is stated /b that wisdom says: b “The Lord acquired me [ i kai /i ] at the beginning of His way” /b (Proverbs 8:22).,The i baraita /i continues: One b might /b have thought that b one must stand before /b an elder as soon as he sees him, even b from a distance. /b Therefore b the verse states: “You shall stand and you shall revere” /b (Leviticus 19:32), which teaches: b I said /b that one is obligated to b stand only in a place where there is reverence. /b If he stands while the elder is still far away, it is not clear that he is doing so in his honor.,The i baraita /i continues: One b might /b have thought that b he should revere him through money, /b i.e., that one is required to give an elder money in his honor. Therefore, b the verse states: “You shall stand and you shall revere.” Just as standing includes no monetary loss, so too, reverence /b is referring to an action b that includes no monetary loss. /b One b might /b have thought that b one should /b also b stand before him in the lavatory or in the bathhouse. /b Therefore, b the verse states: “You shall stand and you shall revere,” /b which indicates: b I said /b the mitzva of b standing only in a place where there is reverence. /b It is inappropriate to show respect for someone in places of this kind.,The i baraita /i continues: One b might /b have thought that b one may close his eyes like one who does not see /b the elder. Therefore, b the verse states: /b “Before the hoary head b you shall stand /b and you shall revere the face of an elder, b and you shall fear /b your God” (Leviticus 19:32). b With regard to /b any b matter given over to the heart, it is stated: “And you shall fear your God.” /b This phrase is referring to a situation where it is impossible to prove whether one purposefully made it appear as if he were not aware that he was obligated to perform a mitzva, as only that individual and God know the truth.,The i baraita /i continues: b Rabbi Shimon ben Elazar says: From where /b is it derived that b an elder should not trouble /b others to honor him? b The verse states: /b “And you shall revere the face of b an elder, and you shall fear /b your God.” The phrase “an elder, and you shall fear,” read by itself, without the rest of the verse, indicates that an elder is also commanded to fear God, and not purposefully act in a manner to cause others to have to honor him. In conclusion, the i baraita /i cites another opinion. b Isi ben Yehuda says /b that the verse: b “Before the hoary head you shall stand,” /b indicates that b even any /b person of b hoary head is included /b in this mitzva, not only a Sage.,The Gemara analyzes this i baraita /i . Apparently the opinion of b Rabbi Yosei HaGelili is /b the same as that of b the first i tanna /i , /b as they both say that an elder is a Torah scholar. What does Rabbi Yosei HaGelili add? The Gemara answers: b There is /b a difference b between them /b with regard to one who is b young and wise. The first i tanna /i maintains: /b One who is b young and wise /b is b not /b considered an elder, as the mitzva applies only to one who is both elderly and wise. b Rabbi Yosei HaGelili maintains: /b It is b even /b a mitzva to honor one who is b young and wise. /b According to Rabbi Yosei HaGelili, the mitzva is not referring to old age at all, but only to wisdom.,The Gemara asks: b What is the reasoning of Rabbi Yosei HaGelili? He /b could have b said to you /b that b if enters your mind /b to explain b as the first i tanna /i says, /b that for the obligation to honor another be in effect that person must be both elderly and wise, b if so, let the Merciful One write: Before the hoary head of an elder you shall stand and you shall revere. What is the difference /b between the two terms “hoary head” and “elder,” b that the Merciful One separates them? /b This serves b to say that this /b term b is not /b the same as b that /b one, b and that /b term b is not /b the same as b this /b one, i.e., an elder is not required to have a hoary head. b Learn from /b the verse that b even /b one who is b young and wise /b is called an elder., b And the first i tanna /i /b would say that the verse is written this way b because /b the Torah b wants to juxtapose “elder” /b with b “and you shall fear,” /b in accordance with Rabbi Shimon ben Elazar’s statement above that an elder should not trouble others to honor him. The Gemara asks: b And what is the reasoning of the first i tanna /i ? /b Why does he maintain that one is obligated to stand only before an elder, wise man? The Gemara answers: The first i tanna /i maintains that b if it enters your mind /b to explain b as Rabbi Yosei HaGelili says, let the Merciful One write: /b |
|
182. Babylonian Talmud, Nedarim, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 107| 40a. רב חלבו באיש לא איכא דקא אתי אמר להו לא כך היה מעשה בתלמיד אחד מתלמידי ר' עקיבא שחלה לא נכנסו חכמים לבקרו ונכנס ר' עקיבא לבקרו ובשביל שכיבדו וריבצו לפניו חיה א"ל רבי החייתני יצא ר' עקיבא ודרש כל מי שאין מבקר חולים כאילו שופך דמים,כי אתא רב דימי אמר כל המבקר את החולה גורם לו שיחיה וכל שאינו מבקר את החולה גורם לו שימות מאי גרמא אילימא כל המבקר את החולה מבקש עליו רחמים שיחיה וכל שאין מבקר את החולה מבקש עליו רחמים שימות שימות ס"ד אלא כל שאין מבקר חולה אין מבקש עליו רחמים לא שיחיה ולא שימות,רבא יומא קדמאה דחליש אמר להון לא תיגלו לאיניש דלא לתרע מזליה מכאן ואילך אמר להון פוקו ואכריזו בשוקא דכל דסני לי ליחדי לי וכתיב (משלי כד, יז) בנפול אויבך אל תשמח וגו' ודרחים לי ליבעי עלי רחמי,אמר רב כל המבקר את החולה ניצול מדינה של גיהנם שנאמר (תהלים מא, ב) אשרי משכיל אל דל ביום רעה ימלטהו י"י אין דל אלא חולה שנאמר (ישעיהו לח, יב) מדלה יבצעני אי נמי מן הדין קרא (שמואל ב יג, ד) מדוע אתה ככה דל בן המלך בבקר בבקר וגו' אין רעה אלא גיהנם שנאמר (משלי טז, ד) כל פעל י"י למענהו וגם רשע ליום רעה,ואם ביקר מה שכרו מה שכרו כדאמר ניצול מדינה של גיהנם אלא מה שכרו בעוה"ז,(תהלים מא, ג) י"י ישמרהו ויחייהו ואושר בארץ ואל תתנהו בנפש אויביו יי' ישמרהו מיצר הרע ויחייהו מן היסורין ואושר בארץ שיהו הכל מתכבדין בו ואל תתנהו בנפש אויביו שיזדמנו לו רועים כנעמן שריפו את צרעתו ואל יזדמנו לו ריעים כרחבעם שחילקו את מלכותו,תניא ר"ש בן אלעזר אומר אם יאמרו לך ילדים בנה וזקנים סתור שמע לזקנים ואל תשמע לילדים שבנין ילדים סתירה וסתירת זקנים בנין וסימן לדבר (מלכים א יב, כא) רחבעם בן שלמה,אמר רב שישא בריה דרב אידי לא ליסעוד איניש קצירא לא בתלת שעי קדמייתא ולא בתלת שעי בתרייתא דיומא כי היכי דלא ליסח דעתיה מן רחמי תלת שעי קדמייתא רווחא דעתיה בתרייתא תקיף חולשיה,אמר רבין אמר רב מניין שהקב"ה זן את החולה שנאמר (תהלים מא, ד) יי' יסעדנו על ערש דוי וגו' ואמר רבין אמר רב מניין שהשכינה שרויה למעלה ממטתו של חולה שנאמר יי' יסעדנו על ערש דוי,תניא נמי הכי הנכנס לבקר את החולה לא ישב לא על גבי מטה ולא ע"ג ספסל ולא על גבי כסא אלא מתעטף ויושב ע"ג קרקע מפני שהשכינה שרויה למעלה ממטתו של חולה שנאמר יי' יסעדנו על ערש דוי,ואמר רבין אמר רב מטרא במערבא סהדא רבה פרת ופליגא דשמואל דאמר שמואל נהרא מכיפיה מתבריך ופליגא דשמואל אדשמואל דאמר שמואל אין המים מטהרין בזוחלין | 40a. b Rav Ḥelbo fell ill. There was no one who came /b to visit him. Rav Kahana b said /b to the Sages: b Didn’t the incident involving one of the students of Rabbi Akiva who became sick /b transpire b in that manner? /b In that case, b the Sages did not enter to visit him, and Rabbi Akiva entered to visit him /b and instructed his students to care for him. b And since they swept and sprinkled water on the /b dirt b floor before /b the sick student, b he recovered. /b The student b said to /b Rabbi Akiva: b My teacher, you revived me. Rabbi Akiva went out and taught: /b With regard to b anyone who does not visit the ill, it is as though he is spilling blood, /b as it could be that the sick person has no one to care for him. If there are no visitors, no one will know his situation and therefore no one will come to his aid., b When Rav Dimi came from Eretz Yisrael /b to Babylonia b he said: Anyone who visits the ill causes that he will live, and anyone who does not visit the ill causes that he will die. /b The Gemara asks: In b what /b way are his actions b the cause /b of that result? b If we say /b that b anyone who visits the ill pleads for mercy /b from God b that he will live, and anyone who does not visit the ill pleads for mercy that he will die, does it enter your mind /b that he would pray b that /b the sick person b will die? Rather, anyone who does not visit the ill does not plead for mercy for him, neither that he will live nor that he will die. /b Since he might have saved the sick person with prayers had he visited, his failure to visit is tantamount to causing his death.,The Gemara relates with regard to b Rava: /b On b the first day that he was ill, he /b would b say to /b his family: b Do not reveal to any person /b that I am ill, so b that his luck not suffer. From this /b point b forward, /b when his situation deteriorated b he /b would b say to them: Go and proclaim in the marketplace /b that I am ill, b as /b thereby b let all who hate me rejoice over my /b distress, b and it is written: “Rejoice not when your enemy falls, and let not your heart be glad when he stumbles; lest the Lord see it, and it displease Him, and He turn away His wrath from him” /b (Proverbs 24:17–18). b And let /b all b who love me pray /b that God have b mercy upon me. /b , b Rav said: Anyone who visits the ill is spared from the judgment of Gehenna, as it is stated: “Happy is he that considers the poor; the Lord will deliver him in the day of evil” /b (Psalms 41:2). In this verse, the term b poor [ i dal /i ] /b means b nothing other /b than b ill, as it is stated /b in the prayer of Hezekiah when he was ill: b “He will cut me off from the illness [ i middalla /i ]” /b (Isaiah 38:12). b Alternatively, /b it may be derived b from this verse /b in which Jonadab asked his sick friend Amnon, son of King David: “ b Why, son of the king, are you so sick [ i dal /i ] from morning to morning?” /b (II Samuel 13:4). b And /b the term b evil means nothing other /b than b Gehenna, as it is stated: “The Lord made everything for His own purpose, and even the wicked for the day of evil” /b (Proverbs 16:4), and the ultimate punishment of the evildoer is Gehenna., b And if one visited /b the ill, b what is his reward? /b The Gemara wonders at that question: b What is his reward? /b It is b as /b Rav b said: /b He b is spared from the judgment of Gehenna. Rather, /b the question is: b What is his reward in this world? /b ,Rav continues: His reward is as it is written: b “The Lord will preserve him, and keep him alive, let him be called happy in the land; and deliver not You him unto the greed of his enemies” /b (Psalms 41:3). He elaborates: b “The Lord will preserve him” from the evil inclination; “and keep him alive” /b and spare him b from suffering; “let him be called happy in the land” /b means that b everyone will be honored /b from their association b with him; “and deliver not You him unto the greed of his enemies,” /b so b that companions like /b those who counseled b Naaman /b to seek b a cure for his leprosy /b from Elisha (II Kings 5:3) b will happen to /b associate with b him, /b and b companions like /b those who counseled b Rehoboam /b with advice that resulted in b the schism in his kingdom /b (I Kings 12:6–19) b will not happen to /b associate with b him. /b ,On a similar note, b it is taught /b in a i baraita /i that b Rabbi Shimon ben Elazar says: If youths would say to you: Construct, and Elders would say to you: Demolish, heed the Elders and do not heed the youths, as the construction of youths is demolition, and the demolition of Elders is construction. And a mnemonic /b device b for this matter /b is b “Rehoboam, son of Solomon” /b (I Kings 12:21). Had he heeded the advice of the Elders and yielded at that time, there would have been no schism., b Rav Sheisha, son of Rav Idi, said: Let one not visit a sick person, neither during the first three hours /b of the day, b nor in the last three hours of the day, so that he will not be diverted from /b praying for b mercy. /b Rav Sheisha elaborates: During b the first three hours /b the sick person b is relieved, /b as after a night’s sleep his suffering is somewhat alleviated and the visitor will conclude that there is no need for prayer. In b the last /b three hours of the day b his weakness is exacerbated, /b and the visitor will despair of ameliorating his suffering and will conclude that prayer is futile.,§ b Ravin said /b that b Rav said: From where /b is it derived b that the Holy One, Blessed be He /b Himself b sustains the sick person? /b It is b as it is stated: “The Lord will support him upon the bed of suffering” /b (Psalms 41:4). Support in this context is understood to mean that He will feed him. b And Ravin said /b that b Rav said: From where /b is it derived b that the Divine Presence is resting above the bed of the sick person? /b It is also b as it is stated: “The Lord will support him upon the bed of suffering,” /b which indicates that God is actually over his bed.,The Gemara notes that b this is also taught /b in a i baraita /i : b One who enters to visit a sick person may neither sit on the bed nor /b sit b on a bench or on a chair /b that is higher than the bed upon which the sick person is lying. b Rather, he /b deferentially b wraps himself /b in his garment b and sits on the ground, because the Divine Presence is resting above the bed of the sick person, as it is stated: “The Lord will support him upon the bed of suffering,” /b and it is inappropriate for one to sit above the place where the Divine Presence rests., b And /b apropos statements of Rav cited by Ravin, the Gemara cites an additional statement that b Ravin said /b that b Rav said: When /b there is b rain in the West, /b Eretz Yisrael, b a great witness to /b that rainfall b is the Euphrates River, /b as ultimately that rainwater increases the water flow in the Euphrates River. b And /b this statement of Rav b disagrees /b with a statement b of Shmuel, as Shmuel said: A river is blessed from its banks, /b i.e., the increase in its water flow is attributable to its tributaries and not to rain. The Gemara comments: b And /b this statement b of Shmuel disagrees with /b another statement b of Shmuel, as Shmuel said: The water purifies when flowing /b |
|
183. Babylonian Talmud, Menachot, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 139 | 29a. b and /b the b eighteen of the /b six b branches; this /b equals b twenty-two /b goblets. Concerning the b knobs as well, /b it is clear how the number b eleven /b was reached. The Candelabrum contains the b two knobs of its /b main shaft, as the verse states: “Its knobs” (Exodus 25:34), with the plural “knobs” indicating that there were two, b and /b the b six of /b the six b branches, /b as it is written: “In one branch, a knob and a flower” (Exodus 25:33). In addition to these eight knobs, the verse states: b “And a knob /b under two branches of one piece with it, b and a knob /b under two branches of one piece with it, b and a knob /b under two branches of one piece with it” (Exodus 25:35); b this /b equals b eleven /b knobs., b But from where do we /b derive that the Candelabrum contained b nine flowers? /b According to the verse there are the b two flowers of its /b main shaft, as it is written: “And its flowers” (Exodus 25:34), b and the six of /b the six b branches, /b as it is written: “In one branch, a knob and a flower” (Exodus 25:33), meaning that b there are eight, /b not nine, flowers on the Candelabrum. b Rav Shalman said /b in response: b It is written: “It was a beaten work, from the base to the flower” /b (Numbers 8:4), which teaches that there was a ninth flower near the base., b Rav says: The height of /b the b Candelabrum /b is b nine handbreadths. Rav Shimi bar Ḥiyya raised an objection to /b the statement of b Rav: /b We learned in a mishna ( i Tamid /i 30b): b There was a stone before /b the b Candelabrum and it had three steps, upon which the priest /b would b stand and prepare the lamps /b for kindling. If the Candelabrum was only nine handbreadths high, why would it be necessary for the priest to stand on an elevated surface to reach the lamps?,Rav b said to him: Shimi, /b is it b you /b who is asking me such a question? b When I said /b that the height of the Candelabrum is nine handbreadths, I was referring not to the total height, which is eighteen handbreadths; rather, I meant that the Candelabrum is nine handbreadths b from the point /b at which the b branches /b extend from the main shaft b and above. /b ,§ b It is written: “And the flowers, and the lamps, and the tongs, of gold, and that perfect gold [ i mikhlot zahav /i ]” /b (II Chronicles 4:21). The Gemara asks: b What /b is meant by b i mikhlot zahav /i ? Rav Ami says: /b It is a reference to the fact b that /b the Candelabrum and its vessels b exhausted [ i kilattu /i ] all of Solomon’s pure [ i sagur /i ] gold [ i zahav /i ], /b which was used in its fashioning in such great quantities. b As Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav said: Solomon made ten Candelabrums, and for each and every one he brought one thousand talents of gold, and they placed /b the gold b in the furnace /b to refine it b one thousand times, until they reduced /b the gold b to /b one b talent /b for each Candelabrum, as it is stated: “of a talent of pure gold shall it be made” (Exodus 25:39).,The Gemara asks: b Is that so /b that all of Solomon’s gold was exhausted for the fashioning of the Candelabrum and its vessels? b But isn’t it written: “And all King Solomon’s drinking vessels were of gold, and all the vessels of the house of the forest of Lebanon were of pure gold;silver was nothing accounted of in the days of Solomon” /b (II Chronicles 9:20)? The Gemara answers: b We are saying /b that Solomon’s b pure gold /b was exhausted for the fashioning of the Candelabrum, but not all of his gold.,The Gemara asks: b And would /b refining the gold b reduce /b it b to this extent, /b that one thousand talents of gold would be reduced to one talent? b But isn’t it taught /b in a i baraita /i : b Rabbi Yosei, son of Rabbi Yehuda, says: An incident /b occurred where the weight of b the Candelabrum of the Temple was /b found to be b greater than /b the weight of the Candelabrum b of Moses by /b one b i Kordikini /i gold dinar, and they placed it in the furnace eighty times until /b the weight of the Candelabrum b stood at /b precisely one b talent. /b Evidently, putting the Candelabrum into a furnace reduces its weight by very little. The Gemara answers: b Once it is standing, it is standing, /b i.e., since the gold was refined to such a degree in the time of Solomon, later when it was refined eighty times it was reduced by the weight of only one dinar.,§ b Rabbi Shmuel bar Naḥmani says /b that b Rabbi Yonatan says: What /b is the meaning of that b which is written: “Upon the pure Candelabrum” /b (Leviticus 24:4)? It teaches b that /b the procedure for b fashioning it descended, /b i.e., was shown to Moses, b from the place of purity, /b i.e., by God, who showed Moses a model of the Candelabrum. The Gemara asks: b If that is so, /b is that to say that phrase b “upon the pure Table” /b (Leviticus 24:6) also teaches b that /b the procedure for b fashioning it /b was shown to Moses b from the place of purity? Rather, /b the expression “the b pure /b Table” teaches, b by inference, that it is /b susceptible to becoming b ritually impure. Here too, /b the expression “the b pure /b Candelabrum” teaches, b by inference, that it is /b susceptible to becoming b ritually impure. /b ,The Gemara rejects this: b Granted, /b the inference drawn b there /b with regard to the Table is b in accordance with /b that b which Reish Lakish /b says; b as Reish Lakish says: What /b is the meaning of that b which is written: “Upon the pure Table” /b (Leviticus 24:6)? The expression “pure Table” teaches, b by inference, that it is /b susceptible to becoming b ritually impure, /b but why? Isn’t the Table b a wooden vessel designated to rest /b in a fixed place, b and any wooden vessel that is designated to rest /b in a fixed place b is not susceptible to /b becoming b ritually impure? Rather, /b this b teaches that /b the Table was not always left in a fixed place; the priests would b lift /b the Table with its shewbread b to display the shewbread to the pilgrims /b standing in the Temple courtyard, b and /b a priest would b say to them: See your affection before the Omnipresent. /b For this reason, the Table is susceptible to becoming ritually impure.,Parenthetically, the Gemara asks: b What /b is meant by: See b your affection /b before God? It is b in accordance with /b that b which Rabbi Yehoshua ben Levi /b says, b as Rabbi Yehoshua ben Levi says: A great miracle was performed with the shewbread: /b Its condition at the time of b its removal /b from the Table, after having been left there for a week, was b like /b its condition at the time of b its arrangement /b on the Table, b as it is stated: “To place hot bread on the day when it was taken away” /b (I Samuel 21:7), indicating that it was as hot on the day of its removal as it was on the day when it was placed on the Table.,The Gemara resumes stating its objection: b But here, /b with regard to the Candelabrum, there is no reason to explain that the expression “the b pure /b Candelabrum” teaches, b by inference, that it is /b susceptible to becoming b ritually impure; /b this is b obvious, /b as the Candelabrums b are metal vessels, and metal vessels are susceptible to /b becoming b ritually impure /b whether or not they remain in a fixed location. b Rather, /b it must be that the expression “the pure Candelabrum” teaches b that /b the procedure for b fashioning it descended, /b i.e., was shown to Moses, b from the place of purity. /b ,§ b It is taught /b in a i baraita /i : b Rabbi Yosei, son of Rabbi Yehuda, says: An Ark of fire and a Table of fire and a Candelabrum of fire descended from the Heavens, and Moses saw /b their format b and fashioned /b the vessels for the Tabernacle b in their likeness. As it is stated /b after the command to fashion these items: b “And see that you make them after their pattern, which is being shown to you in the mount” /b (Exodus 25:40).,The Gemara asks: b If that is so, /b is that to say that the verse: b “And you shall set up the Tabernacle according to its fashion which has been shown to you in the mount” /b (Exodus 26:30), b also /b indicates that God showed Moses a Tabernacle of fire? The Gemara answers: b Here, /b with regard to the Tabernacle, b it is written: “According to its fashion,” /b meaning that it should be built according to the instructions given to Moses, whereas b there, /b with regard to the Ark, Table, and Candelabrum, b it is written: “After their pattern,” /b indicating that an actual model of the items was shown to Moses.,Apropos this discussion the Gemara relates: b Rabbi Ḥiyya bar Abba says /b that b Rabbi Yoḥa says: /b The angel b Gabriel /b was b girded with a type of /b wide b belt [ i pesikiyya /i ] /b in the manner of artisans who tie up their clothes to prevent these clothes from hindering them in their work. b And he showed /b the precise b way to fashion the Candelabrum to Moses, as it is written: “And this is the work of the Candelabrum” /b (Numbers 8:4), and the term “this” indicates that an exact replica was shown to him., b The school of Rabbi Yishmael taught: Three matters were difficult for Moses /b to comprehend precisely, b until the Holy One, Blessed be He, showed /b them to b him with His finger, and these are /b the three matters: The form of the b Candelabrum, and /b the exact size of the b new moon, and /b the impure b creeping animals. /b The b Candelabrum /b was shown to him, b as it is written: “And this is the work of the Candelabrum” /b (Numbers 8:4). The b new moon /b was shown to him, b as it is written: “This month shall be for you the beginning of months” /b (Exodus 12:2). The b creeping animals /b were shown to him, b as it is written: “And these are they which are unclean for you /b among the swarming things” (Leviticus 11:29). b And there are /b those b who say /b that God b also /b showed Moses b the i halakhot /i of slaughtering, as it is stated: “Now this is that which you shall sacrifice upon the altar” /b (Exodus 29:38), and slaughtering is the first ritual of sacrifice.,§ The mishna teaches: With regard to the b two passages that are in the i mezuza /i , /b the absence of b each prevents fulfillment of the mitzva with the others. And /b furthermore, the absence of b even one letter prevents fulfillment of the mitzva with /b the rest of b them. /b The Gemara asks: Isn’t it b obvious /b that the absence of even one letter prevents fulfillment of the mitzva, since it is written: “And you shall write them [ i ukhtavtam /i ]” (Deuteronomy 6:9), which teaches that the writing [ i ketav /i ] must be complete [ i tam /i ]?, b Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav says: /b It b was necessary /b to state that b only /b to teach that even the absence of b the thorn, /b i.e., the small stroke, b of /b a letter b i yod /i /b prevents fulfillment of the mitzva. The Gemara asks: b But /b isn’t b this also obvious, /b since the letter is not formed properly? b Rather, /b it is necessary b according to another /b statement b that Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav /b says, b as Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav says: Any letter that is not encircled with /b blank b parchment on /b all b four of its sides, /b i.e., where its ink connects to the letter above it, below it, preceding it, or succeeding it, is b unfit. /b When the mishna makes reference to one letter preventing fulfillment of the mitzva, it is referring to a letter that touches an adjacent letter., b Ashiyan bar Nadbakh says in the name of Rav Yehuda: /b If b the inner /b part b of /b the letter b i heh /i was perforated /b it is b fit, /b but if the perforation was in b the leg of /b the letter i heh /i it is b unfit. Rabbi Zeira says: /b This matter was b explained to me by Rav Huna, and Rabbi Ya’akov says: /b This matter was b explained to me by Rav Yehuda: /b If b the inner /b part b of /b the letter b i heh /i was perforated /b it is b fit. /b In a case where the perforation was in b the leg of /b the letter i heh /i , then b if there remained in /b the leg that is attached to the roof of the letter b the equivalent of the measure of a small letter, /b i.e., the letter i yod /i , then it is b fit. But if not, /b it is b unfit. /b ,The Gemara relates: b Agra, the father-in-law of Rabbi Abba, /b |
|
184. Babylonian Talmud, Hagigah, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 139, 142| 12b. את הארץ למה לי להקדים שמים לארץ והארץ היתה תהו ובהו מכדי בשמים אתחיל ברישא מאי שנא דקא חשיב מעשה ארץ תנא דבי ר' ישמעאל משל למלך בשר ודם שאמר לעבדיו השכימו לפתחי השכים ומצא נשים ואנשים למי משבח למי שאין דרכו להשכים והשכים,תניא ר' יוסי אומר אוי להם לבריות שרואות ואינן יודעות מה רואות עומדות ואין יודעות על מה הן עומדות הארץ על מה עומדת על העמודים שנאמר (איוב ט, ו) המרגיז ארץ ממקומה ועמודיה יתפלצון עמודים על המים שנאמר (תהלים קלו, ו) לרוקע הארץ על המים מים על ההרים שנאמר על הרים יעמדו מים הרים ברוח שנאמר (עמוס ד, יג) כי הנה יוצר הרים ובורא רוח רוח בסערה שנאמר (תהלים קמח, ח) רוח סערה עושה דברו סערה תלויה בזרועו של הקב"ה שנאמר (דברים לג, כז) ומתחת זרועות עולם,וחכ"א על י"ב עמודים עומדת שנאמר (דברים לב, ח) יצב גבולות עמים למספר בני ישראל וי"א ז' עמודים שנאמר (משלי ט, א) חצבה עמודיה שבעה ר"א בן שמוע אומר על עמוד אחד וצדיק שמו שנאמר (משלי י, כה) וצדיק יסוד עולם,א"ר יהודה שני רקיעים הן שנאמר (דברים י, יד) הן לה' אלהיך השמים ושמי השמים,ר"ל אמר שבעה ואלו הן וילון רקיע שחקים זבול מעון מכון ערבות וילון אינו משמש כלום אלא נכנס שחרית ויוצא ערבית ומחדש בכל יום מעשה בראשית שנאמר (ישעיהו מ, כב) הנוטה כדוק שמים וימתחם כאהל לשבת רקיע שבו חמה ולבנה כוכבים ומזלות קבועין שנאמר (בראשית א, יז) ויתן אותם אלהים ברקיע השמים שחקים שבו רחיים עומדות וטוחנות מן לצדיקים שנאמר (תהלים עח, כג) ויצו שחקים ממעל ודלתי שמים פתח וימטר עליהם מן לאכול וגו',זבול שבו ירושלים ובית המקדש ומזבח בנוי ומיכאל השר הגדול עומד ומקריב עליו קרבן שנאמר (מלכים א ח, יג) בנה בניתי בית זבול לך מכון לשבתך עולמים ומנלן דאיקרי שמים דכתיב (ישעיהו סג, טו) הבט משמים וראה מזבול קדשך ותפארתך,מעון שבו כיתות של מלאכי השרת שאומרות שירה בלילה וחשות ביום מפני כבודן של ישראל שנאמר (תהלים מב, ט) יומם יצוה ה' חסדו ובלילה שירה עמי,אמר ר"ל כל העוסק בתורה בלילה הקב"ה מושך עליו חוט של חסד ביום שנאמר יומם יצוה ה' חסדו ומה טעם יומם יצוה ה' חסדו משום ובלילה שירה עמי ואיכא דאמרי אמר ר"ל כל העוסק בתורה בעוה"ז שהוא דומה ללילה הקב"ה מושך עליו חוט של חסד לעוה"ב שהוא דומה ליום שנאמר יומם יצוה ה' חסדו ובלילה שירה עמי,א"ר לוי כל הפוסק מדברי תורה ועוסק בדברי שיחה מאכילין אותו גחלי רתמים שנאמר (איוב ל, ד) הקוטפים מלוח עלי שיח ושרש רתמים לחמם ומנלן דאיקרי שמים שנאמר (דברים כו, טו) השקיפה ממעון קדשך מן השמים,מכון שבו אוצרות שלג ואוצרות ברד ועליית טללים רעים ועליית אגלים וחדרה של סופה [וסערה] ומערה של קיטור ודלתותיהן אש שנאמר (דברים כח, יב) יפתח ה' לך את אוצרו הטוב,הני ברקיעא איתנהו הני בארעא איתנהו דכתיב (תהלים קמח, ז) הללו את ה' מן הארץ תנינים וכל תהומות אש וברד שלג וקיטור רוח סערה עושה דברו אמר רב יהודה אמר רב דוד ביקש עליהם רחמים והורידן לארץ אמר לפניו רבש"ע (תהלים ה, ה) לא אל חפץ רשע אתה לא יגורך (במגורך) רע צדיק אתה ה' לא יגור במגורך רע ומנלן דאיקרי שמים דכתיב (מלכים א ח, לט) ואתה תשמע השמים מכון שבתך,ערבות שבו צדק משפט וצדקה גנזי חיים וגנזי שלום וגנזי ברכה ונשמתן של צדיקים ורוחות ונשמות שעתיד להיבראות וטל שעתיד הקב"ה להחיות בו מתים צדק ומשפט דכתיב (תהלים פט, טו) צדק ומשפט מכון כסאך צדקה דכתיב (ישעיהו נט, יז) וילבש צדקה כשרין גנזי חיים דכתיב (תהלים לו, י) כי עמך מקור חיים וגנזי שלום דכתיב (שופטים ו, כד) ויקרא לו ה' שלום וגנזי ברכה דכתיב (תהלים כד, ה) ישא ברכה מאת ה',נשמתן של צדיקים דכתיב (שמואל א כה, כט) והיתה נפש אדוני צרורה בצרור החיים את ה' אלהיך רוחות ונשמות שעתיד להיבראות דכתיב (ישעיהו נז, טז) כי רוח מלפני יעטוף ונשמות אני עשיתי וטל שעתיד הקב"ה להחיות בו מתים דכתיב (תהלים סח, י) גשם נדבות תניף אלהים נחלתך ונלאה אתה כוננתה,שם אופנים ושרפים וחיות הקדש ומלאכי השרת וכסא הכבוד מלך אל חי רם ונשא שוכן עליהם בערבות שנאמר (תהלים סח, ה) סולו לרוכב בערבות ביה שמו ומנלן דאיקרי שמים אתיא רכיבה רכיבה כתיב הכא סולו לרוכב בערבות וכתיב התם (דברים לג, כו) רוכב שמים בעזרך,וחשך וענן וערפל מקיפין אותו שנאמר (תהלים יח, יב) ישת חשך סתרו סביבותיו סוכתו חשכת מים עבי שחקים ומי איכא חשוכא קמי שמיא והכתיב [דניאל ב, כב] הוא (גלי) עמיקתא ומסתרתא ידע מה בחשוכא ונהורא עמיה שרי לא קשיא הא | 12b. b Why do I /b need b “and the earth” [ i et ha’aretz /i ]? To /b teach that b heaven preceded earth /b in the order of Creation. The next verse states: b “And the earth was unformed and void” /b (Genesis 1:2). The Gemara asks: b After all, /b the Bible b began with heaven first; what is different /b about the second verse? Why does the Bible b recount the creation of earth /b first in the second verse? b The Sage of the school of Rabbi Yishmael taught: /b This can be explained by b a parable of a flesh-and-blood king who said to his servants: Rise early /b and come b to my entrance. He arose and found women and men /b waiting for him. b Whom does he praise? Those who are unaccustomed to rising early but /b yet b rose early, /b the women. The same applies to the earth: Since it is a lowly, physical sphere, we would not have expected it to be created together with heaven. Therefore, it is fitting to discuss it at greater length.,§ b It is taught /b in a i baraita /i : b Rabbi Yosei says: Woe to them, the creations, who see and know not what they see; /b who b stand and know not upon what they stand. /b He clarifies: b Upon what does the earth stand? Upon pillars, as it is stated: “Who shakes the earth out of its place, and its pillars tremble” /b (Job 9:6). These b pillars /b are positioned b upon water, as it is stated: “To Him Who spread forth the earth over the waters” /b (Psalms 136:6). These b waters /b stand b upon mountains, as it is stated: “The waters stood above the mountains” /b (Psalms 104:6). The b mountains /b are upon the b wind, as it is stated: “For behold He forms the mountains and creates the wind” /b (Amos 4:13). The b wind /b is b upon a storm, as it is stated: “Stormy wind, fulfilling His word” /b (Psalms 148:8). The b storm hangs upon the arm of the Holy One, Blessed be He, as it is stated: “And underneath are the everlasting arms” /b (Deuteronomy 33:27), which demonstrates that the entire world rests upon the arms of the Holy One, Blessed be He.,And the Rabbis say: The earth b stands on twelve pillars, as it is stated: “He set the borders of the nations according to the number of the children of Israel” /b (Deuteronomy 32:8). Just as the children of Israel, i.e., the sons of Jacob, are twelve in number, so does the world rest on twelve pillars. b And some say: /b There are b seven pillars, as it is stated: “She has hewn out her seven pillars” /b (Proverbs 9:1). b Rabbi Elazar ben Shammua says: /b The earth rests b on one pillar and a righteous person is its name, as it is stated: “But a righteous person is the foundation of the world” /b (Proverbs 10:25).,§ b Rabbi Yehuda said: There are two firmaments, as it is stated: “Behold, to the Lord your God belongs the heaven and the heaven of heavens” /b (Deuteronomy 10:14), indicating that there is a heaven above our heaven., b Reish Lakish said: /b There are b seven /b firmaments, b and they are as follows: i Vilon /i , i Rakia /i , i Sheḥakim /i , i Zevul /i , i Ma’on /i , i Makhon /i , /b and b i Aravot /i . /b The Gemara proceeds to explain the role of each firmament: b i Vilon /i , /b curtain, is the firmament that b does not contain anything, but enters at morning and departs /b in the b evening, and renews the act of Creation daily, as it is stated: “Who stretches out the heavens as a curtain [ i Vilon /i ], and spreads them out as a tent to dwell in” /b (Isaiah 40:22). b i Rakia /i , /b firmament, is the one b in which /b the b sun, moon, stars, and zodiac signs are fixed, as it is stated: “And God set them in the firmament [ i Rakia /i ] of the heaven” /b (Genesis 1:17). b i Sheḥakim /i , /b heights, is the one b in which mills stand and grind manna for the righteous, as it is stated: “And He commanded the heights [ i Shehakim /i ] above, and opened the doors of heaven; and He caused manna to rain upon them for food, /b and gave them of the corn of heaven” (Psalms 78:23–24)., b i Zevul /i , /b abode, b is /b the location b of /b the heavenly b Jerusalem and /b the heavenly b Temple, and /b there the heavenly b altar is built, and /b the angel b Michael, the great minister, stands and sacrifices an offering upon it, as it is stated: “I have surely built a house of i Zevul /i for You, a place for You to dwell forever” /b (I Kings 8:13). b And from where do we /b derive b that /b i Zevul /i b is called heaven? As it is written: “Look down from heaven and see, from Your holy and glorious abode [ i Zevul /i ]” /b (Isaiah 63:15)., b i Ma’on /i , /b habitation, b is where /b there are b groups of ministering angels who recite song at night and are silent during the day out of respect for Israel, /b in order not to compete with their songs, b as it is stated: “By day the Lord will command His kindness, and in the night His song is with me” /b (Psalms 42:9), indicating that the song of the angels is with God only at night.,With regard to the aforementioned verse, b Reish Lakish said: Whoever occupies /b himself b with Torah at night, the Holy One, Blessed be He, extends a thread of kindness over him by day, as it is stated: “By day, the Lord will command His kindness,” and what is the reason /b that b “by day, the Lord will command His kindness”? Because “and in the night His song,” /b i.e., the song of Torah, b “is with me.” And some say /b that b Reish Lakish said: Whoever occupies himself with Torah in this world, which is comparable to night, the Holy One, Blessed be He, extends a thread of kindness over him in the World-to-Come, which is comparable to day, as it is stated: “By day, the Lord will command His kindness, and in the night His song is with me.” /b ,With regard to the same matter, b Rabbi Levi said: Anyone who pauses from words of Torah to occupy himself with mundane conversation will be fed with the coals of the broom tree, as it is stated: “They pluck saltwort [ i maluaḥ /i ] with wormwood [ i alei siaḥ /i ], and the roots of the broom tree [ i retamim /i ] are their food” /b (Job 30:4). The exposition is as follows: Those who pluck, i.e., pause, from learning Torah, which was given upon two tablets, i luḥot /i , which sounds similar to i maluaḥ /i , for the purpose of i siaḥ /i , idle chatter, are punished by having to eat coals made from “the roots of the broom tree.” b And from where do we /b derive b that /b i Ma’on /i b is called heaven? As it is stated: “Look forth from Your holy i Ma’on /i , from heaven” /b (Deuteronomy 26:15)., b i Makhon /i , /b dwelling place, b is where there are storehouses of snow and storehouses of hail, and the upper chamber of harmful dews, and the upper chamber of drops, and the room of tempests and storms, and the cave of mist. And the doors /b of all these are made of b fire. /b How do we know that there are storehouses for evil things? b For it is stated: “The Lord will open for you His good storehouse, /b the heavens” (Deuteronomy 28:12), which indicates the existence of a storehouse that contains the opposite of good.,The Gemara asks a question: With regard to b these /b things listed above, are they b located in heaven? /b It is obvious that b they /b are b located on the earth. As it is written: “Praise the Lord from the earth, sea monsters and all depths, fire and hail, snow and mist, stormy wind, fulfilling His word” /b (Psalms 148:7–8). The verse seems to indicate that all these things are found on the earth. b Rav Yehuda said /b that b Rav said: David requested mercy with regard to them, /b that they should not remain in heaven, b and He brought them down to earth. He said before Him: Master of the Universe, “You are not a God that has pleasure in wickedness, evil shall not sojourn with You” /b (Psalms 5:5). In other words, b You are righteous, O Lord. /b Nothing b evil should sojourn in Your vicinity. /b Rather, it is better that they remain close to us. b And from where do we /b derive b that /b this place b is called “heaven”? As it is written: “And You shall hear /b in b heaven, the i Makhon /i of Your dwelling” /b (I Kings 8:39)., b i Aravot /i , /b skies, is the firmament b that contains righteousness; justice; righteousness, /b i.e., charity; b the treasuries of life; the treasuries of peace; the treasuries of blessing; the souls of the righteous; the spirits and souls that are to be created; and the dew that the Holy One, Blessed be He, will use to revive the dead. /b The Gemara proves this statement: b Righteousness and justice /b are found in heaven, b as it is written: “Righteousness and justice are the foundation of Your throne” /b (Psalms 89:15); b righteousness, as it is written: “And He donned righteousness as armor” /b (Isaiah 59:17); b the treasuries of life, as it is written: “For with You is the source of life” /b (Psalms 36:10). b And the treasuries of peace /b are found in heaven, b as it is written: “And he called Him the Lord of peace” /b (Judges 6:24), implying that peace is God’s name and is therefore found close to Him. b And the treasuries of blessing, as it is written: “He shall receive a blessing from the Lord” /b (Psalms 24:5)., b The souls of the righteous /b are found in heaven, b as it is written: “And the soul of my master shall be bound in the bundle of life with the Lord, your God” /b (I Samuel 25:29). b Spirits and souls that are to be created /b are found there, b as it is written: “For the spirit that enwraps itself is from Me, and the souls that I have made” /b (Isaiah 57:16), which indicates that the spirit to be released into the world, wrapped around a body, is located close to God. b The dew that the Holy One, Blessed be He, will use to revive the dead /b is found in heaven, b as it is written: “A bountiful rain You will pour down, God; when Your inheritance was weary, You confirmed it” /b (Psalms 68:10)., b There, /b in the firmaments, are the b i ofanim /i , /b the b seraphim, /b the b holy divine creatures, and the ministering angels, and the Throne of Glory. The King, God, /b the b living, lofty, exalted One dwells above them in i Aravot /i , as it is stated: “Extol Him Who rides upon the skies [ i Aravot /i ], Whose name is God” /b (Psalms 68:5). b And from where do we /b derive b that /b i Aravot /i b is called “heaven”? /b This is b learned /b by using a verbal analogy between two instances of b “rides” /b and b “rides”: Here, it is written: “Extol Him Who rides upon the skies [ i Aravot /i ],” and there, it is written: “Who rides upon the heaven as your help” /b (Deuteronomy 33:26)., b And darkness and clouds and fog surround Him, as it is stated: “He made darkness His hiding place, His pavilion round about Him; darkness of waters, thick clouds of the skies” /b (Psalms 18:12). The Gemara asks: b And is there darkness before Heaven, /b i.e., before God? b But isn’t it written: “He reveals deep and secret things, He knows what is in the darkness, and the light dwells with Him” /b (Daniel 2:22), demonstrating that only light, not darkness, is found with God? The Gemara answers: This is b not difficult. This /b verse, which states that only light dwells with Him, is referring |
|
185. Babylonian Talmud, Megillah, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, as residing in jesus •divine presence, in torah study •divine presence Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 182; Mokhtarian (2021), Rabbis, Sorcerers, Kings, and Priests: The Culture of the Talmud in Ancient Iran. 67, 68| 29a. מבטלין ת"ת להוצאת המת ולהכנסת הכלה אמרו עליו על ר' יהודה בר' אילעאי שהיה מבטל ת"ת להוצאת המת ולהכנסת הכלה בד"א בשאין שם כל צורכו אבל יש שם כל צורכו אין מבטלין,וכמה כל צורכו אמר רב שמואל בר איניא משמיה דרב תריסר אלפי גברי ושיתא אלפי שיפורי ואמרי לה תריסר אלפי גברי ומינייהו שיתא אלפי שיפורי עולא אמר כגון דחייצי גברי מאבולא עד סיכרא,רב ששת אמר כנתינתה כך נטילתה מה נתינתה בששים ריבוא אף נטילתה בס' ריבוא ה"מ למאן דקרי ותני אבל למאן דמתני לית ליה שיעורא,תניא ר"ש בן יוחי אומר בוא וראה כמה חביבין ישראל לפני הקב"ה שבכל מקום שגלו שכינה עמהן גלו למצרים שכינה עמהן שנאמר (שמואל א ב, כז) הנגלה נגליתי לבית אביך בהיותם במצרים וגו' גלו לבבל שכינה עמהן שנאמר (ישעיהו מג, יד) למענכם שלחתי בבלה ואף כשהן עתידין ליגאל שכינה עמהן שנאמר (דברים ל, ג) ושב ה' אלהיך את שבותך והשיב לא נאמר אלא ושב מלמד שהקב"ה שב עמהן מבין הגליות,בבבל היכא אמר אביי בבי כנישתא דהוצל ובבי כנישתא דשף ויתיב בנהרדעא ולא תימא הכא והכא אלא זמנין הכא וזמנין הכא אמר אביי תיתי לי דכי מרחיקנא פרסה עיילנא ומצלינא התם אבוה דשמואל [ולוי] הוו יתבי בכנישתא דשף ויתיב בנהרדעא אתיא שכינה שמעו קול ריגשא [קמו ונפקו,רב ששת הוה יתיב בבי כנישתא דשף ויתיב בנהרדעא אתיא שכינה] ולא נפק אתו מלאכי השרת וקא מבעתו ליה אמר לפניו רבש"ע עלוב ושאינו עלוב מי נדחה מפני מי אמר להו שבקוהו,(יחזקאל יא, טז) ואהי להם למקדש מעט אמר רבי יצחק אלו בתי כנסיות ובתי מדרשות שבבבל ור"א אמר זה בית רבינו שבבבל,דרש רבא מאי דכתיב (תהלים צ, א) ה' מעון אתה היית לנו אלו בתי כנסיות ובתי מדרשות אמר אביי מריש הואי גריסנא בביתא ומצלינא בבי כנשתא כיון דשמעית להא דקאמר דוד (תהלים כו, ח) ה' אהבתי מעון ביתך הואי גריסנא בבי כנישתא,תניא ר"א הקפר אומר עתידין בתי כנסיות ובתי מדרשות שבבבל שיקבעו בא"י שנאמר (ירמיהו מו, יח) כי כתבור בהרים וככרמל בים יבא והלא דברים ק"ו ומה תבור וכרמל שלא באו אלא לפי שעה ללמוד תורה נקבעים בארץ ישראל בתי כנסיות ובתי מדרשות שקורין ומרביצין בהן תורה עאכ"ו,דרש בר קפרא מאי דכתיב (תהלים סח, יז) למה תרצדון הרים גבנונים יצתה בת קול ואמרה להם למה תרצו דין עם סיני כולכם בעלי מומים אתם אצל סיני כתיב הכא גבנונים וכתיב התם (ויקרא כא, כ) או גבן או דק אמר רב אשי ש"מ האי מאן דיהיר בעל מום הוא:,אין עושין אותו קפנדריא: מאי קפנדריא אמר רבא קפנדריא כשמה מאי כשמה כמאן דאמר אדמקיפנא אדרי איעול בהא,א"ר אבהו אם היה שביל מעיקרא מותר,אר"נ בר יצחק הנכנס ע"מ שלא לעשות קפנדריא מותר לעשותו קפנדריא וא"ר חלבו אמר ר"ה הנכנס לבהכ"נ להתפלל מותר לעשותו קפנדריא שנא' (יחזקאל מו, ט) ובבא עם הארץ לפני ה' במועדים הבא דרך שער צפון להשתחוות יצא דרך שער נגב:,עלו בו עשבים לא יתלוש מפני עגמת נפש: והתניא אינו תולש ומאכיל אבל תולש ומניח כי תנן נמי מתני' תולש ומאכיל תנן,ת"ר בית הקברות אין נוהגין בהן קלות ראש אין מרעין בהן בהמה ואין מוליכין בהן אמת המים ואין מלקטין בהן עשבים ואם ליקט שורפן במקומן מפני כבוד מתים,אהייא אילימא אסיפא כיון ששורפן במקומן מאי כבוד מתים איכא אלא ארישא:, big strongמתני׳ /strong /big ר"ח אדר שחל להיות בשבת קורין בפרשת שקלים חל להיות בתוך השבת מקדימין לשעבר ומפסיקין לשבת אחרת,בשניה זכור בשלישית פרה אדומה ברביעית החודש הזה לכם בחמישית חוזרין לכסדרן,לכל מפסיקין בראשי חדשים בחנוכה ובפורים בתעניות ובמעמדות וביוה"כ:, big strongגמ׳ /strong /big תנן התם באחד באדר משמיעין על השקלים | 29a. b One interrupts /b his b Torah study to carry out the dead /b for burial b and to escort a bride /b to her wedding. b They said about Rabbi Yehuda, son of Rabbi Elai, that he would interrupt /b his b Torah study to carry out the dead /b for burial b and to escort a bride /b to her wedding. The Gemara qualifies this ruling: b In what /b case b is this statement said? /b Only b where there are not sufficient /b numbers of other people available to perform these mitzvot and honor the deceased or the bride appropriately. b However, /b when b there are sufficient /b numbers, additional people b should not interrupt /b their Torah study to participate.,The Gemara asks: b And how many /b people b are /b considered b sufficient? Rav Shmuel bar Inya said in the name of Rav: Twelve thousand men and /b another b six thousand /b men to blow b horns /b as a sign of mourning. b And some say /b a different version: b Twelve thousand men, among whom are six thousand /b men with b horns. Ulla said: For example, /b enough b to make a procession of people /b all the way b from the /b town b gate [ i abbula /i ] to the place of burial. /b , b Rav Sheshet said: As /b the Torah b was given, so it /b should be b taken away, /b i.e., the same honor that was provided when the Torah was given at Mount Sinai should be provided when the Torah is taken through the passing away of a Torah scholar. b Just as /b the Torah b was given in the presence of six hundred thousand /b men, b so too its taking /b should be done b in the presence of six hundred thousand /b men. The Gemara comments: b This applies to someone who read /b the Bible b and studied /b i halakhot /i for himself. b But for someone who taught /b others, b there is no limit /b to the honor that should be shown to him.,§ b It is taught /b in a i baraita /i : b Rabbi Shimon ben Yoḥai says: Come and see how beloved the Jewish people are before the Holy One, Blessed be He. As every place they were exiled, the Divine Presence /b went b with them. They were exiled to Egypt, /b and b the Divine Presence /b went b with them, as it is stated: “Did I reveal myself to the house of your father when they were in Egypt?” /b (I Samuel 2:27). b They were exiled to Babylonia, /b and b the Divine Presence /b went b with them, as it is stated: “For your sake I have sent to Babylonia” /b (Isaiah 43:14). b So too, when, in the future, they will be redeemed, the Divine Presence will be with them, as it is stated: “Then the Lord your God will return with your captivity” /b (Deuteronomy 30:3). b It does not state: He will bring back, /b i.e., He will cause the Jewish people to return, b but rather /b it says: b “He will return,” /b which b teaches that the Holy One, Blessed be He, will return /b together b with them from among the /b various b exiles. /b ,The Gemara asks: b Where in Babylonia /b does the Divine Presence reside? b Abaye said: In the /b ancient b synagogue of Huzal and in the synagogue that was destroyed and rebuilt in Neharde’a. And do not say /b that the Divine Presence resided b here and there, /b i.e., in both places simultaneously. b Rather, at times /b it resided b here /b in Huzal b and at times there /b in Neharde’a. b Abaye said: I have /b a blessing b coming to me, for whenever I am /b within b a distance of a parasang /b from one of those synagogues, b I go in and pray there, /b due to the special honor and sanctity attached to them. It was related that b the father of Shmuel and Levi were /b once b sitting in the synagogue that was destroyed and rebuilt in Neharde’a. The Divine Presence came /b and b they heard a loud sound, /b so b they arose and left. /b ,It was further related that b Rav Sheshet was /b once b sitting in the synagogue that was destroyed and rebuilt in Neharde’a, /b and b the Divine Presence came but he did not go out. The ministering angels came and were frightening him /b in order to force him to leave. Rav Sheshet turned to God and b said before Him: Master of the Universe, /b if one is b wretched and /b the other is b not wretched, who should defer to whom? /b Shouldn’t the one who is not wretched give way to the one who is? Now I am blind and wretched; why then do you expect me to defer to the angels? God then turned to the angels and b said to them: Leave him. /b ,The verse states: b “Yet I have been to them as a little sanctuary /b in the countries where they have come” (Ezekiel 11:16). b Rabbi Yitzḥak said: This /b is referring to b the synagogues and study halls in Babylonia. And Rabbi Elazar said: This /b is referring to b the house of our master, /b i.e., Rav, b in Babylonia, /b from which Torah issues forth to the entire world., b Rava interpreted /b a verse b homiletically: What is /b the meaning of that b which is written: “Lord, You have been our dwelling place /b in all generations” (Psalms 90:1)? b This /b is referring to b the synagogues and study halls. Abaye said: Initially, I used to study /b Torah b in /b my b home and pray in the synagogue. Once I heard /b and understood b that which /b King b David says: “Lord, I love the habitation of Your house” /b (Psalms 26:8), b I would /b always b study /b Torah b in the synagogue, /b to express my love for the place in which the Divine Presence resides., b It is taught /b in a i baraita /i : b Rabbi Elazar HaKappar says: In the future, the synagogues and the study halls in Babylonia will be /b transported and b reestablished in Eretz Yisrael, as it is stated: “Surely, like Tabor among the mountains, and like Carmel by the sea, so shall he come” /b (Jeremiah 46:18). There is a tradition that these mountains came to Sinai at the giving of the Torah and demanded that the Torah should be given upon them. b And are /b these b matters not /b inferred through an b i a fortiori /i /b argument: b Just as Tabor and Carmel, which came only momentarily to study Torah, were /b relocated and b established in Eretz Yisrael /b in reward for their actions, b all the more so /b should b the synagogues and study halls /b in Babylonia, b in which the Torah is read and disseminated, /b be relocated to Eretz Yisrael., b Bar Kappara interpreted /b a verse b homiletically: What is /b the meaning of that b which is written: “Why do you look askance [ i teratzdun /i ], O high-peaked mountains, /b at the mountain that God has desired for His abode” (Psalms 68:17)? b A Divine Voice issued forth and said to /b all the mountains that came and demanded that the Torah be given upon them: b Why do you seek [ i tirtzu /i ] /b to enter into b a legal dispute [ i din /i ] with /b Mount b Sinai? You are all blemished in comparison to /b Mount b Sinai, /b as b it is written here: “High-peaked [ i gavnunnim /i ]” and it is written there, /b with regard to the blemishes that disqualify a priest: b “Or crookbacked [ i gibben /i ] or a dwarf” /b (Leviticus 21:20). b Rav Ashi said: Learn from /b this that b one who is arrogant is /b considered b blemished. /b The other mountains arrogantly insisted that the Torah should be given upon them, and they were therefore described as blemished.,§ The mishna teaches that even if a synagogue fell into ruin, b it may not be made /b into b a i kappendarya /i . /b The Gemara asks: b What is /b meant by b i kappendarya /i ? Rava said: A shortcut, as /b implied by b its name. /b The Gemara clarifies: b What /b do you mean by adding: b As /b implied by b its name? /b It is b like one who said: Instead of going around the /b entire row of b houses [ i makkifna addari /i ] /b to get to the other side, thereby lengthening my journey, b I will enter this /b house and walk through it to the other side. The word i kappendarya /i sounds like a contraction of i makkifna addari /i . This is what Rava meant by saying: As implied by its name., b Rabbi Abbahu said: If /b a public b path had initially /b passed through that location, before the synagogue was built, b it is permitted /b to continue to use it as a shortcut, for the honor due to a synagogue cannot annul the public’s right of access to the path., b Rav Naḥman bar Yitzḥak said: /b With regard to b one who enters /b a synagogue b without intending to make it /b into b a shortcut, /b when he leaves b he is permitted to make it /b into b a shortcut /b for himself, by leaving through the exit on the other side of the building. b And Rabbi Ḥelbo said /b that b Rav Huna said: /b With regard to b one who enters a synagogue to pray, he is permitted to make it /b into b a shortcut /b for himself by leaving through a different exit, and it is fitting to do so, b as it is stated: “And when the people of the land shall come before the Lord in the appointed seasons, he that enters by way of the north gate to bow down shall go forth by the way of the south gate” /b (Ezekiel 46:9). This indicates that it is a show of respect not to leave through the same entrance through which one came in; it is better to leave through the other side.,§ The mishna teaches: If b grass sprang up in /b a ruined synagogue, although it is not befitting its sanctity, b one should not pick /b it, b due to /b the b anguish /b that it will cause to those who see it. It will remind them of the disrepair of the synagogue and the need to rebuild it. The Gemara asks: b But isn’t it taught /b in a i baraita /i : b One may not pick /b the grass b and feed /b it to one’s animals, b but he may pick /b it b and leave /b it there? The Gemara answers: b When we learned /b the prohibition against picking the grass in b the mishna as well, we learned /b only that it is prohibited to b pick /b it and b feed /b it to one’s animals, but it is permitted to leave it there., b The Sages taught /b in a i baraita /i : In b a cemetery, one may not act with frivolity; one may not graze an animal /b on the grass growing b inside it; and one may not direct a water channel /b to pass b through it; and one may not gather grass inside it /b to use the grass as feed for one’s animals; b and if one gathered /b grass for that purpose, b it should be burnt on the spot, out of respect for the dead. /b ,The Gemara clarifies: With regard to the phrase: Out of respect for the dead, b to which /b clause of the i baraita /i does it refer? b If we say /b it is referring b to the last clause, /b that if one gathered grass that it should be burnt out of respect for the dead, then one could ask: b Since /b the grass b is burnt on the spot, /b and not publicly, b what respect for the dead is there /b in this act? b Rather, /b the phrase must be referring b to the first clause /b of the i baraita /i , and it explains why it is prohibited to act with frivolity., strong MISHNA: /strong On four i Shabbatot /i during and surrounding the month of Adar, a Torah portion of seasonal significance is read. When b the New Moon of Adar occurs on Shabbat, /b the congregation b reads the portion of i Shekalim /i /b on that Shabbat. If the New Moon b occurs during /b the middle of b the week, they advance /b the reading of that portion b to the previous /b Shabbat, b and, /b in such a case, b they interrupt /b the reading of the four portions b on the following Shabbat, /b which would be the first Shabbat of the month of Adar, and no additional portion is read on it., b On the second /b Shabbat, the Shabbat prior to Purim, they read the portion: b “Remember /b what Amalek did” (Deuteronomy 25:17–19), which details the mitzva to remember and destroy the nation of Amalek. b On the third /b Shabbat, they read the portion of b the Red Heifer [ i Para /i ] /b (Numbers 19:1–22), which details the purification process for one who became ritually impure through contact with a corpse. b On the fourth /b Shabbat, they read the portion: b “This month [ i haḥodesh /i ] shall be for you” /b (Exodus 12:1–20), which describes the offering of the Paschal lamb. b On the fifth /b Shabbat, b they resume the /b regular weekly b order /b of readings and no special portion is read., b For all /b special days, the congregation b interrupts /b the regular weekly order of readings, and a special portion relating to the character of the day is read. This applies b on the New Moons, on Hanukkah, and on Purim, on fast days, and on the /b non-priestly b watches, and on Yom Kippur. /b , strong GEMARA: /strong b We learned /b in a mishna b there /b ( i Shekalim /i 1:1): b On the first of Adar they make /b a public b announcement concerning /b the forthcoming collection of half- b shekels. /b The money is used for the communal offerings in the Temple in the coming year. |
|
186. Babylonian Talmud, Berachot, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 199| 29a. והשקיף בה שתים ושלש שעות ולא העלוהו,אמאי לא העלוהו והאמר רב יהודה אמר רב טעה בכל הברכות כלן אין מעלין אותו בברכת הצדוקים מעלין אותו חיישינן שמא מין הוא,שאני שמואל הקטן דאיהו תקנה,וניחוש דלמא הדר ביה אמר אביי גמירי טבא לא הוי בישא,ולא והכתיב (יחזקאל יח, כד) ובשוב צדיק מצדקתו ועשה עול ההוא רשע מעיקרו אבל צדיק מעיקרו לא,ולא והא תנן אל תאמין בעצמך עד יום מותך שהרי יוחנן כ"ג שמש בכהונה גדולה שמנים שנה ולבסוף נעשה צדוקי,אמר אביי הוא ינאי הוא יוחנן רבא אמר ינאי לחוד ויוחנן לחוד ינאי רשע מעיקרו ויוחנן צדיק מעיקרו הניחא לאביי אלא לרבא קשיא,אמר לך רבא צדיק מעיקרו נמי דלמא הדר ביה אי הכי אמאי לא אסקוהו,שאני שמואל הקטן דאתחיל בה דאמר רב יהודה אמר רב ואיתימא רבי יהושע בן לוי לא שנו אלא שלא התחיל בה אבל התחיל בה גומרה:,הני שבע דשבתא כנגד מי א"ר חלפתא בן שאול כנגד שבעה קולות שאמר דוד על המים,הני תשע דר"ה כנגד מי א"ר יצחק דמן קרטיגנין כנגד תשעה אזכרות שאמרה חנה בתפלתה דאמר מר בראש השנה נפקדה שרה רחל וחנה,הני עשרים וארבע דתעניתא כנגד מי א"ר חלבו כנגד כ"ד רננות שאמר שלמה בשעה שהכניס ארון לבית קדשי הקדשים אי הכי כל יומא נמי נמרינהו אימת אמרינהו שלמה ביומא דרחמי אנן נמי ביומא דרחמי אמרי להו:,רבי יהושע אומר מעין שמנה עשרה: מאי מעין שמנה עשרה רב אמר מעין כל ברכה וברכה ושמואל אמר הביננו ה' אלהינו לדעת דרכיך ומול את לבבנו ליראתך ותסלח לנו להיות גאולים ורחקנו ממכאובינו ודשננו בנאות ארצך ונפוצותינו מארבע תקבץ והתועים על דעתך ישפטו ועל הרשעים תניף ידיך וישמחו צדיקים בבנין עירך ובתקון היכלך ובצמיחת קרן לדוד עבדך ובעריכת נר לבן ישי משיחך טרם נקרא אתה תענה ברוך אתה ה' שומע תפלה,לייט עלה אביי אמאן דמצלי הביננו,אמר רב נחמן אמר שמואל כל השנה כולה מתפלל אדם הביננו חוץ ממוצאי שבת וממוצאי ימים טובים מפני שצריך לומר הבדלה בחונן הדעת,מתקיף לה רבה בר שמואל ונימרה ברכה רביעית בפני עצמה מי לא תנן ר"ע אומר אומרה ברכה רביעית בפני עצמה ר' אליעזר אומר בהודאה,אטו כל השנה כולה מי עבדינן כר' עקיבא דהשתא נמי נעביד כל השנה כולה מאי טעמא לא עבדינן כר"ע תמני סרי תקון תשסרי לא תקון הכא נמי שבע תקון תמני לא תקון,מתקיף לה מר זוטרא ונכללה מכלל הביננו ה' אלהינו המבדיל בין קדש לחול קשיא:,אמר רב ביבי בר אביי כל השנה כולה מתפלל אדם הביננו חוץ מימות הגשמים מפני שצריך לומר שאלה בברכת השנים מתקיף לה מר זוטרא ונכללה מכלל ודשננו בנאות ארצך ותן טל ומטר,אתי לאטרודי אי הכי הבדלה בחונן הדעת נמי אתי לאטרודי,אמרי התם כיון דאתיא בתחלת צלותא לא מטריד הכא כיון דאתיא באמצע צלותא מטריד,מתקיף לה רב אשי ונימרה בשומע תפלה דא"ר תנחום אמר רב אסי טעה ולא הזכיר גבורות גשמים בתחיית המתים מחזירין אותו שאלה בברכת השנים אין מחזירין אותו מפני שיכול לאומרה בשומע תפלה והבדלה בחונן הדעת אין מחזירין אותו מפני שיכול לאומרה על הכוס טעה שאני:,גופא א"ר תנחום אמר רב אסי טעה ולא הזכיר גבורות גשמים בתחיית המתים מחזירין אותו שאלה בברכת השנים אין מחזירין אותו מפני שיכול לאומרה בשומע תפלה והבדלה בחונן הדעת אין מחזירין אותו מפני שיכול לאומרה על הכוס,מיתיבי טעה ולא הזכיר גבורות גשמים בתחיית המתים מחזירין אותו שאלה בברכת השנים מחזירין אותו והבדלה בחונן הדעת אין מחזירין אותו מפני שיכול לאומרה על הכוס,ל"ק הא ביחיד הא בצבור,בצבור מ"ט לא משום דשמעה משליח צבור אי הכי האי מפני שיכול לאומרה בשומע תפלה מפני ששומע משליח צבור מיבעי ליה,אלא אידי ואידי ביחיד ול"ק הא דאדכר קודם שומע תפלה | 29a. b and scrutinized it, /b in an attempt to remember the blessing for b two or three hours, and they did not remove him /b from serving as prayer leader.,The Gemara asks: b Why did they not remove him? Didn’t Rav Yehuda say /b that b Rav said: /b One who was serving as the prayer leader before the congregation and b erred in /b reciting b any of the blessings, they do not remove him /b from serving as the prayer leader. However, one who erred while reciting b the blessing of the heretics they remove him, /b as b we suspect that perhaps he is a heretic /b and intentionally omitted the blessing to avoid cursing himself. Why, then, did they not remove Shmuel HaKatan?,The Gemara answers: b Shmuel HaKatan is different because he instituted /b this blessing and there is no suspicion of him.,The Gemara continues: b Let us suspect /b that b perhaps he reconsidered /b and, although he had been righteous, he had a change of heart? b Abaye said: We learned /b through tradition that a b good /b person b does not become wicked. /b ,The Gemara challenges this: b And /b does he b not /b become wicked? b Isn’t it /b explicitly b written: “And when the righteous one returns from his righteousness and does wicked /b like all of the abominations that the wicked one has done, will he live? All of the righteous deeds that he has done will not be remembered given the treachery that he has carried out, and in his sin that he has transgressed, for these he shall die” (Ezekiel 18:24)? Abaye responds: b That /b verse refers to a righteous individual who was b initially wicked /b and repented, but ultimately returned to his evil ways. b However, one who is initially righteous /b does b not /b become wicked.,The Gemara asks: b And /b does he b not /b become wicked? b Didn’t we learn /b in a mishna: b Do not be sure of yourself until the day you die, as Yoḥa the High Priest served in the High Priesthood for eighty years and ultimately became a Sadducee. /b Even one who is outstanding in his righteousness can become a heretic., b Abaye responded: He is Yannai he is Yoḥa. /b In other words, from its inception, the entire Hasmonean dynasty had the same positive attitude toward the Sadducees, and there was no distinction between Yoḥa Hyrcanus and Alexander Yannai. Yoḥa the High Priest had Sadducee leanings from the outset. b Rava said: Yannai is distinct and Yoḥa is distinct. /b They did not share the same position in this regard. b Yannai was wicked from the outset and Yoḥa was righteous from the outset. /b If so, b it works out well according to Abaye’s /b opinion; b however, according to Rava’s /b opinion, b it is difficult. /b How could Yoḥa, a righteous individual, have changed and turned wicked?,The Gemara responds: b Rava /b could have b said to you: /b There is b also /b room for concern b that one who is righteous from the outset will perhaps reconsider /b and turn wicked, as was the case with Yoḥa the High Priest. b If so, /b the original question is difficult: b Why did they not remove /b Shmuel HaKatan from serving as the prayer leader?,The Gemara answers: The case of b Shmuel HaKatan is different, as he began /b reciting the blessing of the heretics and while reciting it he became confused and forgot the end of the blessing. Consequently, he was not suspected of heretical leanings. Indeed, b Rav Yehuda said /b that b Rav, and some say /b that b Rabbi Yehoshua ben Levi, said: They only taught /b that one who errs while reciting the blessing of the heretics is removed in a case b where he did not begin /b reciting b it. But /b if he b began /b reciting b it, /b then we allow him to collect his thoughts b and finish /b reciting b it. /b ,To this point, the Gemara discussed allusions to the nineteen blessings that constitute the weekday i Amida /i prayer. The Gemara asks: b Corresponding to what /b were b these seven /b blessings b of /b the b Shabbat /b i Amida /i prayer instituted? The Gemara answers: b Rabbi Ḥalafta ben Shaul said: Corresponding to the seven “voices” which David mentioned on the waters; /b in other words, the seven times that “the voice of God” is mentioned in Psalms 29, which served as the source for the weekday prayer.,The Gemara asks further: b Corresponding to what /b were b these nine /b blessings b of /b the b Rosh HaShana /b additional prayer instituted? b Rabbi Yitzḥak of Kartignin said: /b They b correspond to the nine mentions of God’s name that Hannah said in her prayer /b (I Samuel 2:10). The connection between Hannah’s prayer and Rosh HaShana is based on what b the Master said: On Rosh HaShana, Sarah, Rachel, and Hannah were remembered /b and the divine decree that they would conceive their sons was issued.,The Gemara continues: b Corresponding to what /b were b these twenty-four /b blessings b of /b the i Amida /i prayer of b the fast /b days instituted? b Rabbi Ḥelbo said: /b They b correspond to the twenty-four “songs” that Solomon said when he brought the ark into the Holy of Holies /b during the dedication of the Temple, as there are twenty-four expressions of song, prayer, and supplication there (I Kings 8). The Gemara asks: b If so, then let us say these /b twenty-four blessing b every day. /b The Gemara answers: b When did Solomon say them? On a day of /b supplication for b mercy. We, too, say them on a day of /b supplication for b mercy. /b ,We learned in the mishna that b Rabbi Yehoshua says /b that each day one recites b an abridged /b version of the prayer of b eighteen blessings. /b The Gemara asks: b What /b is the b abridged /b version of the prayer of b eighteen blessings? /b There are different opinions. b Rav said: /b One recites b an abridged /b version b of each and every blessing. Shmuel said: /b An abridged version of the prayer of eighteen blessings refers to a blessing composed specifically to be recited in place of the thirteen middle blessings. It contains references to each of the thirteen middle blessings. The formula for that blessing is: b Grant us understanding, Lord our God, to know Your ways, and sensitize our hearts so that we may revere You, and forgive us so that we may be redeemed, and keep us far from our suffering, and satisfy us with the pastures of Your land, and gather our scattered /b people b from the four /b corners of the earth, b and those who go astray shall be judged according to Your will, and raise Your hand against the wicked, and may the righteous rejoice in the rebuilding of Your city, and the restoration of Your Sanctuary, and in the flourishing of Your servant David, and in establishing a light for Your Messiah, son of Yishai. Before we call, may You answer. Blessed are You, Lord, Who listens to prayer.” /b ,Although Shmuel mentioned this abridged prayer, b Abaye would curse anyone who recited /b the prayer: b Grant us understanding, /b as he held that one may recite it only in exigent circumstances (Rabbi Ḥael, i Me’iri /i ).,The Gemara further restricts the occasions when one may recite the abridged prayer. b Rav Naḥman said /b that b Shmuel said: One may recite: Grant us understanding throughout the entire year, except for /b in the evening prayer at b the conclusion of Shabbat and at the conclusion of Festivals, because he must recite /b the prayer of b distinction [ i havdala /i ] in /b the blessing: b Who graciously grants knowledge. /b , b Rabba bar Shmuel strongly objects to this: /b After reciting the three initial blessings, b let us say /b i havdala /i b as an independent fourth blessing, /b and afterwards recite the prayer of b Grant us understanding. /b This is feasible. b Didn’t we learn /b in a mishna that b Rabbi Akiva says: He says /b i havdala /i b as an independent fourth blessing? Rabbi Eliezer says: /b He says i havdala /i b in /b the blessing of b thanksgiving. /b ,The Gemara responds: b Do we practice in accordance with /b the opinion of b Rabbi Akiva throughout the entire year /b regarding this issue, b that we will also practice /b this way b now? Throughout the entire year, what is the reason that we do not practice in accordance with /b the opinion of b Rabbi Akiva? /b Because b they instituted eighteen /b blessings, b they did not institute nineteen. Here too, they instituted seven /b blessings, b they did not institute eight. /b Therefore, the possibility to recite i havdala /i as an independent fourth blessing is rejected., b Mar Zutra strongly objects to this: Let us include /b i havdala /i in the b framework /b of the abridged blessing: b Grant us understanding, Lord our God, Who distinguishes between sacred and profane. /b No response was offered to this objection, and it remains b difficult. /b , b Rav Beivai bar Abaye said: /b There is an additional restriction that applies to the abridged prayer. b One may recite Grant us understanding throughout the entire year, except during the rainy season, because he must recite the request /b for rain b in the blessing of the years. Mar Zutra strongly objects to this: Let us include /b the request for rain in the b framework /b of the abridged blessing: b And satisfy us with the pastures of Your land, and grant dew and rain. /b ,The Gemara responds: That is unfeasible, as he will b become confused /b by introducing a new element to the standard formula of the blessing. The Gemara asks: b If so, by /b introducing b i havdala /i in /b the framework of the abridged blessing in the section alluding to the blessing, b Who graciously grants knowledge, /b he will b also become confused. /b Why did the Gemara fail to respond to Mar Zutra’s strong objection with regard to i havdala /i in that manner?,The Gemara answers: b They say /b that these cases are different: b There, /b regarding i havdala /i , b since /b the introduction of the new element b comes at the beginning of the prayer, he will not /b become b confused. Here, since /b the request for rain b comes in the middle of the prayer, he will /b become b confused. /b , b Rav Ashi strongly objects to this: /b If so, b let us say /b the request for rain b in /b the framework of the abridged blessing in the section alluding to the blessing b Who listens to prayer. As Rabbi Tanḥum said /b that b Rav Asi said: One who erred and did not mention the might of the rains /b in the blessing on b the revival of the dead, we require him to return /b to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it. However, one who erred and failed to recite b the request /b for rain b in /b the ninth blessing of the i Amida /i , b the blessing of the years, we do not require him to return /b to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it b because he can recite it in /b the blessing b Who listens to prayer. And /b one who erred and failed to recite b i havdala /i in /b the blessing b Who graciously grants knowledge, we do not require him to return /b to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it, b as he can recite /b i havdala /i b over the cup /b of wine. One can ask for rain in the blessing Who listens to prayer, and, consequently, can introduce it at the end of the abridged blessing without becoming confused. The Gemara responds: b One who erred is different, /b and only then does he have the option to ask for rain in the blessing Who listens to prayer. i Ab initio /i , the request for rain may not be inserted there.,The statement that Rabbi Tanḥum said that Rav Asi said was incidental to the previous discussion. The Gemara attempts to understand b the matter itself. Rabbi Tanḥum said /b that b Rav Asi said: One who erred and did not mention the might of the rains /b in the blessing on b the revival of the dead, we require him to return /b to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it. However, one who erred and failed to recite b the request /b for rain b in the blessing of the years, we do not require him to return /b to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it b because he can recite it in /b the blessing b Who listens to prayer. And /b one who erred and failed to recite b i havdala /i in /b the blessing b Who graciously grants knowledge, we do not require him to return /b to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it, b as he can recite /b i havdala /i b over the cup /b of wine.,The Gemara b raised an objection /b based on what was taught in the i Tosefta /i : b One who erred and did not mention the might of the rains /b in the blessing on b the revival of the dead, we require him to return /b to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it. One who erred and failed to recite b the request /b for rain b in the blessing of the years, we require him to return /b to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it. However, one who erred and failed to recite b i havdala /i in /b the blessing b Who graciously grants knowledge, we do not require him to return /b to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it, b as he can recite /b i havdala /i b over the cup /b of wine. The i Tosefta /i contradicts the statement of Rabbi Tanḥum with regard to one who erred and failed to recite the request for rain in the blessing of the years.,The Gemara responds: b This is not difficult. This /b case, where we require him to return to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it, refers to a situation where he is praying b as an individual. /b While b that /b case, where we do not require him to return to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it, refers to a situation where he is praying b as /b part of b a congregation. /b ,The Gemara raises a difficulty: When praying b as /b part of b a congregation, what is the reason /b that he need b not /b need return to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it? b Because /b he can fulfill his obligation b when he hears it from the communal prayer leader /b in the repetition of the i Amida /i prayer. b If so, /b Rabbi Tanḥum’s formulation is imprecise. b That /b which he said that he need not return to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it b because he can recite it in /b the blessing: b Who listens to prayer, should have been: Because he hears it from the communal prayer leader. /b This proves that the attempt to rebuff the challenge from the i Tosefta /i to Rabbi Tanḥum was incorrect.,Rather, both b this /b statement of Rabbi Tanḥum b and that /b statement in the i Tosefta /i refer to one praying b as an individual, and it is, /b nevertheless, b not difficult. This /b case, where we do not require him to return to the beginning of the prayer and repeat it, refers to a case where b he recalls /b his error b before /b he reaches the blessing: b Who listens to prayer, /b in which case he can ask for rain in that blessing. |
|
187. Babylonian Talmud, Bava Qamma, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 108| 10a. חומר בשור מבאש חומר באש מבשור,חומר בשור מבאש שהשור משלם כופר וחייב בשלשים של עבד נגמר דינו אסור בהנאה מסרו לחרש שוטה וקטן חייב מה שאין כן באש חומר באש מבשור שהאש מועדת מתחילתה מה שאין כן בשור,חומר באש מבבור וחומר בבור מבאש,חומר בבור מבאש שתחילת עשייתו לנזק מסרו לחרש שוטה וקטן חייב משא"כ באש חומר באש מבבור שהאש דרכה לילך ולהזיק ומועדת לאכול בין דבר הראוי לה ובין דבר שאינו ראוי לה מה שאין כן בבור,וליתני חומר בשור מבבור שהשור חייב בו את הכלים מה שאין כן בבור,הא מני ר' יהודה היא דמחייב על נזקי כלים בבור,אי רבי יהודה אימא סיפא חומר באש מבבור שהאש דרכה לילך ולהזיק ומועד לאכול בין דבר הראוי לה ובין דבר שאינו ראוי לה מה שאין כן בבור דבר הראוי לה מאי נינהו עצים דבר שאין ראוי לה מאי נינהו כלים מה שאין כן בבור אי ר' יהודה הא אמרת מחייב היה ר' יהודה על נזקי כלים בבור,אלא לעולם רבנן היא ותנא ושייר מאי שייר דהאי שייר שייר טמון,איבעית אימא לעולם ר' יהודה ודבר שאין ראוי לה לאו לאתויי כלים אלא לאתויי ליחכה נירו וסכסכה אבניו,מתקיף לה רב אשי ליתני חומר בשור מבבור שהשור חייב בו שור פסולי המוקדשין מה שאין כן בבור,אי אמרת בשלמא רבנן היא איידי דשייר הך שייר נמי הך אלא אי אמרת ר' יהודה מאי שייר דהאי שייר,שייר דש בנירו אי משום דש בנירו לאו שיורא הוא דהתנא שכן דרכו לילך ולהזיק:,הכשרתי במקצת נזקו:,תנו רבנן הכשרתי מקצת נזקו חבתי בתשלומי נזקו כהכשר כל נזקו כיצד החופר בור תשעה ובא אחר והשלימו לעשרה האחרון חייב,ודלא כרבי דתניא החופר בור תשעה ובא אחר והשלימו לעשרה אחרון חייב רבי אומר אחר אחרון למיתה אחר שניהם לנזקין,רב פפא אמר למיתה ודברי הכל,איכא דאמרי לימא דלא כרבי אמר רב פפא למיתה ודברי הכל,מתקיף לה רבי זירא ותו ליכא והא איכא מסר שורו לחמשה בני אדם ופשע בו אחד מהן והזיק חייב,היכי דמי אילימא דבלאו איהו לא הוה מינטר פשיטא דאיהו קעביד אלא דבלאו איהו נמי מינטר מאי קעביד,מתקיף לה רב ששת והא איכא מרבה בחבילה,היכי דמי | 10a. There is b a stringency that applies to /b the category of b Ox as op-posed to Fire, /b and conversely, there is b a stringency that applies to Fire as opposed to Ox. /b ,The i baraita /i elucidates: The b stringency that applies to the /b category of b Ox as opposed to /b the category of b Fire /b is b that /b if b an ox /b kills a Jew the owner is liable to b pay a ransom, and for /b killing b a slave /b the owner is b liable /b to pay b thirty /b i sela /i . Furthermore, in such a case, once the court hears the evidence and the b verdict of /b the ox b is complete /b and the court rules that the ox must be killed, it is b prohibited to derive /b any b benefit /b from the ox. And if b one transfers /b his ox b to /b the care of b a deaf-mute, an imbecile, or a minor, /b and it causes damage, he is b liable. /b All of b this is not so with regard to a fire. /b And the b stringency that applies to Fire as opposed to Ox is that /b the one responsible for b the fire is /b considered b forewarned from its inception, which is not so with regard to an ox. /b ,There is b a stringency that applies to /b the category of b Fire as opposed to /b the category of b Pit, /b and conversely, there is b a stringency that applies to Pit as opposed to Fire. /b ,The i baraita /i elucidates: The b stringency that applies to /b the category of b Pit as opposed to /b the category of b Fire /b is b that its initial formation, /b e.g., its digging, b is /b done in a manner that can b result in damage, /b and if b one transfers it to /b the care of b a deaf-mute, an imbecile, or a minor /b and it causes damage, one is b liable. This is not so with regard to a fire. /b The b stringency that applies to Fire as opposed to Pit /b is b that the /b typical b manner of a fire /b is b to proceed and cause damage. And /b the one responsible for b it is /b considered b forewarned /b with regard b to /b its b consuming both something that is fitting for it and something that is not fitting for it, /b i.e., both flammable and non-flammable items. b This is not so with regard to a pit. /b ,The Gemara asks: b But let /b the i baraita /i also b teach /b the following additional stringency: b A stringency that applies to Ox as opposed to Pit /b is b that /b if b the ox /b damages vessels, the ox’s owner b is liable /b to pay b for the vessels, which is not so with regard to a pit, /b which incurs liability for its owner only for damage it causes to people and to animals but not to vessels.,The Gemara explains: In accordance with b whose /b opinion b is this /b i baraita /i taught? b It is /b taught in accordance with the opinion of b Rabbi Yehuda, who deems /b one b liable /b also b for damage /b caused to b vessels by /b his b pit. /b ,The Gemara challenges this: b If /b the i baraita /i is in accordance with b Rabbi Yehuda, /b try to b say /b and explain accordingly b the latter clause, /b which states: The b stringency that applies to Fire as opposed to Pit /b is b that the /b typical b manner of a fire /b is b to proceed and cause damage. And /b the one responsible for b it is /b considered b forewarned /b with regard b to /b its b consuming both something that is fitting for it and something that is not fitting for it. This is not so with regard to a pit. /b The Gemara clarifies: b Something that is fitting for it, what are these? /b Pieces of b wood. Something that is not fitting for it, what are these? Vessels. /b And yet the i baraita /i concludes: b This is not so with regard to a pit, /b which indicates that liability is not incurred for damage done to vessels by one’s pit. The Gemara presents the difficulty: b If /b the i baraita /i is in accordance with the opinion of b Rabbi Yehuda, didn’t you say /b that b Rabbi Yehuda deems /b one b liable for damage /b caused b to vessels by /b his b pit? /b , b Rather, actually, /b the i baraita /i b is /b in accordance with the opinion of b the Rabbis, and /b the additional stringency mentioned is true but was not mentioned because the i tanna /i b taught /b certain cases b and omitted /b others. The Gemara asks: b What /b else b did he omit /b that makes it reasonable to assume b that he omitted this? /b As a i tanna /i would never omit just a single case, perforce there must be more. The Gemara explains: He also b omitted /b the case of damage done to b a concealed /b item. Liability is incurred for damage done to a concealed item only when it was caused through a category of damage other than fire. If it is damaged by a fire that one lit, he is exempt.,The Gemara suggests another explanation of the i baraita /i : b If you wish, say /b that b actually /b the i baraita /i is in accordance with the opinion of b Rabbi Yehuda, and /b explain that the term: b Something that is not fitting for it, /b in the i baraita /i , b does not /b serve b to include vessels; /b with regard to vessels there is no distinction between Fire and Pit. b Rather, /b it serves b to include /b a case where a fire b scorched /b another person’s b plowed field or singed [ i sikhsekha /i ] his stones, /b which are ways of causing damage that cannot be caused by a pit., b Rav Ashi objects to this /b suggestion: If so, b let /b the i baraita /i also b teach /b the following additional stringency: b A stringency that applies to Ox as opposed to Pit /b is b that in the /b primary category of b Ox one is liable /b if his ox damages another’s b ox /b that is in the category of b disqualified consecrated /b animals, i.e., an animal set aside to be an offering that was disqualified from use and then redeemed. He is liable despite the fact that even after being redeemed it retains a degree of sanctity. b This is not so with regard to /b damage caused by b a pit /b to a disqualified consecrated animal, as in that case he is not liable for the damage caused.,Rav Ashi explains his objection: b Granted, if you say /b that the i baraita /i b is /b in accordance with the opinion of b the Rabbis, /b then b since /b the i tanna /i b omitted that /b case of damage done to vessels, b he also omitted this /b case of damage done to disqualified consecrated animals. b But if you say /b that the i baraita /i is in accordance with b Rabbi Yehuda, what /b else b did he omit /b that makes it reasonable to assume b that he omitted this? /b ,The Gemara answers: b He omitted /b the case of an ox that intentionally b trampled on a plowed field of /b another person in order to cause damage. Since the damage was intentional it is included in the primary category of Goring and so one is liable. This manner of causing damage cannot be done by a pit. The Gemara rejects this: b If /b one claims that the i tanna /i omitted the case of damage done to disqualified consecrated animals only b due to /b the fact that he also omitted the case of an ox that intentionally b trampled on a plowed field of /b another person, that is not a sufficient justification. The latter case b is not an /b additional independent b omission, as it is /b included in that which is b taught /b in that i baraita /i : The stringency that applies to Fire as opposed to Pit is b that the /b typical b manner of a fire /b is b to proceed and cause damage. /b The fact that there is no case in the category of Pit corresponding to an ox that intentionally trampled on a plowed field is addressed by this clause.,§ The mishna states: In any case in which b I facilitated part of the damage it /b caused, I am liable for payments of restitution for damage it caused, as if I were the one who facilitated the entire damage it caused., b The Sages taught /b a i baraita /i that elucidates the mishna’s ruling: In any case in which b I facilitated part of the damage it /b caused, b I am liable for payments /b of restitution b for damage it /b caused, b as /b if I were the b one who facilitated the entire damage it /b caused. b How so? /b In the case of b one who digs a pit /b to a depth of b nine /b handbreadths, b and another /b person b comes /b along b and completes /b the digging b to /b a depth of b ten /b handbreadths, the depth at which a pit, according to i halakha /i , can cause death, only b the latter /b individual is b liable /b for injuries and death caused by the pit. Although the pit was already able to cause injury before the second individual deepened it, since by deepening it he increased its capacity to cause damage, he becomes liable for any damage it causes.,The Gemara suggests: b And this is not in accordance with /b the opinion of b Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi, b as it is taught /b in a i baraita /i : In the case of b one who digs a pit /b to a depth of b nine /b handbreadths, b and another /b person b comes /b along b and completes /b the digging b to /b a depth of b ten /b handbreadths, only b the latter /b individual is b liable /b for both injuries and death caused by the pit. b Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi b says: With regard to death /b caused by the pit, the responsibility is b ascribed to the latter /b individual. b With regard to damage /b caused by the pit, the responsibility is b ascribed to the two of them. /b , b Rav Pappa said: /b The i baraita /i refers only to a digger’s liability b for death /b caused by a pit, b and /b then the ruling of the i baraita /i is b uimous, /b i.e., it is in accordance with the opinions of both the first i tanna /i and Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi., b There are /b those b who say /b that the preceding discussion took a slightly different form: The Gemara asks: b Shall we say that /b the i baraita /i b is not in accordance with /b the opinion of b Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi? b Rav Pappa /b answered and b said: /b The i baraita /i refers only to a digger’s liability b for death /b caused by a pit, b and /b then the ruling of the i baraita /i is b uimous. /b , b Rabbi Zeira objects to /b the explanation of the i baraita /i , that the mishna is referring only to one specific case: b But are there no more /b cases? b But isn’t there /b the case of one who b transferred his ox to five individuals /b in order for them to safeguard it, b and one of them was negligent /b in his duties b and /b the ox b caused damage? /b Isn’t this individual b liable /b for all the damage? This seems to be an additional example of the principle in the mishna that if one facilitated part of the damage caused, he is liable for pay-ments of restitution for the damage caused, as if he were the one who facilitated the entire damage, so the i baraita /i should have mentioned it.,The Gemara rejects the possibility that the mishna could be referring to this case: b What are the circumstances /b in which the negligent watchman bears full liability? b If we say that without him /b the ox b would not have been /b properly b safeguarded /b because the ox was particularly strong and it took all five individuals to safeguard it, it b is obvious /b that the negligent individual is liable for all the damage. The reason is b that /b he alone, through his negligence, b caused /b all the damage, not just part of it. b Rather, /b the case must be b where /b even b without him /b the ox b would still have been /b sufficiently b safeguarded. /b The Gemara asks: But if that is the case, b what did he do /b by not safeguarding it? It was still safeguarded without him, so he should not be liable for even part of the damage. It is apparent, then, that the mishna is not referring to this case., b Rav Sheshet objects to /b the explanation of the i baraita /i , that the mishna is referring only to one specific case: b But isn’t there /b also the case of a fire that was left unattended by its owner and someone else b augmented /b the fire b by /b adding b a bundle /b of wood to it, thereby increasing the capacity of the fire to cause damage to another’s field? Even though he only increased the fire’s capacity to damage, he is liable for any damage it causes. Seemingly, this is an additional example of the mishna’s principle that if one facilitated part of the damage caused, he is liable for payments of restitution for the damage caused, as if he were one who facilitated the entire damage, so the i baraita /i should have mentioned it.,The Gemara rejects this suggestion: b What are the circumstances? /b |
|
| 188. Lactantius, De Ira Dei, 13.20 (3rd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •omnipresence (divine) Found in books: Versnel (2011), Coping with the Gods: Wayward Readings in Greek Theology, 427 |
189. Babylonian Talmud, Bava Metzia, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 184| 86b. ריבה להן ומעשה נמי בר' יוחנן בן מתיא שאמר לבנו צא שכור לנו פועלים הלך ופסק להן מזונות וכשבא אצל אביו אמר לו בני אפילו אתה עושה להן כסעודת שלמה בשעתו לא יצאת ידי חובתך עמהן שהן בני אברהם יצחק ויעקב,למימרא דסעודתא דאברהם אבינו עדיפא מדשלמה והכתיב (מלכים א ה, ב) ויהי לחם שלמה ליום אחד שלשים כור סולת וששים כור קמח עשרה בקר בריאים ועשרה בקר רעי ומאה צאן לבד מאיל וצבי ויחמור וברבורים אבוסים ואמר גוריון בן אסטיון משמיה דרב הללו לעמילן של טבחים ור' יצחק אמר הללו לציקי קדירה,ואמר ר' יצחק אלף נשים היו לשלמה כל אחת ואחת עשתה לו בביתה כך מאי טעמא זו סבורה שמא אצלי סועד היום וזו סבורה [שמא] אצלי סועד היום ואילו גבי אברהם כתיב (בראשית יח, ז) ואל הבקר רץ אברהם ויקח בן בקר רך וטוב ואמר רב יהודה אמר רב בן בקר אחד רך שנים וטוב שלשה,התם תלתא תורי לתלתא גברי הכא לכל ישראל ויהודה שנאמר (מלכים א ד, כ) יהודה וישראל רבים כחול אשר על (שפת) הים,מאי ברבורים אבוסים אמר רב שאובסים אותן בעל כרחן ושמואל אמר שאבוסים ועומדים מאליהם ורבי יוחנן אמר מביאין תור ממרעיתו בדלא אניס ותרנגולת מאשפתה בדלא אניסא,אמר רבי יוחנן מובחר שבבהמות שור מובחר שבעופות תרנגולת אמר אמימר זגתא אוכמתא בי בטניתא דמשתכחא ביני עצרי דלא מציא פסיא קניא,(בראשית יח, ז) ואל הבקר רץ אברהם אמר רב יהודה אמר רב בן בקר אחד רך שנים וטוב שלשה ואימא חד כדאמרי אינשי רכיך וטב,א"כ לכתוב רך טוב מאי וטוב ש"מ לדרשה אימא תרי מדטוב לדרשה רך נמי לדרשה,מתיב רבה בר עולא ואיתימא רב הושעיא ואיתימא רב נתן ברבי הושעיא (בראשית יח, ז) ויתן אל הנער וימהר לעשות אותו כל חד וחד יהביה לנער חד (בראשית יח, ח) ויקח חמאה וחלב ובן הבקר אשר עשה ויתן לפניהם דקמא קמא דמטיא אייתי לקמייהו,ולמה לי תלתא תסגי בחד אמר רב חנן בר רבא כדי להאכילן שלש לשונות בחרדל אמר רבי תנחום בר חנילאי לעולם אל ישנה אדם מן המנהג שהרי משה עלה למרום ולא אכל לחם מלאכי השרת ירדו למטה ואכלו לחם ואכלו סלקא דעתך אלא אימא נראו כמי שאכלו ושתו,אמר רב יהודה אמר רב כל מה שעשה אברהם למלאכי השרת בעצמו עשה הקב"ה לבניו בעצמו וכל [מה] שעשה אברהם ע"י שליח עשה הקב"ה לבניו ע"י שליח,(בראשית יח, ז) ואל הבקר רץ אברהם (במדבר יא, לא) ורוח נסע מאת ה' ויקח חמאה וחלב (שמות טז, ד) הנני ממטיר לכם לחם מן השמים,(בראשית יח, ח) והוא עומד עליהם תחת העץ (שמות יז, ו) הנני עומד לפניך שם על הצור [וגו'] (בראשית יח, טז) ואברהם הולך עמם לשלחם (שמות יג, כא) וה' הולך לפניהם יומם,(בראשית יח, ד) יוקח נא מעט מים (שמות יז, ו) והכית בצור ויצאו ממנו מים ושתה העם,ופליגא דר' חמא בר' חנינא דאמר ר' חמא בר' חנינא וכן תנא דבי רבי ישמעאל בשכר שלשה זכו לשלשה בשכר חמאה וחלב זכו למן בשכר והוא עומד עליהם זכו לעמוד הענן בשכר יוקח נא מעט מים זכו לבארה של מרים,יוקח נא מעט מים ורחצו רגליכם אמר רבי ינאי ברבי ישמעאל אמרו לו וכי בערביים חשדתנו שהם משתחוים לאבק רגליהם כבר יצא ממנו ישמעאל,(בראשית יח, א) וירא אליו ה' באלוני ממרא והוא יושב פתח האוהל כחום היום מאי כחום היום אמר רבי חמא בר' חנינא אותו היום יום שלישי של מילה של אברהם היה ובא הקב"ה לשאול באברהם הוציא הקב"ה חמה מנרתיקה כדי שלא יטריח אותו צדיק באורחים,שדריה לאליעזר למיפק לברא נפק ולא אשכח אמר לא מהימנא לך היינו דאמרי תמן לית הימנותא בעבדי נפק איהו חזייה להקדוש ברוך הוא דקאי אבבא היינו דכתיב (בראשית יח, ג) אל נא תעבור מעל עבדך,כיון דחזא דקא אסר ושרי אמר לאו אורח ארעא למיקם הכא היינו דכתיב (בראשית יח, ב) וישא עיניו וירא והנה שלשה אנשים נצבים עליו וירא וירץ לקראתם מעיקרא אתו קמו עליה כי חזיוהו דהוה ליה צערא אמרו לאו אורח ארעא למיקם הכא,מאן נינהו שלשה אנשים מיכאל וגבריאל ורפאל מיכאל שבא לבשר את שרה רפאל שבא לרפא את אברהם גבריאל אזל למהפכיה לסדום והא כתיב (בראשית יט, א) ויבאו שני המלאכים סדומה בערב דאזל מיכאל בהדיה לשזביה ללוט דיקא נמי [דכתיב] (בראשית יט, כה) ויהפוך את הערים האל ולא כתיב ויהפכו שמע מינה,מאי שנא לגבי אברהם דכתיב (בראשית יח, ה) כן תעשה כאשר דברת ומאי שנא לגבי לוט דכתיב | 86b. b he has increased /b his obligation to b them, /b since if he had meant to give them no more than the accepted amount, he would not have made any stipulation at all. The mishna then continues: b And /b there is b also /b a supporting b incident involving Rabbi Yoḥa ben Matya, who said to his son: Go out /b and b hire laborers for us. /b His son b went, /b hired them, b and pledged /b to provide b sustece for them /b as a term of their employment, without specifying the details. b And when he came /b back b to his father /b and reported what he had done, Rabbi Yoḥa ben Matya b said to him: My son, even if you were to prepare a feast for them like that of /b King b Solomon in his time, you would not have fulfilled your obligation to them, as they are the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. /b ,The Gemara asks: Is this b to say that the feast of Abraham, our forefather, was superior to that of /b King b Solomon? But isn’t it written: “And Solomon’s provision for one day was thirty measures of fine flour, and sixty measures of meal; ten fat oxen, and twenty oxen out of the pastures, and a hundred sheep, beside harts, and gazelles, and roebucks, and fatted fowl” /b (I Kings 5:2–3). b And Guryon ben Asteyon says in the name of Rav: These /b measures of flour mentioned in the verse b were /b used merely b for the bakers’ well-worked dough [ i la’amilan /i ] /b that was placed in the pot to absorb the steam. b And Rabbi Yitzḥak says: These /b measures of flour were used b for /b meat b pudding, /b a mixture of wine, flour, and leftover meat, b in a pot. /b , b And Rabbi Yitzḥak /b further b says: /b King b Solomon had one thousand wives, each one of whom would prepare for him at her home /b a feast of b such /b proportions. b What is the reason /b that they did this? b This /b wife b reasoned: Perhaps he will feast with me today, and that /b wife b reasoned: Perhaps he will feast with me today. But with regard to Abraham, it is written: “And Abraham ran to the herd, and fetched a calf tender and good” /b (Genesis 18:7), b and Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav says, /b in explanation of the verse: b “A calf” /b indicates b one; /b the word b “tender” /b means an additional one, i.e., b two; “and good” /b indicates yet another one. This makes a total of b three /b calves, a considerably smaller feast than that of Solomon.,The Gemara answers: b There, /b with regard to Abraham, he prepared b three oxen for three people, /b whereas b here, /b in the case of Solomon, his wives would prepare a feast b for the entire /b realms of b Israel and Judah, as it is stated: “Judah and Israel were many, as the sand which is by the sea /b in multitude, eating and drinking and making merry” (I Kings 4:20). Abraham’s feast was proportionately greater than that of Solomon.,With regard to the verse cited in relation to King Solomon, the Gemara asks: b What /b is the meaning of the term b “fatted fowl [ i avusim /i ]”? Rav says: /b It means b that they are fed [ i ovsim /i ] by force. Shmuel says: /b It means b that they were fattened [ i avusim /i ] and maintained on their own accord, /b i.e., they were naturally fat. b Rabbi Yoḥa says: /b Solomon’s feasts were of fine quality because b they would bring from his herd an ox that had never been forced /b to work, b and /b they would also bring b a hen from its coop that had never been forced /b to lay eggs, and use those for the cuisine.,The Gemara cites a related statement of Rabbi Yoḥa. b Rabbi Yoḥa says: The choicest of cattle /b is the b ox. The choicest of fowl /b is the b hen. /b With regard to the type of hen to which this is referring, b Ameimar says: /b It is b a fattened, black hen [ i zagta /i ] that is found among /b the wine b vats, which /b consumes so many grape seeds that it b cannot take a step /b the length of b a reed, /b due to its corpulence.,The Gemara returns to discuss the verse in Genesis: b “And Abraham ran to the herd, /b and fetched a calf tender and good” (Genesis 18:7). b Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav says: “A calf” /b is b one; “tender” /b indicates an additional one, i.e., b two; “and good” /b indicates another one, for a total of b three /b calves. The Gemara asks: b But /b why not b say /b that the verse is referring to only b one /b calf, b as people say /b when describing a single item that it is b tender and good? /b ,The Gemara answers: b If so, let /b the verse b write: Tender, good. What /b is the significance of the term b “and good,” /b which indicates an addition? b Conclude from this /b that the verse is stated b for /b the purpose of b an exposition /b and is referring to more than one calf. The Gemara challenges: But one can still b say /b there were only b two /b calves. The Gemara answers: b From /b the fact that the word b “good” /b is written b for an exposition, /b to include an additional calf, it may be inferred that the term b “tender” /b is b also /b written b for an exposition /b and indicates yet another calf., b Rabba bar Ulla raises an objection, and some say /b it is b Rav Hoshaya, and some say /b it is b Rav Natan, son of Rabbi Hoshaya, /b who raises the objection: The verse states: b “And he gave it to the servant; and he hastened to prepare it” /b (Genesis 18:7). The singular term “it” indicates that there was only one calf. The Gemara answers: Abraham b gave each and every /b calf b to one servant, /b i.e., he gave the three calves to three different servants. The Gemara raises a question from the verse: b “And he took curd, and milk, and the calf which he had dressed, and set it before them” /b (Genesis 18:8), which again indicates that there was only one calf. The Gemara responds: The verse means b that as each calf arrived /b prepared, b he brought it before them, /b and he did not serve all three calves at once.,The Gemara asks: b And why do I /b need b three /b calves? b One /b calf b should be sufficient /b for three guests. b Rav Ḥa bar Rava said: /b Abraham prepared three calves b in order to feed /b the guests b three tongues with mustard, /b a particular delicacy. With regard to this incident, b Rabbi Tanḥum bar Ḥanilai says: A person should never deviate from the /b local b custom, as Moses ascended to /b heaven b on high and did not eat bread /b while he was there, whereas b the ministering angels descended down /b to this world, as guests visiting Abraham, b and they ate bread. /b You say: b And they ate /b bread? Can it b enter your mind /b that they actually ate food? b Rather, say /b that b they /b merely b appeared as though they ate and drank. /b , b Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav says: Every action that Abraham performed himself for the ministering angels, the Holy One, Blessed be He, performed Himself for /b Abraham’s b descendants. And every action that Abraham performed through a messenger, the Holy One, Blessed be He, /b likewise b performed for his descendants through a messenger. /b ,The Gemara elaborates: With regard to Abraham, the verse states: b “And Abraham ran to the herd” /b (Genesis 18:7), bringing the meat himself, and in reference to God’s actions for Abraham’s descendants the verse states: b “And there went forth a wind from the Lord, /b and brought across quails from the sea” (Numbers 11:31), that God brought meat to them. In reference to Abraham, the verse states: b “And he took curd and milk” /b (Genesis 18:8), and God says to the Jewish people: b “Behold, I will cause to rain bread from heaven for you” /b (Exodus 16:4), which shows that God gave food to the Jewish people.,With regard to Abraham, the verse states: b “And he stood by them under the tree, /b and they ate” (Genesis 18:8), and in reference to God, the verse states: b “Behold, I will stand before you there upon the rock /b in Horeb; and you shall strike the rock, and there shall come water out of it” (Exodus 17:6). In the case of Abraham it is written: b “And Abraham went with them to bring them on the way” /b (Genesis 18:16), and the verse states: b “And the Lord went before them by day” /b (Exodus 13:21).,By contrast, Abraham performed certain actions through an agent. He said: b “Let now a little water be fetched” /b (Genesis 18:4), and correspondingly the verse states in reference to Moses, God’s messenger: b “And you shall strike the rock, and there shall come water out of it, that the people may drink” /b (Exodus 17:6).,The Gemara notes: b And /b in stating this, Rav b disagrees /b with b that /b statement b of Rabbi Ḥama, son of Rabbi Ḥanina. As Rabbi Ḥama, son of Rabbi Ḥanina, says, and likewise the school of Rabbi Yishmael taught: In reward for three /b acts of hospitality that Abraham performed for the angels, his descendants b merited three /b rewards. The Gemara elaborates: b In reward for /b providing them with b curd and milk, /b the Jewish people b merited the manna; in reward for: “And he stood [ i omed /i ] by them,” /b the Jews b merited the pillar [ i amud /i ] of cloud; in reward for /b Abraham saying: b “Let now a little water be fetched,” /b they b merited the well of Miriam. /b This statement does not distinguish between actions performed by Abraham himself and those performed by means of a messenger.,The Gemara continues its analysis of the verse: b “Let now a little water be fetched and wash your feet” /b (Genesis 18:4). b Rabbi Yannai, son of Rabbi Yishmael, said /b that the guests b said to /b Abraham: b Are you suspicious that we are Arabs who bow to the dust of their feet? Yishmael has already issued from him, /b i.e., your own son acts in this manner.,§ The Gemara expounds another verse involving Abraham: b “And the Lord appeared to him by the terebinths of Mamre, as he sat in the tent door in the heat of the day” /b (Genesis 18:1). The Gemara asks: b What /b is the meaning of b “the heat of the day”? Rabbi Ḥama, son of Rabbi Ḥanina, says: That day was the third day after Abraham’s circumcision, and the Holy One, Blessed be He, came to inquire /b about the well-being b of Abraham. The Holy One, Blessed be He, removed the sun from its sheath in order not to bother that righteous one with guests, /b i.e., God made it extremely hot that day to allow Abraham to recover from his circumcision, as he would not be troubled by passing travelers whom he would invite into his tent.,Despite the intense heat, Abraham wanted to invite guests. b He sent Eliezer /b his slave b to go outside /b to see if there were any passersby. Eliezer b went out but did not find /b anyone. Abraham b said to him: I do not believe you. /b The Gemara comments: b This /b demonstrates the popular adage b that /b people b there, /b i.e., in Eretz Yisrael, b say: Slaves do not have any credibility. /b The Gemara continues: Abraham b himself went out and saw the Holy One, Blessed be He, standing at the entrance /b to his tent. b This is as it is written: /b “My Lord, if now I have found favor in your eyes, b do not leave Your servant” /b (Genesis 18:3), i.e., God’s presence was there, and Abraham asked Him for permission to attend to the travelers., b Once /b God b saw /b Abraham b tying and untying /b the bandage on his circumcision, God b said: /b It is b not proper conduct to stand here, /b i.e., it is not respectful to Abraham even for God to stand there. b This is as it is written: “And he lifted up his eyes and looked, and, behold, three men stood over him; and when he saw them, he ran to meet them” /b (Genesis 18:2). The verse first states that they stood over him, and then it says that he ran to meet them. The Gemara reconciles this apparent contradiction: b Initially, they came and stood over him. Upon seeing that he was in pain, they said: /b It is b not proper conduct to stand here. /b ,The Gemara continues: b Who are these three men? /b They are the angels b Michael, Gabriel, and Raphael: Michael, who came to announce /b to b Sarah /b that she was to give birth to a son; b Raphael, who came to heal Abraham /b after his circumcision; and b Gabriel, /b who b went to overturn Sodom. /b The Gemara asks: b But it is written: “And the two angels came to Sodom in the evening” /b (Genesis 19:1). The Gemara answers b that Michael went along with /b Gabriel to Sodom b to save Lot. /b The Gemara notes: The language b is also precise, as it is written: “And he overturned those cities” /b (Genesis 19:25), b and it is not written: They overturned /b those cities. b Conclude from it /b that only one angel overturned Sodom.,The Gemara asks: b What is different with regard to /b the incident involving b Abraham, /b where the angels acquiesced immediately to his request to remain with him, b as it is written: “So do, as you have said” /b (Genesis 18:5), b and what is different with regard to Lot, /b where they first displayed reluctance, b as it is written: /b |
|
190. Babylonian Talmud, Gittin, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 184| 55b. ומה טעם אמרו נודעה אינה מכפרת שלא יאמרו מזבח אוכל גזילות,בשלמא לעולא היינו דקתני חטאת אלא לרב יהודה מאי איריא חטאת אפי' עולה נמי,לא מיבעיא קאמר לא מיבעיא עולה דכליל היא אלא אפי' חטאת נמי דחלב ודם הוא דסליק לגבי מזבח ואידך כהנים אכלי ליה אפי' הכי גזור שלא יאמרו מזבח אוכל גזילות,תנן על חטאת הגזולה שלא נודעה לרבים שהיא מכפרת מפני תיקון המזבח בשלמא לעולא ניחא אלא לרב יהודה איפכא מיבעי ליה,הכי נמי קאמר לא נודעה מכפרת נודעה אינה מכפרת מפני תיקון המזבח,מתיב רבא גנב והקדיש ואחר כך טבח ומכר משלם תשלומי כפל ואינו משלם תשלומי ארבעה וחמשה ותני עלה בחוץ כי האי גוונא ענוש כרת ואי אמרת יאוש כדי לא קני כרת מאי עבידתיה,אמר רב שיזבי כרת מדבריהם אחיכו עליה כרת מדבריהם מי איכא אמר להו רבא גברא רבה אמר מילתא לא תחוכו עלה כרת שעל ידי דבריהן באתה לו אוקמוה רבנן ברשותיה כי היכי דליחייב עלה,אמר רבא הא וודאי קא מיבעיא לי כי אוקמוה רבנן ברשותיה משעת גניבה או משעת הקדישה למאי נפקא מינה לגיזותיה וולדותיה מאי הדר אמר רבא מסתברא משעת הקדישה שלא יהא חוטא נשכר:, big strongמתני׳ /strong /big לא היה סיקריקון ביהודה בהרוגי מלחמה מהרוגי המלחמה ואילך יש בה סיקריקון כיצד לקח מסיקריקון וחזר ולקח מבעל הבית מקחו בטל מבעל הבית וחזר ולקח מסיקריקון מקחו קיים,לקח מן האיש וחזר ולקח מן האשה מקחו בטל מן האשה וחזר ולקח מן האיש מקחו קיים זו משנה ראשונה,ב"ד של אחריהם אמרו הלוקח מסיקריקון נותן לבעלים רביע אימתי בזמן שאין בידן ליקח אבל יש בידן ליקח הן קודמין לכל אדם,רבי הושיב בית דין ונמנו שאם שהתה בפני סיקריקון שנים עשר חדש כל הקודם ליקח זכה אבל נותן לבעלים רביע:, big strongגמ׳ /strong /big השתא בהרוגי המלחמה לא היה בה סיקריקון מהרוגי מלחמה ואילך יש בה סיקריקון,אמר רב יהודה לא דנו בה דין סיקריקון קאמר דאמר רבי אסי ג' גזירות גזרו גזרתא קמייתא כל דלא קטיל ליקטלוהו מציעתא כל דקטיל לייתי ארבע זוזי בתרייתא כל דקטיל ליקטלוהו הלכך קמייתא ומציעתא כיון דקטלי אגב אונסיה גמר ומקני,בתרייתא אמרי האידנא לישקול למחר תבענא ליה בדינא:,אמר רבי יוחנן מאי דכתיב (משלי כח, יד) אשרי אדם מפחד תמיד ומקשה לבו יפול ברעה אקמצא ובר קמצא חרוב ירושלים אתרנגולא ותרנגולתא חרוב טור מלכא אשקא דריספק חרוב ביתר,אקמצא ובר קמצא חרוב ירושלים דההוא גברא דרחמיה קמצא ובעל דבביה בר קמצא עבד סעודתא אמר ליה לשמעיה זיל אייתי לי קמצא אזל אייתי ליה בר קמצא,אתא אשכחיה דהוה יתיב אמר ליה מכדי ההוא גברא בעל דבבא דההוא גברא הוא מאי בעית הכא קום פוק אמר ליה הואיל ואתאי שבקן ויהיבנא לך דמי מה דאכילנא ושתינא | 55b. b And what is the reason /b that the Sages b said /b that if b it is known /b that the sin-offering was obtained through robbery, b it does not effect atonement? /b It is so that people b not say /b that b the altar consumes stolen property. /b ,The Gemara attempts to clarify the two explanations. b Granted, /b according to the opinion of b Ulla, /b that the concern stems from the fact that the priests will be distraught, b this is the reason that /b the i tanna /i b teaches /b the i halakha /i with regard to b a sin-offering: /b The priests partake of the meat of a sin-offering. If they find out that they ate an animal that was forbidden to them, i.e., an offering slaughtered counter to i halakha /i , they are likely to become distraught. b But according to /b the opinion of b Rav Yehuda, /b that the concern is about the honor of the altar, b why /b does the mishna mention b specifically /b the case of b a sin-offering; /b shouldn’t the same concern apply to b a burnt-offering, as well, /b as it too is burned on the alter?,The Gemara answers: The mishna b is speaking /b utilizing the style of: b It is not necessary, /b and the mishna should be understood as follows: b It is not necessary /b to teach the i halakha /i in the case of b a burnt-offering, which is entirely /b consumed on the altar. In that case, people will certainly say that the altar consumes stolen property. b But even /b in the case of b a sin-offering, where /b only b the fat and the blood go up /b to be consumed b on the altar and the rest is consumed by the priests, even so they issued a decree /b and said that the stolen sin-offering does not effect atonement, b so /b that people b should not say /b that b the altar consumes stolen property. /b ,The Gemara further clarifies the two understandings: b We learned /b in the mishna: Rabbi Yoḥa ben Gudgeda testified b about a sin-offering that /b had been obtained b through robbery /b but b that is not publicly known /b to have been obtained in that manner, and said b that it effects atonement /b for the robber who sacrifices it, b for the benefit of the altar. Granted, according to /b the opinion of b Ulla, /b it b works out well, /b as he understands that the Sages instituted that if it was not publicly known that the sin-offering was obtained through robbery, it does effect atonement. b But according to /b the opinion of b Rav Yehuda, it should have /b stated just b the opposite, /b namely, that if it was publicly known that the sin-offering was obtained through robbery, it does not effect atonement.,The Gemara answers: b That is also what /b the mishna b is saying: /b If b it is not known /b that the sin-offering was obtained through robbery, b it effects atonement, /b but if this b is known, it does not effect atonement, for the benefit of the altar. /b , b Rava raises an objection /b from what was learned in a mishna ( i Bava Kamma /i 74a): If b one stole /b an animal b and consecrated /b it, b and afterward he slaughtered or sold /b it, b he pays double payment /b like a thief (see Exodus 22:3), b but he does not pay fourfold or fivefold payment, /b as one must ordinarily pay when he slaughters or sells an ox or a sheep that he stole from another person (Exodus 21:37). b And it is taught /b in a i baraita /i b with regard to /b this mishna: If one slaughtered an animal b outside /b the Temple b in a case like this, /b he is b punishable by i karet /i /b for having sacrificed an offering outside the Temple. b And if you say /b that the owner’s b despair /b of recovering an item that was stolen from him b does not by itself /b enable the thief to b acquire /b the stolen item, b what is the relevance of /b mentioning b i karet /i ? /b The punishment of i karet /i should not apply, as the thief cannot consecrate an animal that does not belong to him., b Rav Sheizevi said: /b This means that he is liable to receive b i karet /i by rabbinic law. /b Those who heard this b laughed at him. Is there /b such a thing as b i karet /i by rabbinic law? Rava said to them: A great man has spoken, do not laugh at him. /b What Rav Sheizevi means is b i karet /i that comes to him through the words /b of the Sages, who declared that the thief’s consecration is valid. It is b the Sages /b who b placed /b the animal b in his possession, so that he would become liable for it. /b , b Rava said: /b Although I agree with Rav Sheizevi, b this /b matter b is certainly a dilemma for me. When the Sages placed /b the animal b in his possession, /b did they do so b from the time of the theft or from the time of the consecration? What is the difference /b between these possibilities? There is a difference b with regard to its wool and with regard to its offspring. /b If the animal was placed in his possession from the time of the theft, the wool that it grows and the offspring that it births are his, and he is not required to return them to the animal’s owner. But if the animal becomes his only when he consecrates it, he is required to return them. b What /b is the i halakha /i ? b Rava then said, /b in answer to his own question: b It stands to reason /b that the Sages placed the animal in his possession b from the time of the consecration. /b This is b so that the sinner not profit /b from his crime. Otherwise, the thief would benefit from the rabbinic decree that was instituted to increase his liability., strong MISHNA: /strong The law of b Sicarii [ i Sikarikon /i ] did not /b apply b in Judea in the /b time that b people were being killed in the war. From /b the time that b people were being killed in the war and onward, /b the law of b Sicarii did /b apply b there. What /b is this law of Sicarii? If b one /b first b purchased /b land b from a Sicarius, /b who extorted the field from its prior owners with threats, b and /b afterward the buyer b returned and purchased /b the same field a second time b from the /b prior b landowner, his purchase is void. /b The prior owner of the field can say that he did not actually mean to sell him the field. By contrast, if he first acquired the field b from the /b prior b owner and /b afterward b he returned and purchased /b the same field b from a Sicarius, his purchase stands. /b ,Similarly, if b one /b first b purchased from the husband /b the rights to use a field belonging to his wife, b and /b afterward b he returned and purchased /b the same field b from the wife, /b so that if the husband were to predecease or divorce her, the purchaser would then own it fully, b his purchase is void. /b The woman can claim that she did not wish to quarrel with her husband and to object to the transaction but that in truth she did not agree to the sale. By contrast, if he first acquired the field b from the wife, and /b afterward b he returned and purchased /b the same field b from the husband, his purchase stands. This /b is the b initial /b version of this b mishna. /b ,Later, b the court of those /b who came b after /b the Sages who composed that mishna b said: /b With regard to b one who purchased /b a field b from a Sicarius, he must give the /b prior b owner one-fourth /b of the field’s value. b When /b does this apply? b At a time when /b the prior owner b is unable to purchase /b the field himself. b But if he is able to purchase /b it himself, b he precedes anyone /b else., b Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi later b convened a court, and they counted /b their votes and determined b that if /b the field b remained before, /b i.e., in the possession of, b the Sicarius /b for b twelve months, whoever first purchases /b the field b acquires possession /b of it, b but he must give the /b prior b owner one-fourth /b of the field’s value., strong GEMARA: /strong The Gemara challenges the mishna’s assertion that the law of Sicarii did not apply in Judea in the time that people were being killed in the war: b Now /b if b in /b the time that b people were being killed in the war, there were no Sicarii /b stealing land, is it possible that b from /b the time that b people were being killed in the war and onward there were Sicarii? /b , b Rav Yehuda said: /b The mishna b is saying /b that in the time that people were being killed in the war b they did not apply the law of Sicarii, /b but rather they would confirm the purchases of land made from the Sicarii. The reason for this is in accordance with what b Rabbi Asi said: /b The gentile authorities b issued three decrees /b during and in the aftermath of the war that ended in the destruction of the Temple. The b first decree /b was that b anyone who does not kill /b a Jew b should /b himself b be killed. /b The b second /b decree was that b anyone who kills /b a Jew b should pay four dinars /b as a fine. The b last /b decree was that b anyone who kills /b a Jew b should /b himself b be killed. Therefore, /b during the time of the b first and second /b decrees, the time when people were being killed in the war, b since /b the gentile b would kill /b Jews, then the owner of the field, b owing to the danger /b posed to his life, b would fully transfer ownership /b of his field to the Sicarius.,Then, during the time of b the last /b decree, after the time when people were being killed in the war, anybody whose field was stolen by a Sicarius would b say /b to himself: b Now let him take /b the field; b tomorrow I will claim it from him in court. /b Although the gentile had the advantage and could force the owner to give him the field, the assumption is that the owner did not fully transfer possession of the field to him, as he thought that he would still be able to recover it in court.,§ Apropos the war that led to the destruction of the Second Temple, the Gemara examines several aspects of the destruction of that Temple in greater detail: b Rabbi Yoḥa said: What /b is the meaning of that b which is written: “Happy is the man who fears always, but he who hardens his heart shall fall into mischief” /b (Proverbs 28:14)? b Jerusalem was destroyed on account of Kamtza and bar Kamtza. /b The place known as b the King’s Mountain was destroyed on account of a rooster and a hen. /b The city of b Beitar was destroyed on account of a shaft from a chariot [ i rispak /i ]. /b ,The Gemara explains: b Jerusalem was destroyed on account of Kamtza and bar Kamtza. /b This is b as /b there was b a certain man whose friend /b was named b Kamtza and whose enemy /b was named b bar Kamtza. He /b once b made /b a large b feast /b and b said to his servant: Go bring me /b my friend b Kamtza. /b The servant b went /b and mistakenly b brought him /b his enemy b bar Kamtza. /b ,The man who was hosting the feast b came and found /b bar Kamtza b sitting /b at the feast. The host b said to /b bar Kamtza. b That man is the enemy [ i ba’al devava /i ] of that man, /b that is, you are my enemy. b What /b then b do you want here? Arise /b and b leave. /b Bar Kamtza b said to him: Since I have /b already b come, let me stay and I will give you money /b for b whatever I eat and drink. /b Just do not embarrass me by sending me out. |
|
| 191. Ambrose, On Cain And Abel, 1.7 (4th cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 106 |
192. Augustine, The City of God, 6.10 (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 114, 138 | 6.10. That liberty, in truth, which this man wanted, so that he did not dare to censure that theology of the city, which is very similar to the theatrical, so openly as he did the theatrical itself, was, though not fully, yet in part possessed by Ann us Seneca, whom we have some evidence to show to have flourished in the times of our apostles. It was in part possessed by him, I say, for he possessed it in writing, but not in living. For in that book which he wrote against superstition, he more copiously and vehemently censured that civil and urban theology than Varro the theatrical and fabulous. For, when speaking concerning images, he says, They dedicate images of the sacred and inviolable immortals in most worthless and motionless matter. They give them the appearance of man, beasts, and fishes, and some make them of mixed sex, and heterogeneous bodies. They call them deities, when they are such that if they should get breath and should suddenly meet them, they would be held to be monsters. Then, a while afterwards, when extolling the natural theology, he had expounded the sentiments of certain philosophers, he opposes to himself a question, and says, Here some one says, Shall I believe that the heavens and the earth are gods, and that some are above the moon and some below it? Shall I bring forward either Plato or the peripatetic Strato, one of whom made God to be without a body, the other without a mind? In answer to which he says, And, really, what truer do the dreams of Titus Tatius, or Romulus, or Tullus Hostilius appear to you? Tatius declared the divinity of the goddess Cloacina; Romulus that of Picus and Tiberinus; Tullus Hostilius that of Pavor and Pallor, the most disagreeable affections of men, the one of which is the agitation of the mind under fright, the other that of the body, not a disease, indeed, but a change of color. Will you rather believe that these are deities, and receive them into heaven? But with what freedom he has written concerning the rites themselves, cruel and shameful! One, he says, castrates himself, another cuts his arms. Where will they find room for the fear of these gods when angry, who use such means of gaining their favor when propitious? But gods who wish to be worshipped in this fashion should be worshipped in none. So great is the frenzy of the mind when perturbed and driven from its seat, that the gods are propitiated by men in a manner in which not even men of the greatest ferocity and fable-renowned cruelty vent their rage. Tyrants have lacerated the limbs of some; they never ordered any one to lacerate his own. For the gratification of royal lust, some have been castrated; but no one ever, by the command of his lord, laid violent hands on himself to emasculate himself. They kill themselves in the temples. They supplicate with their wounds and with their blood. If any one has time to see the things they do and the things they suffer, he will find so many things unseemly for men of respectability, so unworthy of freemen, so unlike the doings of sane men, that no one would doubt that they are mad, had they been mad with the minority; but now the multitude of the insane is the defense of their sanity. He next relates those things which are wont to be done in the Capitol, and with the utmost intrepidity insists that they are such things as one could only believe to be done by men making sport, or by madmen. For having spoken with derision of this, that in the Egyptian sacred rites Osiris, being lost, is lamented for, but straightway, when found, is the occasion of great joy by his reappearance, because both the losing and the finding of him are feigned; and yet that grief and that joy which are elicited thereby from those who have lost nothing and found nothing are real - having I say, so spoken of this, he says, Still there is a fixed time for this frenzy. It is tolerable to go mad once in the year. Go into the Capitol. One is suggesting divine commands to a god; another is telling the hours to Jupiter; one is a lictor; another is an anointer, who with the mere movement of his arms imitates one anointing. There are women who arrange the hair of Juno and Minerva, standing far away not only from her image, but even from her temple. These move their fingers in the manner of hairdressers. There are some women who hold a mirror. There are some who are calling the gods to assist them in court. There are some who are holding up documents to them, and are explaining to them their cases. A learned and distinguished comedian, now old and decrepit, was daily playing the mimic in the Capitol, as though the gods would gladly be spectators of that which men had ceased to care about. Every kind of artificers working for the immortal gods is dwelling there in idleness. And a little after he says, Nevertheless these, though they give themselves up to the gods for purposes superflous enough, do not do so for any abominable or infamous purpose. There sit certain women in the Capitol who think they are beloved by Jupiter; nor are they frightened even by the look of the, if you will believe the poets, most wrathful Juno. This liberty Varro did not enjoy. It was only the poetical theology he seemed to censure. The civil, which this man cuts to pieces, he was not bold enough to impugn. But if we attend to the truth, the temples where these things are performed are far worse than the theatres where they are represented. Whence, with respect to these sacred rites of the civil theology, Seneca preferred, as the best course to be followed by a wise man, to feign respect for them in act, but to have no real regard for them at heart. All which things, he says, a wise man will observe as being commanded by the laws, but not as being pleasing to the gods. And a little after he says, And what of this, that we unite the gods in marriage, and that not even naturally, for we join brothers and sisters? We marry Bellona to Mars, Venus to Vulcan, Salacia to Neptune. Some of them we leave unmarried, as though there were no match for them, which is surely needless, especially when there are certain unmarried goddesses, as Populonia, or Fulgora, or the goddess Rumina, for whom I am not astonished that suitors have been awanting. All this ignoble crowd of gods, which the superstition of ages has amassed, we ought, he says, to adore in such a way as to remember all the while that its worship belongs rather to custom than to reality. Wherefore, neither those laws nor customs instituted in the civil theology that which was pleasing to the gods, or which pertained to reality. But this man, whom philosophy had made, as it were, free, nevertheless, because he was an illustrious senator of the Roman people, worshipped what he censured, did what he condemned, adored what he reproached, because, forsooth, philosophy had taught him something great - namely, not to be superstitious in the world, but, on account of the laws of cities and the customs of men, to be an actor, not on the stage, but in the temples, - conduct the more to be condemned, that those things which he was deceitfully acting he so acted that the people thought he was acting sincerely. But a stage-actor would rather delight people by acting plays than take them in by false pretences. |
|
| 193. John Chrysostom, Homilies On Genesis, None (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 195 |
194. Anon., Numbers Rabba, 12.5, 12.12, 15.6, 15.10 (4th cent. CE - 9th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •messiah, divine presence and •prince of the divine presence, the •divine presence, metatron as the prince of •divine presence, merkavah imagery and •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to •divine presence •ark of the covenant, divine presence and •divine presence, in the tabernacle Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 173; Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 108, 217, 261; Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 139| 12.5. אָמַר רַבִּי אָבִין אֵין מִדּוֹתָיו שֶׁל הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא כְּמִדַּת מֶלֶךְ בָּשָׂר וָדָם, מֶלֶךְ בָּשָׂר וָדָם נִכְנַס בַּמְדִינָה מִשֶּׁבְּנֵי הַמְּדִינָה מְקַלְסִין אוֹתוֹ וּמְכַבְּדִין אוֹתוֹ אַחַר כָּךְ הוּא עוֹשֶׂה לָהֶם צָרְכֵיהֶם, בּוֹנֶה לָהֶם דִּימוֹסִיאוֹת, עוֹשֶׂה לָהֶם נַחַת רוּחַ בַּמְּדִינָה. אֲבָל הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא אֵינוֹ כֵן, אֶלָּא עַד שֶׁלֹא עָשׂוּ יִשְׂרָאֵל אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן נָתַן לָהֶם אֶת הַבְּרָכָה תְּחִלָּה, כְּמָה שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר: יְבָרֶכְךָ ה' וְיִשְׁמְרֶךָ, וְאַחַר כָּךְ: וַיְהִי בְּיוֹם כַּלּוֹת וגו'. 12.12. לְהָקִים אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן, הֲדָא הוּא דִכְתִיב (שמות טו, יג): נָחִיתָ בְחַסְדְּךָ וגו'. תַּמָּן תְּנֵינַן עַל שְׁלשָׁה דְבָרִים הָעוֹלָם עוֹמֵד, עַל הַתּוֹרָה, וְעַל הָעֲבוֹדָה, וְעַל גְּמִילוּת חֲסָדִים, וּשְׁלָשְׁתָּן זְכָרָן משֶׁה בְּפָסוּק אֶחָד, נָחִיתָ בְחַסְדְּךָ עַם זוּ גָאָלְתָּ זֶה הַחֶסֶד, נֵהַלְתָּ בְעָזְךָ זוֹ תּוֹרָה, כְּמָה דְתֵימָא (תהלים כט, יא): ה' עֹז לְעַמּוֹ יִתֵּן. אֶל נְוֵה קָדְשֶׁךָ זוֹ עֲבוֹדַת הַמִּשְׁכָּן וְהַמִּקְדָשׁ. נָחִיתָ בְחַסְדְּךָ, אֵלּוּ הַדּוֹרוֹת שֶׁעָמְדוּ מִשֶּׁנִּבְרָא הָעוֹלָם עַד שֶׁיָּצְאוּ יִשְׂרָאֵל מִמִּצְרַיִם שֶׁקִּבְּלוּ הַתּוֹרָה, שֶׁהָיָה הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא מְנַהֵג אוֹתָם בְּחַסְדּוֹ שֶׁלֹא הָיוּ מַעֲשִׂים טוֹבִים שֶׁיִּחְיוּ בָּהֶם וְזָנָם הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא בְּחַסְדּוֹ, וּכְנֶגְדָן אָמַר דָּוִד עֶשְׂרִים וְשֵׁשׁ פְּעָמִים כִּי לְעוֹלָם חַסְדּוֹ, וּבְאוֹתוֹ חֶסֶד יָצְאוּ יִשְׂרָאֵל מִמִּצְרַיִם, לְכָךְ אָמַר נָחִיתָ בְחַסְדְּךָ עַם זוּ גָאָלְתָּ, שֶׁבְּחֶסֶד גְּאָלָם. נֵהַלְתָּ בְעָזְךָ, נִהֲלָם בִּזְכוּת הַתּוֹרָה שֶׁקִּבְּלוּ עַד הֲקָמַת הַמִּשְׁכָּן. לְמָה הָיָה הָעוֹלָם דּוֹמֶה בְּאוֹתָהּ שָׁעָה לִטְרַסְקָל עַל שְׁתֵּי רַגְלַיִם שֶׁאֵינוֹ יָכוֹל לַעֲמֹד וְהוּא רוֹתֵת, כֵּיוָן שֶׁעָשׂוּ לוֹ רֶגֶל שְׁלִישִׁי נִתְבַּסֵּס וְעָמַד, כָּךְ כֵּיוָן שֶׁנַּעֲשָׂה הַמִּשְׁכָּן, כְּמָה דְתֵימָא אֶל נְוֵה קָדְשֶׁךָ, מִיָּד נִתְבַּסֵּס וְעָמַד. שֶׁמִּתְּחִלָּה לֹא הָיָה לָעוֹלָם אֶלָּא שְׁתֵּי רַגְלַיִם, חֶסֶד וְתוֹרָה, וְהָיָה רוֹתֵת, נַעֲשָׂה לוֹ רֶגֶל שְׁלִישִׁי, זֶה מִשְׁכָּן, מִיָּד עָמַד. וּלְכָךְ כְּתִיב: לְהָקִים אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן, מַהוּ אֶת, הָעוֹלָם שֶׁנִּקְרָא אֹהֶל, הוּקַם עִמּוֹ, הֱוֵי לְהָקִים אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן. דָּבָר אַחֵר, לְהָקִים אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן, אָמַר רַבִּי סִימוֹן בְּשָׁעָה שֶׁאָמַר הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא לְיִשְׂרָאֵל לְהָקִים אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן, רָמַז לְמַלְאֲכֵי הַשָּׁרֵת שֶׁיַּעֲשׂוּ אַף הֵם מִשְׁכָּן, וּבְעֵת שֶׁהוּקַם לְמַטָּן הוּקַם לְמַעְלָן, וְהוּא מִשְׁכַּן הַנַּעַר שֶׁשְּׁמוֹ מַטטרו"ן, שֶׁבּוֹ מַקְרִיב נַפְשׁוֹתֵיהֶם שֶׁל צַדִּיקִים לְכַפֵּר עַל יִשְׂרָאֵל בִּימֵי גָּלוּתָם, וּלְכָךְ כְּתִיב: אֶת הַמִּשְׁכָּן, שֶׁמִּשְׁכָּן אַחֵר הוּקַם עִמּוֹ, וְכֵן הוּא אוֹמֵר (שמות טו, יז): מָכוֹן לְשִׁבְתְּךָ פָּעַלְתָּ ה' מִקְדָּשׁ ה' כּוֹנְנוּ יָדֶיךָ. 15.6. מַה כְּתִיב לְמַעְלָה מִן הָעִנְיָן, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (במדבר ז, א ב): וַיְהִי בְּיוֹם כַּלּוֹת משֶׁה, וַיַּקְרִיבוּ נְשִׂיאֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל, וְאַחַר כָּךְ: דַּבֵּר אֶל אַהֲרֹן בְּהַעֲלֹתְךָ אֶת הַנֵּרֹת. זֶה שֶׁאָמַר הַכָּתוּב (תהלים לד, י): יְראוּ אֶת ה' קְדשָׁיו כִּי אֵין מַחְסוֹר לִירֵאָיו. אַתְּ מוֹצֵא לְמַעְלָה אַחַד עָשָׂר שְׁבָטִים הִקְרִיבוּ וְשֵׁבֶט אֶפְרַיִם הִקְרִיב, וְכָל הַנְּשִׂיאִים הִקְרִיבוּ חוּץ מִנְּשִׂיאוֹ שֶׁל לֵוִי, וּמִי הָיָה נְשִׂיאוֹ שֶׁל לֵוִי, זֶה אַהֲרֹן, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (במדבר יז, יח): וְאֶת שֵׁם אַהֲרֹן תִּכְתֹּב עַל מַטֵּה לֵוִי, וְאַהֲרֹן לֹא הִקְרִיב עִם הַנְּשִׂיאִים, וְהָיָה אוֹמֵר אוֹי לִי שֶׁמָּא בִּשְׁבִילִי אֵין הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא מְקַבֵּל שִׁבְטוֹ שֶׁל לֵוִי, אָמַר לוֹ הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא לְמשֶׁה לֵךְ אֱמֹר לוֹ לְאַהֲרֹן אַל תִּתְיָרֵא לִגְדוֹלָה מִזּוֹ אַתָּה מְתֻקָּן. לְכָךְ נֶאֱמַר: דַּבֵּר אֶל אַהֲרֹן וְאָמַרְתָּ אֵלָיו בְּהַעֲלֹתְךָ אֶת הַנֵּרֹת. הַקָּרְבָּנוֹת, כָּל זְמַן שֶׁבֵּית הַמִּקְדָשׁ קַיָּם הֵם נוֹהֲגִים, אֲבָל הַנֵּרוֹת לְעוֹלָם (במדבר ח, ב): אֶל מוּל פְּנֵי הַמְנוֹרָה יָאִירוּ, וְכָל הַבְּרָכוֹת שֶׁנָּתַתִּי לְךָ לְבָרֵךְ אֶת בָּנַי, אֵינָן בְּטֵלִין לְעוֹלָם. | 15.6. "The Midrash Rabba (Bamidbar 15:5) relates that when the Jews were given the commandment to kindle the Menorah in the Temple (Bamidbar 8:2), they asked G'd why He told them to light up for Him Who is the Light of the whole world. G'd said to them, \"You are right. I do not need your light. But I want to give you an opportunity to light for Me like I have lit for you.\" G'd led the Jewish people with a cloud of glory and a pillar of fire. This is why He told them to kindle the lights when the Tabernacle was erected. \"This will elevate your position amongst the nations. They should say, look how the Jewish nation lights for the One who lights up the whole world.\" [...] The Midrash explains that this can be compared to a seeing person who leads a blind person as they travel along the road together. When they come to the house, the seeing person says to the blind one, \"Please go and light a candle for me.\" To this the blind person replies, \"I do not understand. As long as we were travelling, you supported and guided me. Why do you now ask me to light a candle for you?\" To this the seeing person responds, \"I want to give you an opportunity to pay me back so that you do not feel an ongoing debt of gratitude\".", 15.10. "10 R. Levi bar Rabbi said, “A pure menorah descended from the heavens. Because the Holy One, blessed be He, said to Moses (in Exod. 25:31), ‘And you shall make a menorah of pure gold.’ He said to Him, ‘How shall we make [it]?’ He said to him (ibid. cont.), ‘of hammered work shall the menorah be made.’ Nevertheless Moses had difficulty; for when he descended, he had forgotten its construction. sup 11 /sup i class=\"footnote\" See i Tanh /i ., Lev. 3:8; i Mekhilta deRabbi Ishmael /i , Piska 2; i PRK /i 15; i PR /i 15:21; 20:4; Exod. R. 15:28. /i He went up and said, ‘Master of the world, I have forgotten [it].’ He showed Moses, but it was still difficult for him. He said to him (in Exod. 25:40), ‘Observe and make [it].’ Thus He took a pattern of fire and showed him its construction, sup 12 /sup i class=\"footnote\" See i Men /i . 29a Bar.; i Sifre /i Numb. 8:4 (61); Numb. R. 15:4. /i but it was still difficult for Moses. The Holy One, blessed be He, said to him, ‘Go to Bezalel and he will make it.’ [So] Moses spoke to Bezalel, [and] he made it immediately. Moses began to wonder and say, ‘In my case, how many times did the Holy One, blessed be He, show it to me; yet I had difficulty in making it. Now without seeing it, you have made it from your own knowledge. Bezalel ( i btsl'l /i ), were you perhaps standing in ( i b /i ) the shadow ( i tsl /i ) of God (' i l /i ) when the Holy One, blessed be He, showed it to me?’ Therefore when the Temple was destroyed, the menorah was stored away.” Now this was one of the five things that were stored away: the ark, the menorah, the fire, the holy spirit, and the cherubim. sup 13 /sup i class=\"footnote\" Therefore, these five things were lacking from the Second Temple. See Syr. Baruch 6:4–10; i TYoma /i 2:15; i TSot /i . 13:1; i yTa‘an. /i 2:1 (65a); i yHor. /i 3:3(2) (47c); i Yoma /i 21b; i Hor. /i 12a; ARN, A, 41. /i When the Holy One, blessed be He, returns in his mercy to build His house and His Temple, He will restore them to their place and cause Jerusalem to rejoice. Thus it is stated (in Is. 35:1-2), “The desert and the arid land shall be glad, and the wilderness shall rejoice and blossom like a crocus. It shall blossom abundantly and be glad.” sup 14 /sup i class=\"footnote\" These five expressions of gladness in these verses correspond to the five things that will be restored in the new temple. /i ", |
|
| 195. Servius, Commentary On The Aeneid, 8.72 (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 67 |
| 196. Basil of Caesarea, Adversus Eunomium (Libri 5), 5 (4th cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 195 |
| 197. Cyrillus, Glossarium, 1.6.46 (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Eidinow and Driediger-Murphy (2019), Esther Eidinow, Ancient Divination and Experience, 206 |
| 198. Ephrem, Commentary On Genesis, 3.2, 15.1 (4th cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 106, 195 |
| 199. Macrobius, Saturnalia, 1.17.9-1.17.17, 1.17.30-1.17.32, 1.17.57, 1.17.65 (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 221 |
| 200. Anon., Bundahishn, None (5th cent. CE - 7th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Mokhtarian (2021), Rabbis, Sorcerers, Kings, and Priests: The Culture of the Talmud in Ancient Iran. 67 |
| 201. Proclus, Theologia Platonica ( ), 1.29.123-1.29.124 (5th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •ritual, divine presence in Found in books: Janowitz (2002b), Icons of Power: Ritual Practices in Late Antiquity, 41 |
| 202. Proclus, In Platonis Parmenidem Commentarii, 851.8-851.10, 853.1-853.3 (5th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •ritual, divine presence in Found in books: Janowitz (2002b), Icons of Power: Ritual Practices in Late Antiquity, 41 |
| 203. Proclus, In Platonis Cratylum Commentaria, 42, 51 (5th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Janowitz (2002b), Icons of Power: Ritual Practices in Late Antiquity, 41 |
| 204. Jerome, Letters, 28 (5th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 195 |
| 205. Dionysius The Areopagite, Letter, None Tagged with subjects: •ritual, divine presence in Found in books: Janowitz (2002b), Icons of Power: Ritual Practices in Late Antiquity, 41 |
| 206. Anon., Pesikta Rabbati, 31.7 Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 106 |
| 208. Vermaseren And Van Essen, Vermaseren And Van Essen, None Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 185 |
| 209. Fabius Pictor, Frh 2, None Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 111 |
| 210. Catull., Epigrams, 63 Tagged with subjects: •senses, as divine presence Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 263 |
| 211. Anon., 4Aruch, 9.14-9.20 Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 77 |
| 213. Homeric Hymns, Hymnus Homericus Ad Apollinem, 440-445 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 221 |
| 215. Man. Hist., Fgh 609, None Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 411 |
| 217. Epigraphy, Cimrm, 485 Tagged with subjects: •senses, and epiphany/presence of the divine Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 185 |
218. Babylonian Talmud, Avodah Zarah, None Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, spirit Found in books: Avery-Peck, Chilton, and Scott Green (2014), A Legacy of Learning: Essays in Honor of Jacob Neusner , 246| 8b. כל תלתין יומין בין א"ל מחמת הלולא ובין לא א"ל מחמת הלולא אסור מכאן ואילך אי א"ל מחמת הלולא אסור ואי לא אמר ליה מחמת הלולא שרי,וכי א"ל מחמת הלולא עד אימת אמר רב פפא עד תריסר ירחי שתא ומעיקרא מאימת אסור אמר רב פפא משמיה דרבא מכי רמו שערי באסינתי,ולבתר תריסר ירחי שתא שרי והא רב יצחק בריה דרב משרשיא איקלע לבי ההוא עובד כוכבים לבתר תריסר ירחי שתא ושמעיה דאודי ופירש ולא אכל שאני רב יצחק בריה דרב משרשיא דאדם חשוב הוא:,וקרטסים וכו': מאי קרטסים אמר רב יהודה אמר שמואל יום שתפסה בו רומי מלכות והתניא קרטסים ויום שתפסה בו רומי מלכות אמר רב יוסף שתי תפיסות תפסה רומי אחת בימי קלפטרא מלכתא ואחת שתפסה בימי יונים,דכי אתא רב דימי אמר תלתין ותרין קרבי עבדו רומאי בהדי יונאי ולא יכלו להו עד דשתפינהו לישראל בהדייהו והכי אתנו בהדייהו אי מינן מלכי מנייכו הפרכי אי מנייכו מלכי מינן הפרכי,ושלחו להו רומאי ליונאי עד האידנא עבידנא בקרבא השתא נעביד בדינא מרגלית ואבן טובה איזו מהן יעשה בסיס לחבירו שלחו להו מרגלית לאבן טובה,אבן טובה (ואינך) איזו מהן יעשה בסיס לחבירו אבן טובה לאינך אינך וספר תורה איזו מהן יעשה בסיס לחבירו אינך לספר תורה,שלחו להו [א"כ] אנן ספר תורה גבן וישראל בהדן כפו להו עשרין ושית שנין קמו להו בהימנותייהו בהדי ישראל מכאן ואילך אישתעבדו בהו,מעיקרא מאי דרוש ולבסוף מאי דרוש מעיקרא דרוש (בראשית לג, יב) נסעה ונלכה ואלכה לנגדך ולבסוף דרוש (בראשית לג, יד) יעבר נא אדני לפני עבדו,עשרין ושית שנין דקמו בהימנותייהו בהדי ישראל מנא לן דאמר רב כהנא כשחלה רבי ישמעאל בר יוסי שלחו ליה רבי אמור לנו שנים וג' דברים שאמרת לנו משום אביך,אמר להו מאה ושמנים שנה קודם שנחרב הבית פשטה מלכות הרשעה על ישראל פ' שנה עד לא חרב הבית גזרו טומאה על ארץ העמים ועל כלי זכוכית מ' שנה עד לא חרב הבית גלתה סנהדרין וישבה לה בחנות,למאי הלכתא א"ר יצחק בר אבדימי לומר שלא דנו דיני קנסות דיני קנסות סלקא דעתך והאמר רב יהודה אמר רב ברם זכור אותו האיש לטוב ורבי יהודה בן בבא שמו שאלמלא הוא נשתכחו דיני קנסות מישראל נשתכחו לגרסינהו,אלא בטלו דיני קנסות מישראל שגזרה מלכות הרשעה גזרה כל הסומך יהרג וכל הנסמך יהרג ועיר שסומכין בה תחרב ותחום שסומכין בו יעקר,מה עשה רבי יהודה בן בבא הלך וישב בין שני הרים גדולים ובין שתי עיירות גדולות בין ב' תחומי שבת בין אושא לשפרעם וסמך שם חמשה זקנים ר"מ ור' יהודה ור' יוסי ור"ש ורבי אלעזר בן שמוע ורב אויא מוסיף אף רבי נחמיה,כיון שהכירו בהם אויבים אמר להם בני רוצו אמרו לו רבי ואתה מה תהא עליך אמר להם הריני מוטל לפניהם כאבן שאין לה הופכין אמרו לא זזו משם עד שנעצו לגופו ג' מאות לולניאות של ברזל ועשאוהו לגופו ככברה,אמר רב נחמן בר יצחק לא תימא דיני קנסות אלא שלא דנו דיני נפשות,מ"ט כיון דחזו דנפישי להו רוצחין ולא יכלי למידן אמרו מוטב נגלי ממקום למקום כי היכי דלא ליחייבו,דכתיב (דברים יז, י) ועשית על פי הדבר אשר יגידו לך מן המקום ההוא מלמד שהמקום גורם:,מאה ושמנים ותו לא והתני רבי יוסי ברבי | 8b. during b all /b the b thirty days /b that follow the wedding celebration, if the gentile invites a Jew to a feast, b whether he said /b to the Jew that the feast is b due to the wedding celebration or whether he did not say to him /b that the feast is b due to the wedding celebration, /b it is b prohibited /b to attend, as it is assumed the festivity is part of the wedding celebration. b From this /b point b forward, if he said to him /b that the feast is b due to the wedding celebration, /b it is b prohibited /b to participate, b but if he did not say to him /b that the feast is b due to the wedding celebration, /b it is b permitted /b to do so.,The Gemara asks: b And /b in a case b where he said to him /b that the feast is b due to the wedding celebration, until when /b is the feast assumed to be connected to idol worship? b Rav Pappa said: Until twelve months of the year /b have passed since the wedding. The Gemara asks: b And initially, /b before the wedding, b from when is it prohibited? Rav Pappa said in the name of Rava: From /b the time b when they cast barley into the mortars [ i ba’asintei /i ] /b to prepare beer for the wedding.,The Gemara asks: b And after the twelve months of the year /b have passed since the wedding, is it always b permitted /b to participate in a feast? b But Rav Yitzḥak, son of Rav Mesharshiyya, happened /b to come b to the house of a certain gentile after twelve months of the year /b had passed since his son’s wedding, b and he heard /b the gentile b giving thanks /b to his idol for the marriage of his son, b and he withdrew /b from the feast b and did not eat /b there. The Gemara answers: b Rav Yitzḥak, son of Rav Mesharshiyya, is different, as he is an important person /b and therefore his presence caused the gentile to rejoice.,§ The mishna teaches: b And Kratesis, /b and the day of the festival of their kings. The Gemara asks: b What /b is the festival of b Kratesis? Rav Yehuda said /b that b Shmuel said: /b It commemorates b the day when Rome seized /b control of b an empire. /b The Gemara asks: b But isn’t it taught /b in a i baraita /i : Two festivals are b Kratesis and the day when Rome seized /b control of b an empire? /b This indi-cates that Kratesis and the day when Rome seized control of an empire are two separate festivals. b Rav Yosef said: /b On b two /b separate occasions b Rome seized /b control of b an empire. One /b occurred b in the days of Queen Cleopatra, /b when they conquered Egypt, b and one /b happened much earlier, b when /b Rome b seized /b control b in the days of the Greeks. /b ,The Gemara elaborates: b As when Rav Dimi came /b from Eretz Yisrael b he said: The Romans waged thirty-two battles with the Greeks but were unable to /b defeat b them, until they formed a partnership with the Jewish people /b and finally vanquished the Greeks. b And this is the condition that they stipulated with /b the Jewish people: b If the kings /b come b from among us, the governors [ i hiparkhei /i ] /b will come b from among you; /b and b if the kings /b come b from among you, the governors /b will come b from among us. /b , b And the Romans sent /b the following message b to the Greeks: Until now, we /b attempted to resolve our conflict b through /b fighting b battles; now, let us /b settle the matter b by /b means of b judgment. /b In the case of b a pearl and a precious stone, which /b one b of them should serve as a base for the other? /b The Greeks b sent them /b in response: The b pearl /b should serve as the base b for /b the b precious stone, /b which has a greater value.,The Romans further inquired: If there was b a precious stone and an onyx [ i innakh /i ], /b a particularly valuable precious stone, b which /b one b of them should serve as a base for the other? /b The Greeks answered: The b precious stone /b should serve as the base b for /b the b onyx. /b Once again, the Romans asked: In the case of b an onyx and a Torah scroll, which /b one b of them should be serve as a base for the other? /b The Greeks responded: The b onyx /b should serve as the base b for the Torah scroll. /b ,The Romans b sent /b this response b to them: If /b that is b so, /b then you should submit to us, as b we have /b the b Torah scroll with us, and the Jewish people /b are b with us. /b The Romans are akin to the precious stone, and they are allied with the Jewish people who are akin to the onyx, and they possess the Torah scroll. The Romans therefore b forced /b the Greeks to surrender and took over their world domice. For b twenty-six years /b the Romans b stood faithfully with the Jewish people; from that /b point b forward, they subjugated them. /b ,The Gemara asks: b Initially, /b when the Romans acted faithfully, b what /b verse b did they interpret, and ultimately, /b when they subjugated the Jews, b what /b verse b did they interpret? Initially, they interpreted /b the verse where Esau said to Jacob upon their meeting: b “Let us take our journey, and let us go, and I will go before you” /b (Genesis 33:12). In this verse, Esau equates himself to Jacob, prefiguring the initial Roman treatment of the Jews. b And ultimately, they interpreted /b the verse that recites Jacob’s response to Esau: b “Let my lord, I pray you, pass over before his servant” /b (Genesis 33:14), demonstrating Jacob’s subjugation to Esau, and by extension that of the Jews to Rome.,The Gemara asks: With regard to the b twenty-six years during which /b the Romans b stood faithfully with the Jewish people, from where do we /b know that this was the case? The Gemara cites a proof. b As Rav Kahana says: When Rabbi Yishmael, son of Rabbi Yosei, fell ill, /b the Sages b sent /b the following message b to him: /b Our b teacher, tell us two or three statements that you /b once b told us in the name of your father, /b Rabbi Yosei ben Ḥalafta, as we do not remember the statements precisely.,Rabbi Yishmael, son of Rabbi Yosei, b said to them /b the following statements that were passed down to him by his father: b One hundred and eighty years before the /b Second b Temple was destroyed, the evil /b Roman b Empire stretched forth over Israel /b and ruled over them. b Eighty years before the Temple was destroyed, /b the Sages b decreed impurity on the land of the nations and on glass vessels. Forty years before the Temple was destroyed, the Sanhedrin was exiled /b from the Chamber of Hewn Stone b and sat in the store /b near the Temple Mount.,The Gemara asks: b With regard to what i halakha /i /b is it necessary to know where the Sanhedrin would convene? b Rabbi Yitzḥak bar Avdimi said: /b It is necessary in order b to say that they no /b longer b judged cases of fines. /b The Gemara asks: b Does it enter your mind /b that at this point the Sanhedrin no longer judged b cases of fines? But doesn’t Rav Yehuda say /b that b Rav says: Indeed [ i beram /i ], that man will be remembered favorably, and Rabbi Yehuda ben Bava is his name, as had it not been for him the laws of fines would have been forgotten from /b among b the Jewish people. /b The Gemara challenges that assertion: b Would /b the laws of fines actually b have been forgotten? Let /b the scholars b study them, /b so they will not be forgotten., b Rather, /b his intention was to say that b the laws of fines would have ceased /b to be implemented b from /b among b the Jewish people, /b as they would not have been able to adjudicate cases involving these i halakhot /i due to a lack of ordained judges. This is b because /b at one time b the wicked kingdom /b of Rome b issued decrees of religious persecution against the Jewish people /b with the aim of abolishing the chain of ordination and the authority of the Sages. They said that b anyone who ordains /b judges b will be killed, and anyone who is ordained will be killed, and the city in which they ordain /b the judges b will be destroyed, and /b the areas around b the boundary /b of the city b in which they ordain /b judges b will be uprooted. /b These measures were intended to discourage the Sages from performing or receiving ordination due to fear for the welfare of the local population., b What did /b Rabbi b Yehuda ben Bava do? He went and sat between two large mountains, and between two large cities, /b and b between two Shabbat boundaries: Between Usha and Shefaram, /b i.e., in a desolate place that was not associated with any particular city so that he would not endanger anyone not directly involved, b and there he ordained five Elders, /b namely: b Rabbi Meir, and Rabbi Yehuda, and Rabbi Shimon, and Rabbi Yosei, and Rabbi Elazar ben Shammua. And Rav Avya adds /b that b Rabbi Neḥemya /b was b also /b among those ordained., b When /b their b enemies discovered them, /b Rabbi Yehuda ben Bava b said to /b the newly ordained rabbis: b My sons, run /b for your lives. b They said to him: /b Our b teacher, and what will be with you? /b Rabbi Yehuda ben Bava was elderly and unable to run. He b said to them: /b In any case, b I am cast before them like a stone that cannot be overturned; /b even if you attempt to assist me I will not be able to escape due to my frailty, but if you do not escape without me you will also be killed. People b said /b about this incident: The Roman soldiers b did not move from there until they had inserted three hundred iron spears [ i lulniot /i ] into his body, making his body /b appear b like a sieve /b pierced with many holes. It can be inferred from this episode that there were ordained judges who could hear cases of fines for many years after the destruction of the Temple, in contrast to Rabbi Yitzḥak bar Avdimi’s statement., b Rav Naḥman bar Yitzḥak says /b in explanation: b Do not say /b that after the Sanhedrin was exiled from the Chamber of Hewn Stone they no longer judged cases of b fines; rather, /b emend the statement to say b that they no /b longer b judged /b cases of b capital law, /b as a court does not have the authority to hear capital cases when the Sanhedrin is not sitting in the Chamber of Hewn Stone.,The Gemara explains: b What is the reason /b that the members of the Sanhedrin ceased to meet in their proper place and thereby ended the adjudication of capital cases? b Once they saw that the murderers were so numerous and they were not able to judge /b them and punish them with death, b they said: /b It is b better that we should be exiled /b from the Chamber of Hewn Stone and move b from place to place, so that /b offenders b will not be /b deemed b liable /b to receive the death penalty in a time period when the court does not carry out their sentences.,The Gemara explains why a court may not adjudicate capital cases once the Sanhedrin has left the Chamber of Hewn Stone. b As it is written: “And you shall do according to the tenor of the sentence, which they shall declare to you from that place” /b (Deuteronomy 17:10). This verse b teaches that /b it is b the place /b where the Sanhedrin resides that b causes /b the judgment to take place. In other words, if the Sanhedrin has abandoned its proper place, the Chamber of Hewn Stone, all courts must cease judging capital cases.,The Gemara returns to the earlier comment of Rabbi Yishmael in the name of his father Rabbi Yosei ben Ḥalafta, that the Roman Empire ruled over Israel one hundred and eighty years before the second Temple was destroyed. The Gemara asks: Did Rome rule over Israel for b one hundred and eighty /b years before the destruction of the Temple b and no more? But didn’t Rabbi Yosei the Great, /b i.e., Rabbi Yosei ben Ḥalafta himself, b teach: /b |
|
| 219. Cuneiform Sources, Bm, 124908 Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, in ezekiel •ezekiel, divine presence in Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 122 |
| 221. Anon., Apocalypse of Peter, None Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 53 |
| 222. Simplicius of Cilicia, In Aristotelis De Caelo Libros Commentaria, 358.27 (missingth cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •omnipresence (divine) Found in books: Versnel (2011), Coping with the Gods: Wayward Readings in Greek Theology, 427 |
| 223. Valerius Maximus, Memorable Deeds And Sayings, 1.5.1 Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 67 |
224. Vergil, Aeneis, 1.731-1.735, 4.576-4.579, 6.784, 8.70-8.78, 8.302, 9.404-9.409, 10.252-10.255, 10.459-10.463, 10.773-10.776 Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence •senses, as divine presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 35, 67, 68; Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 263 | 1.731. “O Queen, who hast authority of Jove 1.732. to found this rising city, and subdue 1.733. with righteous goverce its people proud, 1.734. we wretched Trojans, blown from sea to sea, 1.735. beseech thy mercy; keep the curse of fire 4.576. was thine, when from the towering citadel 4.577. the whole shore seemed alive, the sea itself 4.578. in turmoil with loud cries! Relentless Love, 4.579. to what mad courses may not mortal hearts 6.784. Their brothers, or maltreated their gray sires, 8.70. within this land are men of Arcady, 8.71. of Pallas' line, who, following in the train 8.72. of King Evander and his men-at-arms, 8.73. built them a city in the hills, and chose 8.74. (honoring Pallas, their Pelasgian sire), 8.75. the name of Pallanteum. They make war 8.76. incessant with the Latins. Therefore call 8.77. this people to thy side and bind them close 8.78. in federated power. My channel fair 8.302. and dropped the huge rock which was pendent there 9.404. equip me for my war, and I shall face 9.405. with braver heart whatever fortune brings.” 9.406. With sudden sorrow thrilled, the veteran lords 9.407. of Teucria showed their tears. But most of all 9.408. uch likeness of his own heart's filial love 9.409. on fair Iulus moved, and thus he spoke: 10.252. close lined, with bristling spears, of Pisa all, 10.253. that Tuscan city of Alpheus sprung. 10.254. Then Astur followed, a bold horseman he, 10.255. Astur in gorgeous arms, himself most fair: 10.459. brother Alcanor came, and lifted up 10.460. with strong right hand his brother as he fell: 10.461. but through his arm a second skilful shaft 10.462. made bloody way, and by the sinews held 10.463. the lifeless right hand from the shoulder swung. 10.773. upreared in panic, and reversing spilled 10.774. their captain to the ground, and bore away 10.776. Meanwhile, with two white coursers to their car, |
|
225. Vergil, Georgics, 1.18 Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 68| 1.18. adsis, o Tegeaee, favens, oleaeque Minerva | |
|
| 226. Anon., Tanhuma, None Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 160 |
| 227. Anon., Greek Life of Adam And Eve, 29.5 Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 77 |
| 228. Anon., Midrash Mishle, 22.29 Tagged with subjects: •messiah, divine presence and •divine presence, merkavah imagery and •divine presence, shekhinah related to •shefa, divine presence related to Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 218 |
| 229. Anon., Kallah Rabbati Higge, 7 Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 184 |
| 230. Ezekiel, Matthew, 21.33-21.44 Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 123, 124, 147 |
| 231. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q388A, 43954 Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 148 |
| 232. Anon., Shemoneh Esreh, 1.13.1 Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 184 |
| 233. Anon., Martyrdom of Montanus And Lucius, 34.2 Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 67 |
| 234. Zoroastrian Literature, Mādayān Ī Hazār Dādestān, None Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Mokhtarian (2021), Rabbis, Sorcerers, Kings, and Priests: The Culture of the Talmud in Ancient Iran. 120 |
| 235. Melito of Sardis, On Pascha, 49 Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 53 |
| 239. Epigraphy, Lsam, 50, 9, 81 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 367 |
| 240. Epigraphy, Lss, 59 Tagged with subjects: •senses, and epiphany/presence of the divine Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 152 |
241. Anon., 4 Ezra, 10.42, 10.54 Tagged with subjects: •temple, place of divine glory/kingship/presence Found in books: Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 138 | 10.42. but you do not now see the form of a woman, but an established city has appeared to you -- 10.54. for no work of man's building could endure in a place where the city of the Most High was to be revealed. |
|
| 242. Epigraphy, Cil, 14.3613 Tagged with subjects: •divinity, presence Found in books: Hickson (1993), Roman prayer language: Livy and the Aneid of Vergil, 67 |
| 243. Anon., The Acts of Justin And Seven Companions (Review A), 96, 98-99, 97 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 122 |
| 244. Epigraphy, I. Lindos, 487 Tagged with subjects: •senses, and epiphany/presence of the divine Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 152 |
| 246. Epigraphy, Ogis, 458 Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication •senses, as divine presence Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 220, 221, 241, 251, 252, 259, 263, 268 |
| 247. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q, 4 Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Grypeou and Spurling (2009), The Exegetical Encounter between Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity, 184 |
| 248. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q201, 1.5-1.6 Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 130 |
| 249. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q385A, None Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 148 |
| 250. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q387, 43922 Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 148 |
| 251. Anon., Bahodesh, 9 Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 177 |
| 252. Dead Sea Scrolls, Yitro, 9 Tagged with subjects: •divine presence Found in books: Klawans (2009), Purity, Sacrifice, and the Temple: Symbolism and Supersessionism in the Study of Ancient Judaism, 177 |
| 253. Dead Sea Scrolls, '1Qsa, 2.3-2.11 Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, in qumranic mysticism •qumran, attitudes toward the divine presence Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 175 |
| 254. Anon., 2 Enoch, 215 Tagged with subjects: •messiah, divine presence and •prince of the divine presence, the •divine presence, metatron as the prince of •divine presence, merkavah imagery and Found in books: Heo (2023), Images of Torah: From the Second-Temple Period to the Middle Ages. 217 |
| 255. Psalms of Solomon, Psalms of Solomon, None Tagged with subjects: •divine presence, in the tabernacle Found in books: Ganzel and Holtz (2020), Contextualizing Jewish Temples, 100 |
| 256. Apol., Met., 11.4.3, 11.9.3, 11.11 Tagged with subjects: •senses, and epiphany/presence of the divine Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 374, 408 |
| 257. Seneca, De Superst., 36 Tagged with subjects: •perception, of the divine presence/in human-divine communication Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 138 |
| 269. Ezekiel, Daniel, 7 Tagged with subjects: •paradise, divine presence in Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 38 |
| 271. Anon., Odes of Solomon, 11, 20 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Graham (2022), The Church as Paradise and the Way Therein: Early Christian Appropriation of Genesis 3:22–24, 72, 77 |
| 272. Philostr., Imag., 2.16 Tagged with subjects: •senses, as divine presence Found in books: Nuno et al. (2021), SENSORIVM: The Senses in Roman Polytheism, 167 |
| 274. Pseudo-Phocylides, The Sentences of Pseudo-Phocylides, 5 Tagged with subjects: •temple, place of divine glory/kingship/presence Found in books: Stuckenbruck (2007), 1 Enoch 91-108, 137 |
